SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
|
||
þ
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 | ||
o
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
For the transition period from to |
Commission File Number: 0-17995
Zix Corporation
Texas | 75-2216818 | |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36, Dallas, Texas 75204-2960
(214) 370-2000
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None | Not Applicable | |
(Title of Class) | (Name of Exchange on Which Registered) |
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes þ No o
As of February 23, 2004, there were 30,569,239 shares of Zix Corporation $0.01 par value common stock outstanding. As of June 30, 2003, the aggregate market value of the shares of Zix Corporation common stock held by non-affiliates was $67,284,268.
Portions of the Registrants 2004 proxy statement are incorporated by reference into Parts II and III of this Form 10-K.
PART I
Item 1. | Business |
General Overview
Zix Corporation (ZixCorp,
Company, we, our, or
us) is a global provider of e-messaging protection
and transaction services. We offer a range of solutions to
protect organizations from viruses, spam, and electronic attack,
as well as enabling secure electronic communications, such as
email encryption, e-prescribing, online doctor visits, and
electronic viewing of medical laboratory test results. We help
organizations of any size to streamline operations, mitigate
risks, and leverage their investment in electronic
communications. We offer our services as a portfolio of
advisory, managed, self-managed, and fully hosted solutions that
enforce corporate security policies. ZixCorp solutions enable
organizations to enhance and optimize communication technology
investments and increase productivity.
Our business operations are supported by the
ZixSecure Center
TM
, a fully redundant network
operations center dedicated to secure e-message processing. The
center is staffed 24 hours a day with a proven 99.99%
reliability. The ZixSecure Center enables ZixCorp to be a
trusted third-party provider with high-bandwidth ability and the
capability for various secure communications functions. Whether
its delivery of email, fax, prescription, lab results, or
an online doctor visit, we enable communications to transpire in
a trusted, safe, and secure manner. This is our core skill and
competitive differentiator. Our services take advantage of this
world-class capability to produce products and services that are
easily deployed, scalable, and with secure send-to-anyone
capability.
We group our current product offerings into two
categories: Communications Protection and Care Delivery
Solutions.
Communications Protection Solutions
Through a portfolio of products and services, we
secure the communications of our customers. Email has become a
mission-critical means of communications for enterprises.
However, if email leaves a secure network environment in clear
text, it can be intercepted anywhere along the path between a
sender and a recipient, which permits theft, redirection,
manipulation, or exposure to unauthorized parties. Electronic
communications are also subject to a variety of email-borne
threats, such as viruses or spam. Failure to control and manage
such risks can result in enforcement penalties for
non-compliance with legal mandates, decreased productivity,
damaged reputation, competitive disadvantage, loss of
intellectual property or other corporate assets, exposure to
negligence or liability claims, and diversion of resources to
repair such damage.
As a result of communication threats,
corporations need security and privacy, control over
inappropriate content, and the ability to prevent or reduce
unwelcome email traffic. They require ubiquitous coverage that
is cost-effective, quickly deployed, and consistently updated to
guard against obsolescence and ineffectiveness. To satisfy this
need for enterprise-wide coverage, ZixCorp delivers a
comprehensive communications protection product suite. ZixCorp
solutions analyze and encrypt Internet communications and
address anti-virus, anti-spam, content filtering, reporting, and
archiving needs. ZixCorp also provides related advisory,
consulting, installation, customization, and training services.
ZixCorp e-messaging solutions are fully
interoperable and linked by a Best Method of
Delivery
TM
protocol that automatically determines the
most direct and appropriate method of delivery, based on the
recipients communications environment. This function
employs a centralized directory of users encryption codes
to enable users to send messages instantly and securely to
anyone with an email address, including those who do not have
special encryption software. Best Method of Delivery makes the
technology simple to use for end users and provides flexibility
and ease of implementation for information technology
professionals. We believe that this ability to send the message
through different modes of delivery either by the
end user selecting a desired path or as an automated function
set by the enterprise makes our secure e-messaging
delivery products and services superior.
1
The ZixCorp Communications Protection Solutions
product and services suite includes:
Care Delivery Solutions
Electronic communications can take other forms
besides email. Increasingly, healthcare transactions previously
conducted in person or on paper are being converted to
electronic methods. Examples include medical prescriptions, lab
results, doctor visits, and the distribution of medical
information. Due to ZixCorps experience and capabilities
in secure e-messaging, it was logical to expand our business
into care delivery solutions. We continue to add capabilities
and products to address this trend in electronic communications.
ZixCorp began offering e-prescribing in July 2003
following the acquisition of PocketScript. (See Business
Acquisitions below.) E-prescribing provides the ability
for a physician to write prescriptions and transmit them to a
pharmacy on a handheld PDA or PDA-enabled cell phone. The device
has access to a drug reference guide, insurance formulary data,
and the ability to check for drug interactions with previously
prescribed drugs. When the prescription is complete, it can be
sent electronically to the pharmacy of the patients
choice. The PocketScript system incorporates the software
application that enables all these access points, thus bringing
real-time valuable information into the hands of the physician
at the point of prescribing.
Studies have shown that e-prescribing delivers
many benefits including reduced calls from the pharmacy to the
physician, more prescribing within drug formulary guidelines,
and reduced errors in dosage and drug interactions. The device
also lends itself to related products and additional services
such as the ability for pharmaceutical companies to have
messages sent to doctors regarding information on a specific
drug. With over 700,000 physicians in the United States and
225,000 of those considered high-prescribing physicians, we
believe that the market opportunity for these secure and trusted
transactions is significant. The renewed interest in lowering
healthcare costs opens up additional opportunities for
acceptance of these services and devices.
ZixCorps Care Delivery Solutions designs
and develops the applications and directly distributes the
devices and applications to physicians and healthcare
institutions. We have entered into multiple sponsorship programs
whereby third parties, such as pharmacy benefit management
companies and insurance carriers, have agreed to provide the
devices and services free of charge for various periods of time
to associated physicians. Care Delivery Solutions are sold as an
annual service or in a transaction fee arrangement. The
third-party sponsors have agreed to pay for the physicians
use of our services because they have a vested benefit in the
cost savings associated with technological adoption.
The products we currently offer under the Care
Delivery Solutions banner are: PocketScript®, an
e-prescribing technology that applies the benefits of
e-messaging to the medical prescription process by enabling
providers to write and transmit prescriptions electronically;
MyDocOnline Connect, an online doctor visit application that
enables doctors to conduct patient visits and diagnoses via the
Web; and Dr. Chart®, a Web-based communication tool
that connects healthcare providers and laboratories.
2
We expect this product portfolio to grow as more
features and services can be offered through PDAs. Additionally,
as our installed base of physicians grows, we believe cross
selling additional services will become feasible with other
interoperable applications.
Healthcare Focus and Expanding into Other
Vertical Markets
In 2002, ZixCorp chose to focus a significant
portion of our product development and sales efforts on the
healthcare market. We believed that it was a sector with a clear
need for secure communications as it has regulatory requirements
for strict privacy and protection of data through the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
(HIPAA) and consequences for non compliance. We have been
successful in securing a commanding market share for secure
e-messaging products in this market and have demonstrated
continuing commitment to healthcare with the development of
additional healthcare-specific products such as PocketScript.
Additional federal regulations like the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) have enhanced security
awareness in general, and have prompted affected organizations
to increasingly consider adopting systems to ensure data
security and privacy. Even where there are no specific
regulations, corporations may require email protection to adhere
to evolving industry best practices to protect sensitive
information. Therefore in 2003, we began to expand the focus
beyond healthcare into other logical vertical markets. These
markets include finance, insurance and local governments. Some
of the same methodologies used to provide specific solutions for
the healthcare community apply to these other verticals. We are
also developing solutions specific to these new markets.
Company History
ZixCorp entered the secure e-messaging market in
1999. In 1998 and prior years, ZixCorp designed, manufactured,
marketed, installed, and supported wireless data and security
technology solutions through two primary market-oriented groups,
each with a core competency in radio frequency technology,
comprising products marketed under the Amtech,
Cotag, and Cardkey brand names.
In 1998, the Company determined that its
businesses were approaching maturity. Accordingly, the Company
decided to exit its businesses, and during 1998 sold all of its
operating units. The Company began evaluating new
Internet-related business opportunities which it
deemed to offer more prospects for growth and profitability. The
Company perceived a need for services that brought privacy,
security, and convenience to Internet communications, and in
1999 began to develop secure e-messaging products as well as a
shopping portal and Internet payment authorization system.
We announced our intention to enter these new
businesses in 1999, and began to develop secure e-messaging
capabilities. In mid-1999, we launched the ZixSecure Center, a
world-class data center that centralizes the processing and
distribution of public encryption keys and began operations
later that year when ZixMail was introduced. The ZixMessage
Center was first used for secure messages to and from
non-subscribers in July 2000. The Company began charging for
ZixMail in the first quarter of 2001 and started to focus its
ZixMail sales and marketing efforts toward the business market.
ZixMail received
PC Magazines
Editors Choice
Award in January 2001 for email security.
In the first quarter of 2002, we expanded our
portfolio for the business market with the introduction of our
enterprise secure e-messaging solution, ZixVPM. We also began to
offer a new assessment service, ZixAuditor, as a means for
corporations to examine and analyze their inbound and outbound
email communications. In August 2002, we introduced ZixPort, a
branded, Web-based, secure e-messaging portal solution that
integrates with a companys existing portal or functions as
a standalone site. ZixPort is designed to mirror the look and
feel of a customers own Web site and, when fully
integrated with the existing Web site, is able to provide the
advantages of single sign-on authentication. In 2003, we
significantly improved the features and functionality of these
three products. Additionally, in 2003 and 2004 we significantly
increased our product offering and addressable market with three
key acquisitions as described below.
3
Business Acquisitions
In July 2003, we acquired substantially all of
the operating assets and business of Ohio-based PocketScript,
LLC (PocketScript), a provider of electronic
prescription solutions for the healthcare industry. This
acquisition enabled us to expand our services into the
e-prescription marketplace. The PocketScript e-prescribing
system enables physicians to create electronic prescriptions
from virtually anywhere in about the same amount of time
required for paper-based prescriptions. It also aids physicians
in identifying drug-to-drug interactions, including a drug
reference guide and drug dispense history, while providing an
electronic link to pharmacies. During 2003, we completed the
integration of PocketScripts business into our existing
business.
In September 2003, we acquired substantially all
of the operating assets and business of Elron Software Inc.
(Elron Software or Elron), a
majority-owned subsidiary of Elron Electronic Industries, Ltd.
and a provider of anti-spam, email content filtering and Web
filtering solutions. This acquisition enabled ZixCorp to enhance
our product and service offering by adding a more advanced
feature set to our anti-spam, anti-virus, and content filtering
solutions while expanding our offerings to include Web
filtering. Specifically, we acquired our Web Inspector and
Message Inspector products. Web Inspector is a Web filtering and
Internet monitoring service that uses a rules-based management
to create and maintain a companys Internet usage policies.
Message Inspector complements our existing anti-spam and
anti-virus offerings by providing an on-premise method for
protecting against unauthorized inbound, outbound, and
interoffice communications and virus attacks.
In January 2004, we announced the acquisition of
substantially all of the operating assets and business of
MyDocOnline, Inc. (MyDocOnline), a subsidiary of
Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. based in Round Rock, Texas.
MyDocOnline offers a variety of Internet-based healthcare
services and is a provider of secure Web-based communications,
disease management, and laboratory information solutions.
Through the acquisition, we acquired a mature product, an
installed base of physicians using the products, and talented
employees. These resources will become part of our Care Delivery
Solutions and, through expected synergies between the groups,
will also fill previously projected employee roles.
Products and Services
ZixCorps centralized key management system
implements PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) functionality for
email encryption without the implementation burden and cost of
typical PKI infrastructures. Most of ZixCorps solutions
are provided as a service, thereby removing the significant
implementation burden and cost that PKI infrastructures or
product solutions require. ZixCorp services are focused on ease
of use for the senders and recipients of encrypted email, while
affording them the option of the strongest methods of
encryption, extended feature sets, and the flexibility of a
variety of fully integrated and fully interoperable solutions.
With ZixCorps core secure messaging technology, ZixCorp
users obtain:
ZixCorp has several approaches for its Best
Method of Delivery transmission with a single
administrative console that enables corporations to send
electronic content to anyone, at anytime, securely. Due to
4
ZixCorps core technology and Best Method of
Delivery are enabled by ZixCorps centralized directory of
users encryption codes. This centralized directory gateway
provides a stable, secure, highly responsive, and scalable
environment for all secure e-messaging needs.
ZixVPM (Virtual Private Messenger) is a secure
e-messaging management solution that provides company-wide
privacy protection for both inbound and outbound email
communications. It employs encryption technology for delivering
and encrypting email transmissions to and from an
enterprises corporate firewall. ZixVPM provides secure
email for remote employees, customers, and business partners
without requiring the enterprise to create, deploy, or manage
end-user encryption keys and desktop software.
Since ZixVPM is installed at the server level
within an enterprise, end users are not required to install any
software or obtain encryption codes to secure their email
messages. We believe this ability to provide secure email
without impacting the end user provides a degree of practicality
that is highly desirable in the marketplace and necessary to any
widespread deployment of secure email. ZixVPM can be seamlessly
integrated with a customers own scanning and filtering
tools, or those offered by ZixCorp. ZixVPM enables customers to
automate encryption at the network level in accordance with
standard corporate policies and enforce these policies without
having to rely on the discretionary judgment of individual
employees.
The newest release of ZixVPM is delivered with
built-in policy management features, auditing and reporting
functions, in addition to the services pre-existing secure
email delivery capabilities. ZixVPM Version 2.1 can also be
bundled with a comprehensive lexicon of validated policies to
assist organizations in their efforts to meet standard-of-care
guidelines and various regulations, such as HIPAA and GLBA.
Additional ZixVPM policies can easily be created through an
intuitive policy management interface. This more-powerful
version comes with a streamlined installation process and is
specifically designed to meet the growing requirements from
organizations that need to enforce increasingly complex
corporate email policies brought on by regulations, risk
management considerations, and protection of intellectual
property information.
ZixVPM 2.1 also incorporates a powerful and
sophisticated email content scanning engine to identify,
protect, and manage messages containing sensitive information
and to ensure that malicious or inappropriate emails do not
enter or leave the enterprise. The content scanning mechanism is
supported by a powerful pattern-matching engine that
incorporates word stemming, fuzzy matching, nested document
support, and proximity matching. These methods permit
confidential or sensitive information to be detected even when
there are errors of context, grammar, or spelling, or when
content is hidden within attachments, while preventing
accidental filtering of similar but unrelated words or phrases.
Company policies can also be created to force certain actions,
such as encryption or branding of messages, based on
pre-established content scanning policies.
ZixAuditor is an assessment service used to
analyze, document, and report on the nature and characteristics
of an organizations inbound and outbound email
communications with the purpose of identifying regulated,
high-risk, or proprietary content. It is used to design
effective solutions and to create and refine policies that
correspond to the identified risks and email traffic patterns of
an organization. ZixAuditor provides a concrete and quantifiable
basis to justify and determine the kind of solution needed to
safeguard
5
ZixAuditor is built around a lexicon that enables
the identification of messages containing legal, health,
financial, human resources, and other legally protected or
proprietary information. The lexicon was created in consultation
with Preston Gates & Ellis LLP, a Seattle-based law
firm with a strong focus on intellectual property rights,
electronic communications, and federal privacy regulations. As
part of each assessment, the lexicon is customized to include
terminology specific to a customers organization.
ZixMail is a secure desktop email application
that employs encryption technology that enables users to easily
send encrypted, digitally signed communications to any email
address, even if the recipient does not subscribe to ZixMail.
The service works with existing email addresses and systems, and
is available in a standalone version or in versions that
integrate fully with Microsoft Outlook® and Lotus
Notes®. As with ZixVPM, ZixMail does not require the user
to manually exchange or manage public encryption keys.
ZixCorps secure data center, the ZixSecure Center,
automatically validates a users unique digital signature
and distributes public keys in real time for each message.
Optional certified receipts irrefutably establish the exact time
messages are sent and opened. ZixMail is a portable solution, as
ZixCorp digital signatures used to exchange ZixMail messages may
be easily exported or imported to other computers at the
users discretion.
A ZixMail subscription entitles recipients who
are not ZixMail subscribers to receive and reply to ZixMail
messages at no charge through the ZixMessage Center, which
provides a browser-based solution for viewing and composing
secure messages. Email messages are stored until the expiration
date (set by the sender) or until the recipient deletes the
message. At the option of the sender, the ZixMessage Center will
generate and send a pick-up receipt and an expiration notice to
the sender. The ZixMessage Center enables ZixMail subscribers to
send secure messages to non-ZixMail subscribers, which provides
a send-to-anyone encryption solution.
ZixPort is a browser-based, branded secure
e-messaging portal solution. It provides businesses with a
central access point to exchange private and secure email and a
vehicle that can be used to repeatedly draw customers to the
corporate portal. It is hosted, monitored, and managed in the
ZixSecure Center. ZixPort is easily deployed and has little or
no impact on a companys existing information technology,
Web or security infrastructures.
ZixPort is designed to be branded, mirroring the
look and feel of a customers own Web site, and can be
deployed as a standalone site or seamlessly integrated with a
companys own portal, providing employees, customers, and
partners with a transparent user experience. The service can be
integrated into an existing single sign-on security solution,
take advantage of ZixCorps application program interfaces
for increased efficiency, and can lower support costs and
improve customer satisfaction by providing real-time
information. ZixPort provides customers with broad
implementation coverage in a single solution. The single sign-on
capability enables users to sign on only once to a secure Web
site, yet enjoy access to the site for multiple purposes,
including the secure exchange of email.
Message Inspector is a multi-level email
management tool that combines the most advanced spam and content
filtering technologies with enhanced administration tools,
resulting in a comprehensive, accurate, and easy-to-manage
solution that fully addresses the content filtering needs of
organizations. It helps manage, filter, and if necessary, block
unauthorized inbound, outbound, and interoffice communications.
Message Inspector features include: a comprehensive signature
database that contains tens of thousands of signatures
supporting multiple languages, which are reviewed and updated
daily; automatic white lists that can be
6
Web Inspector is an easy-to-use, reliable, and
flexible Internet monitoring and Web content filtering tool for
companies seeking to boost employee productivity or reduce
network congestion from non-work related Web access. Designed to
help organizations enforce Internet acceptable-use policies, Web
Inspector enables users to proactively monitor, manage and, if
necessary, block access to inappropriate Web sites. Web
Inspector can efficiently monitor and manage extremely large
volumes of Web traffic even in environments with
multiple gateways. With more than 500 pre-defined and
customizable reports, Web Inspector provides the most extensive
and relevant reporting capabilities of any Web filtering
solution. Users can begin Internet monitoring and Web filtering
upon installation, with no up-front customization. Web use can
be managed according to individual, group, category, or even
time of day with flexible and easy-to-modify rules.
PocketScript is e-prescribing technology that
applies the benefits of e-messaging to the medical prescription
process by enabling medical providers to write and transmit
prescriptions electronically from the point of care directly to
the pharmacy. In addition to enabling providers to write and
transmit prescriptions electronically, PocketScript offers
point-of-care access to real-time drug formularies and
comprehensive drug data. The result is significant time savings
from fewer illegible prescriptions, enhanced patient safety, and
fewer office resources dedicated to managing prescriptions.
PocketScript uses handheld wireless PDAs
(BlackBerry® or Pocket PC®) or a secure Web site, to
provide physicians the ability to write and transmit
prescriptions directly to any pharmacy. In addition, providers
can view patient drug histories for all past prescriptions to
ensure that prescriptions are being filled and no therapies are
being duplicated, and offers point-of-care access to
continuously updated formulary information. The system
identifies generics and preferred drugs for multiple formularies
enabling providers to choose the most appropriate option. All
information is updated continuously via wireless connection or
secure Web site. The comprehensive database, which PocketScript
uses under license, provides information on virtually every drug
available to providers, including drug-to-drug interactions and
drug reference guides.
MyDocOnline Connect is a Web-based tool that
provides a secure communications channel for healthcare
providers, their clinical and administrative partners, and their
patients. Through MyDocOnline Connect, an array of medical
practice functions can be efficiently completed
online patients can schedule appointments, complete
doctor visits, receive trusted health information from their
physician, and interact with self-help tools for healthy living.
In addition, the disease management capability enables patients
to have online access to preventative, educational, and
counseling resources to aid in the delivery and effectiveness of
care. Disease management is a critical component to MyDocOnline
as it is considered to be one the greatest opportunities to
increase clinical outcome and reduce costs relating to
healthcare.
Dr. Chart is a Web-based communication tool
that connects healthcare providers and laboratories.
Dr. Chart enables doctors to initiate lab orders, check
medical necessity compliance and view results rapidly and
accurately using a secure Internet connection. This innovative
laboratory order entry and results reporting system benefits
both healthcare providers and laboratories alike. Our experience
building hundreds of interfaces for specific systems helps
ensure that Dr. Chart will integrate seamlessly into a
customers current lab system.
7
Dr. Chart simplifies the customer service
and report delivery process for lab work, helps reduce costly
reimbursement denials with automatic compliance and medical
necessity checking at the point of order, automatically
integrates patient information, enables the lab to enhance
reporting with historical analysis, customizes requisition
formats for individual practices, automatically prints specimen
labels, and facilitates processing of questions and answers for
each procedure according to lab rules and requirements.
Competition
In broad market terms, we operate in two general
markets for our products and services: e-messaging management
and protection, and healthcare information and productivity.
These two broad markets include product vendors and service
providers that often compete with one or more of ZixCorps
products and services. The business acquisitions we made in 2003
and in early 2004 have considerably expanded the potential scope
of our addressable market space and the range of our competitors
and potential competitors.
As awareness of the need for privacy and security
in electronic communications has increased, a growing number of
competitors have entered the market. Although some of these
companies have substantial information technology security and
email protection products, we do not perceive them to be as
attractive to the marketplace as our services. We believe
ZixCorp offers a superior suite of bundled services that
addresses the complete range of requirements needed for
e-messaging protection with full-featured and flexible solutions
that are both user friendly and simple to deploy. We may also
have a significant price advantage in this field, as a result of
both lower direct costs and the inherent benefits that an
outsourcing model implies: single source, less overhead, less
hassle, and access to dedicated expertise. Most other
product-only solutions require extensive increases in overhead
to implement and deploy them.
In addition, ZixCorp offers technology solutions
that can be made operational quickly compared to the longer
procurement and deployment cycles common with the solutions of
many of our competitors. This capability is particularly
important when it is necessary to communicate with external
networks, as is the case with the healthcare market
a primary target sector for us. Our registered users become part
of a global white pages that enables instant secure
communications with other ZixCorp registered users using our
centralized key management systems and our overall unique
approach to implementing secure e-messaging technology as a
service. We enable secure communications with non-registered
users via the ZixMessage Center. This instant interoperability
with other users is a capability not generally found in our
competitors solutions, and is one we deem to be of
considerable advantage to our customers.
Our services focus on the secure delivery portion
of the secure e-messaging market, a sub-segment of the
e-messaging management and protection market. Companies
operating in this portion of the market include content
management companies such as Tumbleweed Communications Corp. and
other secure delivery participants such as Certified Mail,
Authentica, and Sigaba Corporation. Technically, while these
companies offer send-to-anyone encrypted email, we
believe they are unable to offer the benefits that come from
using our Best Method of Delivery protocol. We believe that
technology alone cannot solve our customers challenges
and, unlike our competition, we offer several programs that add
business value to our technology services. Our audit and
assessment service enables prospects and customers to establish
a baseline understanding of the security issues within their
e-messaging systems prior to deploying our solutions and on an
ongoing basis to ensure continued compliance with security best
practices.
Moreover, we do not believe that our competitors
have made the investments required to match our infrastructure
development and services. We believe that only ZixCorp offers a
complete secure delivery package: robust email encryption from
the senders computer desktop; robust email encryption from
the senders network server; policy management from the
senders network server; and a full array of benefits and
managed services provided by our multi-million-dollar ZixSecure
Center. We believe this complete secure delivery solution
differentiates our products and services from all other secure
e-document delivery and secure e-messaging market participants.
8
In the anti-virus segment of the market, several
product companies deliver solutions. Network Associates, Inc.
(McAfee), Symantec Corporation, Sophos, Inc. and Trend Micro,
Inc. have a high market share position in anti-virus and wield
considerable competitive strength over other vendors. The
anti-spam segment of the market has considerably more
competitors than other areas we serve. Several companies deliver
anti-spam products, including CipherTrust, Inc., NetIQ Corp.,
Postini, Inc. and SurfControl Incorporated. Providers of content
scanning solutions include ClearSwift Limited and Tumbleweed
Communications Corp. There are a few service-based offerings
that deliver anti-virus or anti-spam filtering, including
MessageLabs and BrightMail Incorporated. While these competitors
are substantial and hold significant market share, none of them
offers the combined comprehensiveness of ZixCorp, nor do any of
these competitors offer their solutions as fully managed
services, or have solutions that are interoperable with on-site
solutions for both individuals and corporations as well as users
who have no encryption capabilities. In the Web content
filtering market, there are several product companies competing
with Web Inspector including SurfControl, Websense, Inc., Secure
Computing Corporation and NetIQ.
In general, ZixCorps Care Delivery
Solutions services compete in a less developed market than our
other services. However, because of recent advances in
healthcare technology, advances in handheld computing, and the
civic and legislative mandates to reduce healthcare costs, this
market is seeing increases in competitive activity. We believe
that we have a first mover advantage in these
markets, and because of our comprehensive portfolio, we also
believe we have a distinct competitive advantage. Additionally,
the link between our Care Delivery Solutions and our
Communications Protection Solutions is an important element in
our competitive strategy. ZixCorps secure e-messaging
expertise enables us to offer expanded care delivery services to
healthcare providers at the point of care. Follow up often
requires twenty-four hour a day availability, with high
bandwidth capability, via a secure channel and with send to
anyone capabilities. These are our core underlying strengths and
we believe they are unmatched in the industry segment we serve.
Even though the e-prescribing market is still
emerging, we have several competitors. These include Allscripts
Healthcare Solutions, Ramp Corporation, Dr. First, Inc. and
iScribe, a division of AdvancePCS. Many of the competitors in
this market also focus on other technologies such as patient
records automation and practice management solutions, or they
act as application service providers in the healthcare market.
Our business acquisition of MyDocOnline in
January 2004 introduced us to new markets and thus new
competitors. Dr. Chart faces competing products offered by
4Medica, Inc., Cerner Corporation and Misys plc. The online
doctor visit market segment, which we address with MyDocOnline
Connect, competes with similar offerings from RelayHealth
Corporation, Medem, Inc., MedFusion and WebMD Corporation.
Companies that do not currently compete with us
or only compete with selected products or in selected markets,
could become competitors in the future on a larger scale. Such
companies would likely offer a broad portfolio of health
information technologies for all or some of the pharmaceutical,
pharmacy, healthcare provider, and managed care markets. With
considerable size and access to capital they could potentially
become viable competitors.
Sales and Marketing
ZixCorp primarily sells services via a direct
sales force with some indirect and partner activity in specific
markets or with specific products. We currently target the
healthcare, insurance, and financial services market sectors, as
well as certain international markets and the Fortune 1000
companies. The healthcare market is our highest priority, given
the legislative requirements of HIPAA, which mandates
eliminating paper flow and providing privacy and security for
protected health information. Recent acquisitions such as
PocketScript and MyDocOnline significantly increased our product
offering to this market.
New business focused on the corporate market is
expected to be primarily generated from ZixCorps own
direct sales efforts and, to a lesser extent, the promotional
efforts of our distributors and resellers and strategic
marketing partners. To support our sales efforts, we have
undertaken various marketing activities focused on
9
We continue to develop products and product
features that increase our sales and marketing edge in the
healthcare market. An example is the constantly improving
lexicons developed by the ZixResearch Center
TM
. The
ZixResearch Center provides regular updates and enhancements to
ZixCorps lexicons based on its own extensive research, as
well as input from customers, universities, industry experts,
and consultants.
We are developing our products and turning more
sales and marketing attention to other attractive markets. In
February 2004 we added the Personal Financial Lexicon. The
lexicon was developed to assist financial institutions with
implementation of consumer privacy policies that are a part of
the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA). The lexicon helps
financial institutions enact corporate policies by automatically
encrypting emails that contain content defined within GLBA as
personally identifiable financial information.
For e-prescribing and other care delivery
solutions, we sell to physicians directly but have also found
that attractive and receptive customers/ partners are other
stakeholders in the benefits derived from applying technology to
healthcare. In particular, several insurance providers
(payors) have purchased our services on behalf of the
prescribing doctors in their plans. So great are the potential
savings for the insurance providers that they are, in effect,
underwriting the cost. After a sponsorship agreement is signed,
we work closely with them to deploy the technologies. Such a
selling and marketing arrangement provides a win/win scenario
for all involved and we believe this approach accelerates
adoption and deployment.
Employees
ZixCorp had 243 employees as of February 27,
2004. The majority of our employees are located in Dallas,
Texas; Round Rock, Texas; Cincinnati, Ohio; Boston,
Massachusetts; and Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.
Research and Development; Patents and
Trademarks
ZixCorps continuing operations incurred
research and development expenses of $5,896,000, $6,180,000, and
$9,019,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.
ZixCorp has filed several patent applications
covering concepts ZixCorp is employing, or may employ, in
implementing its secure e-messaging business. In addition, the
following are registered marks of ZixCorp and certain of its
subsidiaries: ZixCorp, ZixMail,
ZixAuditor, ZixVPM, Message
Inspector, Web Inspector,
PocketScript and Dr. Chart.
Customers
ZixCorp had no significant revenues in 2001.
Service revenues for 2002 included $936,000, or 56% of annual
revenues, resulting from the pro rata recognition of the future
minimum payments associated with the Companys Marketing
and Distribution Agreement with Entrust, Inc.
(Entrust). In 2003 service revenues included
$764,000 associated with the same agreement, which represented
13% of annual revenues. In July 2003, we agreed with Entrust to
terminate the agreement as the structure no longer served our
respective business interests. No further revenue will be
recognized from this agreement. Separately, in 2003, Cigna
Corporation accounted for approximately 10%, or $607,000, of our
total revenues. No other single customer accounted for 10% or
more of our revenues in 2003 or 2002.
Sales Backlog
ZixCorps end-user order backlog as of
January 31, 2004, which includes deferred revenue on the
Companys consolidated balance sheet, increased to
approximately $16,900,000 which includes approximately
$8,800,000 associated with the PocketScript, Elron and
MyDocOnline acquisitions, including a $4,000,000 Master Services
Agreement with Aventis Inc., a former affiliate of
MyDocOnline. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial
statements included herein. As of January 31, 2003, ZixCorp
had an end-user order backlog of $2,339,000.
10
Geographic Information
ZixCorps operations are based in the United
States (U.S.) and Canada, and our revenues and
orders to date are almost entirely sourced in the U.S. All
significant corporate assets at December 31, 2003, were
held in the U.S., and were primarily comprised of cash
investments and marketable securities invested generally in
daily money market funds, commercial paper and asset-backed
securities.
Available Information
Our business involves risks and uncertainties,
and there are no assurances that the Company will be successful
in its efforts. See Item 7. Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations below for a description of certain management
assumptions, risks and uncertainties relating to the
Companys operations.
ZixCorp was incorporated in Texas in 1988.
ZixCorps executive offices are located at 2711 North
Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36, Dallas, Texas
75204-2960, (214) 370-2000.
We file annual, quarterly, current and other
reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC),
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
Exchange Act). You may read and copy any materials
we file with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You
may obtain information on the operation of the SECs Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC
maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and
other information statements, and other information regarding
issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC.
The address of that site is
http://www.sec.gov.
Our Internet address is
www.zixcorp.com.
Information contained on our Internet site is not part of this
report. We make available free of charge through this site,
under the heading Investor Relations/ SEC Filings,
our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after we electronically file such
material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.
Table of Contents
ZixVPM® (Virtual Private
Messenger) an e-messaging gateway solution that
provides company-wide privacy protection for inbound and
outbound email communications
ZixPort
TM
a secure
Web-messaging portal
ZixMail® a desktop solution for
encrypting and securely delivering email
ZixAuditor® an assessment
service used to analyze email traffic patterns and monitor
compliance with corporate and regulatory policies
Message Inspector® a
comprehensive email filtering software that enables a company to
monitor, manage and, if necessary, block unauthorized email
communications
Web Inspector® Web filtering
software that helps organizations enforce Internet acceptable
use policies by monitoring and blocking inappropriate Web sites
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Communications Protection
Solutions
General Description of our Encryption and
Delivery Technology for Secure Messaging
Privacy with encryption
Authentication
Integrity of messages
Non-repudiation senders cannot deny
sending, and recipients cannot deny receiving, messages
Table of Contents
Certified receipts
Storage security
Time stamps that are non-reputable
Corporate policy enforcement
ZixVPM
ZixAuditor
Table of Contents
ZixMail
ZixPort
Message Inspector
Table of Contents
Web Inspector
Care Delivery Solutions
PocketScript
MyDocOnline Connect
MyDocOnline Dr. Chart
Table of Contents
Communications Protection Solutions
Competition
Table of Contents
Care Delivery Solutions
Competition
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Item 2. | Properties |
ZixCorp leases approximately 38,400 square feet of space for our corporate offices and ZixSecure Center operations in Dallas, Texas under two subleases that expire in September 2004. To replace these subleases, we have entered into a lease that commences upon the expiration of these subleases and expires in December 2014 for approximately 42,912 square feet in the same office facility for our corporate offices and our ZixSecure Center operations. ZixCorp also leases approximately 13,000 square feet of space in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada for our Canadian operations under a sublease that expires in August 2005; approximately 206 square feet of space in Austin, Texas under a co-location facilities lease that expires in June 2006, used for fail-over and staging of new customers of our Zix branded services; approximately 11,733 square feet of space in Burlington, Massachusetts under a sublease that expires in March 2005 for our Elron Software operations; approximately 5,608 square feet of space in the Cincinnati, Ohio area under a lease that expires in August 2009 for our PocketScript operations; and for our MyDocOnline operations approximately 10,423 square feet of space in the Austin, Texas area and 3,600 square feet in Boca Raton, Florida under a lease that expires in December 2004 and a month-to-month sublease, respectively. Through December 31, 2003, ZixCorp has invested approximately $31,300,000 in property and equipment relating to the ZixSecure Center, a fully redundant network operations center dedicated to secure e-message processing. Staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, with operations personnel constantly monitoring the facilities, networks, and systems, the ZixSecure Center eliminates the need for companies to build and staff their own secure e-messaging centers to perform these operations. Features of the ZixSecure Center include:
| Multi-level security, including cameras, access controlled with badge and biometric hand readers and 24-hour operations personnel; | |
| Redundantly configured power distribution units; |
11
| Dual uninterruptible power supplies; | |
| Back-up diesel generator; | |
| Redundantly configured power distribution units; | |
| Multiple ISPs; | |
| Redundantly configured DS3 fiber connections and redundant routers; | |
| Proven 99.99% reliability; | |
| Email-based customer response center systems, including two Intel-based servers with estimated intelligent response capacity of 20,000 inquiries per day. Additionally, the center is equipped with telephone call routing, a knowledge base, and a call ticketing application; and | |
| SysTrust management controls which are audited for compliance with Security, Availability, Processing Integrity and Confidentiality principles and related criteria, established under the AICPA/CICA Trust Services program. |
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings |
The Company is involved in legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Item 4. | Submission of Matters to Vote of Security Holders |
None.
PART II
Item 5. | Market For Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
ZixCorps common stock trades on The Nasdaq
Stock Market under the symbol ZIXI. The following table shows
the high and low sales prices by quarter for 2003 and 2002.
These prices do not include adjustments for retail mark-ups,
mark-downs or commissions.
2003
2002
Quarter Ended
High
Low
High
Low
$
5.13
$
3.90
$
6.58
$
3.56
$
5.43
$
3.72
$
6.38
$
4.05
$
10.00
$
3.09
$
6.10
$
2.15
$
10.10
$
6.36
$
5.80
$
3.54
At February 23, 2004, there were 30,569,239 shares of common stock outstanding held by 489 stockholders of record. On that date, the last reported sales price of the common stock was $10.80.
ZixCorp has not paid any cash dividends on its common stock since 1995 and does not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.
Certain information pertaining to ZixCorp securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from the section COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Equity Compensation Plan Information in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement.
On July 22, 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the operating assets and the business of Ohio based PocketScript, LLC. The consideration for the acquisition consisted of $50,000 in cash and 362,903 shares of ZixCorp common stock. The shares were issued without registration under the Securities
12
On September 2, 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the operating assets and the business of Elron Software, a majority-owned subsidiary of Elron Electronic Industries, Ltd., based in Massachusetts. The consideration for the acquisition consisted of 1,709,402 shares of ZixCorp common stock and a 5.75% convertible note for $1,000,000. In November 2003, the note and related accrued interest were converted by the holder into 262,454 shares of the Companys common stock, at a conversion price of $3.86 per share. The shares and convertible note were issued without registration under the Act as a private placement effected in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act and Section 4(2) of the Act. There is an effective registration statement on Form S-3 relating to the resale of these shares. The Company receives no proceeds from the resale of these shares.
13
Item 6. | Selected Financial Data |
The following table sets forth selected financial
data regarding the Companys results of operations and
financial position for, and as of the end of, each of the years
in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003, which are
derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of
the Company. The consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and for the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and the report of
Ernst & Young LLP thereon are included elsewhere in
this Form 10-K. The selected financial data should be read
in conjunction with Item 7. Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
Year Ended December 31,
2003
2002
2001
2000
1999
(In thousands, except per share data)
$
5,840
$
1,672
$
317
$
394
$
99
(8,211
)
(8,999
)
(14,996
)
(10,821
)
(4,289
)
(5,896
)
(6,180
)
(9,019
)
(8,661
)
(23,548
)
(19,907
)
(19,335
)
(29,892
)
(32,162
)
(12,407
)
138
319
2,187
3,130
3,533
(13
)
(2,141
)
530
96
(5,391
)
(1,202
)
(27,519
)
(34,568
)
(56,794
)
(49,322
)
(36,612
)
(148
)
269
807
(27,667
)
(34,299
)
(56,794
)
(49,322
)
(35,805
)
89
862
48
441
1,453
$
(27,578
)
$
(33,437
)
$
(56,746
)
$
(48,881
)
$
(34,352
)
$
(1.23
)
$
(2.07
)
$
(3.32
)
$
(3.03
)
$
(2.35
)
0.05
0.03
0.10
$
(1.23
)
$
(2.02
)
$
(3.32
)
$
(3.00
)
$
(2.25
)
23,525
18,129
17,083
16,266
15,244
$
7,554
$
13,668
$
17,266
$
48,685
$
39,766
26,419
21,000
32,436
78,677
66,523
5,653
17,919
11,545
27,529
75,130
62,894
0.62
0.56
1.57
4.41
4.10
(1) | During 1998, the Company sold all of its operating businesses and, accordingly, the gains on the sale of these businesses are presented as discontinued operations. The Company acquired substantially all of the operating assets and the businesses of PocketScript and Elron Software in July and September of 2003, respectively. The results of operations of PocketScript and Elron Software are included in the Companys results of operations from their dates of acquisition. |
14
(2) | In 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, expenses associated with continuing operations include non-cash stock-based compensation of $1.0 million, $2.5 million, $8.4 million and $11.8 million, respectively. In 2001, cost of revenues include a $3 million write-off of digital identification certificates. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included herein. Selling, general and administrative expenses include advertising costs of $1.4 million, $2.9 million, $4.5 million and $10.3 million for 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. |
(3) | In 2002, interest expense includes a non-recurring, non-cash charge of $1.7 million representing the beneficial conversion feature resulting from the issuance of notes payable convertible into shares of common stock at an effective price less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date the notes were issued. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included herein. |
(4) | In 2001, realized and unrealized losses on investments includes the write-off of the Companys $5 million related party investment in Maptuit Corporation. In 2003, the Company received $530 thousand in cash as partial recovery of its investment in Maptuit Corporation. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included herein. |
(5) | In calculating the basic and diluted loss per common share for 2003 and 2002, the Companys loss from continuing operations and net loss have been increased by $1.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, representing the preferred stock dividends associated with the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stocks until their conversion into common stock. |
Item 7. | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
Overview
Zix Corporation operates in a single industry segment, providing solutions that protect, manage and deliver sensitive electronic information. By offering a comprehensive set of products and services, the Company protects organizations from viruses and spam, provides the management tools needed for Web access control and policy-driven email encryption, and provides care delivery solutions for e-prescribing and e-consulting that enable physicians to leverage technology for better patient care.
In 1998 and prior years, the Company provided systems and solutions for the intelligent transportation, electronic security and other markets. The Company sold all of its operating units in 1998 and began evaluating new Internet-related business opportunities. The Company perceived a need for products and services to bring privacy, security and convenience to Internet communications and since January 1999, the Company has been developing and marketing products and services that bring privacy, security and convenience to Internet users. In the first quarter of 2001, the Company began charging for the use of ZixMail, its initial product in the secure e-messaging space, and began focusing its sales and marketing efforts toward the business market. In 2002 and 2003, the Company significantly expanded its portfolio of commercial products and services, as detailed in Item 1. Business Products and Services above, and rebuilt its sales and marketing work force under new executive leadership. The Company has targeted the healthcare sector, where the legislated mandates of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, a 1996 law that requires Protected Health Information to be safeguarded over open networks, are driving demand. The privacy regulations for this law took effect in April 2003.
In July 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the operating assets and the business of Ohio-based PocketScript, LLC (PocketScript), a privately-held development stage enterprise which provides electronic prescription solutions for the healthcare industry. This acquisition enables the Company to expand its services into the e-prescription marketplace, which is expected to grow significantly as more physicians are leveraging technology in delivering care, coupled with the fact that the number of prescriptions written annually in the United States continues to increase. In September 2003, the Company acquired substantially all of the operating assets and the business of Elron Software, Inc. (Elron Software or Elron), a majority-owned subsidiary of Elron Electronic Industries Ltd. and a provider of anti-spam, email content filtering and Web filtering solutions. This acquisition enables the Company to add a robust feature set to its anti-spam, anti-virus, and content filtering services while expanding its offerings to include Web filtering. Both PocketScript and Elron Software have incurred operating losses in recent years.
15
The foundation of the Companys business model is centered around the financial leverage expected to be generated by its various subscription and transaction based revenues that are believed to be predominantly recurring in nature and an efficient cost structure for its secure data center operations, the core of which is expected to remain relatively stable. Subscription fees are generally expected to be collected annually at the beginning of the subscription period and are recognized as revenue on a prorated basis over the length of the subscription period.
Anacom Communications, Inc. (Anacom), a privately-held provider of real-time transaction processing services to Internet merchants purchased by the Company in October 1999, ceased operations in June 2001. Anacom was purchased in conjunction with the Companys development of a potential product, ZixCharge TM , which was never commercially released. Operating losses and liquidity have been favorably impacted by Anacoms shut-down, as Anacom recorded operating losses, excluding non-cash charges, of $1,091,000 for 2001.
Operating in emerging markets involves risks and
uncertainties, and there are no assurances that the Company will
be successful in its efforts. Successful growth of an early
stage enterprise, particularly Internet-related businesses, is
costly and highly competitive. The Companys growth depends
on the timely development and market acceptance of its products
and services. In 2002 and 2003, the Company and its recent
acquisitions have incurred significant operating losses during
their development stage activities and the utilization of cash
resources has continued at a substantial level. The Company
anticipates further operating losses in 2004.
Results of Operations
The Company was in the development stage and had
no significant revenues in 2001 and 2002. Substantially all of
the Companys revenues in 2001 were generated by Anacom,
which ceased operations in June 2001. The Company first began
charging for its secure e-messaging products and services in the
first quarter of 2001. Revenues from subscription services are
recognized as the services are rendered. Subscription fees
received from customers in advance are recorded as deferred
revenue and recognized as revenues ratably over the subscription
period. Revenues for 2002 of $1,672,000 were primarily comprised
of the amortization of subscription fees generated from
U.S. businesses and $936,000, or 56% of annual revenues,
resulting from the pro-rata recognition of the future minimum
payments associated with the Companys Marketing and
Distribution Agreement (the Marketing Agreement)
with Entrust, Inc. (Entrust). Additionally, in
March 2002, the Company cancelled its agreement with 911
Computer Co., Ltd. (911), its exclusive distributor
in South Korea, for failure to pay scheduled installment
payments when due. As a result, the $100,000 minimum payment
previously received from 911 was included in 2002 revenues.
Revenues increased from $1,672,000 in 2002 to
$5,840,000 in 2003 due primarily to an increase of approximately
$2,846,000 in amortization of secure e-messaging subscription
fees generated from new U.S. corporate customers primarily
in the healthcare sector, $288,000 associated with the
cancellation of the Companys Japanese distributor
agreement, and $706,000 in email content and Web filtering
software sales as well as $544,000 in related maintenance
following the acquisition of Elron Software on September 2,
2003. Deferred maintenance revenue acquired in connection with
the acquisition of Elron Software was recorded at $776,000, its
fair value on the acquisition date in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, resulting in a 59% reduction in
the pre-acquisition balance. Therefore, assuming the affected
product maintenance contracts are renewed, reported maintenance
revenue should begin to increase quarter over quarter in the
near term as the full contract values of such renewal contracts
are amortized ratably to revenue. Elron Software products are
offered to customers under perpetual license agreements. The
Company recognizes revenue on these arrangements after all of
the following occur: persuasive evidence that an arrangement
exists, the software is delivered, collection is probable, fees
are fixed and determinable, and vendor-specific objective
evidence of fair value (VSOE) exists to allocate the total
fees to the elements of the arrangement. These software licenses
are sold as part of a multiple element arrangement that includes
16
Quarterly service revenues from January 2002
through June 30, 2003 included $234,000 per quarter
resulting from the pro-rata recognition of certain minimum
payments associated with the Marketing Agreement with Entrust.
These minimum payments aggregating $3,750,000 were being
recognized as revenue ratably over the four year maximum service
period ending in December 2005. Entrust paid the Company a
$1,000,000 guaranteed minimum payment in January 2003. In July
2003, the Company and Entrust mutually agreed to terminate their
Marketing Agreement, because the Marketing Agreement, as
structured, no longer served their respective business
interests. In connection with the termination of the Marketing
Agreement, Entrust paid the Company $700,000 and the scheduled
minimum guaranteed payments to have been made in 2004 and 2005,
totaling $2,750,000, were cancelled. As a result of the
termination of this contract service revenues for the third
quarter of 2003 included $296,000, which represents the final
revenues to be recognized under this contract. Entrust accounted
for 13% of the Companys revenues in 2003.
In 2003, the Company organized
HealthyEmail, Inc., a nonprofit organization established
for the purpose of promoting the responsible use of email in the
healthcare sector. HealthyEmail, Inc. and the Company have
committed to provide ZixMail licenses at no cost to physicians
and two members of their office staff for a two year period to
enable the healthcare industry to meet HIPAA privacy
requirements, which could potentially have an impact on the
Companys revenue opportunities and overall sales margins.
The Companys end-user order backlog as of
December 31, 2003, which includes deferred revenue on the
Companys consolidated balance sheet, increased to
approximately $13,000,000, which includes approximately
$4,900,000 associated with its newly acquired products and
services including electronic prescription solutions, email
content filtering and Web filtering. The Companys backlog
is comprised mainly of service contracts for product maintenance
and support, secure messaging, and electronic prescription
solutions. Approximately 65% to 75% of this backlog is expected
to be recognized as revenue in 2004, reflecting a mix between
single and multi-year service contracts and the anticipated
timing of the deployment of e-prescribing services.
The Company currently generates revenues from the
sale of perpetual software licenses, transaction fees associated
with providing e-prescription solutions, and service-based
contracts for product maintenance, secure messaging, and
e-prescription solutions which are amortized to revenue ratably
over their respective service periods. Management uses several
general metrics to estimate future revenue growth. These metrics
include: technology adoption rates in the markets served by the
Company, overall order input, renewal rate (customer retention)
of service contracts, mix of single or multi-year service
contracts and deployment statistics for the Companys
products and services. As the market for e-prescription
solutions matures, the deployment of e-prescribing devices to
physicians and the prescription volume written by such
physicians are important metrics, as the device and its use are
a platform for various revenue sources.
Cost of revenues decreased from $14,996,000 in
2001 to $8,999,000 in 2002 primarily due to a non-recurring,
non-cash charge of $3,000,000 for the write-off of digital
identification certificates in 2001 and the reduction of
$1,969,000 in non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization
of property and equipment resulting from certain data center
equipment becoming fully depreciated during 2002. The
certificates that were written-off did not enter into the sales
and marketing plans established by the Companys then new
17
The net decrease in cost of revenues from 2002 to
2003 of $788,000 consists of a $3,367,000 decrease in non-cash
expenses offset by an increase of $2,579,000 in cash expenses.
The decrease in non-cash expenses to $2,755,000 was primarily
due to a reduction in depreciation and amortization of property
and equipment of $3,696,000 resulting from certain data center
equipment becoming fully depreciated, which was partially offset
by $289,000 for amortization of intangible assets associated
with the 2003 acquisitions of PocketScript and Elron Software.
The 2003 increase in cash expenses is due primarily to personnel
additions totaling $1,676,000 which were necessary to expand the
Companys deployment and client services capabilities to
support the order growth of the Companys secure messaging
products and services. Additionally, with the Companys
increased volume of business coupled with the 2003 acquisitions
of PocketScript and Elron Software, 2003 cash expenses have
increased over 2002 by approximately $270,000 in each of the
areas of travel, data center maintenance and support and outside
consultants, including professional fees associated with the
Company obtaining the AICPA SysTrust
TM
certification.
A significant portion of the Companys cost
of revenues has not been and is not expected to be directly
variable to the revenue generated, such as the cost of operating
and maintaining the ZixSecure Center which is currently not
fully utilized. Accordingly, costs associated with the data
center are expected to grow at a much slower pace than revenue.
However, cost of revenues also includes the activities of field
deployment, professional services and customer service and
support, which in the near term are expected to grow at rates
substantially equivalent to the Companys revenue growth
rate. Other than the non-cash amortization of the fair value of
developed technology acquired with the purchase of Elron
Software, cost of revenues related directly to software sales
has not been significant.
Research and development expenses decreased from
$9,019,000 in 2001 to $6,180,000 in 2002 primarily due to
decreases in third party consulting expenditures totaling
$2,333,000 and reduced employee recruitment expenses of
$396,000. Non-cash expenses increased $410,000 from $1,435,000
in 2001 to $1,845,000 in 2002 due to a charge of $762,000 for
the cost to license certain patents held by Tumbleweed
Communications Corp., partially offset by a $352,000 reduction
in depreciation and amortization of property and equipment that
became fully depreciated during 2002.
The net decrease in research and development
expenses from 2002 to 2003 of $284,000 is due primarily to a
$1,469,000 reduction in non-cash expenses consisting primarily
of a $737,000 decrease in depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment resulting from certain computer equipment
becoming fully depreciated and a $762,000 charge in 2002 for the
cost to license certain patents held by Tumbleweed
Communications Corp. These decreases in non-cash expenses were
partially offset by increased cash expenses of $1,185,000, most
of which consisted of personnel costs resulting from the
acquisitions of PocketScript and Elron Software in the third
quarter of 2003.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased from $29,892,000 in 2001 to $19,335,000 in 2002, but
increased slightly to $19,907,000 in 2003.
The net decrease in selling, general and
administrative expenses from 2001 to 2002 amounted to
$10,557,000. Expenses, excluding non-cash expenses, decreased
$4,859,000 in 2002 primarily due to reduced discretionary
advertising expenditures of $3,453,000 resulting from the
Companys participation in fewer trade shows in 2002 and
the April 2002 cancellation of the Yahoo! Inc. advertising
commitment initiated in 2000, all part of the Companys
efforts to re-evaluate and redirect its advertising and
marketing efforts. Also contributing to the decrease between
years were Anacom expenditures of $532,000 that were eliminated
in 2002 following cessation of Anacoms operations in June
2001 and decreased employee recruitment expenditures of
$333,000. In the third quarter of 2002, the Company established
an office in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, as a result of hiring
available talent in the region to expand the Companys
sales and professional
18
The net increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses from 2002 to 2003 amounted to $572,000.
Expenses, excluding non-cash expenses, increased $3,633,000 in
2003 primarily due to increased personnel costs of approximately
$2,900,000 consisting of $1,359,000 resulting from the
acquisitions of PocketScript and Elron Software in the third
quarter of 2003 and $1,541,000 associated with the
Companys expansion of its sales organization which began
in late 2002. In 2003, due to increased sales activity,
headcount increases and the acquisitions of PocketScript and
Elron Software, additional cost increases were incurred for
travel, facility costs and advertising and promotion totaling
$732,000, $509,000 and $403,000, respectively, including
expenditures associated with the Companys HealthyEmail
initiative. The Companys legal professional services
decreased by $873,000 in 2003 primarily due to the elimination
of outside legal fees associated with the Companys lawsuit
with Visa U.S.A., Inc. and Visa International Service
Association, which was concluded in 2002. Non-cash charges
between 2002 and 2003 decreased by $3,061,000, to $1,580,000,
primarily due to a $1,937,000 decrease in stock-based
compensation related to stock option grants for employees and
third party service providers and $1,935,000 for non-recurring
costs recorded in 2002 related to the Yahoo! Inc. advertising
arrangement, partially offset by $159,000 for amortization of
intangible assets associated with the 2003 acquisitions of
PocketScript and Elron Software and $484,000 in non-cash
compensation expense resulting from the Company implementing a
program in the third quarter of 2003 whereby non-executive
employees were paid certain compensation, such as sales
commissions, with the Companys common stock rather than
cash.
Investment income decreased from $2,187,000 in
2001 to $319,000 in 2002 and further decreased to $138,000 in
2003. The continual decrease between years is primarily due to
the decrease in invested cash and marketable securities and
lower interest rates.
Interest expense incurred in 2002 totaled
$2,141,000 resulting from the issuance of $8,000,000 in
Convertible Notes. Due to a significant issuance discount on the
Convertible Notes, primarily due to the fair value of associated
warrants totaling $1,148,000 using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model, the Company recorded a non-recurring, non-cash
charge of $1,698,000 representing the beneficial conversion
feature resulting from the Convertible Notes being convertible
into 2,116,402 shares of common stock at an effective price
less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date
the Convertible Notes were issued. In the fourth quarter of
2002, the noteholders converted the Convertible Notes and
related accrued interest into 2,141,811 shares of the
Companys common stock.
Realized and unrealized losses on investments in
2001 primarily represents an impairment write-off of the
Companys $5,000,000 related party investment in Maptuit
Corporation (Maptuit). In October 2002, in
connection with the requirements of a $6,000,000 financing
package executed by Maptuit, the Company exchanged its
$5,000,000 debt and equity position in Maptuit for $154,000 in
cash, a non-interest bearing $900,000 subordinated promissory
note due in 2006 and two million shares of common stock of
Maptuit. In June 2003, the Company exchanged the $900,000
subordinated promissory note and one million shares of common
stock of Maptuit for $530,000 in cash and, in January 2004, the
Company exchanged the remaining one million shares of
Maptuits common stock for $70,000 in cash.
19
Income taxes on the loss from continuing
operations in 2001, 2002 and 2003 is different from the
U.S. statutory rate of 34%, primarily due to unbenefitted
U.S. losses. The Companys income tax expense for 2003
of $148,000 represents non-U.S. taxes payable resulting
from the operations of the Companys Canadian subsidiary
established in late 2002. The $269,000 current tax benefit
recorded in 2002 resulted from legislative changes extending the
net operating loss carry-back period from two years to five
years. The Company has fully reserved its U.S. net deferred
tax assets in 2001, 2002 and 2003 due to the uncertainty of
future taxable income. There may be limitations on our ability
to fully utilize our substantial net operating loss
carryforwards against any future taxable income, including
potential limitations due to ownership changes as defined in
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
As a result of the foregoing, the Company
experienced losses from continuing operations of $56,794,000 in
2001, $34,299,000 in 2002 and $27,667,000 in 2003.
The Company sold all of its remaining operating
businesses during 1998 realizing follow-on gains of $48,000,
$862,000 and $89,000 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Net cash used by continuing operations was
$18,745,000 in 2003 compared to $19,759,000 in 2002. The
improvement in operating cash flows in 2003 was primarily due to
a 19% reduction in the Companys loss from continuing
operations totaling $6,632,000, a decrease in receivables
resulting from the January 2003 collection of $1,000,000 from
Entrust, Inc. and an increase in non-acquired deferred
revenue of approximately $2,985,000 as a result of increased
sales of prepaid service contracts. Substantially offsetting
these increases was a $10,548,000 reduction in 2003 non-cash
operating expenses in the areas of depreciation and
amortization, stock-based compensation, vendor obligations paid
in common stock and certain non-cash charges for interest
expense associated with the Companys convertible note
outstanding during 2002. Depreciation expense has continued to
decrease as the Companys data center equipment becomes
fully depreciated. Net cash used by operating activities in 2003
was funded primarily by existing cash resources and financing
activities described below.
Net cash flows used in investing activities
during 2003 of $779,000 were attributable to purchases of
property and equipment totaling $2,252,000 partially offset by
non-recurring cash flows of $1,000,000 acquired in the purchase
of Elron Software and $530,000 received as partial recovery of
the Companys investment in Maptuit Corporation. The recent
trend for a reduced level of additions for property and
equipment reversed in 2003, as expected, as the Company upgraded
certain computer hardware in its data center and acquired
computer equipment to satisfy customer orders for the
Companys products and services, primarily ZixVPM and
ZixWorks.
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2003
was comprised of $5,608,000 from a mid-year private placement of
common stock and warrants, and proceeds of $12,965,000 from the
exercise of stock options and warrants to purchase
2,358,968 shares of the Companys common stock at an
average price per share of $5.50. Separately, on
September 30, 2003, the Company elected to convert the
remaining $4,925,000 of Series A and Series B
convertible preferred stock and related accrued dividends into
1,270,585 shares of the Companys common stock at
$4.07 and $3.76 per share, respectively. Additionally, in
2003, the Company used equity securities valued at $8,719,000 to
acquire substantially all of the assets and businesses of
PocketScript and Elron Software.
The Companys cash requirements consist
principally of funding the Companys operating losses as it
pursues a leadership position in the emerging markets in which
it operates and capital expenditures, primarily for data center
expansion and refurbishment and for computer equipment to
support new customer orders. The
20
At December 31, 2003, the Company had cash
and marketable securities totaling $13,852,000, no debt and
total liabilities, excluding deferred revenue, of $3,738,000.
Subsequent to year end, through March 9, 2004, as a result
of the exercise of stock options and warrants, the
Companys liquidity improved as it received proceeds of
$10,318,000 in exchange for 1,262,023 shares of the
Companys common stock. On March 9, 2004, there are
currently exercisable warrants and stock options, with an
exercise price per share of $10.00 or less, to acquire
approximately 4,100,000 shares of the Companys common
stock, at an average price of approximately $5.35 per
share, which if exercised would result in a significant level of
additional new funding for the Company. Additionally on
January 30, 2004, in connection with the acquisition of
MyDocOnline, the Company received $7,000,000 in cash from
Aventis, Inc., a former affiliate of MyDocOnline. Aventis loaned
the Company $3,000,000, due March 2007, which is payable in
either cash or shares of common stock at the option of the
Company and may be prepaid by the Company anytime without
penalty. Additionally, Aventis entered into a three-year service
contract with the Company for a minimum commitment of $4,000,000
for the performance by the Company of various services pursuant
to a Master Services Agreement. At Aventis discretion, the
loan may be paid in the form of additional services provided to
Aventis by the Company in accordance with the Master Services
Agreement. The loan and the Companys obligations
associated with the Master Services Agreement are secured by a
lien on the Companys accounts receivables and property and
equipment. On March 9, 2004, the total of the
Companys cash and marketable securities was approximately
$25,800,000.
The amount of the Companys future cash
requirements depend primarily on the market acceptance of its
products and services and the timing and magnitude of cash flows
generated from new customer orders. Cash flows will also be
impacted by capital expenditure requirements, resources devoted
to the additional development of our products and services and
resources devoted to sales and marketing including discretionary
advertising initiatives. The Company expects the market for its
products and services to expand as the business community
recognizes the importance of privacy and security for their
electronic communications and as electronic prescription
initiatives mature in the marketplace. In the future the Company
may need to raise additional funds to sustain its operations or
initiate reductions in operating expenses, or both. The Company
will continue to consider various capital funding alternatives
to strengthen its financial position. These capital funding
alternatives could involve one or more types of equity
securities, including convertible debt, common or convertible
preferred stock and warrants to acquire common or preferred
stock. Such equity securities could be issued at or below the
then-prevailing market price for shares of the Companys
common stock. The Company currently has no existing credit
facilities. There can be no assurances that the Company will be
able to raise additional capital on satisfactory terms if and
when needed.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual
Obligations, and Contingent Liabilities and
Commitments
The following table aggregates the Companys
material contractual cash obligations as of December 31,
2003:
Continuing Operations
Revenues
Table of Contents
Cost of Revenues
Table of Contents
Research and Development Expenses
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses
Table of Contents
Investment and Other Income
Interest Expense
Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses) on
Investments
Table of Contents
Income Taxes
Loss from Continuing Operations
Discontinued Operations
Table of Contents
Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
Thereafter
$
1,143,000
$
1,055,000
$
867,000
$
844,000
$
844,000
$
1,291,000
476,000
68,000
67,000
$
1,619,000
$
1,123,000
$
934,000
$
844,000
$
844,000
$
1,291,000
21
The Company has severance agreements with certain employees which would require the Company to pay approximately $3,275,000 if all such employees separated from employment with the Company following a change of control, as defined in the severance agreements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Companys significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires the Companys management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Companys consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions. Critical accounting policies and estimates are defined as those that are both most important to the portrayal of the Companys financial condition and results and require managements most subjective judgments. The Companys most critical accounting policies and estimates are described below.
Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill |
The Companys long-lived assets, comprised of intangibles and property and equipment aggregating $6,740,000 or 26% of total assets at December 31, 2003, are periodically reviewed for impairment, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with its estimated fair value. The potential impairment is measured based on a projected discounted cashflow method, using a discount rate that is considered to be commensurate with the risk inherent in the Companys current business model. Assumptions are made with respect to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the related asset. An impairment charge would be recorded for an amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeded the discounted projected net cash flows.
Goodwill, totaling $4,321,000, represents the cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired in the September 2003 acquisition of Elron Software. The Company will evaluate its goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, beginning in 2004, or when there is reason to believe that the value has been diminished or impaired. Evaluations for possible impairment are based upon a comparison of the estimated fair value of the business unit to which the goodwill relates to the sum of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. The fair values used in this evaluation are estimated based upon discounted future cash flow projections for the unit and market values of comparable businesses where available. An impairment is deemed to exist if the net book value of the unit exceeds its estimated fair value. There has been no change to the carrying amount of goodwill since its origination in September 2003.
Future changes made to the current estimates or assumptions, including such factors as order volumes and price levels, life spans of purchased technology, continuity of acquired customers, alternative uses for property and equipment and levels of operating expenses, could result in an unanticipated impairment charge from the write-down of the Companys long-lived assets or goodwill.
Deferred Tax Assets |
As required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets on its consolidated balance sheet if it is more likely than not that the subject net operating loss carry forwards and unused tax credits will be realized on future federal income tax returns. At December 31, 2003, the Company continued to provide a full valuation allowance against accumulated U.S. deferred tax assets of $69,822,000, reflecting the Companys historical losses and the uncertainty of future taxable income. If the Company begins to generate U.S. taxable income in a future period or if the facts and circumstances on which its estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining the amount of valuation allowance no longer required. Reversal of all or a part of this valuation allowance could have a significant positive impact on operating results in the period that it becomes more likely than not that certain of the Companys deferred tax assets will be realized.
22
Revenue Recognition |
General. The Company develops, markets, licenses and supports computer software products and services. Certain of the Companys products and services, such as ZixMail, ZixVPM, ZixPort, ZixWorks and its newly acquired electronic subscription solutions are offered on a subscription basis. The Companys subscription service includes delivering licensed software and providing customer support and secure email solutions throughout the subscription period. The customer generally is provided an appliance with pre-installed software or contractually subscribes to data center resident service capability and capacity. Subscriptions to date have generally been annual non-refundable contracts with no automatic renewal provisions. The subscription period begins on the date specified by the parties. Revenues from subscription services are recorded as the services are rendered. Subscription fees received from customers in advance are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenues ratably over the subscription period. Transaction fees associated with the electronic prescription service are recognized as revenue when the transaction occurs.
The Company also sells anti-spam and Web filtering products to customers under perpetual license agreements. The Company recognizes revenue on these arrangements after all of the following occur: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, the software is delivered, collection is probable, fees are fixed and determinable, and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE) exists to allocate the total fees to the elements of the arrangement. These software licenses are sold as part of a multiple element arrangement that includes annual maintenance, and often times implementation or training services. Where VSOE has not been established for certain elements, revenue for all elements is deferred until those elements have been delivered or their fair values have been determined. However, if VSOE is determinable for all of the undelivered elements, and the undelivered elements are not essential to the delivered elements, the Company will defer recognition of the full fair value related to the undelivered elements and recognize as revenue the remaining portion of the arrangement value through application of the residual method. Evidence of VSOE for implementation and training services is based upon standard billing rates and the estimated level of effort for the individuals expected to perform the related services. Installation and training revenues are recognized as the services are rendered. The Company establishes VSOE for maintenance based upon current contract renewal rates. The Company recognizes maintenance revenue over the term of the maintenance agreement, generally one year.
Multiple element arrangements. In the near term, the Company expects that a larger percentage of its revenues will be derived from customers purchasing a combination of software under perpetual license agreements and related services including product maintenance and secure messaging services. The Company determines the fair value of each of the contract deliverables using VSOE which requires significant judgment when selling and pricing products and services in emerging markets where increasing competition and technology changes are commonplace. VSOE for each element is based on the price for which the Company will sell the element on a stand-alone basis. If the Company determines that it does not have VSOE on an undelivered service element of an arrangement, the Company will delay revenue recognition from the software sale and amortize it to revenue ratably over the service period of the related service deliverable. This occurrence could materially impact our future financial results depending on the significance of software sales to our mix of total revenues.
Business Acquisitions |
During 2003, the Company completed two acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. The amounts assigned to the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in connection with these acquisitions were based on estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. The fair values were determined by management, generally based upon information supplied by the management of the acquired entities and in one instance a valuation prepared by independent appraisal experts. The fair values have been based primarily upon future cash flow projections for the acquired assets, discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. In connection with these acquisitions, we have recorded a significant amount of intangible assets and goodwill.
23
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (SFAS 146). This statement nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). SFAS 146 requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of commitment to an exit or disposal plan. This statement is to be applied prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 146 did not have an effect on the Companys results of operations or its financial position.
Risks and Uncertainties
We continue to use significant amounts of cash. |
Since 1999, we have been developing and marketing products and services that bring privacy, security and convenience to Internet users, with a particular focus in the healthcare sector. Our businesses operate in emerging markets, and developing these businesses is costly and the market is highly competitive. Emerging market businesses involve risks and uncertainties, and there are no assurances that we will be successful in our efforts. We have experienced significant operating losses in recent years and utilization of cash resources continues at a substantial level. ZixCorp anticipates further losses in 2004.
Our recent acquisitions of three companies may require us to invest significant resources to make them successful. |
In July 2003, we acquired substantially all of the assets of PocketScript, a provider of electronic prescription solutions for the healthcare industry; in September 2003, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Elron Software, a provider of anti-spam, email content filtering and Web filtering solutions; and in late January 2004, we acquired substantially all of the assets of MyDocOnline, a provider of secure Web-based communications and laboratory information solutions. PocketScript and MyDocOnline are start-up ventures in emerging markets. While Elron has been in business for a number of years, its revenues have declined in recent years. PocketScript, Elron, and MyDocOnline have incurred operating losses in recent years. The ability to increase the companies revenues in the near future is largely dependent upon, in Elrons case, whether our efforts to bring enhanced and new products to market are successful, and in the case of PocketScript and MyDocOnline, whether we are able to develop the market for their products and services. Our challenge is to make these new subsidiaries profitable. To do so may require us to invest significant resources, including significant amounts of cash, and there are no assurances that these subsidiaries will become profitable in the near term.
The market may not broadly accept our products and services, which would prevent us from operating profitably. |
We must be able to achieve broad market acceptance for our products and services in order to operate profitably. We have not yet been able to do this. To our knowledge, there are currently no secure e-messaging protection and transaction businesses similar to our Zix branded business that currently operates at the scale that we would require, at our current expenditure levels and pricing, to become profitable. As previously noted, PocketScript and MyDocOnline are start-up ventures in emerging markets. There is no assurance that our products and services will become generally accepted or that they will be compatible with any standards that become generally accepted, nor is there any assurance that enough paying users will ultimately be obtained to enable us to operate profitably.
Competition in our businesses is expected to increase, which could cause our business including the business of our recently acquired subsidiaries to fail. |
Our Zix branded solutions are targeted to the secure e-messaging protection and transaction services market. Elrons product solutions have enabled us to enhance our Zix branded protection management
24
Although there are many large, well-funded participants in the information technology security industry, few currently participate in the secure e-messaging protection and transaction services market in which our Zix branded solutions compete. Most other product-only solutions in this market require extensive increases in overhead to implement and deploy them. In addition, our Zix branded solutions can be made operational in a very short period of time compared to the longer procurement and deployment cycles common with the solutions of many of our competitors. Our service and product offerings are focused on the secure communications market, including secure e-messaging and protection management. Companies that compete with our Zix branded secure e-messaging and protection business include content management and secure delivery companies, such as Authentica, Inc., Certified Mail, Sigaba Corporation and Tumbleweed Communications Corp., and other messaging/spam protection participants such as BrightMail Incorporated, CipherTrust, Inc., ClearSwift Limited, FrontBridge Technologies, Inc., MessageLabs, Postini, Inc., NetIQ Corp. and SurfControl Incorporated.
Our Zix branded products and Elron products also compete with several product companies that deliver anti-virus solutions that may also contain limited email messaging/spam protection capabilities, including Network Associates, Inc. (McAfee), Sophos, Inc., Symantec Corporation and Trend Micro, Inc. We also compete with companies that offer Web filtering products, such as Secure Computing Corporation, SurfControl Incorporated, Websense, Inc. and NetIQ Corp.
In addition, we face competition from vendors of Internet server appliances, operating systems, networking hardware, network management solutions and security software, many of which now, or may in the future, develop or bundle secure e-messaging, messaging/spam protection and/or Web filtering capabilities into their products.
We may face increased competition as these competitors partner with others or develop new product and service offerings to expand the functionality that they can offer to their customers. We believe that the secure e-messaging protection and transaction services market is immature, and, for the most part, unpenetrated, unlike many segments of the information technology security industry which are saturated. We have spent several years on infrastructure development and product development. Our competitors may, over time, develop new technologies that are perceived as being more secure, effective or cost efficient than our own. If we are not successful in exploiting the technology advantage we believe we currently hold, these competitors could successfully garner a significant share of the market, to the exclusion of our company. Furthermore, increased competition could result in pricing pressures, reduced margins or the failure of our business to achieve or maintain market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.
Our PocketScript electronic prescription management services allow health care payors to effectively deliver drug information to physicians at the point of care, enabling providers to work more effectively within established formularies. Our PocketScript services, targeted to the e-prescription marketplace, are expected to grow as more physicians are leveraging technology in delivering healthcare services, coupled with the fact that the number of prescriptions written annually in the United States continues to increase. Participants in the e-prescribing space include AllScripts Healthcare Solutions, Ramp Corporation, Dr. First, Inc. and iScribe (a division of AdvancePCS).
Our recently acquired MyDocOnline business offers a variety of Internet-based healthcare services. MyDocOnline Connect is a subscription-based Web service that allows patients and physicians to securely communicate online. Connect helps patients become more active, informed participants in their own health. Communication features offered by the service cover the spectrum of patient needs and include: online doctor visits, administrative questions, appointment requests, billing questions, prescription requests, and referral requests. The service also offers a host of educational, interactive content features that deliver condition-
25
Dr. Chart, also a Web-based communication tool, connects healthcare providers and laboratories by allowing doctors to initiate lab orders, check medical necessity compliance and view results rapidly and accurately using a secure Internet connection. Dr. Chart also automatically integrates patient information, customizes requisition formats for individual practices, automatically prints specimen labels, automatically checks Medicare compliance and provides an up-front Advanced Beneficiary Notification (ABN) at point of order and allows labs to enhance reporting with historical analyses, trending, and graphing. Dr. Chart seamlessly integrates into labs current systems and is fully customizable. Competitors include: 4Medica, Inc., Cerner Corporation and Misys plc. All of the competitors offer the same basic services that Dr. Chart offers, although we believe that Dr. Chart is superior to services offered by its competitors because of the flexibility of the product, expertise in interfacing to other systems, and duration and breadth of experience delivering Internet-based orders and solutions to labs nationwide. Nevertheless, we expect to face increasing competition in this arena and our competitors may develop products and services that are perceived to be better than ours.
Our inability to successfully and timely develop and introduce new e-messaging protection and transaction products and related services and to implement technological changes could harm our business. |
The emerging nature of the secure e-messaging protection and transaction services business and its rapid evolution, require us continually to develop and introduce new products and services and to improve the performance, features and reliability of our existing products and services, particularly in response to competitive offerings. Our Elron business, while having a significant customer base and meaningful revenues, has not been profitable in recent years under its prior ownership.
We also have under development new feature sets for our current Zix branded product line and service offerings and are considering new secure e-messaging products and services. By adding Elrons product line to our current service offerings, we will be able to accelerate the development time we would have otherwise needed to build additional feature sets into our Zix branded product and service offerings. The success of new or enhanced products and services depends on several factors primarily, market acceptance. We may not succeed in developing and marketing new or enhanced products and services that respond to competitive and technological developments and changing customer needs. This could harm our business.
If the market for secure e-messaging protection and transaction services does not continue to grow, demand for our products and services will be adversely affected. |
The market for secure electronic communications is a developing market. Continued growth of the secure e-messaging protection and transaction services market will depend to a large extent on the market recognizing the need for secure electronic communications, such as email encryption and e-prescribing. Failure of this market to grow would harm our business.
If health care providers fail to adopt the PocketScript and MyDocOnline Care Delivery Solutions, we will fail to achieve the critical mass of physicians and patients to build a successful business. |
Our PocketScript electronic prescription management services and our MyDocOnline services are targeted to the emerging market for providing secure communications among healthcare providers to deliver information in an efficient, economical manner. These are emerging markets, and the success of our
26
Capacity limits on our technology and network hardware and software may be difficult to project, and we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems to meet increased use, which would result in reduced revenues. |
While we have ample through-put capacity to handle our customers requirements for the medium term, at some point we may be required to expand and upgrade our technology and network hardware and software. We may not be able to accurately project the rate of increase in usage on our network, particularly since we have significantly expanded our potential customer base by our recent acquisition of PocketScript and MyDocOnline, whose service offerings will be supported by our ZixSecure Center, once we transition the data center operations of PocketScript and MyDocOnline to this facility. In addition, we may not be able to expand and upgrade, in a timely manner, our systems and network hardware and software capabilities to accommodate increased traffic on our network. If we do not timely and appropriately expand and upgrade our systems and network hardware and software, we may lose customers and revenues.
Security interruptions to our data centers could disrupt our business, and any security breaches could expose us to liability and negatively impact customer demand for our products and services. |
Our business depends on the uninterrupted operation of our centers currently, our ZixSecure Center located in Dallas, Texas; the Austin, Texas data center used for fail-over and staging of new customers of our Zix branded services; the Dallas, Texas co-location facility that supports the operations of our recently acquired MyDocOnline business; and the data center that supports the PocketScript operations. We must protect these centers from loss, damage or interruption caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other events beyond our control. Any damage or failure that causes interruptions in our data centers operations could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, our ability to issue digitally-signed certified time-stamps and public encryption codes in connection with our Zix branded products and services and to support PocketScripts e-prescribing services and MyDocOnlines services depends on the efficient operation of the Internet connections between customers and our data centers. We depend on Internet service providers efficiently operating these connections. These providers have experienced periodic operational problems or outages in the past. Any of these problems or outages could adversely affect customer satisfaction.
Furthermore, it is critical that our facilities and infrastructure remain secure and the market perceives them to be secure. Despite our implementation of network security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems. In addition, we are vulnerable to coordinated attempts to overload our systems with data, resulting in denial or reduction of service to some or all of our users for a period of time. We do not carry insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur as a result of any of these events; therefore, it is possible that we may have to use additional resources to address these problems.
Secure messages sent through our ZixPort and ZixMessage Center messaging portals, in connection with the operation of our secure e-messaging protection and transaction services, will reside, for a user-specified period of time, in our secure data center network; individual prescription histories transmitted through our PocketScript system will reside in our secure data center network; and the personal healthcare information transmitted through our MyDocOnline system will reside in our secure data center network. Any physical or electronic break-ins or other security breaches or compromises of this information could expose us to significant liability, and customers could be reluctant to use our Internet-related products and services.
27
We may have to defend our rights in intellectual property that we use in our products and services, which could be disruptive and expensive to our business. |
We may have to defend our intellectual property rights or defend against claims that we are infringing the rights of others. Intellectual property litigation and controversies are disruptive and expensive. Infringement claims could require us to develop non-infringing products or enter into royalty or licensing arrangements. Royalty or licensing arrangements, if required, may not be obtainable on terms acceptable to us. Our business could be significantly harmed if we are not able to develop or license the necessary technology. Furthermore, it is possible that others may independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual property, thus enabling them to effectively compete against us.
Defects or errors could affect the performance of our products and services. |
We subject our Zix branded products and services to quality assurance testing prior to product release. There is no assurance that the quality and assurance testing previously conducted by the businesses we recently acquired on their current products and services conform to our standards for quality assurance testing. Regardless of the level of quality assurance testing, any of our products and services could contain undetected defects or errors. This could result in loss of or delay in revenues, failure to achieve market acceptance, diversion of development resources, injury to our reputation, litigation claims, increased insurance costs or increased service and warranty costs. Any of these could prevent us from implementing our business model and achieving the revenues we need to operate profitably.
Public key cryptography technology is subject to risks. |
Our Zix branded products and services, the PocketScript e-prescription service and the MyDocOnline businesses employ, and future products and services may employ, public key cryptography technology. With public key cryptography technology, a public key and a private key are used to encrypt and decrypt messages. The security afforded by this technology depends, in large measure, on the integrity of the private key, which is dependent, in part, on the application of certain mathematical principles. The integrity of the private key is predicated on the assumption that it is difficult to mathematically derive the private key from the related public key. Should methods be developed that make it easier to derive the private key, the security of encryption products using public key cryptography technology would be reduced or eliminated and such products could become unmarketable. This could require us to make significant changes to our products, which could damage our reputation and otherwise hurt our business. Moreover, there have been public reports of the successful decryption of certain encrypted messages. This, or related, publicity could adversely affect public perception of the security afforded by public key cryptography technology, which could harm our business.
We depend on key personnel. |
We depend on the performance of our senior management team including our chairman and chief executive officer, John A. Ryan; our president and chief operating officer, Richard Spurr and their direct reports and other key employees, particularly highly skilled technical personnel. Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate these individuals. There are no binding agreements with any of our employees which prevent them from leaving our company at any time. There is competition for these personnel. In addition, we do not maintain key person life insurance on any of our personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key employees or our failure to attract, retain and motivate key employees could harm our business.
We could be affected by government regulation. |
Exports of software products using encryption technology, such as our Zix branded products and services, are generally restricted by the U.S. government. Although we have obtained U.S. government approval to export our products to almost all countries in the world, the list of countries to which our products cannot be exported could be revised in the future. Furthermore, some foreign countries impose restrictions on the use of
28
Furthermore, boards of pharmacy in the various states in which our PocketScript and MyDocOnline businesses operate regulate the process by which physicians write prescriptions. While regulations in the states in which these businesses currently generally operate permit the electronic writing of prescriptions, such regulations could be revised in the future. Moreover, regulations in states in which these businesses do not currently operate may not be as favorable and may impede our ability to develop business in these states. Furthermore, future state or federal regulation could mandate standards for the electronic writing of prescriptions or for the secure electronic transmittal of personal health information through the Internet that our technology and systems do not comply with, which would require us to modify our technology and systems.
Our stock price may be volatile. |
The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future. Our stock price may decrease as a result of the dilutive effect caused by the additional number of shares that may become available in the market due to the issuances of our common stock in connection with the capital funding and acquisition transactions we completed over the last year. As of February 13, 2004, there was a short position in our common stock of 6,836,222 shares.
Our directors and executive officers own a substantial percentage of our securities. Their ownership could allow them to exercise significant control over corporate decisions and to implement corporate acts that are not in the best interests of our shareholders as a group. |
Our directors and executive officers beneficially own shares of our securities that represent approximately 17.6% of the combined voting power eligible to vote on matters brought before our shareholders, including securities and associated warrants beneficially owned by Antonio R. Sanchez, Jr., a former director and father of a current director (Antonio R. Sanchez III), and current beneficial owner of approximately 8.7% of our outstanding common stock, and John A. Ryan, our chairman and chief executive officer. Therefore, our directors and executive officers, if they acted together, could exert substantial influence over matters requiring approval by our shareholders. These matters would include the election of directors. This concentration of ownership and voting power may discourage or prevent someone from acquiring our business.
A private investor owns a large percentage of our outstanding stock and could significantly influence the outcome of actions. |
George W. Haywood, a private investor, beneficially owns approximately 16.0% of our outstanding common stock. Therefore, Mr. Haywood could exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors. Mr. Haywoods interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership and voting power may discourage or prevent someone from acquiring our business.
Further issuances of equity securities may be dilutive to current shareholders. |
At some point in the future we may determine to seek additional capital funding or to acquire additional businesses. These events could involve the issuance of one or more types of equity securities, including convertible debt, common or convertible preferred stock and warrants to acquire common or preferred stock. Such equity securities could be issued at or below the then-prevailing market price for our common stock. In addition, we incentivize employees and attract new employees by issuing options to purchase our shares of common stock. Therefore, the interest of our existing shareholders could be diluted by future stock option grants to employees and any equity securities issued in capital funding financings or business acquisitions.
29
We may have liability for indemnification claims arising from the sale of our previous businesses in 1998 and 1997. |
We disposed of our previous operating businesses in 1998 and 1997. In selling those businesses, we agreed to provide customary indemnification to the purchasers of those businesses for breaches of representations and warranties, covenants and other specified matters. Although we believe that we have adequately provided for future costs associated with these indemnification obligations, indemnifiable claims could exceed our estimates.
We may encounter other unanticipated risks and uncertainties in the markets we serve or in developing new products and services, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in responding to any unanticipated risks or uncertainties. |
There are no assurances that we will be successful or that we will not encounter other, and even unanticipated, risks. We discuss other operating, financial or legal risks or uncertainties in our periodic filings with the SEC. We are, of course, also subject to general economic risks.
NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS
This document contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including: any projections of future business, market share, earnings, revenues or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new products, services or developments; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words may, will, predict, plan, should, goal, estimate, intend, continue, believe, expect, anticipate and other similar words. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in the Risks and Uncertainties section above, among other places.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in this document. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement.
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
The Company does not believe that it faces material market risk with respect to its cash investments and marketable securities, which totaled $13,852,000 and $14,832,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These investments, which mature at various dates through June 2004, primarily consist of commercial paper, daily money market funds, asset-backed securities and a U.S. government security, and do not include derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments as such terms are defined by the SEC in applicable regulations. The Company has not undertaken any additional actions to cover interest rate market risk and is not a party to any interest rate market risk management activities. A hypothetical ten percent change in market interest rates over the next year would not materially impact the Companys operating results or cash flows due to the short-term, high credit quality nature of the Companys cash investments and marketable securities.
Item 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
The information required by this Item begins on page F-1 hereof.
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures |
None.
30
Item 9A. | Controls and Procedures |
Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company maintains controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that it is able to collect the information it is required to disclose in the reports it files with the SEC, and to process, summarize and disclose this information within the time periods specified in the rules of the SEC. Based on an evaluation of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report conducted by the Companys management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers believe that these controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that the Company is able to collect, process and disclose the information it is required to disclose in the reports it files with the SEC within the required time periods.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the three months ended December 31, 2003, there have been no changes in the Companys internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
PART III
Item 10. | Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant |
Certain of the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section OTHER INFORMATION YOU NEED TO MAKE AN INFORMED DECISION Who are our directors, director nominees, executive officers and significant employees? and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement.
The members of the Companys audit committee are Michael E. Keane, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, UNOVA, Inc.; James A. Marston, a private investor; and Dr. Ben G. Streetman, Dean, College of Engineering at The University of Texas at Austin. More information about the business experience of Messrs. Keane, Marston, and Streetman can be found in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement under the section OTHER INFORMATION YOU NEED TO MAKE AN INFORMED DECISION Who are our directors, director nominees, executive officers and significant employees?, which is incorporated herein by reference. Mr. Keane, chairman of the audit committee, has been determined to be an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in applicable rules and regulations, by virtue of his business experience, including his current position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, UNOVA, Inc. The Company has also determined that Mr. Keane is independent as such term is defined in applicable rules and regulations.
The Company has a code of ethics for the Companys chief executive officer and senior financial officers. A copy of the code is available on the Companys Web site www.zixcorp.com under Corporate Governance. Any waiver of the code will be publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulation.
Item 11. | Executive Compensation |
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement.
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section OTHER INFORMATION YOU NEED TO MAKE AN INFORMED DECISION How much stock do our principal stockholders, directors, director nominees and executive officers own? and COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Equity Compensation Plan Information in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement.
31
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Certain Relationships and Related Transactions in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement.
Item 14. | Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the section CORPORATE GOVERNANCE What is the role of our Boards committees? in the Companys 2004 Proxy Statement.
PART IV
Item 15. | Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K |
(a)(1) Financial Statements
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1 hereof.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC have been omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3)
Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
Description
2
.1
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 22,
2003, between Zix Corporation and Pocket Script L.L.C.
(excluding schedules and exhibits). Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
Zix Corporations Form 8-K, dated July 23, 2003,
and incorporated herein by reference.
2
.2
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 2,
2003, among Zix Corporation, Zix Acquisition Corporation, Elron
Software, Inc., Elron Electronic Industries, Ltd., and
Elron Software (2000), Ltd. (excluding schedules and exhibits).
Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Zix Corporations
Form 8-K, dated September 4, 2003, and incorporated
herein by reference.
2
.3
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of
January 30, 2004, by and among Zix Corporation,
MyDocOnline, Inc., Aventis Pharmaceuticals Holdings Inc.,
and Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. (excluding schedules and
exhibits). Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Zix Corporations
Form 8-K, dated February 10, 2004, and incorporated
herein by reference.
3
.1
Articles of Amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation of Zix Corporation, as filed with the Texas
Secretary of State on August 1, 2002. Filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to Zix Corporations Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30,
2002, and incorporated herein by reference. Restated Articles of
Incorporation of Zix Corporation, as filed with the Texas
Secretary of State on December 4, 2001. Filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to Zix Corporations Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and
incorporated herein by reference.
3
.2
Restated Bylaws of Zix Corporation, dated
October 30, 2002. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Zix
Corporations Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended September 30, 2002, and incorporated
herein by reference.
4
.1
Specimen certificate for common stock of Zix
Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Zix Corporations
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
32
Exhibit
Number
Description
4
.2
Form of Common Stock Warrant Certificate. Filed
as Exhibit 4.1 in Zix Corporations Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (Commission No. 333-83934),
dated March 7, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.3
Form of Warrant, dated September 18, 2002,
to purchase shares of common stock of Zix Corporation, issued by
Zix Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated September 20, 2002,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.4
Form of Warrant, dated September 18, 2002,
to purchase shares of common stock of Zix Corporation, issued by
Zix Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 4.6 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated September 20, 2002,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.5
Form of Warrant to purchase shares of common
stock of Zix Corporation, issued by Zix Corporation. Filed as
Exhibit 4.2 to Zix Corporations Form 8-K, dated
March 4, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.6
Form of Warrant to purchase shares of common
stock of Zix Corporation, issued by Zix Corporation. Filed as
Exhibit 4.4 to Zix Corporations Form 8-K, dated
February 10, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.7
Secured Promissory Note of Zix Corporation to
Aventis Inc., dated January 30, 2004, in the original
principal amount of $3,000,000. Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated February 10, 2004,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.8
Security Agreement, dated as of January 30,
2004, by and between Zix Corporation and Aventis Inc. Filed as
Exhibit 4.3 to Zix Corporations Form 8-K, dated
February 10, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.9
Registration Rights Agreement, dated
September 16, 2002, by and among Zix Corporation and the
Investors named therein. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated September 20, 2002,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.10
Registration Rights Agreement, dated
September 17, 2002, by and among Zix Corporation and the
Buyers named therein. Filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated September 20, 2002,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.11
Registration Rights Agreement, dated
July 22, 2003, between Zix Corporation and Pocket Script,
L.L.C. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Zix Corporations
Form 8-K, dated July 23, 2003, and incorporated herein
by reference.
4
.12
Registration Rights Agreement, dated
September 2, 2003, between Zix Corporation and Elron
Software, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated September 4, 2003,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4
.13
Registration Rights Agreement, dated
January 30, 2004, among Zix Corporation, Aventis Inc.,
and Aventis Holdings Inc. Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Zix
Corporations Form 8-K, dated February 10, 2004,
and incorporated herein by reference.
10
.1
1990 Stock Option Plan of Zix Corporation
(Amended and Restated as of September 1999). Filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Zix Corporations Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30,
1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
10
.2*
1992 Stock Option Plan of Zix Corporation
(Amended and Restated as of August 2000).
10
.3
1995 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Zix Corporation
(Amended and Restated as of September 20, 2000). Filed as
Exhibit 10.3 to Zix Corporations Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30,
2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
10
.4
1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Zix
Corporation (Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2000).
Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Zix Corporations Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
June 30, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
33
Exhibit
Number
Description
10
.5
Zix Corporations 1999 Directors Stock
Option Plan (Amended and Restated as of August 1, 2002).
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Zix Corporations Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended
June 30, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.
10
.6
Zix Corporations 2001 Employee Stock Option
Plan, dated May 4, 2001. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Zix
Corporations Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended March 31, 2001, and incorporated
herein by reference.
10
.7*
Zix Corporations 2001 Stock Option Plan
(Amended and Restated as of May 6, 2003)
10
.8
Zix Corporations 2003 Stock Compensation
Plan (Amended and Restated in October 2003). Filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Zix Corporations Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30,
2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
10
.9*
Zix Corporations 2003 New Employee Stock
Option Plan, dated October 1, 2003.
10
.10*
Zix Corporation 401(k) Retirement Plan.
10
.11*
Adoption Agreement relating to Zix Corporation
401(k) Retirement Plan.
10
.12
Stock Option Agreement, effective as of
November 14, 2001, between John Ryan and Zix Corporation.
Filed as Exhibit 4.2 in Zix Corporations Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (Commission No. 333-74890),
dated December 11, 2001, and incorporated herein by
reference. Portions of this exhibit were omitted pursuant to a
request for confidential treatment that was filed with the SEC
on November 26, 2001. On December 5, 2001, the SEC
approved the filing of this exhibit omitting the portions for
which confidential treatment was requested. The omitted
information has been filed with the SEC.
10
.13
Employment Agreement, effective as of
November 14, 2001, between John Ryan and Zix Corporation.
Filed as Exhibit 4.1 in Zix Corporations Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (Commission No. 333-74890),
dated December 11, 2001, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10
.14*
Employment Agreement, entered into as of
January 20, 2004, between Zix Corporation and Richard Spurr.
10
.15*
Stock Option Agreement, dated February 24,
2004, between Zix Corporation and Richard Spurr.
10
.16*
Employment Agreement, dated December 1,
2003, between Zix Corporation and Daniel S. Nutkis.
10
.17*
Stock Option Agreement, dated December 18,
2003, between Zix Corporation and Daniel S. Nutkis.
10
.18*
Stock Option Agreement, dated December 18,
2003, between Zix Corporation and Brad Almond.
10
.19
Severance Agreement, dated February 25,
2002, between Zix Corporation and Steve M. York. Filed as
Exhibit 10.17 to Zix Corporations Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10
.20
Severance Agreement, dated February 25,
2002, between Zix Corporation and Ronald A. Woessner. Filed as
Exhibit 10.18 to Zix Corporations Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10
.21
Form of Severance Agreement between Zix
Corporation and Brad Almond, Dennis Heathcote, Dan Nutkis, and
David Robertson. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Zix
Corporations Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended March 31, 2002, and incorporated
herein by reference.
34
Exhibit
Number
Description
10
.22
Sublease Agreement, dated February 12, 1999,
between Fidelity Corporate Real Estate, L.L.C. and Custom Tracks
Operating Corporation. Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Zix
Corporations Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10
.23
Sublease Agreement, dated May 8, 2000,
between Rosewood Resources, Inc. and Zix Corporation. Filed
as Exhibit 10.1 to Zix Corporations Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30,
2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
10
.24*
Lease Agreement, dated December 29, 2003,
between Zix Corporation and 7-Eleven, Inc. (excluding
exhibits).
10
.25*
Sublease for space at 67 South Bedford Street,
Burlington, Massachusetts, dated June 24, 2003, by and
between Elron Software, Inc. and Cognos Corporation and
related Addendums I and II (excluding exhibit and
attachment).
10
.26*
Hawkston Hall Office Centre Lease Agreement,
dated October 17, 2001 (and as amended) between Elron
Software, Inc. and Saratoga Partners, Ltd.
10
.27*
Lease Agreement, dated November 27, 2000,
between MyDocOnline, Inc. and Ft. Round Rock Ltd. and
related Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 (excluding
exhibits).
10
.28*
Sublease Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2002, between MyDocOnline, Inc. and Cybear, Inc.
10
.29
Sublease Agreement, dated August 1, 2002,
between Zix Corporation, Optiwave Corporation and Waidt
Construction & Developments LTD (excluding schedules
and exhibits). Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Zix
Corporations Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10
.30
Sublease Amendment Agreement, dated
September 30, 2002, between Zix Corporation, Optiwave
Corporation and Waidt Construction & Developments LTD
(excluding exhibits). Filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Zix
Corporations Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10
.31
Sublease Amendment Agreement, dated
November 19, 2002, between Zix Corporation, Optiwave
Corporation and Waidt Construction & Developments LTD
(excluding exhibits). Filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Zix
Corporations Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2002, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10
.32*
Sublease Amendment Agreement, dated July 17,
2003, between Zix Corporation, Optiwave Corporation and Waidt
Construction & Developments LTD (excluding exhibits).
10
.33*
Facilities Service Agreement, entered into as of
June 25, 2003, by and between Collocation Solutions, LLC
and Zix Corporation (excluding schedule and exhibit).
10
.34*
Lease, dated March 9, 2004, between Duke
Realty Ohio and PocketScript, Inc. (excluding exhibits).
10
.35
Master Services Agreement, dated January 30,
2004, by and between Zix Corporation and Aventis Inc. Filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Zix Corporations Form 8-K, dated
February 10, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
Portions of this exhibit were omitted and filed separately with
the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment
filed with the Commission.
21
.1*
Subsidiaries of Zix Corporation.
23
.1*
Consent of Independent Auditors.
31
.1*
Certification of John A. Ryan, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31
.2*
Certification of Steve M. York, Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
35
Exhibit
Number
Description
32
.1*
Certification of John A. Ryan, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32
.2*
Certification of Steve M. York, Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
* | Filed herewith. |
| Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
The Registrant filed reports on Form 8-K since September 30, 2003, as follows: Form 8-K, filed October 7, 2003 (relating to the conversion of the Registrants Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock and cash proceeds realized by the Registrant upon the exercise of stock options); Form 8-K/ A, filed October 30, 2003 (containing pro forma and historical financial information) and amending Form 8-K filed September 5, 2003 (relating to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Elron Software, Inc.); and Form 8-K, filed February 11, 2004 (pertaining to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets and business of MyDocOnline, Inc. and related transactions).
36
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on March 15, 2004.
ZIX CORPORATION |
By: | /s/ STEVE M. YORK |
|
|
Steve M. York | |
Senior Vice President, | |
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 15, 2004.
Signature | Title | |||
|
|
|||
/s/ JOHN A. RYAN
(John A. Ryan) |
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/s/ STEVE M. YORK
(Steve M. York) |
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |||
/s/ MICHAEL E. KEANE
(Michael E. Keane) |
Director | |||
/s/ JAMES S. MARSTON
(James S. Marston) |
Director | |||
/s/ ANTONIO R. SANCHEZ III
(Antonio R. Sanchez III) |
Director | |||
/s/ DR. BEN G. STREETMAN
(Dr. Ben G. Streetman) |
Director |
37
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Auditors
|
F-2 | |||
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31,
2003 and 2002
|
F-3 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
|
F-4 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred
Stock and Stockholders Equity for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
|
F-5 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
|
F-6 | |||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
F-7 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
We have audited the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets of Zix Corporation as of December 31, 2003
and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
convertible preferred stock and stockholders equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position of Zix Corporation at
December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Dallas, Texas
F-2
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Table of Contents
ZIX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2003
2002
ASSETS
$
6,599,000
$
7,586,000
7,253,000
7,246,000
359,000
1,014,000
1,147,000
1,546,000
15,358,000
17,392,000
3,151,000
3,608,000
3,589,000
4,321,000
$
26,419,000
$
21,000,000
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY
$
3,738,000
$
2,976,000
4,066,000
748,000
7,804,000
3,724,000
696,000
78,000
2,252,000
3,401,000
5,653,000
312,000
228,000
230,580,000
195,846,000
(26,000
)
(565,000
)
(11,507,000
)
(11,507,000
)
(201,440,000
)
(172,457,000
)
17,919,000
11,545,000
$
26,419,000
$
21,000,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
ZIX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
5,134,000
$
1,672,000
$
317,000
706,000
5,840,000
1,672,000
317,000
(8,211,000
)
(8,999,000
)
(14,996,000
)
(5,896,000
)
(6,180,000
)
(9,019,000
)
(19,907,000
)
(19,335,000
)
(29,892,000
)
138,000
319,000
2,187,000
(13,000
)
(2,141,000
)
530,000
96,000
(5,391,000
)
(27,519,000
)
(34,568,000
)
(56,794,000
)
(148,000
)
269,000
(27,667,000
)
(34,299,000
)
(56,794,000
)
89,000
862,000
48,000
$
(27,578,000
)
$
(33,437,000
)
$
(56,746,000
)
$
(1.23
)
$
(2.07
)
$
(3.32
)
0.05
$
(1.23
)
$
(2.02
)
$
(3.32
)
23,525,077
18,128,796
17,083,037
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
Stockholders Equity
Convertible Preferred
Accumulated
Stock
Common Stock
Unearned
Other
Total
Additional
Stock-Based
Treasury
Comprehensive
Accumulated
Stockholders
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Capital
Compensation
Stock
Loss
Deficit
Equity
$
19,327,563
$
193,000
$
180,128,000
$
(14,615,000
)
$
(11,314,000
)
$
(169,000
)
$
(79,093,000
)
$
75,130,000
27,500
222,000
222,000
152,672
2,000
973,000
(975,000
)
49,000
(49,000
)
(4,725,000
)
4,725,000
8,378,000
8,378,000
353,383
4,000
396,000
400,000
76,000
(100,000
)
(24,000
)
(56,746,000
)
(56,746,000
)
169,000
169,000
(56,577,000
)
19,861,118
199,000
177,119,000
(2,536,000
)
(11,414,000
)
(135,839,000
)
27,529,000
116,833
1,000
761,000
762,000
468,514
5,000
2,530,000
2,535,000
68,622
1,000
173,000
174,000
819,886
2,184,000
964,000
964,000
(54,327
)
(145,000
)
51,690
145,000
145,000
1,304,815
3,213,000
1,420,000
1,420,000
(58,100
)
(156,000
)
56,210
1,000
155,000
156,000
557,000
2,624,000
(3,181,000
)
(557,000
)
1,698,000
1,698,000
1,113,000
1,113,000
2,141,811
21,000
6,744,000
6,765,000
333,000
(333,000
)
2,304,000
2,304,000
67,000
(93,000
)
(26,000
)
(33,437,000
)
(33,437,000
)
2,012,274
5,653,000
22,764,798
228,000
195,846,000
(565,000
)
(11,507,000
)
(172,457,000
)
11,545,000
2,358,968
23,000
12,942,000
12,965,000
(765,559
)
(2,814,000
)
787,424
8,000
2,806,000
2,814,000
(1,246,715
)
(4,244,000
)
1,271,653
13,000
4,231,000
4,244,000
1,405,000
(1,405,000
)
(1,405,000
)
1,566,758
16,000
5,592,000
5,608,000
362,903
3,000
1,383,000
1,386,000
1,709,402
17,000
6,316,000
6,333,000
262,454
3,000
1,010,000
1,013,000
71,286
1,000
483,000
484,000
11,000
(11,000
)
550,000
550,000
(40,000
)
(40,000
)
(27,578,000
)
(27,578,000
)
$
31,155,646
$
312,000
$
230,580,000
$
(26,000
)
$
(11,507,000
)
$
$
(201,440,000
)
$
17,919,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
ZIX CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
(27,667,000
)
$
(34,299,000
)
$
(56,794,000
)
3,676,000
7,500,000
10,799,000
550,000
2,478,000
8,378,000
484,000
762,000
1,935,000
1,698,000
368,000
391,000
(530,000
)
5,000,000
3,000,000
13,000
733,000
1,640,000
(476,000
)
(193,000
)
3,089,000
275,000
1,671,000
(18,745,000
)
(19,759,000
)
(27,015,000
)
(36,000
)
81,000
(12,000
)
(18,781,000
)
(19,678,000
)
(27,027,000
)
(2,252,000
)
(845,000
)
(1,174,000
)
(11,951,000
)
(19,894,000
)
(23,642,000
)
11,944,000
23,856,000
49,155,000
530,000
(2,000,000
)
(50,000
)
1,000,000
(779,000
)
3,117,000
22,339,000
12,965,000
222,000
5,608,000
7,509,000
7,781,000
18,573,000
15,290,000
222,000
(24,000
)
(987,000
)
(1,271,000
)
(4,490,000
)
7,586,000
8,857,000
13,347,000
$
6,599,000
$
7,586,000
$
8,857,000
$
$
499,000
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
ZIX CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Zix Corporation operates in a single industry
segment, providing solutions that protect, manage and deliver
sensitive electronic information. By offering a comprehensive
set of products and services, the Company protects organizations
from viruses and spam, provides the management tools needed for
Web access control and policy-driven email encryption, and
provides care delivery solutions for e-prescribing and
e-consulting that enable physicians to leverage technology for
better patient care.
In 1999, the Company began developing and
marketing products and services that bring privacy, security and
convenience to Internet users. ZixMail® is a desktop
solution for encrypting and securely delivering email. The
Company did not begin to charge for the use of ZixMail until the
first quarter of 2001. In 2002, the Company began offering
additional products. ZixVPM® (Virtual Private Messenger) is
an e-messaging gateway solution that provides company-wide
privacy protection for inbound and outbound email
communications. ZixAuditor® is an assessment service used
to analyze email traffic patterns and monitor compliance with
corporate and regulatory policies. ZixPort
TM
provides
a secure Web-messaging portal. In 2003, the Company introduced
ZixWorks
TM
, a suite of fully managed hosted services
that enables users to send email securely and that protects
organizations from viruses, spam, inappropriate content and
electronic attack.
In July 2003, the Company acquired substantially
all of the operating assets and the business of PocketScript,
LLC (PocketScript), a privately-held development
stage enterprise which provides electronic prescription
solutions for the healthcare industry. This acquisition enables
the Company to expand its services into the e-prescription
marketplace.
In September 2003, the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets and the business of
Elron Software, Inc., (Elron Software), a
majority-owned subsidiary of Elron Electronic Industries Ltd.
and a provider of anti-spam, email content filtering and Web
filtering solutions. This acquisition enables the Company to add
a feature set to its anti-spam, anti-virus, and email content
filtering services while expanding its offerings to include Web
filtering. All of these solutions can now be offered on-premise,
fully hosted, or co-sourced (meaning a shared service offering).
Operating in emerging markets involves risks and
uncertainties, and there are no assurances that the Company will
be successful in its efforts. Successful growth of an early
stage enterprise, particularly Internet-related businesses, is
costly and highly competitive. The Companys growth depends
on the timely development and market acceptance of its products
and services. In 2002 and 2003, the Company and its recent
acquisitions have incurred significant operating losses during
their development stage activities and the utilization of cash
resources has continued at a substantial level. The Company
anticipates further operating losses in 2004. At
December 31, 2003, the Companys cash and marketable
securities totaled $13,852,000. The Companys future cash
requirements depend primarily on the timing and magnitude of
cash flows generated from new customer orders. Cash flows will
also be impacted by capital expenditure requirements, resources
devoted to the additional development of products and services
and resources devoted to sales and marketing. In the future, the
Company may need to raise additional funds to sustain its
operations or initiate reductions in operating expenses, or both.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of Zix Corporation include
the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of
estimates
The preparation
of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Management reviews its estimates on an ongoing basis, including
F-7
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
those related to the carrying value of long-lived
assets and goodwill, and the valuation allowance for its
U.S. deferred tax assets. Revisions to such estimates are
based upon currently available facts and circumstances.
Cash investments and marketable
securities
Cash
investments with maturities of three months or less when
purchased are considered cash equivalents. Cash and cash
equivalents at December 31, 2003 primarily consist of bank
deposits, daily money market funds, commercial paper and
asset-backed securities. Marketable securities, which are
available-for-sale, are as follows:
Marketable securities are carried at fair market
value. Marketable securities held on December 31, 2003
mature on various dates through June 2004. Investment income
includes income from cash investments and marketable securities
totaling $138,000, $289,000 and $1,687,000 for the years 2003,
2002 and 2001, respectively.
Depreciation and
amortization
Property and
equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated or amortized
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives
as follows: computer equipment and software
3 years; leasehold improvements 5 year
primary lease term; and office equipment, furniture and
fixtures 5 years. Intangible assets, which were
acquired in the third quarter of 2003 in connection with the
acquisitions of PocketScript and Elron Software, are amortized
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives
of three or four years. Goodwill, which resulted from the
acquisition of Elron Software, is not being amortized in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
The Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets and
goodwill for impairment or whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable (Note 5).
Revenue
recognition
The Company
develops, markets, licenses and supports computer software
products and services. Certain of the Companys products
and services, such as ZixMail, ZixVPM, ZixPort, ZixWorks and its
newly acquired electronic prescription solutions are offered on
a subscription basis. The Companys subscription service
includes delivering licensed software and providing customer
support and secure electronic communications throughout the
subscription period. The customer generally is provided an
appliance with pre-installed software or contractually
subscribes to data center resident service capability and
capacity. Subscriptions to date have generally been annual
non-refundable contracts with no automatic renewal provisions.
The subscription period begins on the date specified by the
parties. Revenues from subscription services are recorded as the
services are rendered. Subscription fees received from customers
in advance are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as
revenues ratably over the subscription period. Transaction fees
associated with the electronic prescription service are
recognized as revenue when the transaction occurs.
The Company also sells anti-spam, email content
filtering and Web filtering solutions to customers under
perpetual license agreements. The Company recognizes revenue on
these arrangements after all of the following occur: persuasive
evidence that an arrangement exists, the software is delivered,
collection is probable, fees are fixed and determinable, and
vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE) exists
to allocate the total fees to the elements of the arrangement.
These software licenses are sold as part of
F-8
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
multiple element arrangements that include annual
maintenance, and often times implementation or training
services. Where VSOE has not been established for certain
elements, revenue for all elements is deferred until those
elements have been delivered or their fair values have been
determined. However, if VSOE is determinable for all of the
undelivered elements, and the undelivered elements are not
essential to the delivered elements, the Company will defer
recognition of the full fair value related to the undelivered
elements and recognize as revenue the remaining portion of the
arrangement value through application of the residual method.
Evidence of VSOE for implementation and training services is
based upon standard billing rates and the estimated level of
effort for the individuals expected to perform the related
services. Installation and training revenues are recognized as
the services are rendered. The Company establishes VSOE for
maintenance based upon current contract renewal rates. The
Company recognizes maintenance revenue over the term of the
maintenance agreement, generally one year.
Software development
costs
Costs incurred in
the development and testing of software used in the
Companys secure messaging and electronic prescription
services related to research, project planning, training,
maintenance and general and administrative activities, and
overhead costs are expensed as incurred. The costs of relatively
minor upgrades and enhancements to the software are also
expensed as incurred. Certain costs incurred during development
of these software applications, including costs of materials,
services and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees
directly associated with the development project, qualify for
capitalization. Due to the uncertainty of the amount and timing
of future net revenues to be generated from these services, all
development costs incurred through December 31, 2003
related to such products have been expensed and are included in
research and development expenses.
Software development costs related to the
development of the Companys anti-spam, email content
filtering and Web filtering products, which are sold to
customers under perpetual license agreements, are expensed as
incurred until technological feasibility has been established,
at which time subsequent costs qualify for capitalization until
the product is available for general release to customers. To
date, the costs incurred subsequent to the achievement of
technological feasibility have not been material. As a result,
software development costs qualifying for capitalization related
to these products have been expensed and are included in
research and development expenses.
Advertising
expense
Advertising costs
are expensed as incurred and totaled $1,400,000 in 2003,
$2,898,000 in 2002 and $4,452,000 in 2001.
Stock-based employee
compensation
At
December 31, 2003, the Company had various stock-based
compensation plans covering employees and directors as more
fully described in Note 6. As permitted by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123),
the Company accounts for stock-based compensation plans under
the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees (APB 25) and related
interpretations. Compensation expense for employee stock
options, if any, is measured as the excess of the quoted market
price of the Companys stock at the date of grant over the
amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. SFAS 123
encourages adoption of a fair-value based method for valuing the
cost of stock-based compensation; however, it allows companies
to continue to use the intrinsic value method under APB 25
and disclose pro forma results and earnings per share in
accordance with SFAS 123. Under SFAS 123, compensation
cost is measured at the grant date based upon the value of the
award and is recognized over the vesting period. Because the
Companys stock options have characteristics significantly
different from those of traded options and because changes in
the subjective input assumptions to the option valuation models
can materially affect their estimated fair value, in
managements opinion, the existing valuation methods do not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value
of its stock options. Had compensation cost for
F-9
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
the Companys stock-based compensation been
determined consistent with SFAS 123, the Companys net
loss and loss per common share would have been as follows:
The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing
model to determine the fair value of grants made during 2003,
2002 and 2001. The following weighted average assumptions were
applied in determining the pro forma compensation cost:
Earnings per
share
The amounts
presented for basic and diluted loss per common share in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations have been
computed by dividing the losses applicable to common stock by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The
two presentations are equal in amounts because the assumed
exercise of common stock equivalents would be antidilutive,
because a loss from continuing operations was reported for each
period presented. In calculating the basic and diluted loss per
common share for 2003 and 2002, the Companys loss from
continuing operations and net loss have been increased by
$1,405,000 and $3,181,000, respectively, representing the
preferred stock dividends associated with the Series A and
B convertible preferred stocks. The following table sets forth
antidilutive securities which were outstanding at year-end which
have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings
(loss) per common share:
Comprehensive income
(loss)
Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting
Comprehensive Income, establishes standards for reporting
comprehensive income (loss) and its components in the financial
statements. Comprehensive income (loss), as defined, includes
all changes in equity (net
F-10
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
assets) during a period from non-owner sources.
In 2001, the difference between net loss and total comprehensive
net loss was due to an unrealized loss on marketable securities
in 2000 which was realized upon their sale in 2001.
Recent accounting
pronouncements
In July
2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, Accounting
for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities
(SFAS 146). This statement nullifies Emerging
Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, Liability
Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other
Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a
Restructuring). SFAS 146 requires companies to
recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when
they are incurred rather than at the date of commitment to an
exit or disposal plan. This statement is to be applied
prospectively to exit or disposal activities initiated after
December 31, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 146 did not
have an effect on the Companys results of operations or
its financial position.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform
with the 2003 presentation.
On September 2, 2003, the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets and the business of
Elron Software, a majority-owned subsidiary of Elron Electronic
Industries Ltd. Elron Software develops, markets, licenses,
supports and maintains computer software products which provide
anti-spam, email content filtering and Web filtering solutions.
The consideration for the acquisition consisted of
1,709,402 shares of the Companys common stock and a
5.75% convertible note for $1,000,000. In November 2003,
the note and related accrued interest were converted by the
holder into 262,454 shares of the Companys common
stock, at a conversion price of $3.86 per share. The
results of operations of Elron Software are included in the
Companys results of operations from the date of
acquisition.
The components of the aggregate cost of the
acquisition are as follows:
The fair market value of the Companys
common stock for financial accounting purposes was based on the
five day average of the closing prices on the date of the
acquisition and the two trading days before and after such date,
discounted by $333,000 to account for certain contractual sale
restrictions.
F-11
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The cost of the acquisition of Elron Software has
been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired, with the
remainder recorded as goodwill, based on estimates of fair value
as follows:
The values for the acquired deferred revenue,
developed technology, customer contracts and relationships and
trademarks and trade names were determined by management, based
on an independent valuation. The asset values were established
by discounting the estimated projected net cash flows to be
generated from the related assets. The rate used to discount the
net cash flows to present value was 20%. Developed technology
and trademarks and trade names are being amortized to expense on
a straight-line basis over three years from the acquisition
date. Customer contracts and relationships are being amortized
to expense on a straight-line basis over four years from the
acquisition date. Deferred revenue was recorded at its fair
value on the acquisition date and is being amortized to revenues
ratably over the remaining contractual maintenance periods. The
acquired goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
The following unaudited pro forma information
presents the Companys results of operations as if the
acquisition of Elron Software had occurred as of January 1,
2002. The pro forma information has been prepared by combining
the results of operations of the Company and Elron Software,
with adjustments to eliminate Elron Softwares historical
expenses for stock compensation, amortization of intangibles and
interest, and to record interest expense, amortization of
intangibles and adjustments to recognized revenues resulting
from the application of purchase accounting. The pro forma
information does not purport to be indicative of what would have
occurred had the acquisition occurred as of January 1,
2002, or the results of operations that may occur in the future.
PocketScript, Inc.
On July 22, 2003, the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets and the business of
PocketScript, a privately-held development stage enterprise
which provides electronic prescription solutions for the
healthcare industry. The results of operations of PocketScript
are included in the Companys results of operations from
the date of acquisition. PocketScripts historical
operating results are insignificant compared to the
Companys historical operating results.
F-12
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The components of the aggregate cost of the
acquisition are as follows:
The fair market value of the Companys
common stock for financial accounting purposes was calculated
using the five day average of the closing prices on the date of
the acquisition and the two trading days before and after such
date.
The cost of the acquisition of PocketScript has
been allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on
managements estimates of fair value as follows:
Developed technology is being amortized to
expense on a straight-line basis over three years from the
acquisition date.
The reduction for deferred revenue represents
future customer service or maintenance obligations which have
been billed to the customer but remain unpaid as of the dates
indicated. Deferred revenue on the Companys consolidated
balance sheets represents future customer service or maintenance
obligations which have been billed and collected as of the
respective balance sheet dates.
F-13
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Companys continuing operations include
depreciation and amortization expense related to property and
equipment of $3,228,000 in 2003, $7,500,000 in 2002 and
$9,905,000 in 2001.
At December 31, 2003, the Companys
intangible assets and goodwill were comprised of the following,
which resulted from the third quarter 2003 acquisitions of
PocketScript and Elron Software:
Amortization expense relating to intangible
assets subject to amortization totaled $448,000 in 2003. The
estimated amortization expense for each of the next four years
is as follows:
The Company reviews its intangible assets for
impairment, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with
its estimated fair value, when changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The
potential impairment is measured based on a projected discounted
cashflow method, using a discount rate that is considered to be
commensurate with the risk inherent in the Companys
current business model. Assumptions are made with respect to
future net cash flows expected to be generated by the related
asset. An impairment charge would be recorded for an amount by
which the carrying value of the asset exceeded the discounted
projected net cash flows.
Goodwill represents the cost in excess of fair
value of net assets acquired in the September 2003 acquisition
of Elron Software. The Company will evaluate its goodwill for
impairment annually as of October 1, beginning in 2004, or when
there is reason to believe that the value has been diminished or
impaired.
F-14
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Evaluations for possible impairment are based
upon a comparison of the estimated fair value of the business
unit to which the goodwill relates to the sum of the carrying
value of the assets and liabilities of that unit. The fair
values used in this evaluation are estimated based upon
discounted future cash flow projections for the unit and market
values of comparable businesses where available. An impairment
is deemed to exist if the net book value of the unit exceeds its
estimated fair value. There has been no change to the carrying
amount of goodwill since its origination in September 2003.
In June 2003, the Company completed private
placements whereby the Company received an aggregate of
$5,750,000 in cash, excluding issuance costs of $142,000, in
exchange for 1,566,758 shares of common stock and warrants
to purchase 231,855 shares of common stock. The shares of
common stock were sold at a price of $3.67 per share and
the warrants have an exercise price of $4.96 per share. The
warrants were exercisable when issued and expire in June 2007.
At December 31, 2003, warrants to purchase
191,533 shares of the Companys common stock were
outstanding.
In September 2002, the Company completed private
placements whereby the Company received an aggregate of
$16,000,000 in cash in exchange for convertible notes, two
separate series of convertible redeemable preferred stock and
warrants to purchase the Companys common stock.
In September 2002, the Company issued $8,000,000
in Convertible Notes (Notes) with a coupon rate of
6.5% to institutional investors. As part of this placement, the
noteholders received immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 386,473 shares of the Companys common stock
at a price per share of $4.14 for a period of three years. The
noteholders had the right at any time to convert the Notes into
shares of the Companys common stock at a conversion price
of $3.78 per share. In the fourth quarter of 2002, the
noteholders converted the Notes and related accrued interest
into 2,141,811 shares of the Companys common stock,
and the Company recorded an increase to common stock and
additional capital equivalent to the carrying value of the
converted debt. In April 2003, the Company and the former
noteholders completed a warrant exercise and replacement program
whereby the Company received $1,600,000 in cash as a result of
the noteholders exercising their original warrants and issued
replacement warrants to the noteholders to purchase
455,017 shares of the Companys common stock at
$5.00 per share. Subsequently, as a result of the
Companys private placement in June 2003, the Elron
Software acquisition in September 2003, and certain
anti-dilution provisions of the replacement warrants, the price
per common share pursuant to these replacement warrants, all of
which are outstanding on December 31, 2003, was reduced
from $5.00 to $3.51 and the number of common shares available
for purchase was increased from 455,017 to 648,172.
Upon their issuance, the fair value of the
warrants issued to the noteholders, aggregating $1,148,000 using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was recorded as an
increase to additional capital with an offsetting reduction in
the carrying value of the Notes. From the date of issuance of
the Notes until the dates of their conversion, the Company
recognized non-cash interest expense of $368,000 from the
amortization of the issuance discount. This issuance discount on
the notes was being amortized, as interest expense, based upon
the expected redemption dates of the Notes using the effective
interest rate method, resulting in an effective interest rate of
29.5%, including the 6.5% interest coupon on the Notes.
Separately, as a result of the significant issuance discount on
the Notes, in the third quarter of 2002, the Company recorded a
non-recurring, non-cash interest expense charge of $1,698,000,
with an offsetting increase to additional capital, representing
the beneficial conversion feature resulting from the Notes being
convertible into shares of
F-15
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
common stock at an effective price less than the
fair market value of the common stock on the date the Notes were
issued. Upon completion of the conversion of the Notes into the
Companys common stock, the Company incurred an additional
$250,000 of issuance costs which was recorded as a reduction to
additional capital.
In September 2002, the Company received total
proceeds of $3,250,000 in exchange for shares of a newly created
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
(Series A) and warrants to purchase
288,244 shares of the Companys common stock. The
Series A accrued cumulative dividends at the rate of
6.5% per annum and were initially convertible into
780,085 shares of the Companys common stock at
$4.12 per share. The warrants to purchase shares of the
Companys common stock issued to the Series A
investors have a current exercise price per share of $4.42
subject to anti-dilution adjustments, became exercisable in
March 2003 and expire in September 2006. Series A investors
were comprised of Antonio R. Sanchez, Jr., a former director and
father of a current director, and a current beneficial owner of
approximately 8.7% of the Companys common stock, and
related entities; John A. Ryan, the Companys chairman and
chief executive officer; and David P. Cook, founder of the
Company, who invested $2,000,000, $750,000 and $500,000,
respectively.
In September 2002, $213,000 of Series A was
voluntarily converted into 51,690 shares of the
Companys common stock and in January 2003, $281,000 of
Series A was voluntarily converted into 68,323 shares
of the Companys common stock. In May, July and September
of 2003, $315,000, $318,000 and $322,000 of Series A and
related accrued dividends were redeemed by the Company as
scheduled by issuing 80,405, 81,241 and 82,093 shares of
the Companys common stock, respectively. On
September 30, 2003, after the Companys common stock
price closed above $6.18 for ten consecutive trading days, the
Company elected to convert the remaining $1,935,000 of
Series A and related accrued dividends into
475,362 shares of the Companys common stock at
$4.07 per share. At December 31, 2003, warrants to
purchase 243,899 shares of the Companys common stock
were outstanding.
Upon their issuance, the fair value of the
warrants issued to the Series A investors, aggregating
$960,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was
recorded as an increase to additional capital with an offsetting
reduction in the carrying value of the Series A. The
carrying value of the Series A was being accreted, as
preferred stock dividends, to their redemption value plus
accrued dividends at 6.5% based upon their expected redemption
dates using the effective interest rate method, resulting in an
effective dividend rate of 36.4%. When the Series A was
converted into shares of the Companys common stock, the
carrying value of the converted preferred stock was eliminated
and a corresponding increase was recorded to common stock and
additional capital. Separately, as a result of the significant
issuance discount on the Series A, in the third quarter of
2002, the Company recorded a non-recurring, non-cash preferred
stock dividend of $897,000, with an offsetting increase to
additional capital, representing the beneficial conversion
feature resulting from the Series A being convertible into
shares of common stock at an effective price less than the fair
market value of the common stock on the date the Series A
was issued. The Company recorded Series A preferred stock
dividends of $562,000 in 2003 and $1,110,000 in 2002.
In September 2002, the Company received total
proceeds of $4,750,000 in exchange for shares of a newly created
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
(Series B) and warrants to purchase
421,284 shares of the Companys common stock. The
Series B accrued cumulative dividends at the rate of
6.5% per annum and was initially convertible into
1,242,680 shares of the Companys common stock at
$3.78 per share. The warrants to purchase shares of the
Companys common stock issued to the Series B
investors, all of which are outstanding on December 31,
2003, have a current exercise price per share of $4.42 subject
to anti-dilution adjustments, became exercisable in March 2003
and expire in September 2006. Series B investors included
George W.
F-16
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Haywood, a private investor and current
beneficial owner of approximately 16.0% of the Companys
common stock, who invested $3,450,000.
In December 2002, $212,000 of Series B and
related accrued dividends was voluntarily converted into
56,210 shares of the Companys common stock and in
January 2003, $291,000 of Series B and related accrued
dividends was voluntarily converted into 77,040 shares of
the Companys common stock. In May, July and September of
2003, $487,000, $492,000 and $497,000 of Series B and
related accrued dividends was redeemed by the Company as
scheduled by issuing 128,864, 138,254 and 132,272 shares of
the Companys common stock, respectively. On
September 30, 2003, after the Companys common stock
price had closed above $5.67 for ten consecutive trading days,
the Company elected to convert the remaining $2,990,000 of
Series B and related accrued dividends into
795,223 shares of the Companys common stock at
$3.76 per share.
Upon their issuance, the fair value of the
warrants issued to the Series B investors, aggregating
$1,403,000 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was
recorded as an increase to additional capital with an offsetting
reduction in the carrying value of the Series B. The
carrying value of the Series B was being accreted, as
preferred stock dividends, to their redemption value plus
accrued dividends at 6.5% based upon their expected redemption
dates using the effective interest rate method, resulting in an
effective dividend rate of 36.4%. When the Series B was
converted into shares of the Companys common stock, the
carrying value of the converted preferred stock was eliminated
and a corresponding increase was recorded to common stock and
additional capital. Separately, as a result of the significant
issuance discount on the Series B, in the third quarter of
2002, the Company recorded a non-recurring, non-cash preferred
stock dividend of $1,727,000, with an offsetting increase to
additional capital, representing the beneficial conversion
feature resulting from the Series B being convertible into
shares of common stock at an effective price less than the fair
market value of the common stock on the date the Series B
was issued. The Company recorded Series B preferred stock
dividends of $843,000 in 2003 and $2,071,000 in 2002.
In the third quarter of 2000, the Company entered
into an agreement with Yahoo! Inc. (Yahoo!) to
provide Yahoo! Mail users with the option to send encrypted
email messages through the Companys ZixMessage Center
messaging portal. The minimum payments of $6,000,000 were being
amortized over two years beginning in December 2000. In April
2002, the Company and Yahoo! entered into an agreement that
terminated the Companys obligation to provide secure
messaging services to users of Yahoo! Mail. In connection with
the termination of the secure messaging services in the second
quarter of 2002, the total remaining commitment owed to Yahoo!
was reduced by $850,000, the Company recorded contract
termination costs of $600,000, and the Company issued Yahoo! a
6% promissory note in the amount of $2,500,000, which was
payable in either cash or common stock at the option of the
Company. In July 2002, the $2,500,000 promissory note plus
accrued interest was converted into 468,514 shares of the
Companys common stock at a conversion price of $5.41.
Research and development expenses in 2002
included a one-time charge of $762,000, representing the value
of 116,833 shares of the Companys common stock issued
to Tumbleweed Communications Corp. (Tumbleweed), in
connection with an agreement granting the Company a license to
certain Tumbleweed patents and the right to license future
patents at a fixed price.
In November 2000, the Company entered into an
Enterprise and CA Services Agreement with Entrust, Inc.
(Entrust) whereby the Company issued
222,039 shares of the Companys common stock to
Entrust in exchange for licenses to use certain software
packages, future technical support and the right to issue a
F-17
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
specified number of digital identification
certificates to users of the Companys ZixMail products.
These shares were subject to transfer restrictions which lapsed
in four equal quarterly installments ending in December 2001.
The agreement provided that if the aggregate value of the shares
on the dates the restrictions lapsed was less than the
transaction value of $3,400,000, the Company would be obligated
to fund the deficiency by electing to pay cash or issue
additional shares of stock valued at the then-current fair
market value of the Companys common stock. Accordingly, an
additional 296,533 shares of the Companys common
stock were issued in December 2001. The digital identification
certificates valued at $3,000,000 were written-off to cost of
revenues in the fourth quarter of 2001, as these certificates
did not enter into sales and marketing plans established by the
Companys new executive management team. Additionally,
under a Marketing and Distribution Agreement with Entrust, the
Company issued 56,850 shares of the Companys common
stock to Entrust valued at $400,000 upon completion of the
integration of the ZixMail service option into the Entrust/
Express® product in August 2001, and the Company and
Entrust agreed to share in the related revenues from the
integrated product. Although there were no revenues generated
from the integrated product, Entrust paid the Company minimum
guaranteed annual payments of $500,000 for 2001 and $1,000,000
for 2002, in addition to a final payment of $700,000 in 2003
when the parties cancelled the Marketing and Distribution
Agreement (Note 7).
In October 1999, the Company purchased Anacom
Communications, Inc. (Anacom), a privately-held
provider of real-time transaction processing services to
Internet merchants. Consideration consisted of a cash payment of
$2,500,000, primarily recorded as goodwill, and common stock,
valued at a minimum of $7,500,000, to be delivered in two annual
installments beginning October 2000, assuming continued
employment by the former owners. The minimum value of the common
stock issuable pursuant to the purchase agreement of $7,500,000
was treated as compensation for financial accounting purposes
and was being charged to selling, general and administrative
expenses over two years with a corresponding increase in
stockholders equity. Financial accounting rules require
the minimum number of common shares issuable be revalued on each
subsequent reporting date until performance is complete with a
cumulative catch-up adjustment recognized for any changes in
their intrinsic value in excess of $7,500,000.
On June 20, 2001, the Company reported that
the credit card databases at Anacom had been improperly accessed
and fraudulent transactions had been processed, causing Anacom
to advise its merchant customer base to transfer their
electronic commerce transactions to other payment gateways for
processing. Since its acquisition, Anacom had been operated as
an independent subsidiary and managed by its former owners.
Later in June 2001, the Company ceased all operations at Anacom,
and the former owners of Anacom separated from employment with
Anacom. As a result, the October 2001 final installment of the
Companys common stock issuable to the former owners in
connection with the purchase of Anacom, which aggregated
$4,725,000, was cancelled. These events resulted in a
non-recurring net reduction in operating costs of approximately
$3,000,000 in the second quarter of 2001. This reduction was
primarily due to the reversal of previously recorded unvested
stock-based compensation expense, including $1,800,000
previously recorded in 2001, related to the canceled installment
totaling $3,800,000, partially offset by severance costs and
asset write-downs, including goodwill. Substantially all of the
Companys revenues in 2001 were generated by Anacom.
In 2000, the Company, through a private
placement, received cash of $44,000,000 in exchange for 916,667
shares of its common stock, ten-year warrants to purchase
916,667 shares of the Companys common stock at $57.60 per
share and four-year warrants to purchase 1,222,223 shares of the
Companys common stock at $12.00 per share. At
December 31, 2003, all of the warrants issued were
outstanding. Subsequently, in March 2002, the investor group was
issued warrants to purchase an additional 916,667 shares of the
Companys common stock at $7.00 per share which expired
unexercised in April 2003. The $12.00 and $7.00
F-18
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
warrants were reallocated from options with an
exercise price of $7.00 per share previously held by
David P. Cook, the Companys founder.
The Company has non-qualified stock options
outstanding to employees and directors under various stock
option plans. Options granted under these plans are generally
not less than the fair market value at the date of grant and,
subject to termination of employment, generally expire ten years
from the date of grant. Employee options are generally
exercisable in installments over two to five years. Option
grants to employees and directors frequently contain accelerated
vesting provisions upon the occurrence of a change of control,
as defined in the applicable option agreements. At
December 31, 2003, approximately 789,000 shares of
common stock were available for future grants under the
Companys stock option plans.
During 2000 and 2001, Mr. Cook, founder of
the Company, reallocated vested options to acquire
807,127 shares of the Companys common stock to
certain of the Companys employees and a director. These
reallocated options have a five-year term, are fully vested and
have exercise prices ranging from $7.00 to $13.75 per share
as compared to Mr. Cooks exercise price of
$7.00 per share. Non-cash compensation expense of
$16,815,000 has been recognized over the vesting periods
($1,590,000, $9,047,000 and $6,178,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively), representing the intrinsic value of the
reallocated options based upon the difference between the fair
market value of the Companys common stock on the dates the
options were reallocated and the respective option exercise
prices.
In November 2001, Mr. John A. Ryan was
appointed chairman, president and chief executive officer of the
Company and received a bonus of 152,672 shares of the
Companys common stock valued at $1,000,000. Such
stock-based compensation was amortized to selling, general and
administrative expenses ratably over two years, the employment
period for which the bonus was subject to forfeiture.
The following is a summary of stock option
transactions for 2003, 2002 and 2001:
F-19
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Summarized information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 2003 is as follows:
There were 4,017,263 and 3,794,595 exercisable
options at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Quarterly service revenues from January 2002
through June 30, 2003 included $234,000 per quarter
resulting from the pro-rata recognition of certain minimum
payments associated with the Companys Marketing and
Distribution Agreement (the Marketing Agreement)
with Entrust (Note 6). These minimum payments aggregating
$3,750,000 were being recognized as revenue ratably over the
four year maximum service period ending in December 2005.
Entrust paid the Company a $1,000,000 guaranteed minimum payment
in January 2003. In July 2003, the Company and Entrust mutually
agreed to terminate their Marketing Agreement, since the
Marketing Agreement as structured no longer served their
respective business interests. In connection with the
termination of the Marketing Agreement, Entrust paid the Company
$700,000 and the scheduled minimum guaranteed payments to have
been made in 2004 and 2005, totaling $2,750,000, were cancelled.
As a result of the termination of this contract, service
revenues for the third quarter of 2003 included $296,000, which
represents the final revenues to be recognized under this
contract. Entrust accounted for 13% and 56% of the
Companys revenues in 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Separately, in 2003, Cigna Corporation accounted for
approximately 10%, or $607,000, of the Companys total
revenues.
Components of the income taxes related to
continuing operations are as follows:
F-20
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
A reconciliation of the expected U.S. tax
benefit to income taxes related to continuing operations is as
follows:
The tax expense of $148,000 in 2003 represents
taxes associated with the operations of the Companys
Canadian subsidiary established in late 2002. The $269,000
current tax benefit recorded in 2002 resulted from legislative
changes extending the net operating loss carryback period from
two years to five years.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects
of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Components of the Companys
deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are
as follows:
The Company has fully reserved its
U.S. deferred tax assets in 2003 and 2002 due to the
uncertainty of future taxable income. The Company has
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $169,243,000 which
begin to expire in 2019. Tax credit carryforwards of $2,986,000
consist of research tax credits which are available through 2023
and alternative minimum tax credits which do not expire. The net
operating loss carryforwards include $13,753,000 resulting from
the exercise of non-qualified stock options for which a tax
benefit of $4,676,000 will be credited to additional capital
when recognized.
The Company leases its office facilities under
noncancelable operating lease agreements. Rental expense for
these operating leases was $1,002,000 in 2003, $779,000 in 2002
and $1,038,000 in 2001.
F-21
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company is obligated to make future
noncancelable payments under various contracts, including the
operating leases and purchase commitments made in the ordinary
course of business. The following table summarizes our
contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2003:
The Company has severance agreements with certain
employees which would require the Company to pay approximately
$3,275,000 if all such employees separated from employment with
the Company following a change of control, as defined in the
severance agreements.
The Company is involved in legal proceedings that
arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of
management, the outcome of pending legal proceedings will not
have a material adverse effect on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
Prior to 1999, the Company provided systems and
solutions for the intelligent transportation, electronic
security and other markets. The Companys operations
included the design, manufacturing, installation and support of
hardware and software products utilizing the Companys
wireless data and security technologies. The businesses
comprising this industry segment, the Transportation Systems
Group, Cotag International and Cardkey Systems, were sold during
1998 in three separate transactions. These businesses are
presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
The gain on sale of discontinued operations of
$89,000, $862,000 and $48,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001,
respectively, primarily represents the reduction of estimated
future costs for various indemnification issues associated with
the disposal of these businesses. There were no income taxes
recorded on these gains.
Accrued expenses related to discontinued
operations of $150,000 and $275,000 at December 31, 2003
and 2002, respectively, consist of estimated future costs for
various indemnification issues associated with the disposal of
these businesses.
In September 2002, the Company completed private
placements whereby the Company received an aggregate of
$16,000,000 in cash in exchange for convertible equity
securities and warrants to purchase the Companys common
stock (Note 6). The Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock investors were comprised of Antonio R. Sanchez, Jr., a
director and 8.7% beneficial owner of the Companys common
stock, and related entities; John A. Ryan, the Companys
chairman and chief executive officer; and David P. Cook, founder
of the Company, who invested $2,000,000, $750,000 and $500,000,
respectively. The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
investors included George W. Haywood, a private investor and
16.0% beneficial owner of the Companys common stock, who
invested $3,450,000.
In December 2000, the Company purchased
approximately 9% of the equity ownership of Maptuit Corporation
(Maptuit) for $3,000,000 in cash and committed to
make a follow-on investment. Accordingly, in July 2001, the
Company made an additional $2,000,000 cash investment in Maptuit
and received a promissory note convertible into Maptuit equity
securities. Maptuit, an early stage company, is an Internet
application service provider that supplies wireline and wireless
Internet location-based services. Mr. Jeffrey P. Papows, a
director of the Company from March 2000 to July 2002 and the
Companys chairman of its board of directors from October
2000 to November 2001, served as the president and chief
executive officer of
F-22
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Maptuit and held a minority equity interest in
Maptuit. There was no readily determinable market value for the
Companys investments in Maptuit since Maptuit was
privately held. Investments of this nature are subject to
significant fluctuations in fair market value due to the
volatility of the equity markets and the significant business
and investment risks inherent in early stage enterprises. The
Company records impairment losses when, in the Companys
judgment, events and circumstances indicate its investment has
been impaired. During 2001, Maptuit began seeking third party
debt or equity financing to sustain its operations. In the last
half of 2001, based upon the uncertainty as to whether Maptuit
would be able to raise the necessary funds required to execute
its business plan such that the Company would be able to recover
its investment, the Company wrote off its $5,000,000 investment
in Maptuit and recorded a corresponding investment loss,
included in realized and unrealized gains (losses) on
investments in the Companys consolidated statements of
operations. In October 2002, in connection with the requirements
of a $6,000,000 financing package executed by Maptuit, the
Company exchanged its $5,000,000 debt and equity position in
Maptuit for $154,000 in cash, a non-interest bearing $900,000
subordinated promissory note due in 2006 and two million shares
of common stock of Maptuit. In June 2003, the Company exchanged
the $900,000 subordinated promissory note and one million shares
of common stock of Maptuit for $530,000 in cash and, in January
2004, the Company exchanged the remaining one million shares of
Maptuits common stock for $70,000 in cash. Partial
recovery of the Companys investment in Maptuit has been
recorded in the Companys consolidated statements of
operations as realized gains on investments at the time cash was
received.
In January 2001, the Company granted
IT Factory, Inc. (IT Factory) a
performance-based stock option whereby IT Factory could
purchase up to 109,529 shares of the Companys common
stock, at $9.13 per share, based upon the number of
customer email addresses it secured for the Company in 2001. In
addition, the Company paid IT Factory $300,000 in 2001 and
committed to pay $250,000 in 2002 to support
IT Factorys marketing efforts. IT Factory did
not earn any performance-based stock options in 2001, and the
Company subsequently canceled the agreement, including the 2002
commitment for marketing support. Separately, the Company paid
IT Factory $420,000 in 2001 for certain software
development projects. Mr. Papows served as chairman of
IT Factory until December 2001.
In the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company and
Entrust entered into certain technology and marketing agreements
(Notes 6 and 7). Mr. Ryan, the Companys chairman
and chief executive officer, was chief executive officer of
Entrust when such agreements were executed and held a minority
equity interest in Entrust until September 2002.
The Company has a retirement savings plan
structured under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code covering substantially all of its U.S. employees.
Under the plan, contributions are voluntarily made by employees,
and the Company may provide contributions based on the
employees contributions. The Companys continuing
operations includes $161,000, $78,000 and $80,000 in 2003, 2002
and 2001, respectively, for contributions to this plan.
The Company has an employee stock purchase plan
for substantially all employees that meet minimum service
requirements. The plan provides for the purchase of up to
300,000 previously issued shares of the Companys common
stock. The employee contributes 85% of the purchase price
through payroll deduction with the difference paid by the
Company. Since inception of the plan in 1996, a total of
223,971 shares have been purchased including 28,347, 22,729
and 12,856 shares purchased in 2003, 2002 and 2001,
respectively.
In June 2001, the Company entered into an
agreement with AOS Technologies, Inc. (AOS),
formerly AlphaOmega Soft Co., Ltd., amended in 2002, whereby AOS
became the exclusive distributor in Japan for certain of the
Companys services, including ZixMail and ZixVPM, through
2004. Although the subscription
F-23
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
fees generated by AOS were nominal, pursuant to
the distribution agreement the Company received minimum payments
totaling $300,000. In July 2003, after assessing the additional
product and service requirements necessary to compete
successfully in Japan and AOSs failure to pay scheduled
installment payments when due, the Company terminated the
exclusive distributorship agreement. As a result of the
termination of this contract, service revenues for the third
quarter of 2003 included $288,000, which represents the final
revenues to be recognized under this contract and AOSs
scheduled future minimum payments totaling $900,000 were
cancelled.
The following is a summary of the quarterly
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003
and 2002:
In the third quarter of 2003, the Company
acquired substantially all of the operating assets and
businesses of Pocket Script and Elron Software (Note 2).
The results of operations from these acquisitions are included
in the Companys results of operations from their dates of
acquisition. The quarter ended September 30, 2002 includes
a non-cash interest expense charge of $1,698,000, representing
the beneficial conversion feature resulting from the issuance of
notes payable convertible into shares of common stock at an
effective price less than the fair market value of the common
stock on the date the notes were issued (Note 6).
During the period from January 1, 2004
through March 9, 2004, the Company has received proceeds of
approximately $10,318,000, in exchange for 1,262,023 shares
of the Companys common stock as a result of the exercise
of stock options and warrants which were outstanding as of
December 31, 2003.
On January 30, 2004, the Company acquired
substantially all of the operating assets and business of
MyDocOnline, Inc. (MyDocOnline), a subsidiary of
Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., the North American
pharmaceuticals business of Aventis SA and a provider of secure
Web-based communications and laboratory information solutions.
The consideration for the assets was the issuance of
583,411 shares of the Companys common stock, with an
aggregate value under the asset purchase agreement of
$6,900,000, or $11.83 per
F-24
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
share, representing the average closing price of
the Companys common stock for the 20 trading days ending
the second trading day preceding the closing, warrants to
purchase 145,853 shares of the Companys common stock,
and the assumption of certain liabilities of MyDocOnline. The
exercise price and term of the warrants is $13.01 per share
and three years, respectively.
Also in connection with the acquisition, at
closing, Aventis Inc. (Aventis) loaned the Company
$3,000,000 due March 15, 2007. The loan is evidenced by a
secured promissory note. Interest on the note of 4.5% is payable
in services provided by the Company to Aventis unless there is
an event of default. The principal portion of the note is
payable in either cash or shares of the Companys common
stock at the option of the Company and may be prepaid by the
Company at any time without penalty. Additionally, at
Aventis discretion, the principal portion of the note may
be paid in the form of additional services provided to Aventis
by the Company pursuant to the services agreement described
below.
Additionally, Aventis entered into a three-year
service contract with the Company with a minimum commitment of
$4,000,000 for the performance by the Company of various
services, initially consisting of patient educational services,
pursuant to a Master Services Agreement dated January 30,
2004. The services are to be delivered in minimum amounts of
$1,000,000, $1,000,000 and $2,000,000 prior to the first,
second, and third anniversary dates of the acquisition closing.
The $4,000,000 was paid by Aventis upon execution of the Master
Services Agreement and will be forfeited by Aventis if services
are not used by Aventis in accordance with the terms of the
Master Services Agreement. The promissory note and the
Companys obligations associated with the Master Services
Agreement are secured by a lien on the Companys accounts
receivables and property and equipment.
The Company has filed a registration statement
with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register the
Companys shares of common stock delivered at the closing
of the acquisition, the Companys shares of common stock
issuable upon the exercise of the warrants, and the
Companys shares of common stock potentially issuable in
respect of payment of the promissory note, if any.
MyDocOnline is an early stage company operating
in emerging markets and has historically generated minimal
revenues and significant operating losses and utilized
substantial amounts of cash. Valuation of the consideration paid
for MyDocOnline and the allocation of the resulting purchase
price will be determined by management during the first quarter
of 2004 based on an independent valuation. For financial
reporting purposes, the 583,411 shares of common stock
issued by the Company may be required to be valued using the
average closing price for a few days before and after the
closing of the transaction, which would result in a valuation in
excess of the $6,900,000 valuation established by the parties
pursuant to the asset purchase agreement. The warrants issued at
closing will likely be valued using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The final purchase price, as calculated, is
anticipated to be allocated primarily to property and equipment,
various intangible assets and possibly to in-process research
and development, which, if present, will be expensed rather than
capitalized and amortized over future periods. In connection
with the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of
MyDocOnline, the Company assumed only certain deferred revenue
customer obligations and certain post-acquisition contractual
obligations incurred in the normal course of business.
1.
Basis of Presentation and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
The Company
Table of Contents
December 31,
December 31,
2003
2002
$
4,990,000
$
1,989,000
1,992,000
4,989,000
271,000
268,000
$
7,253,000
$
7,246,000
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2003
2002
2001
$
(27,578,000
)
$
(33,437,000
)
$
(56,746,000
)
1,590,000
9,047,000
(4,502,000
)
(3,174,000
)
(19,672,000
)
$
(32,080,000
)
$
(35,021,000
)
$
(67,371,000
)
$
(1.42
)
$
(2.11
)
$
(3.94
)
2003
2002
2001
1.77%
2.56%
3.85%
2.5 years
2.7 years
2.7 years
103%
129%
138%
$
2.63
$
3.18
$
5.74
$
3.49
$
7.61
2003
2002
2001
6,048,217
6,624,739
6,837,341
3,643,778
4,151,558
2,138,890
728,395
1,187,348
9,691,995
12,692,040
8,976,231
Table of Contents
2.
Business Acquisitions
Elron Software, Inc.
$
6,333,000
1,000,000
136,000
$
7,469,000
Table of Contents
$
1,000,000
587,000
(487,000
)
(776,000
)
324,000
113,000
943,000
1,336,000
432,000
4,321,000
$
7,469,000
2003
2002
$
10,466,000
$
8,938,000
$
(31,955,000
)
$
(43,345,000
)
$
(1.35
)
$
(2.35
)
Table of Contents
$
50,000
1,386,000
21,000
$
1,457,000
$
(40,000
)
(175,000
)
(215,000
)
346,000
1,326,000
$
1,457,000
3.
Receivables
December 31,
December 31,
2003
2002
$
2,306,000
$
2,065,000
(93,000
)
(1,854,000
)
(1,051,000
)
$
359,000
$
1,014,000
Table of Contents
4.
Property and Equipment
December 31,
December 31,
2003
2002
$
29,757,000
$
27,082,000
4,622,000
4,608,000
1,084,000
1,040,000
35,463,000
32,730,000
(32,312,000
)
(29,122,000
)
$
3,151,000
$
3,608,000
5.
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
December 31, 2003
Weighted Average
Gross Carrying
Accumulated
Useful Lives
Amount, at Cost
Amortization
3 years
$
2,269,000
$
289,000
4 years
1,336,000
111,000
3 years
432,000
48,000
$
4,037,000
$
448,000
$
4,321,000
$
$
1,234,000
1,234,000
898,000
223,000
Table of Contents
6.
Convertible Preferred Stock and
Stockholders Equity
Private Placement of Common Stock and
Warrants
Private Placement of Convertible Equity
Securities
Issuance and Conversion of Convertible
Notes
Table of Contents
Issuance and Conversion/ Redemption of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance and Conversion/ Redemption of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Table of Contents
Common Stock Issued to Yahoo!
Inc.
Common Stock Issued to Tumbleweed
Communications Corp.
Common Stock Issued to Entrust,
Inc.
Table of Contents
Anacom Communications, Inc.
Private Placement of Equity
Securities
Table of Contents
Employee and Director Stock
Options
Weighted Average
Shares
Exercise Price
4,896,690
$
11.41
1,156,556
$
7.38
1,000,000
$
5.24
150,000
$
7.00
(518,127
)
$
9.38
(27,500
)
$
9.14
6,657,619
$
9.85
1,874,580
$
4.53
(2,087,182
)
$
8.95
6,445,017
$
8.59
2,436,676
$
4.54
(1,105,589
)
$
10.42
(1,885,387
)
$
5.83
5,890,717
$
7.46
Table of Contents
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Weighted Average
Weighted
Weighted
Range of
Number
Remaining
Average
Number
Average
Exercise Prices
Outstanding
Contractual Life
Exercise Price
Exercisable
Exercise Price
$ 2.50 - $ 4.99
2,201,770
8.3
$
4.08
674,632
$
4.26
$ 5.02 - $11.39
3,190,742
5.9
$
6.69
2,407,452
$
6.79
$13.00 - $29.63
350,001
3.7
$
20.49
345,586
$
20.58
$33.88 - $44.63
148,204
4.4
$
43.55
148,204
$
43.55
5,890,717
3,575,874
7.
Significant Customers
8.
Income Taxes
2003
2002
2001
$
$
(269,000
)
$
167,000
(19,000
)
$
148,000
$
(269,000
)
$
Table of Contents
2003
2002
2001
$
(9,336,000
)
$
(11,753,000
)
$
(19,310,000
)
9,571,000
10,986,000
19,313,000
670,000
(87,000
)
(172,000
)
(3,000
)
$
148,000
$
(269,000
)
$
2003
2002
$
156,000
$
275,000
57,543,000
44,859,000
987,000
2,986,000
2,933,000
4,612,000
6,006,000
589,000
1,135,000
758,000
475,000
21,000
1,785,000
2,189,000
2,718,000
69,841,000
60,186,000
(69,822,000
)
(60,186,000
)
$
19,000
$
9.
Commitments and Contingencies
Table of Contents
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
Thereafter
$
1,143,000
$
1,055,000
$
867,000
$
844,000
$
844,000
$
1,291,000
476,000
68,000
67,000
$
1,619,000
$
1,123,000
$
934,000
$
844,000
$
844,000
$
1,291,000
10.
Discontinued Operations
11.
Related Party Transactions
Table of Contents
12.
Employee Benefit Plans
13.
International Distribution Agreement
Table of Contents
14.
Quarterly Results of Operations
(Unaudited)
Quarter Ended
March 31
June 30
September 30
December 31
$
639,000
$
1,014,000
$
2,219,000
$
1,968,000
(1,760,000
)
(1,854,000
)
(1,934,000
)
(2,663,000
)
(6,831,000
)
(6,055,000
)
(6,506,000
)
(8,275,000
)
(6,831,000
)
(6,055,000
)
(6,506,000
)
(8,186,000
)
(0.36
)
(0.31
)
(0.29
)
(0.29
)
$
389,000
$
303,000
$
434,000
$
546,000
(2,895,000
)
(2,513,000
)
(2,024,000
)
(1,567,000
)
(9,788,000
)
(8,046,000
)
(9,463,000
)
(7,002,000
)
(9,788,000
)
(7,929,000
)
(8,763,000
)
(6,957,000
)
(0.56
)
(0.45
)
(0.63
)
(0.39
)
15.
Subsequent Events
Stock Option and Warrant
Exercises
Business Acquisition
MyDocOnline, Inc. and Related Transactions
Table of Contents
F-25
EXHIBIT 10.2
ZIXIT CORPORATION
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
(AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF AUGUST 2000)
1. PURPOSE
The purpose of the ZixIt Corporation 1992 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the "Plan") is to advance the interests of ZixIt Corporation (hereinafter called the "Company") by strengthening the ability of the Company to attract and retain personnel of high caliber through encouraging a sense of proprietorship by means of stock ownership.
Certain options granted under this Plan are intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" pursuant to Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code"), while certain other options granted under this Plan will constitute nonqualified options.
2. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Plan, and in any Option Agreement, as hereinafter defined, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share, giving effect to the 3 shares for 2 shares stock split on the record date of January 24, 1992 and the effective issuance date of February 13, 1992.
(b) "Committee" shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors comprised of at least two directors. Members of the Committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, the Committee shall consist of two or more Non-employee Directors. Also, if the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code are intended to be met, the Committee shall consist of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(c) "Date of Grant" shall mean the date on which a stock option is granted pursuant to this Plan.
(d) "Effective Date" shall mean the first business day following the date of the 1993 annual meeting of the shareholders of the Company.
(e) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(f) "Fair Market Value" shall mean the closing sale price (or average of the quoted closing bid and asked prices if there is no closing sale price reported) of the Common Stock on the date specified as reported by NASDAQ/NMS or by the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed. If there is no reported price information for such date, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the reported price information for Common Stock on the day nearest preceding such date.
(g) "Non-employee Director" shall have the meaning given such term in Rule 16b-3.
(h) "Optionee" shall mean the person to whom an option is granted under this Plan or who has obtained the right to exercise an option in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.
(i) "Plan Adoption Date" means the later of the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with Rule 16b-3.
(j) "Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act as it may be amended from time to time and any successor provision to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.
(k) "Subsidiary" shall mean any now existing or hereafter organized or acquired corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding voting stock is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Company or through one or more Subsidiaries of the Company.
3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN
Except as otherwise provided by the provisions of Section 9 hereof, the aggregate amount of Common Stock for which options may be granted under this Plan shall not exceed 450,000 shares of Common Stock. Such shares may be authorized and previously unissued shares or previously issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company. Any shares of Common Stock subject to unexercised portions of options granted under this Plan which shall have terminated, been canceled, or expired may again be subject to the granting of options under this Plan.
4. ADMINISTRATION
Notwithstanding herein anything to the contrary, to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, this Plan shall be administered by Committee. Options may be granted under this Section 4 only by majority agreement of the members of the Committee. Stock Option Agreements ("Option Agreements"), in the form as approved by the Committee, and containing such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan as shall have been determined by the Committee, may be executed on behalf of the Company by the President or any Vice President of the Company. The Committee shall have complete authority to construe, interpret and administer the provisions of this Plan and the provisions of the option agreements granted hereunder; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to this Plan; and to make all other determinations necessary or deemed advisable in the administration of this Plan. The determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Committee shall be final and conclusive.
5. ELIGIBILITY
Incentive stock options to purchase Common Stock may be granted under
Section 4 of this Plan to such employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries
(including any director who is also an employee of the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries) as shall be determined by the Committee. Nonqualified stock
options to purchase Common Stock may be granted under Section 4 of this Plan to
such employees or directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries as shall be
determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine which persons are to
be granted options under Section 4 of this Plan, the number of options, the
number of shares subject to each option, the exercise price or prices of each
option, the vesting and exercise period of each option, whether an option may be
exercised as to less than all of the Common Stock subject thereto, and such
other terms and conditions of each option, if any, as are not inconsistent with
the provisions of this Plan. In addition, the Committee may, in its sole
discretion, provide for vesting of stock options to accelerate upon a change in
control of the Company as defined in an applicable Agreement ("Change in
Control") and enable an employee to "put" the excess of the fair market value
over the exercise price of the options to the Company in the event of a Change
in Control. In connection with the granting of incentive stock options, the
aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant of an incentive
stock option) of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are
exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under
all such plans of the Optionee's employer corporation and its
parent and subsidiary corporations as defined in Section 424 of the Code) shall
not exceed $100,000 or such other amount as from time to time provided in
Section 422(d) of the Code or any successor provision.
6. EXERCISE PRICE
The purchase price or prices for Common Stock subject to an option (the
"Exercise Price") granted pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan shall be determined
by the Committee at the Date of Grant; provided, however, that (a) the Exercise
Price for any option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock on the Date of Grant, and (b) if the Optionee owns more than 10
percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or its parent or any of its subsidiaries, as more fully described in
Section 422(b)(6) of the Code or any successor provision (such shareholder is
referred to herein as a "10-Percent Stockholder"), the Exercise Price for any
incentive stock option granted to such Optionee shall not be less than 110% of
the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant.
7. TERM OF STOCK OPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON RIGHT TO EXERCISE
No incentive stock option granted pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan shall be exercisable (a) more than five years after the Date of Grant with respect to a 10-Percent Stockholder, and (b) more than ten years after the Date of Grant with respect to all persons other than 10-Percent Stockholders. No nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan shall be exercisable more than ten years after the Date of Grant. The Company shall not be required to issue any fractional shares upon the exercise of any options granted under this Plan. No Optionee nor his legal representatives, legatees or distributees, as the case may be, will be, or will be deemed to be, a holder of any shares subject to an option unless and until said option has been exercised and the purchase price of the shares in respect of which the option has been exercised has been paid. An option shall not be exercisable except by the Optionee or by a person who has obtained the Optionee's rights under the option by will or under the laws of descent and distribution.
8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
The Committee shall determine at the Date of Grant what conditions shall apply to the exercise of an option granted under Section 4 in the event an Optionee shall cease to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason. In the event of the death of an Optionee while in the employ or while serving as a director of the Company or a Subsidiary, the option theretofore granted to him shall be exercisable by the executor or administrator of the Optionee's estate, or if the Optionee's estate is not in administration, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee's right shall have passed under the Optionee's will or under the laws of descent and distribution, within the year next succeeding the date of death or such other period as may be specified in the Option Agreement, but in no case later than the expiration date of such option, and then only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise such option at the date of his death. Neither this Plan nor any option granted hereunder is intended to confer upon any Optionee any rights with respect to continuance of employment or other utilization of his services by the Company or by a Subsidiary, nor to interfere in any way with his right or that of his employer to terminate his employment or other services at any time (subject to the terms of any applicable contract).
9. DILUTION OR OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
In the event that there is any change in the Common Stock subject to this Plan or subject to options granted hereunder as the result of any stock dividend on, dividend of or stock split or stock combination of, or any like change in, stock of the same class or in the event of any change in the capital structure of the Company, the Board of Directors or the Committee shall make such adjustments with respect to options, or any provisions of this Plan, as it deems appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of option rights.
10. EXPIRATION AND TERMINATION OF THIS PLAN
Options may be granted at any time under Section 4 of this Plan prior to ten years from this Plan Adoption Date, as long as the total number of shares which may be issued pursuant to options granted under this Plan does not (except as provided in Section 9 above) exceed the limitations of Section 3 above. This Plan may be abandoned, suspended or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors of the Company except with respect to any options then outstanding under this Plan.
11. RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE OF SHARES
(a) The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any shares upon the exercise of any option granted under this Plan unless:
(i) the shares with respect to which such option is being exercised have been registered under applicable federal securities laws or are exempt from such registration;
(ii) the prior approval of such sale or issuance has been obtained from any state regulatory body having jurisdiction; and
(iii) in the event the Common Stock has been listed on any exchange, the shares with respect to which such option is being exercised have been duly listed on such exchange in accordance with the procedure specified therefor.
The Company shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval with respect to shares issuable on any option.
If the shares to be issued upon the exercise of any option granted under this Plan are intended to be issued by the Company in reliance upon the exemptions from the registration requirements of applicable federal securities laws, the Optionee, if so requested by the Company, shall furnish to the Company such evidence and representations, including an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to it, as the Company may reasonably request.
The Company shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an option upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body with respect to the granting or exercise of the option or the issue or purchase of shares under the option.
(b) No option granted pursuant to this Plan shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in the Code.
(c) The Board of Directors or Committee may impose such other restrictions on the ownership
and transfer of shares issued pursuant to this Plan as it deems desirable; any such restrictions shall be set forth in any Option Agreement entered into hereunder.
(d) In no event shall any Option granted to any employee who is classified as "non-exempt" under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 be exercisable less than six months after the date of grant, except in the case of death, disability, retirement, a change in control or other circumstances permitted by regulations under the Worker Economic Opportunity Act ("WEOA"). Grants to such non-exempt employees shall not be based on preestablished performance criteria, except as specifically permitted under the WEOA. Non-exempt employees shall be notified of the terms of their Options in accordance with the WEOA, and exercise of such Options must be voluntary.
12. PROCEEDS
The proceeds to be received by the Company upon exercise of any option granted under this Plan may be used for any proper purposes.
13. AMENDMENT OF THIS PLAN
The Board of Directors may amend this Plan from time to time in such
respects as it may deem advisable in its sole discretion or in order that the
options granted hereunder shall conform to any change in applicable laws,
including tax laws, or in regulations or rulings of administrative agencies or
in order that options granted or stock acquired upon exercise of such options
may qualify for simplified registration under applicable securities or other
laws; provided, however, that, to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 and the
Securities and Exchange Commission interpretations and releases thereunder, no
amendment may be made without the consent of shareholders which would materially
(a) increase the benefits accruing to participants under this Plan, (b) increase
the number of securities which may be issued under this Plan, other than in
accordance with Section 9 hereof, or (c) modify the requirements as to
eligibility for participation in this Plan.
14. PAYMENT UPON EXERCISE
Upon the exercise of any option granted under this Plan, the Company may make financing available to the Optionee for the purchase of the Common Stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such option on such terms as the Committee shall specify. An Optionee may pay the Exercise Price of the shares of Common Stock as to which an option is being exercised by the delivery of cash, a certified cashier's check or, at the Company's option, by the delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date immediately preceding the exercise date equal to the exercise price.
If the shares to be purchased are covered by an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any option granted under
this Plan may be exercised by a broker-dealer acting on behalf of an Optionee if
(a) the broker-dealer has received from the Optionee instructions signed by the
Optionee requesting the Company to deliver the shares of Common Stock subject to
such option to the broker-dealer on behalf of the Optionee and specifying the
account into which such shares should be deposited, (b) adequate provision has
been made with respect to the payment of any withholding taxes due upon such
exercise, and (c) the broker-dealer and the Optionee have otherwise complied
with Section 220.3(e)(4) of Regulation T, 12 CFR Part 220, or any successor
provision.
15. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY
Neither the Company, its directors, officers or employees, nor any Subsidiary which is in existence or hereafter comes into existence, shall be liable to any Optionee or other person if it is determined for any
reason by the Internal Revenue Service or any court having jurisdiction that any incentive stock option granted hereunder does not qualify for tax treatment as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.
AMENDED AND RESTATED as of August 1, 2000.
ZIXIT CORPORATION
By: /s/ Ronald A. Woessner ---------------------- Its: V.P. --------------------- |
EXHIBIT 10.7
ZIX CORPORATION 2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN
(AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MAY 6, 2003)
SECTION 1. Purpose. The purpose of the Zix Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the "2001 Plan") is to advance the interests of Zix Corporation (hereinafter called the "Company") by strengthening the ability of the Company to attract, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined), and retain personnel of high caliber through encouraging a sense of proprietorship by means of stock ownership.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
"Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time-to-time.
"Committee" shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors comprised of at least two directors or the entire Board of Directors, as the case may be. Members of the Committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, the Committee shall consist of two or more Non-employee Directors. Also, if the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code are intended to be met, the Committee shall consist of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
"Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.
"Date of Grant" shall mean the date on which an Option is granted pursuant to this 2001 Plan.
"Designated Beneficiary" shall mean the beneficiary designated by the Optionee, in a manner determined by the Committee, to receive amounts due the Optionee in the event of the Optionee's death. In the absence of an effective designation by the Optionee, Designated Beneficiary shall mean the Optionee's estate.
"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Fair Market Value" shall mean the closing sale price (or average of the quoted closing bid and asked prices if there is no closing sale price reported) of the Common Stock on the date specified as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market, or by the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed. If there is no reported price information for such date, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the reported price information for Common Stock on the day nearest preceding such date.
"Incentive Stock Option" shall mean a stock option granted under
Section 6 that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code
(or any successor provision).
"Non-employee Director" shall have the meaning given such term in Rule 16b-3.
"Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean a stock option granted under
Section 6 that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
"Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.
"Optionee" shall mean the person to whom an option is granted under the 2001 Plan or who has obtained the right to exercise an option in accordance with the provisions of the 2001 Plan.
"Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act as it may be amended from time-to-time and any successor provision to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.
"Subsidiary" shall mean any now existing or hereafter organized or acquired corporation or other entity of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the issued and outstanding voting stock or other economic interest is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Company or through one or more Subsidiaries of the Company.
SECTION 3. Administration. The 2001 Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the operation of the 2001 Plan as it shall from time-to-time deem advisable, and to construe, interpret and administer the terms and provisions of the 2001 Plan and the agreements thereunder. The determinations and interpretations made by the Committee are final and conclusive.
SECTION 4. Eligibility. All employees and non-employee consultants and advisors (other than Non-employee Directors) who, in the opinion of the Committee, have the capacity for contributing in a substantial measure to the successful performance of the Company are eligible to receive Options under the 2001 Plan.
SECTION 5. Maximum Amount Available for Options.
(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Options may be made under the 2001 Plan shall be a total of 2,525,000 shares of Common Stock. Of that amount, no participant may be granted Options for more than 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate during the term of the 2001 Plan. Options that expire, lapse or are cancelled or forfeited do not count against theses share limits. Shares of Common Stock may be made available from the authorized but unissued shares of the Company or from shares reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased in the open market. In the event that an Option is terminated unexercised as to any shares of Common Stock covered thereby, such shares shall thereafter be again available for award pursuant to the 2001 Plan.
(b) In the event that the Committee shall determine that any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase Common Stock at a price substantially below fair market value, or other similar corporate event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is required in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2001 Plan, then the Committee shall adjust appropriately any or all of (1) the number and kind of shares which thereafter may be optioned under the 2001 Plan and (2) the grant, exercise or conversion price and/or number of shares with respect to the Options and/or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for cash payment to an Optionee; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Option shall always be a whole number.
SECTION 6. Stock Options.
(a) Subject to the provisions of the 2001 Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom Options shall be granted, the number of shares to be covered by each Option, the option price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option.
(b) The Committee shall have the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, or to grant Nonqualified Stock Options, or to grant both types of options. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply with the Code and relevant regulations. Incentive Stock Options to purchase Common Stock may be granted to such employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries (including any director who is also an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) as shall be determined by the Committee. Nonqualified Stock Options to purchase Common Stock may be granted to such eligible participants as shall be determined by the Committee. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, shall be liable to any Optionee or other person if it is determined for any reason by the Internal Revenue Service or any court having jurisdiction that any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder does not qualify for tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option under the then-applicable provisions of the Code.
(c) The Committee shall, in its discretion, establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted, which in the case of Nonqualified Stock Options, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant, or in the case of grants of Incentive Stock Options, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant or such greater amount as may be prescribed by the Code.
(d) Exercise
(1) Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable grant or thereafter; provided, however, that in no event may any Option granted hereunder be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the Date of Grant. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.
(2) No shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the option price therefore is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in cash, or its equivalent, or, if and to the extent permitted by the Committee or under the terms of the applicable agreement, by exchanging shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest), or by a combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Common Stock so tendered to the Company, valued as of the date of such tender, is at least equal to such option price.
If the shares to be purchased are covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any Option may be exercised by a broker-dealer acting on behalf of an Optionee if (a) the broker-dealer has received from the Optionee instructions signed by the Optionee requesting the Company to deliver the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option to the broker-dealer on behalf of the Optionee and specifying the account into which such shares should be deposited, (b) adequate provision has been made with respect to the payment of any withholding taxes due upon such exercise, and (c) the broker-dealer and the Optionee have otherwise complied with Section 220.3(e)(4) of Regulation T, 12 CFR Part 220, or any successor provision.
(3) The Company, in its sole discretion, may lend money to an Optionee, guarantee a loan to an Optionee or otherwise assist an Optionee to obtain the cash necessary to exercise all or any portion of an Option granted under the 2001 Plan.
(4) The Company shall not be required to issue any fractional shares upon the exercise of any Options granted under this 2001 Plan. No Optionee nor an Optionee's legal representatives, legatees or distributees, as the case may be, will be, or will be deemed to be, a holder of any shares subject to an Option unless and until said Option has been exercised and the purchase price of the shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised has been paid. Unless otherwise provided in the agreement applicable thereto, an Option shall not be exercisable except by the Optionee or by a person who has obtained the Optionee's rights under the Option by will or under the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in the Code.
(e) No Incentive Stock Options shall be exercisable (a) more than five
years (or such other period of time as from time-to-time provided in the
then-applicable provisions of the Code governing Incentive Stock Options)
after the Date of Grant with respect to an Optionee who owns ten percent or
more of the outstanding Common Stock (within the meaning of the Code), and
(b) more than ten years after the Date of Grant with respect to all other
Optionees. No Nonqualified Stock Options shall be exercisable more than ten
years after the Date of Grant.
(f) In no event shall any Option granted to any employee who is classified as "non-exempt" under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 be exercisable less than six months after the Date of Grant, except in the case of death, disability, retirement, a change in control or other circumstances permitted by regulations under the Worker Economic Opportunity Act ("WEOA"). Grants to such non-exempt employees shall not be based on pre-established performance criteria, except as specifically permitted under the WEOA. Non- exempt employees shall be notified of the terms of their Options in accordance with the WEOA, and exercise of such Options must be voluntary.
SECTION 7. General Provisions.
(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid to an Optionee in cash (whether under the 2001 Plan or otherwise) any taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of Option exercises under the 2001 Plan. However, if permitted by the Committee or under the terms of the applicable agreement, the Optionee may pay all or any portion of the taxes required to be withheld by the Company or its Subsidiaries or paid by the Optionee with respect to such Common Stock by electing to have the Company or its Subsidiaries withhold shares of Common Stock, or by delivering previously owned shares of Common Stock, having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld or paid. The Optionee must make the foregoing election on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Any such election is irrevocable and subject to disapproval by the Committee. If the Optionee is subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, then any such election shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Rule 16b-3.
(b) Each Option hereunder shall be evidenced in writing, delivered to the Optionee, and shall specify the terms and conditions thereof and any rules applicable thereto, including, but not limited to, the effect on such Option of the death, retirement, disability or other termination of employment of the Optionee and the effect thereon, if any, of a change in control of the Company.
(c) Unless otherwise provided in the agreement applicable thereto, no Option shall be assignable or transferable except by will or under the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in the Code, and no right or interest of any Optionee shall be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of the Optionee.
(d) No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option. Further, the Company and its Subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to terminate the employment of an Optionee free from any liability, or any claim under the 2001 Plan, except as provided in any agreement entered into with
respect to an Option. Neither the 2001 Plan nor any Option granted hereunder is intended to confer upon any Optionee any rights with respect to continuance of employment or other utilization of his or her services by the Company or by a Subsidiary, nor to interfere in any way with his or her right or that of his or her employer to terminate his or her employment or other services at any time (subject to the terms of any applicable contract). The conditions to apply to the exercise of an Option in the event an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason shall be determined by the Committee or specified in the written agreement evidencing the Option.
(e) Subject to the provisions of the applicable Option, no Optionee or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed under the 2001 Plan until he or she has become the holder thereof.
(f) The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the 2001 Plan and of its rules and regulations, and rights relating to the 2001 Plan, shall be determined solely in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (without giving effect to its conflicts of laws rules) and, to the extent applicable, federal law.
(g) The 2001 Plan was originally effective on May 15, 2001. No Options may be granted under the 2001 Plan after May 14, 2011; however, all previous Options issued that have not expired under their original terms or will not then expire at the time the 2001 Plan expires will remain outstanding.
(h) Restrictions on Issuance of Shares
(1) The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any
Shares upon the exercise of any Option granted under the 2001 Plan
unless: (i) the shares pertaining to such Option have been registered
under applicable federal and state securities laws or are exempt from
such registration; (ii) the prior approval of such sale or issuance has
been obtained from any state regulatory body having jurisdiction; and
(iii) in the event the Common Stock has been listed on any exchange,
the shares pertaining to such Option have been duly listed on such
exchange in accordance with the procedure specified therefor. The
Company shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any listing,
registration, qualification, consent or approval with respect to shares
pertaining to any Option granted under the 2001 Plan. If the shares to
be issued upon the exercise of any Option granted under the 2001 Plan
are intended to be issued by the Company in reliance upon the
exemptions from the registration requirements of applicable federal and
state securities laws, the recipient of the Option, if so requested by
the Company, shall furnish to the Company such evidence and
representations, including an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to it,
as the Company may reasonably request.
(2) The Company shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock pertaining to any Option granted under the 2001 Plan upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body.
(i) The Board of Directors or Committee may impose such other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares issued pursuant to the 2001 Plan as it deems desirable; any such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable agreement.
(j) The Board of Directors may amend, abandon, suspend or terminate the 2001 Plan or any portion thereof at any time in such respects as it may deem advisable in its sole discretion, provided that no amendment shall be made without stockholder approval (including an increase in the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Options may be made under the 2001 Plan) if such
stockholder approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory
requirement or exchange listing rules, including for these purposes any
approval requirement that is a prerequisite for exemptive relief under
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(k) To preserve an Optionee's rights under an Option in the event of a change in control of the Company or an Optionee's separation from employment, the Committee in its discretion may, at the time an Option is made or any time thereafter, take one or more of the following actions: (i) provide for the acceleration of any time period relating to the exercise of the Option, (ii) provide for the purchase of the Option, upon the Optionee's request, for an amount of cash or other property that could have been received upon the exercise or realization of the Option had the Option been currently exercisable or payable, (iii) adjust the terms of the Option in a manner determined by the Committee to reflect the change in control or to prevent the imposition of an excise tax under section 280G(b) of the Code, (iv) cause the Option to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by another entity, or (v) make such other provision as the Committee may consider equitable and in the best interests of the Company.
AMENDED AND RESTATED as of May 6, 2003.
ZIX CORPORATION
By: /s/ Ronald A. Woessner ---------------------- Title: S.V.P. |
EXHIBIT 10.9
ZIX CORPORATION 2003 NEW EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
The purpose of the Zix Corporation 2003 New Employee Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the "Plan") is to advance the interests of Zix Corporation (hereinafter called the "Company") by strengthening the ability of the Company to attract, on its behalf and on behalf of its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined), personnel of high caliber through encouraging a sense of proprietorship by means of stock ownership. The Plan, as written and as administered by the Committee, is intended to comply with NASD Rule 4350(i)(1)(A)(iv), which provides that shareholder approval is not required for issuer equity issuances to certain employees.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
"Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time-to-time.
"Committee" shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors comprised of a majority of Independent Directors or a majority of the Company's Independent Directors, as the case may be.
"Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.
"Date of Grant" shall mean the date on which an Option is granted pursuant to this Plan.
"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Fair Market Value" shall mean the closing sale price (or average of the quoted closing bid and asked prices if there is no closing sale price reported) of the Common Stock on the date specified as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, or by the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed. If there is no reported price information for such date, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the reported price information for Common Stock on the day nearest preceding such date.
"Independent Director" shall have the meaning given such term in NASDAQ Rule 4200(a)(14).
"Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean a stock option granted under
Section 6 that is not intended to be an incentive stock option.
"Option" shall mean an option granted under the Plan.
"Optionee" shall mean the person to whom an option is granted under the Plan or who has obtained the right to exercise an option in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
"Subsidiary" shall mean any now existing or hereafter organized or acquired corporation or other entity of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the issued and outstanding voting stock or other economic interest is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Company or through one or more Subsidiaries of the Company.
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the operation of the Plan as it shall from time-to-time deem advisable, and to construe, interpret and administer the terms and provisions of the Plan and the agreements thereunder. The determinations and interpretations made by the Committee are final and conclusive.
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY
The following persons are eligible to receive options under the Plan:
employees (other than officers or directors) of the Company or a Subsidiary that
were not previously an employee or director of the Company or a Subsidiary, or
if previously such, have experienced a bona fide period of non-employment with
the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, if the option grant is in
connection with such person entering into employment with the Company or a
Subsidiary and is offered to them as an inducement for them to enter into such
employment.
SECTION 5. MAXIMUM AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONS
(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Options may be made under the Plan shall be a total of 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Options that expire, lapse or are cancelled or forfeited nonetheless continue to count against the 500,000 share limit. Shares of Common Stock may be made available from the authorized but unissued shares of the Company or from shares reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased in the open market. In the event that an Option is terminated unexercised as to any shares of Common Stock covered thereby, such shares shall thereafter be again available for award pursuant to the Plan.
(b) In the event that the Committee shall determine that any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase Common Stock at a price substantially below fair market value, or other similar corporate event affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is required in order to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall adjust appropriately any or all of (1) the number and kind of shares which thereafter may be optioned under the Plan and (2) the grant, exercise or conversion price and/or number of shares with respect to the Options and/or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for cash payment to an Optionee; provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Option shall always be a whole number.
SECTION 6. STOCK OPTIONS
(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom Options shall be granted, the number of shares to be covered by each Option, the option price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option.
(b) The Committee shall have the authority to grant Nonqualified Stock Options only. Nonqualified Stock Options to purchase Common Stock may be granted to such eligible participants as shall be determined by the Committee.
(c) The Committee shall, in its discretion, establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted, which in the case of Nonqualified Stock Options, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant. The exercise price of any outstanding Options may not be repriced without the approval of the Company's stockholders (obtained in accordance with applicable law), given in each specified instance.
(d) Exercise
(1) Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable grant or thereafter; provided, however, that in no event may any Option granted hereunder be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the Date of Grant, unless otherwise permitted by the Committee. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.
(2) No shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the option price therefore is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in cash, or its equivalent, or, if and to the extent permitted by the Committee or under the terms of the applicable agreement, by exchanging shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest), or by a combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Common Stock so tendered to the Company, valued as of the date of such tender, is at least equal to such option price.
If the shares to be purchased are covered by an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
any Option may be exercised by a broker-dealer acting on behalf of an
Optionee if (a) the broker-dealer has received from the Optionee
instructions signed by the Optionee requesting the Company to deliver
the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option to the broker-dealer
on behalf of the Optionee and specifying the account into which such
shares should be deposited, (b) adequate provision has been made with
respect to the payment of any withholding taxes due upon such exercise,
and (c) the broker-dealer and the Optionee have otherwise complied with
Section 220.3(e)(4) of Regulation T, 12 CFR Part 220, or any successor
provision.
(3) The Company, in its sole discretion, may lend money to an Optionee, guarantee a loan to an Optionee or otherwise assist an Optionee to obtain the cash necessary to exercise all or any portion of an Option granted under the Plan.
(4) The Company shall not be required to issue any fractional shares upon the exercise of any Options granted under this Plan. No Optionee nor an Optionee's legal representatives, legatees or distributees, as the case may be, will be, or will be deemed to be, a holder of any shares subject to an Option unless and until said Option has been exercised and the purchase price of the shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised has been paid. Unless otherwise provided in the agreement applicable thereto, an Option shall not be exercisable except by the Optionee or by a person who has obtained the Optionee's rights under the Option by will or under the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in the Code.
(e) In no event shall any Option granted to any employee who is classified as "non-exempt" under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 be exercisable less than six months after the Date of Grant, except in the case of death, disability, retirement, a change in control or other circumstances permitted by regulations under the Worker Economic Opportunity Act ("WEOA"). Grants to such non-exempt employees shall not be based on pre-established performance criteria, except as specifically permitted under the WEOA. Non-exempt employees shall be notified of the terms of their Options in accordance with the WEOA, and exercise of such Options must be voluntary.
SECTION 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid to an Optionee in cash (whether under the Plan or otherwise) any taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of Option exercises under the Plan. However, if permitted by the Committee or under the terms of the applicable agreement, the Optionee may pay all or any portion of the taxes required to be withheld by the Company or its Subsidiaries or paid by the Optionee with respect to such Common Stock by electing to have the Company or its Subsidiaries withhold shares of Common Stock, or by delivering previously owned shares of Common Stock, having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld or paid. The Optionee must make the foregoing election on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Any such election is irrevocable and subject to disapproval by the Committee.
(b) Each Option hereunder shall be evidenced in writing, delivered to the Optionee, and shall specify the terms and conditions thereof and any rules applicable thereto, including, but not limited to, the effect on such Option of the death, retirement, disability or other termination of employment of the Optionee and the effect thereon, if any, of a change in control of the Company.
(c) Unless otherwise provided in the agreement applicable thereto, no Option shall be assignable or transferable except by will or under the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in the Code, and no right or interest of any Optionee shall be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of the Optionee.
(d) No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option. Further, the Company and its Subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to terminate the employment of an Optionee free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any Option granted hereunder is intended to confer upon any Optionee any rights with respect to continuance of employment or other utilization of his or her services by the Company or by a Subsidiary, nor to interfere in any way with his or her right or that of his or her employer to terminate his or her employment or other services at any time. The conditions to apply to the exercise of an Option in the event an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason shall be determined by the Committee or specified in the written agreement evidencing the Option.
(e) Subject to the provisions of the applicable Option, no Optionee or permitted assignee shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder thereof.
(f) The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, and rights relating to the Plan, shall be determined solely in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (without giving effect to its conflicts of laws rules) and, to the extent applicable, federal law.
(g) Restrictions on Issuance of Shares
(1) The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue
any Shares upon the exercise of any Option granted under the Plan
unless: (i) the shares pertaining to such Option have been registered
under applicable federal and state securities laws or are exempt from
such registration; (ii) the prior approval of such sale or issuance has
been obtained from any state regulatory body having jurisdiction; and
(iii) in the event the Common Stock has been listed on any exchange,
the shares pertaining to such Option have been duly listed on such
exchange in accordance with the procedure specified therefor. The
Company shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any listing,
registration, qualification, consent or approval with respect to shares
pertaining to any
Option granted under the Plan. If the shares to be issued upon the exercise of any Option granted under the Plan are intended to be issued by the Company in reliance upon the exemptions from the registration requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws, the recipient of the Option, if so requested by the Company, shall furnish to the Company such evidence and representations, including an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to it, as the Company may reasonably request.
(2) The Company shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock pertaining to any Option granted under the Plan upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body.
(h) The Board of Directors or Committee may impose such other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares issued pursuant to the Plan as it deems desirable; any such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable agreement.
(i) The Board of Directors may amend, abandon, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time in such respects as it may deem advisable in its sole discretion, provided that no amendment shall be made without stockholder approval if such stockholder approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement or listing rules. The Plan has not been submitted for stockholder approval.
(j) To preserve an Optionee's rights under an Option in the event of a change in control of the Company or an Optionee's separation from employment, the Committee in its discretion may, at the time an Option is made or any time thereafter, take one or more of the following actions: (i) provide for the acceleration of any time period relating to the exercise of the Option, (ii) provide for the purchase of the Option, upon the Optionee's request, for an amount of cash or other property that could have been received upon the exercise or realization of the Option had the Option been currently exercisable or payable, (iii) adjust the terms of the Option in a manner determined by the Committee to reflect the change in control or to prevent the imposition of an excise tax under section 280G(b) of the Code, (iv) cause the Option to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefor, by another entity, or (v) make such other provision as the Committee may consider equitable and in the best interests of the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed on its behalf as of the 1st day of October 2003.
ZIX CORPORATION
Title: SVP
Date: 1/15/04
Exhibit 10.10
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT NUMBER 03
AS AMENDED TO INCORPORATE THE PROVISIONS OF
THE URUGUAY ROUND AGREEMENTS ACT (GATT),
THE SMALL BUSINESS JOB PROTECTION ACT OF 1996 (SBJPA),
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 414(u) PROVISIONS OF THE UNIFORMED
SERVICES EMPLOYMENT AND REEMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ACT OF 1994 (USERRA),
THE TAXPAYER RELIEF ACT OF 1997 (TRA '97); AND
THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE RESTRUCTURING AND REFORM ACT OF 1998
(RRA).
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION CONTENTS PAGE ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS 1.1 Accrued Benefit ................................................................................ 1 1.2 Additional Matching Contributions .............................................................. 1 1.3 Additional Nonelective Contributions ........................................................... 1 1.4 Adoption Agreement ............................................................................. 1 1.5 Alternate Payee ................................................................................ 1 1.6 Annuity ........................................................................................ 1 1.7 Annuity Contract ............................................................................... 1 1.8 Annuity Starting Date .......................................................................... 1 1.9 Beneficiary .................................................................................... 2 1.10 Board of Directors ............................................................................. 2 1.11 CODA ........................................................................................... 2 1.12 Code ........................................................................................... 2 1.13 Compensation ................................................................................... 2 1.14 Considered Net Profits ......................................................................... 6 1.15 Contribution Period ............................................................................ 6 1.16 Davis-Beacon Act ............................................................................... 6 1.17 Disability ..................................................................................... 7 1.18 Disability Retirement Date ..................................................................... 7 1.19 Early Retirement Date .......................................................................... 7 1.20 Earned Income .................................................................................. 7 1.21 Effective Date ................................................................................. 8 1.22 Elective Deferral Contributions ................................................................ 8 1.23 Employee ....................................................................................... 8 1.24 Employee Contributions ......................................................................... 8 1.25 Employer ....................................................................................... 9 1.26 Entry Date ..................................................................................... 9 1.27 ERISA .......................................................................................... 9 1.28 Fiduciary ...................................................................................... 9 1.29 Forfeiture ..................................................................................... 10 1.30 Highly Compensated Employee .................................................................... 10 1.31 Insurance Company .............................................................................. 12 1.32 Late Retirement Date ........................................................................... 12 1.33 Leased Employee ................................................................................ 12 1.34 Life Annuity ................................................................................... 13 1.35 Life Insurance Policy .......................................................................... 13 1.36 Matching Contributions ......................................................................... 13 1.37 Money Purchase Pension Contributions ........................................................... 13 1.38 Named Fiduciary ................................................................................ 13 1.39 Nonelective Contributions ...................................................................... 13 1.40 Non-Trusteed ................................................................................... 14 1.41 Normal Retirement Age .......................................................................... 14 1.42 Normal Retirement Date ......................................................................... 14 1.43 Owner-Employee ................................................................................. 14 1.44 Participant .................................................................................... 14 1.45 Participant's Account .......................................................................... 14 1.46 Participant's Employer Stock Account ........................................................... 15 1.47 Partner ........................................................................................ 16 1.48 Partnership .................................................................................... 16 1.49 Person ......................................................................................... 16 1.50 Plan ........................................................................................... 16 |
1.51 Plan Administrator ............................................................................. 17 1.52 Plan Year ...................................................................................... 17 1.53 Prevailing Wage Law ............................................................................ 17 1.54 Prior Employer Contributions ................................................................... 17 1.55 Prior Required Employee Contributions .......................................................... 17 1.56 Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions ......................................................... 17 1.57 QDRO ........................................................................................... 17 1.58 Qualified Matching Contributions ............................................................... 17 1.59 Qualified Nonelective Contributions ............................................................ 18 1.60 QVEC Contributions ............................................................................. 18 1.61 Required Employee Contributions ................................................................ 18 1.62 Rollover Contribution .......................................................................... 18 1.63 Salary Deferral Agreement ...................................................................... 18 1.64 Self-Employed Individual ....................................................................... 18 1.65 Serious Financial Hardship ..................................................................... 18 1.66 Shareholder-Employee ........................................................................... 18 1.67 Social Security Integration Level .............................................................. 18 1.68 Social Security Taxable Wage Base .............................................................. 18 1.69 Sponsoring Organization ........................................................................ 18 1.70 Spouse ......................................................................................... 18 1.71 Straight Life Annuity .......................................................................... 18 1.72 Termination of Employment ...................................................................... 18 1.73 True-Up Contributions .......................................................................... 18 1.74 Trust .......................................................................................... 19 1.75 Trustee ........................................................................................ 19 1.76 Vested Interest ................................................................................ 19 1.77 Vesting Percentage ............................................................................. 19 1.78 Voluntary Employee Contributions ............................................................... 20 ARTICLE II - GENERAL PROVISIONS 2A. SERVICE 2A.1 Service ........................................................................................ 21 2A.2 Absence from Employment ........................................................................ 21 2A.3 Hour of Service ................................................................................ 21 2A.4 1-Year Break-in-Service ........................................................................ 22 2A.5 Year(s) of Service ............................................................................. 22 2A.6 Determining Vesting Percentage ................................................................. 24 2A.7 Excluded Years of Service for Vesting .......................................................... 24 2A.8 Change in Plan Years ........................................................................... 25 2A.9 Elapsed Time ................................................................................... 25 2A.10 Excluded Periods of Service for Vesting ........................................................ 26 2B. ELIGIBILITY, ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION 2B.1 Eligibility .................................................................................... 27 2B.2 Enrollment ..................................................................................... 27 2B.3 Reemployed Participant ......................................................................... 28 2B.4 Eligible Class ................................................................................. 28 2B.5 Waiver of Participation ........................................................................ 28 2C. CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS 2C.1 Profit Sharing/Thrift Plan with 401(k) Feature ................................................. 29 2C.2 Money Purchase Pension Plan .................................................................... 41 2C.3 Rollover Contributions ......................................................................... 44 2C.4 Participant Initiated Transfers................................................................. 44 |
2C.5 Contributions Subject to Davis-Bacon Act ....................................................... 46 2C.6 QVEC Contributions ............................................................................. 46 ARTICLE III - DISTRIBUTIONS 3A. TIMING AND FORM OF BENEFITS 3A.1 Payment of Benefits ............................................................................ 47 3A.2 Commencement of Benefits ....................................................................... 50 3A.3 From Life Insurance Policies ................................................................... 51 3A.4 Nontransferable ................................................................................ 51 3A.5 Alternate Payee Special Distribution ........................................................... 51 3B. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 3B.1 Definitions .................................................................................... 52 3B.2 Distribution Requirements ...................................................................... 54 3B.3 Death Distribution Provisions .................................................................. 55 3B.4 Transitional Rule .............................................................................. 56 3C. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS 3C.1 Applicability .................................................................................. 58 3C.2 Definitions .................................................................................... 58 3C.3 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ........................................................... 59 3C.4 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity ....................................................... 59 3C.5 Notice Requirements ............................................................................ 60 3C.6 Safe Harbor Rules .............................................................................. 61 3C.7 Transitional Rules ............................................................................. 62 3D. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 3D.1 Distribution ................................................................................... 64 3D.2 Repayment of Prior Distribution ................................................................ 65 3D.3 Life Insurance Policy .......................................................................... 66 3D.4 No Further Rights or Interest .................................................................. 66 3D.5 Forfeiture ..................................................................................... 66 3D.6 Lost Participant ............................................................................... 67 3D.7 Deferral of Distribution ....................................................................... 67 |
3E. WITHDRAWALS 3E.1 Withdrawal - Employee Contributions ............................................................ 67 3E.2 Withdrawal - Elective Deferral Contributions ................................................... 68 3E.3 Withdrawal - Qualified Matching Contributions................................................... 68 3E.4 Withdrawal - Qualified Nonelective Contributions................................................ 68 3E.5 Withdrawal - Safe Harbor 401(k) Elective Deferral Contributions and ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions............................................ 69 3E.6 Withdrawal - Employer Contributions ............................................................ 69 3E.7 Withdrawal for Serious Financial Hardship of Contributions Other than Elective Deferral Contributions........................................ 70 3E.8 Withdrawal for Serious Financial Hardship of Elective Deferral Contributions ................... 70 3E.9 Withdrawal - QVEC Contributions and Rollover Contributions ..................................... 72 3E.10 Notification ................................................................................... 72 3E.11 Vesting Continuation ........................................................................... 72 3E.12 Withdrawal - Participant's Employer Stock Account .............................................. 72 3F. DIRECT ROLLOVERS 3F.1 Definitions .................................................................................... 72 3F.2 Direct Rollovers ............................................................................... 73 ARTICLE IV - LEGAL LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS 4A. NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS 4A.1 Definitions .................................................................................... 74 4A.2 Actual Deferral Percentage Test ................................................................ 75 4A.3 Special Rules - ADP Test ....................................................................... 76 4A.4 Actual Contribution Percentage Test ............................................................ 77 4A.5 Special Rules - ADP/ACP Tests .................................................................. 78 4B. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS 4B.1 Definitions .................................................................................... 80 4B.2 Basic Limitation ............................................................................... 85 4B.3 Estimated Maximum Permissible Amount ........................................................... 85 4B.4 Actual Maximum Permissible Amount .............................................................. 85 4B.5 Participants Covered by Another Prototype Defined Contribution Plan ............................ 86 4B.6 Participants Covered by Non-Prototype Defined Contribution Plan ................................ 87 4B.7 Participants Covered by Defined Benefit Plan ................................................... 87 4C. TREATMENT OF EXCESSES 4C.1 Definitions .................................................................................... 87 4C.2 Excess Elective Deferral Contributions ......................................................... 88 4C.3 Excess Annual Additions ........................................................................ 89 4C.4 Excess Contributions ........................................................................... 90 4C.5 Excess Aggregate Contributions ................................................................. 91 |
ARTICLE V - PARTICIPANT PROVISIONS 5A. ANNUITY CONTRACT AND PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT 5A.1 Participant's Account .......................................................................... 93 5A.2 Investment Transfers ........................................................................... 93 5A.3 Participant's Account Valuation ................................................................ 93 5B. LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES 5B.1 Optional Purchase of Life Insurance ............................................................ 94 5B.2 Premiums on Life Insurance Policies ............................................................ 94 5B.3 Limitations on Premiums ........................................................................ 94 5B.4 Disposal ....................................................................................... 95 5B.5 Rights under Policies .......................................................................... 95 5B.6 Loans .......................................................................................... 95 5B.7 Conditions of Coverage ......................................................................... 95 5B.8 Policy Not Yet in Force ........................................................................ 95 5B.9 Value of Policy ................................................................................ 95 5B.10 Dividends ...................................................................................... 96 5B.11 Distribution ................................................................................... 96 5B.12 Application .................................................................................... 96 5C. LOANS 5C.1 Loans to Participants .......................................................................... 96 5C.2 Loan Procedures ................................................................................ 97 5C.3 USERRA Loan Suspension.......................................................................... 98 5D. PARTICIPANTS' RIGHTS 5D.1 General Rights of Participants and Beneficiaries ............................................... 98 5D.2 Filing a Claim for Benefits .................................................................... 98 5D.3 Denial of Claim ................................................................................ 98 5D.4 Remedies Available to Participants ............................................................. 98 5D.5 Limitation of Rights ........................................................................... 99 5D.6 100% Vested Contributions ...................................................................... 99 5D.7 Reinstatement of Benefit ....................................................................... 99 5D.8 Non-Alienation ................................................................................. 99 ARTICLE VI - OVERSEER PROVISIONS 6A. FIDUCIARY DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 6A.1 General Fiduciary Standard of Conduct .......................................................... 110 6A.2 Service in Multiple Capacities ................................................................. 110 6A.3 Limitations on Fiduciary Liability ............................................................. 110 6A.4 Investment Manager ............................................................................. 110 6B. THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR 6B.1 Designation and Acceptance ..................................................................... 110 6B.2 Duties and Responsibility ...................................................................... 110 6B.3 Special Duties ................................................................................. 111 6B.4 Expenses and Compensation ...................................................................... 111 6B.5 Information from Employer ...................................................................... 111 6B.6 Administrative Committee; Multiple Signatures .................................................. 111 6B.7 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .............................................. 112 |
6B.8 Investment Manager ............................................................................. 112 6B.9 Delegation of Duties ........................................................................... 112 6C. TRUST AGREEMENT 6C.1 Creation and Acceptance of Trust ............................................................... 113 6C.2 Trustee Capacity; Co-Trustees .................................................................. 113 6C.3 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee ...................................... 113 6C.4 Taxes, Expenses and Compensation of Trustee .................................................... 113 6C.5 Trustee Entitled to Consultation ............................................................... 114 6C.6 Rights, Powers and Duties of Trustee ........................................................... 114 6C.7 Evidence of Trustee Action ..................................................................... 116 6C.8 Investment Policy .............................................................................. 116 6C.9 Period of the Trust ............................................................................ 117 6D. THE INSURANCE COMPANY 6D.1 Duties and Responsibilities .................................................................... 117 6D.2 Relation to Employer, Plan Administrator and Participants ...................................... 117 6D.3 Relation to Trustee ............................................................................ 117 6E. ADOPTING EMPLOYER 6E.1 Election to Become Adopting Employer ........................................................... 117 6E.2 Definition ..................................................................................... 118 6E.3 Effective Date of Plan ......................................................................... 118 6E.4 Forfeitures .................................................................................... 118 6E.5 Contributions .................................................................................. 118 6E.6 Expenses ....................................................................................... 118 6E.7 Substitution of Plans .......................................................................... 118 6E.8 Termination of Plans ........................................................................... 118 6E.9 Amendment ...................................................................................... 118 6E.10 Plan Administrator's Authority ................................................................. 119 ARTICLE VII - SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY AFFECT THE PLAN 7A. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS 7A.1 Definitions .................................................................................... 120 7A.2 Minimum Allocation ............................................................................. 123 7A.3 Minimum Vesting Schedule ....................................................................... 124 7B. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR MERGER OF THE PLAN 7B.1 Amendment of Elections under Adoption Agreement by Employer .................................... 125 7B.2 Amendment of Plan, Trust, and Form of Adoption Agreement ....................................... 126 7B.3 Conditions of Amendment ........................................................................ 127 7B.4 Termination of the Plan ........................................................................ 127 7B.5 Full Vesting ................................................................................... 127 7B.6 Application of Forfeitures ..................................................................... 127 7B.7 Merger with Other Plan ......................................................................... 127 7B.8 Transfer from Other Plans ...................................................................... 128 7B.9 Transfer to Other Plans ........................................................................ 128 7B.10 Approval by the Internal Revenue Service ....................................................... 128 7B.11 Subsequent Unfavorable Determination ........................................................... 129 7C. SUBSTITUTION OF PLANS |
7C.1 Substitution of Plans .......................................................................... 129 7C.2 Transfer of Assets ............................................................................. 129 7C.3 Substitution for Pre-Existing Master or Prototype Plan ......................................... 130 7C.4 Partial Substitution or Partial Transfer of the Plan or Assets ................................. 130 ARTICLE VIII - MISCELLANEOUS 8.1 Nonreversion ................................................................................... 131 8.2 Gender and Number .............................................................................. 131 8.3 Reference to the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA ............................................... 131 8.4 Governing Law .................................................................................. 131 8.5 Compliance with the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA ............................................ 131 8.6 Contribution Recapture ......................................................................... 131 |
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT NUMBER 03
The Plan set forth herein may be adopted by an Employer and accepted by the Plan Administrator and, if applicable, the Trustee by executing an Adoption Agreement, which together shall constitute the Employer's Plan, for the exclusive benefit of its eligible Employees and their Beneficiaries, as fully as if set forth in said Adoption Agreement; provided, however, no Employer may adopt this Plan except with the consent of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
An Employer's adoption of this Plan shall not supersede any previously adopted amendments made to reflect the provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001(EGTRRA) or Code section 401(a)(9) final regulations.
ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS
1.1 ACCRUED BENEFIT. The term Accrued Benefit means the value of the Participant's Account on any applicable date.
1.2 ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Additional Matching Contributions means additional discretionary Matching Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer, as authorized by its Board of Directors by resolution. Additional Matching Contributions shall be treated as Matching Contributions for nondiscrimination testing and allocation purposes.
1.3 ADDITIONAL NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Additional Nonelective Contributions means additional discretionary Nonelective Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer, as authorized by its Board of Directors by resolution.
1.4 ADOPTION AGREEMENT. The term Adoption Agreement means the prescribed agreement by which the Employer adopts this Plan, and which sets forth the elective provisions of this Plan as specified by the Employer.
1.5 ALTERNATE PAYEE. The term Alternate Payee means a person, other than the Participant, identified under a QDRO to be a recipient of part or all of the Participant's benefit under the Plan.
1.6 ANNUITY. The term Annuity means a series of payments made over a specified period of time.
1.7 ANNUITY CONTRACT. The term Annuity Contract means the group annuity contract form issued by the Insurance Company to fund the benefits provided under this Plan, as such contract may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. The Employer will specify and communicate to its Employees the types of investments available under this Plan and Annuity Contract.
1.8 ANNUITY STARTING DATE. The term Annuity Starting Date means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an Annuity or any other form.
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
1.9 BENEFICIARY. The term Beneficiary means the beneficiary or beneficiaries entitled to any benefits under a Participant's Account hereunder upon the death of a Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee pursuant to a QDRO. If any Life Insurance Policy is purchased on the life of a Participant hereunder, the Beneficiary under such Policy shall be designated separately therein. However, any such Beneficiary designation shall be subject to the terms of Section 3C. A Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse, if any, unless the Participant designates a person or persons other than his Spouse as Beneficiary with his Spouse's written consent. A Participant may designate a Beneficiary on the form approved by the Plan Administrator. If any distribution is made to a Beneficiary in the form of an Annuity, and if such Annuity provides for a death benefit, then such Beneficiary shall also have a right to designate a beneficiary and to change that beneficiary from time to time. As an alternative to receiving the benefit in the form of an Annuity, the Beneficiary may elect to receive a single cash payment or any other form of payment provided by the Employer's election in the Adoption Agreement. If no Beneficiary has been designated pursuant to the provisions of this Section, or if no Beneficiary survives the Participant and he has no surviving Spouse, then the Beneficiary under the Plan shall be the deceased Participant's surviving children in equal shares or, if there are no surviving children, the Participant's estate. If a Beneficiary dies after becoming entitled to receive a distribution under the Plan but before distribution is made to him in full, and if no other Beneficiary has been designated to receive the balance of the distribution in that event, the estate of the deceased Beneficiary shall be the Beneficiary for the balance of the distribution. If the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, an Alternate Payee and/or Beneficiary shall be allowed to direct the investment of his segregated portion of the Participant's Account, pursuant to Section 5A. An individual who is designated as an Alternate Payee in a QDRO relating to a Participant's benefits under this Plan shall be treated as a Beneficiary hereunder, to the extent provided by such order. 1.10 BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The term Board of Directors means the Employer's board of directors or other comparable governing body. 1.11 CODA. The term CODA means cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code section 401(k) and the regulations thereunder. 1.12 CODE. The term Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 1.13 COMPENSATION. The term Compensation means Compensation as defined below. For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation shall mean Earned Income. Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid to the Participant during the applicable Determination Period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the "Determination |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
Period" shall be the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer makes no election, the Determination Period shall be the Plan Year.
An Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to use one of the following definitions of Compensation for purposes of allocating all contributions:
(a) WAGES, TIPS, AND OTHER COMPENSATION BOX ON FORM W-2. (Information required to be reported under Code sections 6041, 6051 and 6052). Wages within the meaning of Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).
(b) SECTION 3401(a) WAGES. Wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).
(c) 415 SAFE-HARBOR COMPENSATION. Wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Code section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:
(1) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includable in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
(2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
(3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
(4) Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).
(d) MODIFIED WAGES, TIPS, AND OTHER COMPENSATION BOX ON FORM W-2. Compensation as defined in subsection (a) above, but reduced by all of the following items (even if includable in gross income): reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits. This definition may not be used by standardized plans or plans using a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security.
(e) MODIFIED SECTION 3401(a) WAGES. Compensation as defined in subsection (b) above, but reduced by all of the following items (even if includable in gross income): reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits. This definition may not be used by standardized plans or plans using a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security.
(f) MODIFIED 415 SAFE-HARBOR COMPENSATION. Compensation as defined in subsection (c) above, but reduced by all of the following items (even if includable in gross income): reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits. This definition may not be used by standardized plans or plans using a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security.
(g) REGULAR OR BASE SALARY OR WAGES. Regular or base salary or wages (excluding overtime and bonuses) received during the applicable period by the Employee from the Employer. This definition may not be used by standardized plans or plans using a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security.
(h) REGULAR OR BASE SALARY WAGES PLUS OVERTIME AND/OR BONUSES. Regular or base salary or wages, plus either or both overtime and/or bonuses, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, received during the applicable period by the Employee from the Employer. This definition may not be used by standardized plans or plans using a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security.
(i) A REASONABLE ALTERNATIVE DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION, as that term is used in Code section 414(s)(3) and the regulations thereunder, provided that the definition does not favor
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
Highly Compensated Employees and satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements under Code section 414(s). This definition may not be used by standardized plans or plans using a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security.
For years beginning before January 1, 1998, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b).
For years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall exclude any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in gross income of the Employee under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402 (h)(1)(B) or 403(b).
Effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or such earlier date specified in section IV.C of the Adoption Agreement which cannot be earlier than January 1, 1998), Code section 132(f)(4) deferrals shall be treated in the same manner as section 125 deferrals.
For years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any Determination Period beginning in such calendar year.
If a Determination Period consists of fewer than 12 calendar months, then the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the annual compensation limit for the calendar year in which the compensation period begins, multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the period by 12.
For Determination Periods beginning before January 1, 1997, in determining the Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limit, the rules of Code section 414(q)(6), as in effect prior to January 1, 1997, shall apply, except in applying such rules, the term "family" shall include only the spouse of the Participant and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19 before the close of the year. If, as a result of the application of such rules, the adjusted annual Compensation limit is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion of Compensation up to the integration level if this Plan uses a contribution or allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security), the limit shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual's Compensation as determined under this Section prior to the application of this limit. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply for Determination Periods beginning on or after January 1, 1997.
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
In determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation limit in effect for Determination Periods beginning before that date is $150,000. 1.14 CONSIDERED NET PROFITS. The term Considered Net Profits means the entire amount of the accumulated or current operating profits (excluding capital gains from the sale or involuntary conversion of capital or business assets) of the Employer after all expenses and charges other than (1) the Employer contribution to this and any other qualified plan, and (2) federal, state or local taxes based upon or measured by income, as determined by the Employer, either on an estimated basis or a final basis, in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles used by the Employer. When, for any Plan Year, the amount of Considered Net Profits has been determined by the Employer, and the Employer contribution made on the basis of such determination, such determination and contribution shall be final and conclusive and shall not be subject to change because of any adjustments in income or expense which may be required by the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise. Such determination and contribution shall not be open to question by any Participant either before or after the Employer contribution has been made. In the case of an Employer that is a non-profit entity, the term Considered Net Profits means the entire amount of the accumulated or current operating surplus (excluding capital gains from the sale or involuntary conversion of capital or business assets) of the Employer after all expenses and charges other than (1) the contribution made by the Employer to the Plan, and (2) federal, state or local taxes based upon or measured by income, in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles used by the Employer. 1.15 CONTRIBUTION PERIOD. The term Contribution Period means that regular period, specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, for which the Employer shall make Employer contributions, if any, and that regular period specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, for which Participants may make Employee Contributions, if any, and Elective Deferral Contributions, if any. The first Contribution Period may be an irregular period, not longer than one month, commencing not prior to the Effective Date. However, the first Contribution Period for Elective Deferral Contributions may not commence before the later of the Plan's Effective Date or adoption date. 1.16 DAVIS-BACON ACT The term Davis-Bacon Act means the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. section 276(a) et seq., as amended from time to time), which guarantees minimum wages to laborers and mechanics employed on Federal government contracts for the construction, alteration, or repair of public buildings or works. The minimums are the amounts found by the Secretary of Labor to be prevailing for similar workers in the area in which the work is to be done. The term "wages" as used in the Davis-Bacon Act includes, in addition to the basic hourly rate of pay, contributions irrevocably made to trustees for pension benefits for laborers and mechanics employed on Federal government contracts and the |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
cost of other fringe benefits. However, overtime pay is to be computed only on the basis of the basic hourly rate of pay. Davis-Bacon contributions are only allowed in non-standardized plans. 1.17 DISABILITY. The term Disability means a Participant's incapacity to engage in any substantial gainful activity because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence. All Participants in similar circumstances shall be treated alike. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, nonforfeitable contributions will be made to the Plan on behalf of all disabled Participants. 1.18 DISABILITY RETIREMENT DATE. The term Disability Retirement Date means the first day of the month after the Plan Administrator has determined that a Participant's incapacity is a Disability. A Participant who retires from the Service of the Employer as of his Disability Retirement Date shall have a Vesting Percentage of 100% and shall be entitled to receive a distribution of the entire value of his Participant's Account and any Life Insurance Policies, or the values thereof, as of his Disability Retirement Date, subject to the provisions of Section 3A and Section 3C. 1.19 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE. If the Employer has specified in its Adoption Agreement that Early Retirement is permitted, then the term Early Retirement Date means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date a Participant is separated from Service with the Employer for any reason other than death or Disability, provided that on such date the Participant has attained the conditions specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement and has not attained his Normal Retirement Age. A Participant who retires from the Service of the Employer on or after his Early Retirement Date shall have a Vesting Percentage of 100% and shall be entitled to receive a distribution of the entire value of his Participant's Account and any Life Insurance Policies, or the values thereof, as of his Early Retirement Date, subject to the provisions of Section 3A and Section 3C. If a Participant separates from Service before satisfying the age requirement for Early Retirement, but has satisfied the Service requirement, the Participant shall be 100% vested as of his Termination of Employment date, but he will not be eligible for a distribution of the entire value of his Participant's Account until satisfying such age requirement. 1.20 EARNED INCOME. The term Earned Income means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, and for which the personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions made by the |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code section 404. Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deductions allowed to the taxpayer by Code section 164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989. 1.21 EFFECTIVE DATE. The term Effective Date means the date specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement as the Effective Date of the Plan. 1.22 ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Elective Deferral Contributions means contributions made by the Employer to the Plan at the election of the Participant (or, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, through a deemed election by an Employee), in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's elective deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any CODA, any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in section 402(h)(1)(B), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan as described in section 457, any plan described in section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferral Contributions shall not include those contributions properly distributed as Excess Annual Additions, as defined in Section 4C.1(b). 1.23 EMPLOYEE. The term Employee means any employee of the Employer maintaining the Plan or any other employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under Code sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o). The term Employee also includes any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee of the Employer in accordance with Code sections 414(n) or (o). If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, an individual shall not be treated as an Employee unless he or she is reported on the payroll, income tax withholding, wage tax liability, or worker compensation coverage records, or any such similar record, of the Employer as a common law employee, or is otherwise explicitly covered as a Leased Employee. Under this provision, individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer on the type of records previously described shall be excluded from participation in the Plan even if a court or administrative agency later determines that such individuals are common law employees. This provision applies only to non-standardized plans. 1.24 EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Employee Contributions means contributions to this Plan or any other plan, that are designated |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
or treated at the time of contribution as after-tax contributions made by the Employee and are allocated to a separate account to which attributable earnings and losses are allocated. Such term includes Required Employee Contributions, Voluntary Employee Contributions, Prior Required Employee Contributions, and Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions. 1.25 EMPLOYER. The term Employer means the employer that adopts this Plan. In the case of a group of Employers that constitutes a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)) or that constitutes trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that are under common control (as defined in section 414(c)) or that constitutes an affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m)), Service with all such employers shall be considered Service with the Employer for purposes of eligibility and vesting. The term Employer shall also mean any Adopting Employer as defined in Section 6E.2. A state or local government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, may not elect a 401(k) option (CODA) in the Adoption Agreement, unless the sponsoring entity is a rural cooperative as defined in Code section 401(k)(7)(E)(iv). 1.26 ENTRY DATE. The term Entry Date means either the Effective Date or each applicable date thereafter as specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, when an Employee who has fulfilled the eligibility requirements commences participation in the Plan. If an Employee is not in the active Service of the Employer as of his initial Entry Date, his subsequent Entry Date shall be the date he returns to the active Service of the Employer, provided he still meets the eligibility requirements. If an Employee does not enroll as a Participant as of his initial Entry Date, his subsequent Entry Date shall be the applicable Entry Date as specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement when the Employee actually enrolls as a Participant. 1.27 ERISA. The term ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (PL93-406) as it may be amended from time to time, and any regulations issued pursuant thereto as such Act and such regulations affect this Plan and Trust. 1.28 FIDUCIARY. The term Fiduciary means any or all of the following, as applicable: (a) Any Person who exercises any discretionary authority or control respecting the management of the Plan or its assets; (b) Any Person who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, respecting any monies or other property of the Plan or has authority or responsibility to do so; (c) Any Person who has discretionary authority or responsibility in the administration of the Plan; |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
(d) Any Person who has been designated by a Named Fiduciary pursuant to authority granted by the Plan, who acts to carry out a fiduciary responsibility, subject to any exceptions granted directly or indirectly by ERISA. 1.29 FORFEITURE. The term Forfeiture means the amount, if any, by which the value of a Participant's Account exceeds his Vested Interest upon the occurrence of an immediate Break-in-Service, a 1-Year Break-in-Service or 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service, as elected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement pursuant to Section 3D.5, following such Participant's Termination of Employment. 1.30 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. The term Highly Compensated Employee includes both Highly Compensated Active Employees and Highly Compensated Former Employees. (a) STANDARD METHOD: Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, a "Highly Compensated Active Employee" includes any Employee who performs service for the Employer during the Plan Year and who: (1) During either the current Plan Year (the "Determination Period") or the immediately preceding 12-month period (the "Look-Back Year"), owns (or is considered to own within the meaning of section 318 of the Code, as modified by section 416(I)(1)(B)(iii) of the Code) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5% of the total voting power of all stock of the Employer, or, if the Employer is other than a corporation, owns more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. The determination of 5% ownership shall be made separately for each member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)), or a group of businesses under common control (as defined in Code section 414(c)), or for an affiliated service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)); or |
(2) During the Look-Back Year,
(A) Received Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as indexed); and
(B) If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, was in the top 20% of Employees of the Employer ranked by Compensation (the "Top-Paid Group").
A "Highly Compensated Former Employee" includes any Employee who separated from Service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the Determination Year, performs no service for the Employer during the Determination Year, and was a highly compensated active employee for either the separation year or any Determination Year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday.
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of the Employees in the top-paid group, will be made in accordance with Code section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.
If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a Plan with a non-calendar year Plan Year may elect to treat the calendar year beginning with or within the Look-Back Year as the Look-Back Year for purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee on account of the Employee's Compensation for a Look-Back Year.
For purposes of this definition, Compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Code section 415(c)(3). For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, for purposes of this definition, Compensation also includes elective or salary reduction contributions to a cafeteria plan, CODA or tax-sheltered annuity even though excluded from the definition under Code section 415(c)(3) for those years.
Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after the date specified by the Employer in section XIII.C of the Adoption Agreement (Limitations on Allocations), Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Code section 132(f)(4).
(b) HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE DETERMINATION ON SNAPSHOT BASIS:
If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the
Employer may determine who is a Highly Compensated Employee
and substantiate that the Plan complies with the
nondiscrimination requirements on the basis of the Employer's
work force on a single day during the Plan Year, provided that
day is reasonably representative of the Employer's work force
and the Plan's coverage throughout the Plan Year. The day
elected by the Employer and indicated on the Adoption
Agreement shall be the "Snapshot Day."
To apply the snapshot basis methodology:
(1) The Employer determines who is a Highly Compensated Employee on the basis of the data as of the Snapshot Day, except as provided in (3) below.
(2) If the determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee is made earlier than the last day of the Plan Year, the Employee's Compensation that is used to determine an Employee's status must be projected for the Plan Year under a reasonable method established by the Employer.(3) If there are Employees not employed on the Snapshot Day who are taken into account in testing, they must be determined to be either Highly Compensated Employees or non-Highly Compensated Employees. In addition to those Employees who are determined to be Highly Compensated Employees on the Plan's Snapshot Day, the Employer
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
must treat as a Highly Compensated Employee any eligible Employee for the Plan Year who: (a) Terminated employment prior to the Snapshot Day and was a 5% Owner in the prior or current Plan Year; (b) Terminated employment prior to the Snapshot Day and had Compensation for the Look-Back Year greater than or equal to the Compensation in the Look-Back Year of any Employee who is treated as a Highly Compensated Employee on the Snapshot Day (except for Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees solely because they are 5-percent owners; or (c) Becomes employed during the Plan Year but after the Snapshot Day and is a 5-percent owner. 1.31 INSURANCE COMPANY. The term Insurance Company means Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, a legal reserve life insurance company of Hartford, Connecticut. If any company other than Connecticut General Life Insurance Company has issued any Life Insurance Policy held by the Trustee under the Plan, then with respect to such Policy only and matters pertaining directly thereto, the term Insurance Company shall be deemed to refer to such other issuing company. 1.32 LATE RETIREMENT DATE. The term Late Retirement Date means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date a Participant is separated from Service with the Employer after his Normal Retirement Age, for any reason other than death. 1.33 LEASED EMPLOYEE. The term Leased Employee means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person ("leasing organization"), has performed services for the recipient Employer (or for the recipient Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient Employer if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan of the leasing organization providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross income under section 125, section 402(e)(3), section 402(h)(1)(B), section 403(b) or section 132(f)(4) of the Code, (b) immediate participation, and (c) full and immediate vesting; and Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's non-highly compensated work force. |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
1.34 LIFE ANNUITY The term Life Annuity means an Annuity payable over the life or life expectancy of one or more individuals. 1.35 LIFE INSURANCE POLICY. The term Life Insurance Policy (or Policy) means a policy of individual life insurance purchased from the Insurance Company on the life of any Participant. 1.36 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Matching Contributions means contributions made by the Employer to the Plan for a Participant on account of either Elective Deferral Contributions or Required Employee Contributions. In addition, any Forfeiture reallocated as a Matching Contribution shall be considered a Matching Contribution for purposes of this Plan. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Matching Contributions shall be made out of Considered Net Profits in an amount specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement for each $1.00 contributed as either an Elective Deferral Contribution or a Required Employee Contribution, as further specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement. The term Matching Contributions shall include Additional Matching Contributions, True-Up Contributions, ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, and ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Should there be insufficient Considered Net Profits of the Employer for such Employer contribution, the amount of such Matching Contributions may be diminished to the amount that can be made from the Employer's Considered Net Profits. The Employer may designate at the time of contribution that all or a portion of such Matching Contributions be treated as Qualified Matching Contributions. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Partners shall not be entitled to receive Matching Contributions. If Partners are entitled to receive Matching Contributions, for Plan Years prior to 1998, such Contributions shall be considered Elective Deferral Contributions for all purposes under this Plan. 1.37 MONEY PURCHASE PENSION CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Money Purchase Pension Contributions means contributions made to the Plan by the Employer in accordance with a definite formula as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 1.38 NAMED FIDUCIARY. The term Named Fiduciary means the Administrator and any other Fiduciary designated by the Employer, and any successor thereto. 1.39 NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Nonelective Contributions means contributions made to the Plan by the Employer in accordance with a definite formula as specified in the Adoption Agreement. The Employer may designate at the time of contribution that the Nonelective Contribution shall be treated as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution. The term Nonelective Contributions shall include nonelective contributions that are ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions. |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
1.40 NON-TRUSTEED. The term Non-Trusteed means that the Employer has specified in the Adoption Agreement that there will not be a Trust as a part of the Plan. Contributions under a Non-Trusteed plan will be made directly to the Insurance Company. If the Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement that the Plan is Non-Trusteed, then the terms and provisions of this Plan relating to the Trust shall be of no force or effect. 1.41 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. The term Normal Retirement Age means the age selected in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, an Employee's right to his or her account balance shall be nonforfeitable upon the attainment of Normal Retirement Age. 1.42 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE. The term Normal Retirement Date means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date a Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age. If a Participant retires from the Service of the Employer on his Normal Retirement Date, he shall receive a distribution of the entire value of his Participant's Account, as of his Normal Retirement Date, subject to the provisions of Section 3A and Section 3C. 1.43 OWNER-EMPLOYEE. The term Owner-Employee means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a Partner owning more than 10 percent of either the capital or profits interest of the Partnership. 1.44 PARTICIPANT. The term Participant means any person who has a Participant's Account in the Plan and/or Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of making or receiving contributions under the plan, the term Participant means a current or former Employee who is or was employed during the Contribution Period or Plan Year, as applicable, and who meets or met the eligibility and allocation requirements for participation, as further described in the Adoption Agreement. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, and only for purposes of the investment of contributions as described in Section 5A, the term Participant shall include former Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate Payees. Former Participants shall include those Participants who upon Termination of Employment elected to defer distribution in accordance with Section 3A of the Plan. 1.45 PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT. The term Participant's Account means the sum of the following sub-accounts maintained on behalf of each Participant. (a) Money Purchase Pension Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
(b) Nonelective Contributions, including any Nonelective Contributions that are ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (c) Matching Contributions, including any Matching Contributions that are ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, or True-Up Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (d) Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (e) Qualified Matching Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (f) Prior Employer Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (g) Elective Deferral Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (h) Employee Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (i) QVEC Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon; (j) Rollover Contributions, if any, plus any income and minus any loss thereon. A Participant's Account shall be invested in accordance with rules established by the Plan Administrator that shall be applied in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner. 1.46 PARTICIPANT'S EMPLOYER STOCK ACCOUNT. The term Participant's Employer Stock Account means that portion, if any, of the Participant's Account which is invested in shares of the Employer's stock. Such Participant's Employer Stock Account shall be credited with dividends paid, if any. Such Participant's Employer Stock Account will be valued on each day that the public exchange, over which the Employer's stock is traded, is open for unrestricted trading. In the event that the Employer's stock is not publicly traded, it shall be valued not less frequently than annually. Amounts that are invested in the Participant's Employer Stock Account may be invested in any short term account prior to actual investment in the Participant's Employer Stock Account. As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement: (a) The Trustee will vote the shares of the Employer's stock invested in the Participant's Employer Stock Account; or (b) The Trustee will vote the shares of the Employer's stock in accordance with any instructions received by the Trustee from the Participant; or |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
(c) The Trustee may request voting instructions from the Participants provided this is done in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner. As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may offer investment in, and Participants may invest in, shares of any or all Employers (as designated by the sponsoring Employer) that are part of the same controlled group of corporations or trades or business under common control as the sponsoring employer, whether or not a Participant is employed by that particular entity. Alternatively, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, investment may be limited to the stock of the specific Employer or Adopting Employer that employees the Participant. The ability of a Participant who is subject to the reporting requirements of section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act") to make withdrawals or investment changes involving the Participant's Employer Stock Account may be restricted by the Plan Administrator to comply with the rules under section 16(b) of the Act. Effective January 1, 1999, plans that contain a CODA may invest no more than 10% of the Plan's assets attributable to elective deferrals Contributions in Employer stock, unless (a) Participants direct the investment in Employer stock, (b) an Elective Deferral Contribution of no more than 1% of Compensation (as defined in the Plan for purposes of making Elective Deferral Contributions) is required to be invested in Employer stock, or (c) on the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the fair market value of all assets in all the defined contribution plans of the Employer equal no more than 10% of all of the Employer's plans' assets (excluding any multiemployer plans). A money purchase pension plan making an initial investment in shares of the Employer's stock after December 31, 1974, may not acquire shares to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the Employer's stock held by the Plan will exceed 10 percent of the fair market value of the assets of the Plan. 1.47 PARTNER. The term Partner means a member of a Partnership. 1.48 PARTNERSHIP. The term Partnership means a partnership as defined in Code section 7701(a)(2) and the regulations thereunder and includes a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture, or other unincorporated organization through or by means of which any business, financial operation, or venture is carried on, and which is not a corporation or a trust or estate within the meaning of the Code. A joint undertaking merely to share expenses is not a Partnership. In addition, mere co-ownership of property which is maintained, kept in repair, and rented or leased does not constitute a Partnership. 1.49 PERSON. The term Person means any natural person, partnership, corporation, trust or estate. 1.50 PLAN. The term Plan means this Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Defined Contribution Plan and the Adoption |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
Agreement as adopted by the Employer and as both may be amended from time to time. 1.51 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. The term Plan Administrator means the Person or Persons designated by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement and any successor(s) thereto. If more than one Person shall be designated, the committee thus formed shall be known as the Administrative Committee and all references in the Plan to the Plan Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Administrative Committee. The Plan Administrator shall signify in writing his acceptance of his responsibility as a Named Fiduciary. 1.52 PLAN YEAR. The term Plan Year means the 12-consecutive month period specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan Year changes to a different 12-consecutive month period, the first new Plan Year shall begin before the end of the last old Plan Year. In this event, the period beginning on the first day of the last old Plan Year and ending on the day before the first day of the first new Plan Year shall be treated as a short Plan Year for purposes of determining Highly Compensated Employees, performing the Nondiscrimination Tests set forth in Section 4A, and applying the Top-Heavy provisions of Section 7A. However, Service will be credited in accordance with the provisions of Section 2A.8. 1.53 PREVAILING WAGE LAW The term Prevailing Wage Law means any statute or ordinance that requires the Employer to pay its Employees working on public contracts at wage rates not less than those determined pursuant to that statute classes of workers in the geographical area where the contract is performed, including the Davis-Bacon Act and similar Federal, state, or municipal prevailing wage statutes. 1.54 PRIOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Prior Employer Contributions means contributions of a type no longer allowed under the terms of this Plan and the Adoption Agreement made by the Employer prior to the date indicated on the Adoption Agreement. 1.55 PRIOR REQUIRED EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS The term Prior Required Employee Contributions means Employee post-tax contributions that the Employer required as either a condition of participation, or for receiving an Employer contribution, prior to the date indicated on the Adoption Agreement. 1.56 PRIOR VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS The term Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions means post-tax contributions made voluntarily by an Employee prior to the date indicated on the Adoption Agreement. 1.57 QDRO. The term QDRO means a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as determined in accordance with Code section 414(p) and regulations thereunder. 1.58 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Qualified Matching Contributions means Matching Contributions which are subject to |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements of Code section 401(k) when made. 1.59 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Qualified Nonelective Contributions means Nonelective Contributions made by the Employer and allocated to Participants' accounts that the Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made; and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. 1.60 QVEC CONTRIBUTIONS. The term QVEC Contributions means voluntary amounts contributed by the Participant prior to January 1, 1987, which the Participant designated in writing were eligible for a tax deduction under Code section 219(a). QVEC Contributions will be maintained in a separate account, which will be nonforfeitable (i.e., 100% vested) at all times. The account will share in the gains and losses under the Plan in the same manner as described in Section 5A.3 of the Plan. 1.61 REQUIRED EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Required Employee Contributions means Employee post-tax contributions that the Employer requires either as a condition of participation or for receipt of an Employer contribution. 1.62 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION. The term Rollover Contribution means an amount representing all or part of a distribution from a pension or profit sharing plan meeting the requirements of Code section 401(a), which is eligible for rollover to this Plan in accordance with the requirements set forth in Code section 402 (including Direct Rollovers) or Code section 408(d)(3), whichever is applicable. 1.63 SALARY DEFERRAL AGREEMENT. The term Salary Deferral Agreement means an agreement between a Participant and the Employer to defer receipt of a portion of the Participant's Compensation by making Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the term Salary Deferral Agreement shall also include a deemed election by an Employee to defer receipt of Compensation by making Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan. 1.64 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL. The term Self-Employed Individual means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established; also, an individual who would have Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. 1.65 SERIOUS FINANCIAL HARDSHIP. The term Serious Financial Hardship means an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant where such Participant lacks the available resources to meet the hardship. The Plan Administrator shall make a determination of whether a Serious Financial Hardship exists in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3E. |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
1.66 SHAREHOLDER-EMPLOYEE The term Shareholder-Employee means an Employee or officer of an electing small business S corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code section 318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation. 1.67 SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LEVEL. The term Social Security Integration Level means the Social Security Taxable Wage Base or such lesser amount specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Social Security Taxable Wage Base is amended, the Social Security Integration Level will be deemed to have been amended. 1.68 SOCIAL SECURITY TAXABLE WAGE BASE. The term Social Security Taxable Wage Base means the contribution and benefit base in effect under section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of the Plan Year. 1.69 SPONSORING ORGANIZATION. The term Sponsoring Organization means Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, a legal reserve life insurance company of Hartford, Connecticut. 1.70 SPOUSE. The term Spouse means the lawful wife of a male Participant, or the lawful husband of a female Participant. However, a former Spouse will be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a QDRO. 1.71 STRAIGHT LIFE ANNUITY. The term Straight Life Annuity means an annuity payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant, and that terminates upon the Participant's death. 1.72 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The term Termination of Employment means a severance of the Employer-Employee relationship which occurs prior to a Participant's Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than Early Retirement, Disability, or death. 1.73 TRUE-UP CONTRIBUTIONS. The term True-Up Contributions means Matching Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer so that total Matching Contributions for each Participant are calculated on an annual basis rather than on the basis selected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 1.74 TRUST. The term Trust means the Trust Agreement if the Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement that the Plan is Trusteed. The Trust Agreement is entered into by the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee by completing and signing the Adoption Agreement, which Trust Agreement forms a part of, and implements the provisions of the Plan as it applies to the Employer. If the Employer specifies in the Adoption Agreement that the Plan is Non-Trusteed, then the terms and provisions of this Plan relating to the Trust shall be of no force and effect. 1.75 TRUSTEE. The term Trustee means the trustee(s) designated by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, if applicable, and any successor(s) thereto. |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
1.76 VESTED INTEREST. The term Vested Interest means the nonforfeitable right to an immediate or deferred benefit on any date in the amount which is equal to the sum of (a), (b) and (c) below: (a) The value on that date of that portion of the Participant's Account that is attributable to and derived from Employee Contributions, if any; (b) The value on that date of the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions, if any; Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if any; QVEC Contributions, if any; Rollover Contributions, if any; ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, if any; ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any; and Qualified Matching Contributions, if any; (c) The value on that date of that portion of the Participant's Account that is attributable to and derived from contributions made by the Employer (and Forfeitures, if any), multiplied by his Vesting Percentage determined on the date applicable. Employer contributions described in subsection (c), plus the earnings thereon, shall be, at any relevant time, a part of the Participant's Vested Interest equal to an amount ("X") determined by the following formula: X = P (AB + D) - D For purposes of applying this formula: P = The Participant's Vesting Percentage at the relevant time. AB = The account balance attributable to such contributions, plus the earnings there on, at the relevant time. D = The amount of any distribution. A deemed distribution shall not be treated as an actual distribution for purposes of applying this calculation. The amount of any deemed distribution shall not be included in "D." 1.77 VESTING PERCENTAGE. The term Vesting Percentage means the Participant's nonforfeitable interest in Money Purchase Pension Contributions, Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions, or Prior Employer Contributions credited to his Participant's Account, plus any income and minus any loss thereon. The Vesting Percentage for each such Employer contribution is computed in accordance with one of the schedules listed below, based on Years of Service with the Employer, as |
specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement:
(a) 100% full and immediate;
(b) 100% after 3 Years of Service;
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
(c) 20% per Year of Service, 100% at 5 Years of Service; (d) 20% after 3 Years of Service, 20% per Year of Service thereafter, 100% at 7 Years of Service; (e) 20% after 2 Years of Service, 20% per Year of Service thereafter, 100% at 6 Years of Service; (f) 100% after 5 Years of Service; (g) 25% after 1 Year of Service, 100% after 4 Years of Service; (h) Other. However, if a Participant dies prior to attaining his Normal Retirement Age, his Vesting Percentage shall be 100%. Any Employer Contributions under the Plan made pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act or any other prevailing wage law shall always have a vesting percentage of 100%. 1.78 VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Voluntary Employee Contributions means post-tax contributions made voluntarily by an Employee. |
Article I - Definitions February 6, 2002
ARTICLE II - GENERAL PROVISIONS
2A. SERVICE
2A.1 SERVICE. The term Service means active employment with the Employer as an Employee. Service shall be credited for purposes of Eligibility, Contributions, and Benefits with respect to qualified military service in accordance with section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code. 2A.2 ABSENCE FROM EMPLOYMENT. Absence from employment on account of a leave of absence authorized by the Employer pursuant to the Employer's established leave policy will be counted as employment with the Employer provided that such leave of absence is of not more than two years' duration. Absence from employment on account of active duty with the Armed Forces of the United States will be counted as employment with the Employer. Service will be credited for any qualified military service as required by Code section 414(u). If the Employee does not return to active employment with the Employer, his Service will be deemed to have ceased on the date the Plan Administrator receives notice that the Employee will not return. The Employer's leave policy shall be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all Participants under similar circumstances. For purposes of determining an Employee's eligibility and vesting status for periods while the Employee is absent from work for reasons covered under the Family and Medical Leave Act, Service will be credited in accordance with and to the extent required by the provisions of the Family and Medical Leave Act. |
IF THE EMPLOYER HAS ELECTED IN THE ADOPTION AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE SERVICE BASED UPON 1,000 HOURS, THEN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS 2A.3 THROUGH 2A.8 SHALL APPLY.
2A.3 HOUR OF SERVICE. The term Hour of Service means:
(a) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer for the
performance of duties. These hours shall be credited to the
Employee for the Computation Period or Periods, as defined in
Section 2A.5, in which the duties were performed; and
(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for a single Computation Period (whether or not the period occurs in a single Computation Period). Hours under this paragraph will be
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference; and (c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service will not be credited under subsection (a) or subsection (b), as the case may be, and under this subsection (c). These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the Computation Period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the Computation Period in which the award, agreement or payment is made; and Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under Code section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code section 414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code section 414(c)), of which the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code section 414(o). (d) Each hour of qualified military service as defined in Code section 414(u)(5). Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code sections 414(n) or 414(o). Solely for purposes of determining whether a 1-Year Break-in-Service, as defined in Section 2A.4, for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a Computation Period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the Computation Period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break-in-Service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following Computation Period. Service shall be determined on the basis of the method selected in the Adoption Agreement. 2A.4 1-YEAR BREAK-IN-SERVICE. The term 1-Year Break-in-Service means any Computation Period during which an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service. |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
2A.5 YEAR(S) OF SERVICE. The term Year(s) of Service means a 12-consecutive month period ("Computation Period") during which an Employee has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service. (a) Eligibility Computation Period. For purposes of determining Years of Service and Breaks-in-Service for eligibility, the 12-consecutive month period shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer and, where additional periods are necessary, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, either succeeding anniversaries of his employment commencement date or the Plan Year beginning within the Employee's initial 12-consecutive month period of employment and, if necessary, succeeding anniversaries thereof. The employment commencement date is the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer maintaining the Plan. (b) Vesting Computation Period. As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, for computing Years of Service and Breaks-in-Service for vesting, the 12-consecutive month |
period:
(1) Shall be the Plan Year; or
(2) Shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer and, where additional periods are necessary, succeeding anniversaries of that date.
However, active participation as of the last day of the Plan Year is not required in order for a Participant to be credited with a Year of Service for vesting purposes.
(c) Contribution Computation Period. If the Employer specifies an annual Contribution Period in its Adoption Agreement for the purpose of determining a Participant's eligibility to receive a contribution, the 12-consecutive month period shall be any Plan Year during which the Participant is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service. However, when an Employee first becomes a Participant or resumes active participation in the Plan following a 1-Year Break-in-Service on a date other than the first day of the Plan Year, all Hours of Service credited to the Participant during that Plan Year, including those Hours credited prior to the date the Employee enrolls (or reenrolls) as an Participant in the Plan shall be counted. Furthermore, the Employer may require in its Adoption Agreement that a Participant be a Participant as of the last day of the Plan Year in order to be eligible to receive a contribution for a Plan Year.
(d) If in its Adoption Agreement the Employer permits Early Retirement, the 12-consecutive month period for determining Early Retirement shall be the Plan Year. However, active participation as of the last day of the Plan Year is not required in order for a Participant to be credited with a Year of Service.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
Service with a predecessor organization of the Employer shall be treated as Service with the Employer for the purposes of subsections (a), (b) and (d) above in any case in which the Employer maintains the plan of such predecessor organization. In addition, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, service with a predecessor organization of the Employer shall be treated as Service with the Employer, even if the Employer does not maintain the plan of such predecessor organization. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, service with a subsidiary or affiliate of the Employer that is not related to the Employer under the provisions of Code sections 414(b), (c) or (m) shall be treated as Service with the Employer for purposes of (a), (b) and (d) above. 2A.6 DETERMINING VESTING PERCENTAGE. Vesting credit shall be given for each Year of Service except those periods specifically excluded in the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant completes less than 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year while remaining in the service of the Employer, his Vesting Percentage shall not be increased for such Plan Year. However, at such time as the Participant again completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service in any subsequent Plan Year, his Vesting Percentage shall then take into account all Years of Service with the Employer except those specifically excluded in the Adoption Agreement. If an individual who ceases to be an Employee and is subsequently rehired as an Employee enrolls (or reenrolls) in the Plan, upon his participation (or reparticipation) his Vesting Percentage shall then take into account all Years of Service except those specifically excluded in the Adoption Agreement. In the case of a Participant who has 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service, all Years of Service after such Breaks-in-Service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrued before such breaks. However, both pre-break and post-break Service will count for the purpose of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrues after such Breaks-in-Service. Both accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the fund. In the case of a Participant who does not have 5-consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service, both the pre-break and post-break Service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break Employer-derived account balance. 2A.7 EXCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE FOR VESTING. In determining the Vesting Percentage of an Employee, all Years of Service with the Employer(s) maintaining the Plan shall be taken into account, except that the following periods may be excluded, as specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement: (a) Years of Service prior to the time a Participant attained age 18; |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(b) Years of Service during which the Employer did not maintain the Plan or a predecessor plan; (c) Years of Service during a period for which the Employee made no Required Employee Contributions; (d) Years of Service prior to any 1-Year Break-in-Service, until the Employee completes one Year of Service following such 1-Year Break-in-Service. (e) In the case of an Employee who has no Vested Interest in Employer contributions, Years of Service before any period of consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service if the number of such consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service equals or exceeds the greater of (i) 5, or (ii) the total number of Years of Service before such break. For the purposes of this Section, a predecessor plan shall mean a plan of the Employer that was terminated within five years preceding or following the Effective Date of this Plan. 2A.8 CHANGE IN PLAN YEARS. If the Plan Year is changed, the following special rules shall apply. (a) Vesting Computation Periods. If the Vesting Computation Period is the Plan Year, Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks-in-Service shall be measured over two overlapping 12-consecutive month periods. The first such period shall begin on the first day of the last old Plan Year and the second such period shall begin on the first day of the first new Plan Year, thereby creating an overlap. All Hours of Service performed during the overlap period must be counted in both Vesting Computation Periods. A Participant who completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during each such period shall be credited with two Years of Service for Vesting. (b) Contribution Computation Periods. To determine a Participant's eligibility to receive a contribution for a short Plan Year, the 1,000 Hours of Service requirement shall be prorated by multiplying by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12. |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
IF THE EMPLOYER HAS ELECTED IN THE ADOPTION AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE SERVICE BASED UPON ELAPSED TIME, THEN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS 2A.9 AND 2A.10 SHALL APPLY.
2A.9 ELAPSED TIME. If the Employer has selected an eligibility or vesting requirement in the Adoption Agreement that is or includes a fractional Year(s) of Service requirement, or applies elapsed time provisions to a full year service requirement, the provisions of this Section shall apply. (a) For purposes of determining an Employee's initial or continued eligibility to participate in the Plan, or the Participant's Vested Interest in Employer contributions, an Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee's first day of employment or reemployment and ending on the date a Break-in-Service (as defined in this Section) begins. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee will also receive credit for any Period of Severance of less than 12-consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days. (b) For purposes of this Section, "Hour of Service" shall mean each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer, and each hour of qualified military service as defined in Code section 414(u)(5). (c) For purposes of this Section, a "Break-in-Service" is a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. (d) A "Period of Severance" is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from Service. (e) In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a Break-in-Service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. Each Employee will share in Employer contributions for the period beginning on the date the Employee commences participation under the Plan and ending on the date on which such Employee severs employment with the Employer or is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees. |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(f) If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under Code section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code section 414(b)), a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code section 414(c)) or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code section 414(o), Service will be credited for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such group. Service will also be credited for any individual required under Code section 414(n) or Code section 414(o) to be considered an Employee of any Employer aggregated under Code sections 414(b), (c), or (m) of such group. 2A.10 EXCLUDED PERIODS OF SERVICE FOR VESTING. In determining the Vesting Percentage of an Employee, all Periods of Service with the Employer(s) maintaining the Plan shall be taken into account, except that the following periods may be excluded, as specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement: (a) Periods of Service prior to the time a Participant attained age 18; (b) Periods of Service during which the Employer did not maintain the Plan or a predecessor plan; (c) Periods of Service during which the Employee made no Required Employee Contributions; (d) Periods of Service prior to any one-year Period of Severance, until the Employee completes a one-year period of Service following such Period of Severance; (e) In the case of an Employee who has no Vested Interest in Employer contributions, Periods of Service before any Period of Severance if the number of consecutive one-year Periods of Severance equals or exceeds the greater of (i) 5, or (ii) the total number of one-year Periods of Service before such Period of Severance. For the purposes of this Section, a predecessor plan shall mean a plan of the Employer that was terminated within five years preceding or following the Effective Date of this Plan. 2B. ELIGIBILITY, ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION 2B.1 ELIGIBILITY. Each Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and receive an appropriate allocation of Employer contributions as of the Entry Date following the day he meets the following requirements, if any, specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, relating to: (a) Required service; (b) Minimum attained age; (c) Job class requirements. |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
In addition to the eligibility conditions stated above, the Employer may specify in the Adoption Agreement certain groups of Employees who are not eligible to participate in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer's Plan as set forth herein replaces or amends a preceding plan, then those Employees participating under the Plan as written prior to such replacement or amendment shall be eligible to be Participants hereunder without regard to length of Service or minimum attained age otherwise required herein. There shall be no required service or minimum attained age requirements for any Employer Contributions under the Plan made pursuant to the Davis Bacon Act or any other Prevailing Wage Law. 2B.2 ENROLLMENT. Each eligible Employee may enroll as of his Entry Date by completing and delivering to the Plan Administrator an enrollment form and, if applicable, a payroll deduction authorization and/or a Salary Deferral Agreement. If deemed elections by Employees for Elective Deferral Contributions are elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, such Employees shall become Participants and shall be deemed to have enrolled in the Plan as of the date Elective Deferral Contributions begin. 2B.3 REEMPLOYMENT. In the case of an individual who ceases to be an Employee and is subsequently rehired as an Employee, the following provisions shall apply in determining eligibility to again participate in the Plan: (a) If the Employee had met the eligibility requirements as specified in Section 2B.1, such Employee will become a Participant in the Plan in accordance with Section 2B.2 as of the date he is reemployed as an Employee. (b) If the Employee had not formerly met the eligibility requirements specified in Section 2B.1, such Employee will become a Participant in the Plan after meeting the requirements of Section 2B.1 in accordance with Section 2B.2. 2B.4 ELIGIBLE CLASS. If a Participant becomes ineligible to participate because he is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, such Employee shall participate immediately upon his return to an eligible class of Employees. If such Participant incurs a Break-in-Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break-in-Service rules of the Plan. If an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee shall participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum age and Service requirements and would have previously become a Participant had he been in the eligible class. If such Participant incurs a Break-in-Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break-in-Service rules of the Plan. |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
2B.5 WAIVER OF PARTICIPATION. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if Required Employee Contributions are elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, any Employee in accordance with the rules of the Plan may decline to become a Participant by filing a written waiver of participation with the Plan Administrator in the manner prescribed. An Employee may make a one-time irrevocable waiver of participation upon the later of his commencement of employment with the Employer or the date he is first eligible to participate in the Plan. Any Employee who files such a waiver shall not become a Participant and such Employee shall not receive any additional Compensation or other sums by reason of his waiver of participation. No Employee who is eligible to participate in a standardized plan may waive participation or voluntarily reduce his or her Compensation for purposes of this Plan. 2C. CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS 2C.1 PROFIT SHARING/THRIFT PLAN WITH 401(k) FEATURE. (a) Contributions - Employer. For each Plan Year, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make one or more of the following contributions. |
(1) Elective Deferral Contributions.
(2) Matching Contributions.
(3) Nonelective Contributions.
(b) Contributions - Participant.
For Plans that contain a CODA, for each Plan Year, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may make periodic Required Employee Contributions or Voluntary Employee Contributions.
For Plans that contain a CODA, a Participant may elect to make a Voluntary Employee Contribution in a lump sum. Such lump sum Voluntary Employee Contribution may be made (1) as of the Effective Date, or (2) as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Voluntary Employee Contributions shall be subject to the terms of Section 4B.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(c) Fail-Safe Contribution.
The Employer reserves the right to make a discretionary Nonelective Contribution to the Plan for any Plan Year, if the Employer determines that such a contribution is necessary to ensure the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Actual Contribution Percentage test will be satisfied for that Plan Year, and provided the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year Testing method. Such amount shall be designated by the Employer at the time of contribution as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution and shall be known as a Fail-Safe Contribution.
The Fail-Safe Contribution must be allocated as of a date within the plan year to which it relates and must be paid to the Trust by the last day of the 12-month period following the Plan Year to which it relates.
The Fail-Safe Contribution shall be made on behalf of all eligible non-Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants and who are considered under the Actual Deferral Percentage test or, if applicable, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, and shall be allocated to the Participant's Account of each such Participant in an amount equal to a fixed percentage of such Participant's Compensation. The fixed percentage shall be equal to the minimum fixed percentage necessary to be contributed by the Employer on behalf of each eligible non-Highly Compensated Employee who is a Participant so that the Actual Deferral Percentage test or, if applicable, the Actual Contribution Percentage test, is satisfied.
(d) USERRA Contribution.
An Employee who is reemployed following a period of qualified military service (as defined in Code section 414(u)) shall be entitled to make up Elective Deferral Contributions and Voluntary Employee Contributions, and to receive related Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions to the extent required by Code section 414(u).
(e) Contributions - Changes.
For each Plan Year, a Participant may change the amount of his Required Employee Contributions, Voluntary Employee Contributions, or Elective Deferral Contributions as often as the Plan Administrator allows (on a consistent and nondiscriminatory basis), on certain dates prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
(f) Contributions - Timing.
(1) Elective Deferral Contributions shall be paid by the Employer to the Trust or the Insurance Company, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, but never later than 15 days after the close of the month in which they were deferred.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(2) Matching Contributions made on other than an annual basis shall be paid to the Trust or Insurance Company, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Matching Contributions, including Additional Matching Contributions, made on an annual basis shall be paid to the Trust or the Insurance Company, as applicable, at the end of the Plan Year, or as soon as possible on or after the last day of such Plan Year, but in no event later than the date prescribed by law for filing the Employer's income tax return, including any extension thereof. To the extent that Matching Contributions are used to purchase Life Insurance Policies, then such contributions for any Plan Year may be paid to the Trust when premiums for such Policies are due during the Plan Year.
(3) Nonelective Contributions made on other than an annual basis shall be paid to the Trust or Insurance Company, as applicable, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Nonelective Contributions, including Additional Nonelective Contributions, made on an annual basis shall be paid to the Trust or the Insurance Company, as applicable, at the end of the Plan Year, or as soon as possible on or after the last day of such Plan Year, but in any event not later than the date prescribed by law for filing the Employer's income tax return, including any extension thereof. To the extent that Nonelective Contributions are used to purchase Life Insurance Policies, then such contributions for any Plan Year may be paid to the Trust when premiums for such Policies are due during the Plan Year.
(4) Employee Contributions shall be transferred by the Employer to the Trust or the Insurance Company, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, but never later than 15 days following the close of the month in which such contributions are made by the Employee.
(5) The Fail-Safe Contribution for any Plan Year as determined above shall be paid to the Insurance Company at the end of the Plan Year, or as soon as possible on or after the last day of such Plan Year, but in no event later than the date which is prescribed by law for filing the Employer's income tax return, including any extensions thereof.
(g) Contributions - Allocations.
The allocation of Nonelective Contributions shall be made in accordance with (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) below, as specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
(1) Formula A: Compensation Ratio - Not Integrated with Social Security.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
The allocation to each Participant shall be made in the proportion that the Compensation paid to each Participant eligible to receive an allocation bears to the Compensation paid to all Participants eligible to receive an allocation.
(2) Formula B: Integrated with Social Security - Step Rate Method.
Base Contribution: An amount equal to a percentage (as specified in the Adoption Agreement) of the Compensation of each Participant up to the Social Security Integration Level;
Excess Contribution: In addition, an amount equal to
a percentage (as specified in the Adoption Agreement)
of the Participant's Compensation which is in excess
of the Social Security Integration Level, subject to
the Limitations on Allocations in accordance with
Section 4B. This Excess Contribution percentage shall
not exceed the lesser of:
(A) twice the Base Contribution or
(B) the Base Contribution plus the greater of:
(i) the old age insurance portion of the Old Age Survivor Disability (OASDI) tax rate; or
(ii) 5.7%.
If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
to use a Social Security Integration Level that in
any Plan Year is the greater of $10,000 or 20% but
less than 100% of the Social Security Taxable Wage
Base, then the 5.7% limitation specified in
2C.1(f)(2)(B)(ii) shall be adjusted in accordance
with the following table:
IF THE SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LEVEL
is more But not more Adjust than Than 5.7% to ------------------------------------------------------------------------ the greater of $10,000 or 80% of the Social Security 4.3% 20% of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base Taxable Wage Base 80% of the Social Security 100% of the Social Security 5.4% Taxable Wage Base Taxable Wage Base |
In the case of any Participant who has exceeded the
Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit described in
Section 2C.1(g), Nonelective Contributions shall be
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
allocated in an amount equal to the Excess Contribution percentage of two times such Participant's total Compensation for the Plan Year.
Any remaining Nonelective Contributions or Forfeitures will be allocated to each Participant's Account in the ratio that each Participant's total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all Participants' total Compensation for that Plan Year.
(3) Formula B: Integrated with Social Security - Maximum Disparity Method.
Subject to the Limitations on Allocations specified in Section 4B, for each Plan Year the allocation to each Participant shall be made in accordance with the following:
(A) An amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each Participant's total Compensation plus Compensation that is in excess of the Social Security Integration Level shall be allocated to each Participant's Account. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, an amount shall be allocated to each Participant's Account equal to the same proportion that each Participant's total Compensation plus Compensation that is in excess of the Social Security Integration Level bears to the total Compensation plus Compensation in excess of the Social Security Integration Level of all Participants in the Plan. In the case of any Participant who has exceeded the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit described in Section 2C.1(g), two times such Participant's total Compensation for the Plan Year will be taken into account.
If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use a Social Security Integration Level that in any Plan Year is the greater of $10,000 or 20% but less than 100% of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base, then the 5.7% limitation specified in this subsection shall be adjusted in accordance with the following table:
IF THE SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LEVEL
is more But not more Adjust than Than 5.7% to ------------------------------------------------------------------------ the greater of $10,000 or 80% of the Social Security 4.3% 20% of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base Taxable Wage Base 80% of the Social Security 100% of the Social Security 5.4% Taxable Wage Base Taxable Wage Base |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(B) The balance of the Nonelective Contribution (if any), shall be allocated to the Participant's Account in the proportion that each Participant's Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants.
(4) Formula C: Flat Dollar Amount.
The allocation to each Participant shall be a flat dollar amount as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
(5) Formula D: Uniform Points Allocation.
The allocation to each Participant shall be based on a Uniform Points Allocation as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. Formula D may not be used under a Standardized plan.
(h) Allocation Requirements.
Employer contributions shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants in accordance with the allocation requirement as specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement. If the Employer has adopted a standardized plan, the allocation of any nonannual contribution made by the Employer shall be made to each Participant who is a Participant on any day of the Contribution Period regardless of Hours of Service.
Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit. Notwithstanding the
preceding paragraph, for any Plan Year this Plan benefits any
Participant who benefits under another qualified plan or
simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Code section
408(k), maintained by the Employer that provides for permitted
disparity (or imputes disparity), Employer contributions and
Forfeitures will be allocated to the account of each
Participant who either completes more than 500 Hours of
Service during the Plan Year or who is employed as of the last
day of the Plan Year in the ratio that such Participant's
total Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all
Participants.
Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit for a Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative permitted years mean the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
target benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit.
(i) Forfeitures.
Forfeitures will be used in the manner elected in the Adoption Agreement as follows:
(1) Allocated in accordance with the allocation formula elected in the Adoption Agreement for the contributions from which the Forfeitures were generated; or
(2) First, to reduce Employer contributions or pay Plan expenses, with any remaining Forfeitures allocated in accordance with the allocation formula elected in the Adoption Agreement for the contributions from which the Forfeitures were generated.
(j) Expenses.
The Employer may contribute to the Plan the amount necessary to pay any reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. In lieu of the Employer contributing the amount necessary to pay such charges, these expenses may be paid from Plan assets.
(k) Special Rules - Elective Deferral Contributions.
(1) Each Participant may elect (or shall be deemed to have elected if the Employer has elected deemed elections by Participants in the Adoption Agreement) to defer his Compensation in an amount specified in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the limitations of this Section. A Salary Deferral Agreement (or modification of an earlier Salary Deferral Agreement) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such election, or if later, the later of the date the Employer adopts this CODA, or the date such arrangement first becomes effective. Any elections made pursuant to this Section shall become effective as soon as administratively feasible.
(2) Elective Deferral Contributions will be allocated to the Participant's Account and shall be 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
(3) During any taxable year, no Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Deferral Contributions made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such taxable year. If a Participant takes a withdrawal of Elective Deferral Contributions due to a Serious Financial Hardship, as provided in Section 3E.5, his Elective Deferral
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
Contributions for his taxable year immediately following the taxable year of such distribution may not exceed the Code section 402(g) limit for such taxable year less the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions made for the Participant in the taxable year of the distribution.
(4) Elective Deferral Contributions that are not in excess of the limits described in subsection (3) above shall be subject to the Limitations on Allocations in accordance with Section 4B.
Elective Deferral Contributions that are in excess of the limits described in (3) above shall also be subject to the Section 4B limitations, as further provided in Section 4C.2.
(5) An Employee's eligibility to make Elective Deferral Contributions under a CODA may not be conditioned upon the completion of more than one (1) Year-of-Service or the attainment of more than age twenty-one (21).
(6) A Participant may modify the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions such Participant makes to the Plan as often as the Plan Administrator allows, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, but in no event not less frequently than once per calendar year. Such modification may be made by filing a written notice with the Plan Administrator within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
(l) Safe Harbor 401(k) Plans - Special Rules.
(1) If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may establish a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, and the provisions of this section 2.C.1(l) shall apply for the Plan Year and any other provisions relating to the ADP Test or ACP Test shall not apply.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make
Matching Contributions or Nonelective Contributions
that do not meet the requirements of this section
2.C.1(l), then the other provisions of this Plan
relating to such contributions shall apply thereto.
Moreover, any such contributions shall be required to
meet the Actual Contribution Percentage test
requirements using Current Year Testing methods. In
addition, if the Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement to allow Participants to make Voluntary
Employee Contributions or Required Employee
Contributions, the Safe Harbor 401(k) rules shall not
apply to these contributions. Any such contributions
shall be required to meet the Actual Contribution
Percentage test requirements.
If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to establish a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the election must
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
apply to all Eligible Employees under the Plan even if they comprise two or more groups of Employees who, but for this election, must be mandatorily disaggregated for nondiscrimination testing.
(2) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of this section shall apply to a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.
(3) Definitions.
(A) ACP Test Safe Harbor. ACP Test Safe Harbor is the method described in section 2.C.1(l)(5) for satisfying the Actual Contribution Percentage Test.
(B) ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are matching contributions described in section 2.C.1(l)(5) of the Plan.
(C) ADP Test Safe Harbor. ADP Test Safe Harbor is the method described in section 2.C.1(l)(4) for satisfying the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.
(D) ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions. ADP Test Safe
Harbor Contributions are matching contributions and
nonelective contributions described in section
2.C.1(l)(4) of the Plan.
(E) Compensation. Compensation is as defined in section 1.13 of the Plan, except that for purposes of this section 2.C.1(l), no dollar limit, other than that imposed by Code section 401(a)(17), may apply to a Nonhighly Compensated Employee. To the extent that an Employer elects to use a reasonable alternative definition of Compensation, as defined in section 1.13(I), for determining the Compensation subject to a Participant's elective deferral election, that definition must permit each Employee to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of any Matching Contributions available to the Participant under the Plan.
(F) Eligible Employee. Eligible Employee means any Employee eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year, or who would be eligible but for a suspension due to a Serious Financial Hardship Withdrawal described in section 3.E.7(b) of the Plan, or any statutory limitation, such as that imposed under sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code.
(G) Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions are contributions made by the Employer on account of an Eligible Employee's Elective Deferral Contributions.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(4) ADP Test Safe Harbor.
(A) ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions.
(i) Unless the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make Enhanced Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions, the Employer shall contribute for the Contribution Period a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution equal to:
(a) $1.00 for each $1.00 of any Employee's Elective Deferral Contributions up to three (3) percent of the Employee's Compensation for the Contribution Period; plus
(b) $.50 for each $1.00 of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution in excess of three (3) percent of the Employee's Compensation but that do not exceed five (5) percent of the Employee's Compensation.
The ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution in this section 2.C.1(l)(4)(A) shall be known as Basic Matching Contributions.
(ii) Notwithstanding the requirements of (i) above that the Employer make the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution to this Plan, if the Plan is a non-standardized plan and the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution will be made to the defined contribution plan of the Employer indicated in the Adoption Agreement. However, the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution must be made to this Plan unless (a) each Employee eligible under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan, and (b) the other Plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan.
(iii) ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions are nonforfeitable and may not be distributed earlier than separation from service, death, disability, an event described in Code section 401(k)(10), or, in the case of a profit sharing plan, attainment of age 59-1/2. In addition, such contributions must satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor without regard to permitted disparity under Code section 414(l).
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(B) Notice Requirement.
At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of each Plan Year, the Employer shall provide each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of the Employee's rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Eligible Employee.
If the Employee become eligible after the
90th day before the beginning of the Plan
Year (including any Employee who become
eligible during the Plan Year), and does not
receive the notice for that reason, the
notice must be provided no more than 90 days
before the Employee becomes eligible but not
later than the date the Employee become
eligible.
(C) Election Periods.
In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in (B) above.
(5) ACP Test Safe Harbor.
ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.
(A) In addition to the ADP Safe Harbor Matching Contributions described in section 2.C.1(l)(4) above, the Employer will make the ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions, if any, indicated in the Adoption Agreement for the Contribution Period.
(B) ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be vested as indicated in the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such contributions shall be 100% vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions.
(C) Forfeitures of any nonvested ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions shall be applied in the manner elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
(6) Other Requirements.
All contributions made to a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan shall not be based on Considered Net Profits of the Employer.
(m) Suspension of Contributions.
(1) Elective Deferral Contributions. The following provisions shall apply with respect to suspension of Elective Deferral Contributions, including Elective
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
Deferral Contributions made under a Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan.
(A) Voluntary Suspension. A Participant may elect to suspend his Salary Deferral Agreement for Elective Deferral Contributions by filing a written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. Such Contributions shall be suspended on the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after such notice is filed.
The notice shall specify the period for
which such suspension shall be effective.
(B) Suspension for Leave. A Participant who is
absent from employment on account of an
authorized unpaid leave of absence, military
leave, or for a period of qualified military
service, shall have his Salary Deferral
Agreement suspended during such leave. Such
suspension of contributions shall be
effective on the date payment of
Compensation by the Employer to him ceases,
and shall remain in effect until payment of
Compensation resumes.
(C) Withdrawal Suspension. A Participant who
elects a withdrawal in accordance with
Section 3E may have his Elective Deferral
Contributions suspended on the date such
election becomes effective. Such suspension
shall remain in effect for the number of
months specified therein. If a Participant
receives a serious financial hardship
withdrawal of Elective Deferral
Contributions, all employee contributions
(both pre-tax and post-tax contributions)
will be suspended in accordance with section
3E.8 of the Plan.
(D) Non-Elective Suspension. A Participant who ceases to meet the eligibility requirements as specified in Section 2B.1 but who remains in the employ of the Employer shall have his Elective Deferral Contributions suspended, effective as of the date he ceases to meet the eligibility requirements. Such suspension shall remain in effect until he again meets such eligibility requirements.
The Participant may elect to reactivate his Salary Deferral Agreement for Elective Deferral Contributions by filing a written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. The Salary Deferral Agreement shall be reactivated following the expiration of the suspension period described above.
(2) Required Employee Contributions. The following provisions shall apply with respect to suspension of Required Employee Contributions by Participants. In the event that a Participant suspends his Required Employee Contributions, he
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
shall automatically have his Voluntary Employee Contributions suspended for the same period of time.
(A) Voluntary Suspension. A Participant may elect to suspend his payroll deduction authorization for his Required Employee Contributions by filing a written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. Such notice shall be effective, and his applicable contributions shall be suspended, on the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after such notice is filed. The notice shall specify the period for which such suspension shall be effective. Such period must be a minimum of one month and may extend indefinitely.
(B) Suspension for Leave. A Participant who is absent from employment on account of an authorized unpaid leave of absence, military leave, or for a period of qualified military leave, shall have his payroll deduction authorization for Required Employee Contributions suspended during such leave. Such suspension of contributions shall be effective on the date payment of Compensation by the Employer to him ceases, and shall remain in effect until payment of Compensation resumes.
(C) Withdrawal Suspension. A Participant who elects a withdrawal in accordance with Section 3E may have his Required Employee Contributions suspended on the date such election becomes effective. Such suspension shall remain in effect for the number of months specified under the provisions of Section 3E. If a Participant receives a serious financial hardship withdrawal of Elective Deferral Contributions, all employee contributions (both pre-tax and post-tax contributions) will be suspended in accordance with section 3E.8 of the Plan.
(D) Involuntary Suspension. A Participant who ceases to
meet the eligibility requirements as specified in
Section 2B.1 but who remains in the employ of the
Employer shall have his Required Employee
Contributions suspended, effective as of the date he
ceases to meet the eligibility requirements. Such
suspension shall remain in effect until he again
meets such eligibility requirements.
The Participant may elect to reactivate his payroll deduction authorization by filing a written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. The payroll deduction authorization shall be reactivated following the expiration of the suspension period described above.
(3) Voluntary Employee Contributions. The following provisions apply with respect to suspension of Voluntary Employee Contributions by Participants.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(A) Voluntary Suspension. A Participant may elect to suspend his payroll deduction authorization for his Voluntary Employee Contributions by filing a written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. Such notice shall be effective, and his applicable contributions shall be suspended, on the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after such notice is filed. The notice shall specify the period for which such suspension shall be effective.
(B) Suspension for Leave. A Participant who is absent from employment on account of an authorized unpaid leave of absence, military leave, or for a period of qualified military leave, shall have his payroll deduction order for Voluntary Employee Contributions suspended during such leave. Such suspension of contributions shall be effective on the date payment of Compensation by the Employer to him ceases, and shall remain in effect until payment of Compensation resumes.
(C) Withdrawal Suspension. A Participant who elects a withdrawal in accordance with Section 3E may have his Voluntary Employee Contributions suspended on the date such election becomes effective. Such suspension shall remain in effect for the number of months specified therein. If a Participant receives a serious financial hardship withdrawal of Elective Deferral Contributions, all employee contributions (both pre-tax and post-tax contributions) will be suspended in accordance with section 3E.8 of the Plan.
(D) Involuntary Suspension. A Participant who ceases to
meet the eligibility requirements as specified in
Section 2B.1 but who remains in the employ of the
Employer shall have his Voluntary Employee
Contributions suspended, effective as of the date he
ceases to meet the eligibility requirements. Such
suspension shall remain in effect until he again
meets such eligibility requirements.
The Participant may elect to reactivate his payroll deduction authorization by filing a written notice thereof with the Plan Administrator. The payroll deduction authorization shall be reactivated following the expiration of the suspension period described above.
2C.2 MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN.
(a) Contributions - Employer. As specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall contribute an amount equal to a fixed percentage of each Participant's Compensation, a flat dollar amount, or an amount integrated with Social Security in accordance with (1), (2) or (3) below:
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(1) Formula A: Not Integrated with Social Security. An amount equal to a percentage from l% to 25% of the Compensation of each Participant, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, subject to the Limitations on Allocations in accordance with Section 4B.
(2) Formula B: Flat Dollar Amount. An amount, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
(3) Formula C: Integrated with Social Security.
Base Contribution: An amount equal to a percentage (as specified in the Adoption Agreement) of Compensation of each Participant up to the Social Security Integration Level;
Excess Contribution: In addition, an amount equal to
a percentage (as specified in the Adoption Agreement)
of the Participant's Compensation which is in excess
of the Social Security Integration Level, subject to
the Limitations on Allocations in accordance with
Section 4B. This Excess Contribution percentage shall
not exceed the lesser of:
(A) twice the Base Contribution or
(B) the Base Contribution plus the greater of:
(i) old age insurance portion of the Old Age Survivor Disability (OASDI) tax rate; or
(ii) 5.7%.
If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
to use a Social Security Integration Level that in
any Plan Year is the greater of $10,000 or 20% but
less than 100% of the Social Security Taxable Wage
Base, then the 5.7% limitation specified in
2C.2(a)(3)(B)(ii) shall be adjusted in accordance
with the following table:
IF THE SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LEVEL
is more but not more Adjust than than 5.7% to ------------------------------------------------------------------------ the greater of $10,000 or 80% of the Social Security 4.3% 20% of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base Taxable Wage Base 80% of the Social Security 100% of the Social Security 5.4% Taxable Wage Base Taxable Wage Base |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
However, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit described below, the Employer will contribute for each Participant who either completes more than 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year, an amount equal to the Excess Contribution percentage multiplied by the Participant's total Compensation.
Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 2C.2(a), for any Plan Year this Plan benefits any Participant who benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Code section 408(k), maintained by the Employer that provides for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), Employer contributions and Forfeitures will be allocated to the account of each Participant who either completes more than 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or who is employed as of the last day of the Plan Year in the ratio that such Participant's total Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants.
Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit for a Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative permitted years mean the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit.
(b) Contributions - Participant.
The Plan Administrator will not accept Required Employee Contributions or Voluntary Employee Contributions that are made for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this document is being adopted by the Employer. Required Employee Contributions and Voluntary Employee Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, but before the Plan Year in which this document is adopted, will be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test of Code section 401(m) as provided in Section 4A.4.
(c) Contributions - Timing.
Contributions made on other than an annual basis shall be paid to the Trust or Insurance Company, as applicable, not less frequently than monthly or every four weeks. Contributions made on an annual basis shall be paid to the Trust or the Insurance Company, as applicable, at the end of the Plan Year, or as soon as possible on or after the last
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
day of such Plan Year, but in any event not later than the date prescribed by law for filing the Employer's income tax return, including any extension thereof. To the extent that contributions are used to purchase Life Insurance Policies, such contributions for any Plan Year may be paid to the Trust when premiums for such Policies are due during the Plan Year.
(d) Contributions - Allocation.
Employer Contributions shall be allocated to the Participants' Account in accordance with the allocation requirements as specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer has adopted a standardized plan, the allocation of any nonannual contribution made by the Employer shall be made for each Participant who is a Participant on any day of the Contribution Period regardless of Hours of Service.
(e) Forfeitures.
Forfeitures will be used in the manner elected in the Adoption Agreement as follows:
(1) Allocated in the same manner elected in the Adoption Agreement for the allocation of Employer contributions; or
(2) First, to reduce Employer contributions or pay Plan expenses, with any remaining Forfeitures allocated in the same manner elected in the Adoption Agreement for the allocation of Employer contributions.
(f) Expenses.
The Employer may contribute to the Plan the amount necessary to pay any applicable expense charges and administration charges. In lieu of the Employer contributing the amount necessary to pay such charges, these expenses may be paid from Plan assets.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
2C.3 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, and without regard to the limitations imposed under Section 4B, the Plan may receive Rollover Contributions on behalf of an Employee, if the Employee is so entitled under Code sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), or 408(d)(3)(A). Contributions may be rolled over into the Plan either directly or indirectly, in the form of cash, and, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, in the form of a loan note from a prior Code section 401(a) qualified plan in which the employee was a participant, and may be all or a portion of the funds eligible for rollover. Receipt of Rollover Contributions shall be subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator. Before approving the receipt of a Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator may request any documents or other information from an Employee or opinions of counsel which the Plan Administrator deems necessary to establish that such amount is a Rollover Contribution. If Rollover Contributions are elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, they may, if also elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, be received from an Employee who is not otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan. Rollover Contributions may be withdrawn by such Employee pursuant to the provisions of the Adoption Agreement and Section 3E. In addition, such Employee may direct the investment and transfer of amounts in his Participant's Account pursuant to the terms of Section 5A. Upon Termination of Employment, such Employee shall be entitled to a distribution of his Participant's Account. 2C.4 PARTICIPANT INITIATED TRANSFERS. For plan amendments adopted and effective on or after September 6, 2000, and if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to transfer amounts directly from a qualified plan to this qualified plan, or vice versa, provided the following requirements are met. |
(a) Elective Transfers.
(1) The Participant must be eligible for an immediate distribution of benefits from the transferor plan.
(2) The Participant must voluntarily elect, with spousal consent, if necessary, to transfer the benefits. Such a transfer will eliminate all protected forms of benefits that were available under the transferor plan. The Participant must have the option of leaving the benefits in the transferor plan, or to take an optional form of benefit if the transferor plan is terminating.
(3) The Participant's transferred benefit must be 100% vested.
(4) The amount transferred, plus the amount of any allowable simultaneous direct rollover, must equal 100% of the Participant's vested benefit.
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
(5) On or after January 1, 2002, the transfer occurs only when the Participant is not eligible to receive an immediate distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable benefit in a single sum distribution consisting entirely of a distribution eligible for a direct rollover. In such an instance, the amount transferred may consist of either the benefit that may not be directly rolled over or the entire benefit. In either case, the entire amount is treated as an elective transfer. (b) Transaction Transfers. (1) The transaction must be made in connection with an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger, or other similar transaction, involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. (2) The transfer may be made only between like-kind defined contribution plans [e.g., section 401(k) plan to section 401(k) plan, money purchase pension plan to money purchase pension plan], except that a transfer from a non-section 401(k) profit sharing plan or a non-employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) stock bonus plan may be made to any type of defined contribution plan. (3) The Plan receiving the transferred benefits must provide Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity benefits on the transferred assets if those rules applied to the assets while in the transferor plan. (4) The rules of Code section 411(a)(10) and Section 7B.1, applicable to a plan amending its vesting schedule, shall apply to the transferred benefits. (c) Employment Change Transfers. (1) The transfer is made in connection with a change in the Participant's employment status such that the Participant would not be entitled to additional allocations under the transferor plan. (2) All requirements of subparagraph (b), above, apply. 2C.5 CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN SUBJECT TO DAVIS-BACON ACT. If the Employer designates under the Adoption Agreement that Employer contributions under the Plan are to be made in different amounts for different contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or other Prevailing Wage Law, the Employer shall file with the Plan Administrator an irrevocable written designation for each Prevailing Wage Law project, stating the hourly contribution rate to be contributed to the Plan by the Employer for each class of Employees working on the project in order to comply with the |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
Prevailing Wage Law applicable to the project. The contribution rate designation shall be irrevocable with respect to work on that project, although the hourly contribution rate may be increased prospectively by the filing of a new written contribution rate designation with the Plan Administrator. 2C.6 QVEC CONTRIBUTIONS. The Plan Administrator will not accept QVEC Contributions which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be maintained in a separate account that will be nonforfeitable at all times. The account will share in the gains and losses under the Plan in the same manner as described in Section 5A.3 of the Plan. No part of the QVEC Contributions portion of the Participant's Account will be used to purchase Life Insurance Policies. No part of the QVEC Contributions portion of the Participant's Account will be available for loans. Subject to Section 3C, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of his QVEC Contributions by making a written application to the Plan Administrator. |
Article II - General Provisions February 6, 2002
ARTICLE III - DISTRIBUTIONS
3A. TIMING AND FORM OF BENEFITS
3A.1 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS. The rules and procedures for electing the timing and form of distribution effective for each Participant or Beneficiary shall be formulated and administered by the Plan Administrator in a consistent manner for all Participants in similar circumstances. For money purchase and target benefit plans, the normal form of distribution shall be a Life Annuity. For a profit sharing plan, the normal form of distribution shall be a single sum cash payment. For any plan, the distribution shall be made within an administratively reasonable time following the date the application for distribution is filed with the Plan Administrator. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant, or his Beneficiary as the case may be, may elect to receive distribution of all or a portion of his Vested Interest in one or a combination of |
the following forms of payment:
(a) Single sum cash payment;
(b) Life Annuity;
(c) Installment Payments (i.e., a series of periodic single-sum cash payments over time, with no life contingency);
(d) Installment Refund Annuity (i.e., an Annuity that provides for fixed monthly payments for a period certain of not less than 3 nor more than 15 years. If a Participant dies before the period certain expires, the Annuity will be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the remainder of the period certain. The period certain shall be chosen by the Participant at the time the Annuity is purchased with the Participant's Vested Interest. The Installment Refund Annuity is not a Life Annuity and in no event shall the period certain extend to a period which equals or exceeds the life expectancy of the Participant);
(e) Employer stock, to the extent the Participant is invested therein.
(f) In-kind distribution from self-directed brokerage account, to the extent the Participant is invested therein.
The election of the form of distribution shall be irrevocable.
If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, upon termination of the Plan, all distributions shall be made in a single lump sum distribution.
All distributions are subject to the provisions of Section 3C, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements.
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
For plan amendments adopted and effective on or after September 6,
2000, the Employer may amend the Plan to eliminate or restrict the
ability of Participants to receive a distribution under any form, or
combination of forms, benefit, provided that thereafter the forms of
benefit available to the Participant include the right to take a single
sum cash payment form of distribution under the same conditions as to
timing and eligibility as the form of benefit eliminated or restricted.
Any amendment under the provisions of the preceding sentence shall not
apply to any participant with an Annuity Starting Date that precedes
the earlier of (a) the 90th day after the date such Participant
receives a summary of material modification reflecting the change, or
(b) the first day of the second year beginning after the date the
amendment is adopted. However, a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
form of payment may not be removed from a money purchase pension plan,
or from that portion of a profit sharing plan, including a section
401(k) plan, that maintains assets transferred to it from a plan that
was subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements.
In addition, any amendment eliminating the ability of a Participant to receive a distribution in the form of Employer Stock may only be made with respect to amounts not already invested in Employer Stock as of the date of amendment or some future date. The employer shall maintain a list of those Participants who are eligible for a distribution of Employer Stock.
If the value of a Participant's Vested Interest is $5,000 or such lesser amount as indicated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall indicate in the Adoption Agreement whether a distribution shall be made in the form of a single sum cash payment upon such Participant's Termination of Employment and may not be deferred or the Participant may elect to defer distribution until the Employee's Required Beginning Date. If the Employer permits Participants to defer such distributions, failure to make an election will be deemed to be an election to defer to the Employee's Required Beginning Date.
If the Participant's Vested Interest exceeds $5,000 or such lesser amount as indicated by the Employer on the Adoption Agreement, and such amount is immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant's Spouse, if required, (or where the either the Participant or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such account balance. The consent of the Participant and the Participant's Spouse, if required, shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The "Annuity Starting Date" is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an Annuity or any other form.
An account balance is considered immediately distributable if any part of the account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
Instead of consenting to a distribution, the Participant may elect to defer the distribution until his or her Required Beginning Date. Failure to make an election will be deemed to be an election to defer to the Required Beginning Date.
Notwithstanding any prior provision, if a former Participant maintains an account balance in the Plan subsequent to termination, the Employer may mandate a distribution in the form of an immediate single sum cash pay-out if the value of such account ceases to exceed $5,000 or such lesser amount as indicated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any annuity or installment payments for which one or more scheduled periodic payments remain.
The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer any distribution. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features and an explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date.
If the distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Code regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:
(a) The Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option);
(b) The Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution;
(c) The Participant may revoke any affirmative distribution election prior to the Annuity Starting Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period beginning the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and
(d) The Annuity Starting Date is a Date after the date the written explanation is provided to the Participant. For distributions on or after December 31, 1996, the Annuity Starting Date may be a date prior to the date the written explanation is provided to the Participant, provide the distribution does not commence until at least 30 days after the written explanation is provided, and the other provisions of this paragraph are met.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the account balance is immediately distributable. Furthermore, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the Participant pursuant to Section 3C.6 of the Plan,
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
only the Participant need consent to the distribution of an account balance that is immediately distributable. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant's Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) or section 415. In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Employer or any entity within the same controlled group as the Employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant's account balance will, without the Participant's consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within the same controlled group as the Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7), then the Participant's account balance will be transferred without the Participant's consent to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution. For purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing consent requirements to distributions made before the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the Participant's vested account balance shall not include amounts attributable to QVEC Contributions made between December 31, 1981 and January 1, 1987, plus gains and minus losses thereon ("accumulated QVEC Contributions"). The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or Spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan. A Participant who terminates employment and does not consent to an immediate distribution shall have his distribution deferred. Such a distribution shall commence no later than his Required Beginning Date. Loans may not be initiated for Participants covered by this paragraph except if, after his Termination of Employment, the Participant is still a party-in-interest (as defined in ERISA). A Participant who continues to maintain an account balance under the Plan may elect to withdraw an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not to exceed 100%) from his Participant's Account. Such an election shall be made in accordance with Section 3E. Such Participant as described herein shall have the authority to direct the transfer of his Vested Interest in accordance with Section 5A.2. The election to defer distribution may be revoked at any time by submitting a written request to the Plan Administrator. Any Forfeiture attributable to withdrawals shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 3D.1 and 3E.8 of the Plan. A Participant whose Termination of Employment is on or after his Early Retirement Date may elect to defer the distribution subject to the requirements of Section 3B. 3A.2 COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: (a) The Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier); |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
(b) The 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs; or, (c) The Participant terminates Service with the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and Spouse to consent to a distribution, if required, while a benefit is immediately distributable within the meaning of Section 3A.1 of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an election to defer distribution to the Participant's Required Beginning Date. However, in no event shall distribution of that portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions be made prior to the earliest of the Participant's Retirement, death, Disability, separation from Service, attainment of age 59-1/2, or, with respect to Elective Deferral Contributions only, due to Serious Financial Hardship, unless such distribution is made on account of: (a) The Employer's sale, to an unrelated entity, of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code section 409(d)(3)), where the Employer continues to maintain this Plan and the Participant continues employment with the subsidiary; or (b) The Employer's sale, to an unrelated corporation, of substantially all assets (within the meaning of Code section 409(d)(2)) used in its trade or business, where the Employer continues to maintain this Plan and the Participant continues employment with the employer acquiring such assets; or (c) The termination of the Plan, as provided in Section 7B, without the establishment of another defined contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code sections 4975(e)(7), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code section 408(k)), or a SIMPLE IRA plan (as described in Code section 408(p)). All distributions that may be made in accordance with one or more of the preceding distributable events are subject to the spousal and Participant consent requirements (if applicable) of Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417. In addition, distributions made after March 31, 1988, which are triggered by any of the events described in the immediately preceding paragraphs (a), (b), or (c), must be made in a lump sum. 3A.3 FROM LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES. The Trustee shall arrange with the Insurance Company any distribution due to any Participant during his lifetime from any Life Insurance Policy or Policies on his life. The manner of distribution shall be a transfer of the values of said Policy or Policies to the Participant's Account for distribution as a portion thereof in accordance with this Section. Subject to Section 3C, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the Policies on a Participant's life will be converted to cash or |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
an Annuity or distributed to the Participant upon commencement of benefits. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any Life Insurance Policy purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 3A.4 NONTRANSFERABLE. Any Annuity Contract distributed Hereford must be nontransferable. 3A.5 ALTERNATE PAYEE SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION. Distributions pursuant to Section 5D.8 may be made without regard to the age or employment status of the Participant. |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
3B. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
3B.1 DEFINITIONS.
(a) APPLICABLE LIFE EXPECTANCY. The term Applicable Life Expectancy means the Life Expectancy (or joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life Expectancy was first calculated. If Life Expectancy is being recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy so recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated, such succeeding calendar year.
(b) DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY. The term Designated Beneficiary means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. If a Participant's Beneficiary, as determined in accordance with Section 1.9, is his estate, such Participant shall be treated as having no Designated Beneficiary.
(c) DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR. The term Distribution Calendar Year means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 3B.3 below.
(d) 5-PERCENT OWNER. For purposes of this Section, the term 5-Percent Owner means a 5-percent owner as defined in Code section 416(i) (determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether the Plan is Top-Heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such Employee attains age 70-1/2 or any later Plan Year.
Once distributions have begun to a 5-Percent Owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed even if the Employee ceases to be a 5-Percent Owner.
(e) LIFE EXPECTANCY. The term Life Expectancy means life expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy as computed by use of the expected return multiples in Table V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.
Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or Spouse, in the case of distributions described in Section 3B.3(b)(2)) by the time distributions are required to begin, Life Expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Participant (or Spouse) and
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
shall apply to all subsequent years. The Life Expectancy of a non-Spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.
(f) PARTICIPANT'S BENEFIT. The term Participant's Benefit means:
(1) The Participant's Vested Interest as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year ("Valuation Calendar Year") increased by the amount of any contributions or Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Account as of dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the Valuation Calendar Year after the valuation date.
(2) Exception for second Distribution Calendar Year. For purposes of paragraph (1) above, if any portion of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year.
(g) REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE. As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the term Required Beginning Date shall mean either:
(1) The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 (Pre-SBJPA RBD); or
(2) The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the later of the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or retires, except that benefit distributions to a 5-Percent Owner must commence by the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 (SBJPA RBD).
As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement:
(1) The Pre-SBJPA RBD may be removed and replaced entirely by the SBJPA RBD at any time elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, provided the date is a date after December 31, 1996, or
(2) The Pre-SBJPA RBD may be replaced for any calendar year, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, provided the calendar year is a calendar year after 1998, or
(3) The Pre-SBJPA RBD may be replaced for any calendar year, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, provided the calendar year is a calendar year after 1998. However, non-5% Owners may make an irrevocable election to receive payments beginning the
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
April 1 following the calendar year in which they attain age 70-1/2, or
(4) The Pre-SBJPA RBD shall apply to all Employees, or
(5) The Pre-SBJPA RBD shall apply to all Employees, except that non-5% Owners who reach age 70-1/2 in any calendar year after 1998 may defer their Required Beginning Date to their SBJPA RBD.
3B.2 DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 3C, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the requirements of this Section 3B shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's Accrued Benefit and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this Section apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 1984.
(b) All distributions required under this Section 3B shall be determined and made in accordance with regulations under section 401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2.
A Participant's entire Vested Interest must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.
(c) Limits on Distribution Periods. As of the first Distribution Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):
(1) The life of the Participant;
(2) The life of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary;
(3) A period certain not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Participant; or
(4) A period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.
(d) Determination of amount to be distributed each year. If the Participant's Vested Interest is to be distributed in other than a single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall apply on or after the Required Beginning Date:
(1) If the Participant's entire Vested Interest is to be distributed over (1) a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's Designated Beneficiary or (2) a period not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, the amount required to be
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
distributed for each calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must at least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the Applicable Life Expectancy. (2) For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the Participant's Spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50% of the present value of the amount available for distribution is paid within the Life Expectancy of the Participant. (3) For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, shall not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1) the Applicable Life Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's Spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2, Q&A-4. Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy in Section 3B.2(d)(1) above, as the relevant divisor without regard to regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2. (4) The minimum distribution required for the Participant's first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the Participant's Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Employee's Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. (e) Other Forms. If the Participant's benefit is distributed in the form of an Annuity purchased from an Insurance Company, distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. 3B.3 DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS. Upon the death of the Participant, the following distribution provisions shall take effect: (a) Distributions Beginning Before Death. If the Participant dies after distribution of his entire Vested Interest has begun, the remaining portion of such entire Vested Interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death. (b) Distributions Beginning After Death. If the Participant dies before distribution of his entire Vested Interest begins, distribution of the Participant's entire Vested Interest shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with (1) or (2) below:
(1) If any portion of the Participant's entire Vested Interest is payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died;
(2) If the Designated Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (1) above shall not be earlier than the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died and (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.
If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this
Section 3B.3(b) by the time of his or her death, the
Participant's Designated Beneficiary must elect the method of
distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of
the calendar year in which distributions would be required to
begin under this Section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar
year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
date of death. If the Participant has no Designated
Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a
method of distribution, distribution of the Participant's
entire Vested Interest must be completed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant's death and will be paid in the form of a single
sum cash payment.
(c) For purposes of Section 3B.3(b) above, if the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of this Section, with the exception of paragraph (b)(2) therein, shall be applied as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
(d) For purposes of this Section, distribution of a Participant's entire Vested Interest pursuant to Section 3B.3(b) is considered to begin on the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or, if paragraph (c) above is applicable, the date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse). If distribution in the form of an Annuity irrevocably commences to the Participant before the Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences.
3B.4 TRANSITIONAL RULE.
(a) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 3B and subject to the requirements of Section 3C, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, distribution on behalf of any Employee, including a 5-Percent Owner, may be made in
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):
(1) The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified such Plan under Code section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.
(2) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Employee whose entire Vested Interest in the Plan is being distributed or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.
(3) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.
(4) The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.
(5) The method of distribution designated by the Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.
(b) A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distribution to be made upon the death of the Employee.
(c) For any distribution that commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in subsections (a)(1) and (5).
(d) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and related regulations. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) and related regulations, except for the TEFRA section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements in regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
(one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 of regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-1 shall apply.
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
3C. JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
3C.1 APPLICABILITY. Except as provided in Section 3C.6, the provisions of this Section 3C shall apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as provided in Section 3C.7. 3C.2 DEFINITIONS. The following definitions shall apply to this Section 3C. (a) EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE. The term Earliest Retirement Age means the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits. (b) ELECTION PERIOD. The term Election Period means the period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which he attains age 35, with respect to the Vested Account Balance as of the date of separation, the election period shall begin on the date of separation. Pre-age 35 waiver: A Participant who will not yet attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year may make a special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such election shall not be valid unless the Participant receives a written explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under Section 3C.5(a). Except as provided in Section 3C.6, Qualified Preretirement Survivor coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of this Section 3C. (c) QUALIFIED ELECTION. The term Qualified Election means a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless: (a) the Participant's Spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent); (c) the Spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (d) the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election. Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Section 3C.5 below. (d) QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. The term Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means an immediate Annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor Annuity for the life of the Spouse which is not less than 50 percent and not more than 100 percent of the amount of the Annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's Vested Account Balance. The percentage of the survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50 percent (unless a different percentage is elected by the Participant). (e) VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE. The term Vested Account Balance means the aggregate value of the Participant's vested account balances derived from contributions made by both the Participant and Employer, whether vested before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the Participant's life and Rollover Contributions. The provisions of this Section 3C shall apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to Employer contributions, Employee Contributions (or both) made under this Plan at the time of death or distribution. 3C.3 QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a Life Annuity. The Participant may elect to have such Annuity distributed upon attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan. 3C.4 QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date, then no less than 50 percent (or 100 percent if so elected in the Adoption Agreement) of the Participant's Vested Account Balance shall be applied toward the purchase of an Annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse. If less than 100 percent is selected, then the remaining portion of the Vested Account Balance shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary. If less than 100 percent of the Vested Account Balance is paid to the surviving Spouse, the amount of Employee Contributions allocated to the surviving Spouse will be in the same proportion as the Employee Contributions bears to the total Vested Account Balance of the Participant. The surviving Spouse may elect to have such Annuity distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant's death.
3C.5 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.
(a) In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Plan Administrator shall no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date provide each Participant with a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
The Annuity Starting Date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided: (i) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date the written explanation was provided to the Participant.
For distributions on or after December 31, 1996, the Annuity Starting Date may be a date prior to the date the written explanation is provided to the Participant if the distribution does not commence until at least 30 days after such written explanation is provided. The 30-day period may be waived providing the provisions of the preceding paragraph are met.
(b) In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable period (described in subsection (c) below) for such Participant a written explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
for meeting the requirements of Section 3C.5(a) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(c) The "applicable period" for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (ii) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant; (iii) a reasonable period ending after the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is no longer fully subsidized; (iv) a reasonable period ending after this Section 3C first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from Service before attaining age 35.
For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable
period ending after the enumerated events described in (ii),
(iii) and (iv) is the end of the two-year period beginning one
year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending
one year after that date. In the case of a Participant who
separates from Service before the Plan Year in which he
attains age 35, notice shall be provided within the two-year
period beginning one year prior to separation and ending one
year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter
returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period
for such Participant shall be redetermined.
(d) Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section, the respective notices prescribed by this Section need not be given to a Participant if (1) the Plan "fully subsidizes" the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, and (2) the Plan does not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and does not allow a married Participant to designate a nonspouse Beneficiary. For purposes of this Section 3C.5(d), a Plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increase in cost or decrease in benefits to the Participant may result from the Participant's failure to elect another benefit.
3C.6 SAFE HARBOR RULES.
(a) This Section shall apply to a Participant in a profit sharing plan, and to any distribution made on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to accumulated QVEC Contributions (as described in Section 3A.1), and maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan), if the following conditions are met: (1) the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form of a Life Annuity; and (2) the Plan provides that upon the death of a Participant, the Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving Spouse,
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
but if there is no surviving Spouse, or if the surviving Spouse has consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the Participant's designated Beneficiary.
(b) The surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the Vested Account Balance commence within the 90-day period following the date of the Participant's death. The account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions.
(c) The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described
in this Section 3C.6 at any time provided that no such waiver
shall be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of
Section 3C.2(c) (other than the notification requirement
referred to therein) that would apply to the Participant's
waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
(d) If this Section 3C.6 is operative, then the other provisions of this Section 3C, other than Section 3C.7, shall be inoperative, except to the extent the Employer elects to apply those provisions to loans, withdrawals, or distributions by making the appropriate elections in the Adoption Agreement.
This Section 3C.6 shall not be operative with respect to a Participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan that is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417.
(e) For purposes of this Section 3C.6, the term Vested Account Balance shall mean, in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a target benefit plan, the Participant's separate account balance attributable solely to accumulated QVEC Contributions (as described in Section 3A.1). In the case of a profit sharing plan, the term Vested Account Balance shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 3C.2(e).
3C.7 TRANSITIONAL RULES.
(a) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23,
1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed
by the previous Sections of this Section 3C must be given the
opportunity to elect to have the prior Sections of this
Section 3C apply if such Participant is credited with at least
one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a
Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such
Participant had at least 10 years of vesting Service when he
separated from Service.
(b) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any Service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
be given the opportunity to have his benefits paid in accordance with Section 3C.7(d).
(c) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Sections 3C.7(a) and 3C.7(b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.
(d) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 3C.7(b), and any Participant who does not elect under Section 3C.7(a), or who meets the requirements of Section 3C.7(a), except that such Participant does not have at least 10 years of vesting Service when he separates from Service, shall have his benefits distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a Life Annuity:
(1) Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity. If benefits in the form of a Life Annuity become payable to a married Participant who:
(A) Begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; or
(B) Dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; or
(C) Begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or
(D) Separates from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits;
then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the Election Period. The Election Period must begin at least 6 months before the Participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more than 90 days before the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.
(2) Election of Early Survivor Annuity. A Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the Election Period, to have a survivor Annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor Annuity, payments under such Annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The Election Period begins
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or (2) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment.
(3) For purposes of this Section 3C.7(d):
(A) Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of:
(i) The earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits;
(ii) The first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age; or
(iii) The date the Participant begins participation.
(B) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is an Annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor Annuity for the life of the Spouse as described in Section 3C.2(d).
3D. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
3D.1 DISTRIBUTION. A Participant who terminates employment shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his entire Vested Interest. Such distribution shall be further subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3C. The method used, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, is one of the following: (a) Immediate (Cash-Out Method). If at the time of his Termination of Employment the Participant is not 100% vested and does not take a distribution from the portion of his Vested Interest that is attributable to contributions made by the Employer, the non-vested portion of his Participant's Account will become a Forfeiture upon the date such terminated Participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service. However, if at the time of his Termination of Employment the Participant is not 100% vested and does take a distribution from the portion of his Vested Interest that is attributable to contributions made by the Employer, or if the Participant is 0% vested, the non-vested portion of his Participant's Account will become a Forfeiture immediately upon the Participant's Termination of Employment date. If a Participant whose non-vested portion of his Participant's Account became a Forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the preceding paragraph is later rehired by the Employer and re-enrolls in the Plan before incurring 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service, then the amount of the Forfeiture shall be restored to the Participant's Account by |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
the Employer in accordance with the repayment provision elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement and described in Section 3D.2. (b) 1-Year Break-in-Service (Cash-Out Method). If at the time of his Termination of Employment the Participant is not 100% vested and does not take a distribution from the portion of his Vested Interest that is attributable to contributions made by the Employer, the non-vested portion of his Participant's Account will become a Forfeiture upon the date such terminated Participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service. However, if at the time of his Termination of Employment the Participant is not 100% vested and does take a distribution from the portion of his Vested Interest that is attributable to contributions made by the Employer, or if the Participant is 0% vested, the non-vested portion of his Participant's Account will become a Forfeiture upon the date such terminated Participant incurs a 1-Year Break-in-Service. If a terminated Participant, whose non-vested portion of his Participant's Account became a Forfeiture in accordance with the terms of the preceding paragraph, is later rehired by the Employer and re-enrolls in the Plan before incurring 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service, then the amount of the Forfeiture shall be restored to the Participant's Account by the Employer in accordance with the repayment provision elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement and described in Section 3D.2. (c) 5 Consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service. If at the time of his Termination of Employment the Participant is not 100% vested, the non-vested portion of his Participant's Account will become a Forfeiture upon the date the terminated Participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service. 3D.2 REPAYMENT OF PRIOR DISTRIBUTION If a terminated Participant is later rehired by the Employer and re-enrolls in the Plan, the following Optional Payback or Required Payback provisions, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption |
Agreement, will apply:
(a) Optional Payback:
(1) If the Participant was 0% vested at his Termination of Employment and did not incur 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service after such date, the amount which became a Forfeiture, if any, shall be restored by the Employer at the time such Participant re-enrolls in the Plan.
(2) If the Participant was vested but not 100% vested at his Termination of Employment and did not incur 5
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service after such date, the amount which became a Forfeiture, if any, shall be restored by the Employer at the time such Participant re-enrolls in the Plan. In addition, the Participant may repay the full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions, if any, made at his Termination of Employment. Such repayment of Employer contributions, however, must be made before the Participant has incurred 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service following the date he received the distribution or five years after the Participant is rehired by the Employer, whichever is earlier. (3) If the Participant had incurred 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service after his termination of Employment, the amount of the Participant's Account that became a Forfeiture shall remain a Forfeiture and such Participant shall be prohibited from repaying a distribution made at his Termination of Employment. (b) Required Payback: (1) If the Participant was 0% vested at his Termination of Employment and did not incur 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service after such date, the amount which became a Forfeiture, if any, shall be restored by the Employer at the time such Participant re-enrolls in the Plan. (2) If the Participant was vested but not 100% vested at his Termination of Employment and did not incur 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service after such date, the Participant shall be required to repay the full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions, if any, made at his Termination of Employment. Such repayment of Employer contributions, however, must be made before the Participant has incurred 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service following the date he received the distribution or five years after the Participant is rehired by the Employer, whichever is earlier. When the Participant makes such repayment, the amount which became a Forfeiture, if any, shall be restored by the Employer at the same time such repayment is made. However, if the Participant does not repay the distribution made in accordance with this Section 3D within the period of time specified above, that Forfeiture shall remain a Forfeiture. (3) If the Participant had incurred 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service after his Termination of Employment, the amount of the Participant's Account that became a Forfeiture shall remain a Forfeiture and such Participant shall be prohibited from repaying the distribution made at his Termination of Employment. 3D.3 LIFE INSURANCE POLICY. If all or any portion of the value of any Life Insurance Policy on the Participant's life will become a |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
Forfeiture, the Participant shall have the right to buy such policy from the Trustee for the then value of such policy less the value of any Vested Interest therein, within 30 days after written notice from the Trustee is mailed to his last known address. 3D.4 NO FURTHER RIGHTS OR INTEREST. A Participant shall have no further interest in or any rights to any portion of his Participant's Account that becomes a Forfeiture due to his Termination of Employment once the Participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service in accordance with Section 2A.4. 3D.5 FORFEITURE. Any Forfeiture arising in accordance with the provisions of Section 3D.1 shall be treated as follows: Any amount of Forfeitures shall be used in accordance with (a) or (b) below, in the manner set forth in Section 2C. (a) Reallocation. Forfeitures shall be allocated in accordance with the allocation formula of the contributions from which they arose. (b) Employer Credit and Reallocation of Remainder. Forfeitures shall first be used to reduce and in lieu of the Employer contribution next due under Section 2C, or to pay Plan expenses, at the earliest opportunity after such Forfeiture becomes available. Any Forfeitures remaining following use as an Employer credit shall be allocated in accordance with the allocation formula of the contributions from which they arose. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, if Forfeitures are generated immediately or upon the occurrence of a 1-Year Break-in-Service, and a former Participant returns to employment with the Employer after Forfeitures are generated but prior to the occurrence of 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service, Forfeitures, if any, will first be used to make whole the nonvested account of such Participant, equal to the value of the nonvested account at the time the Participant terminated employment with the Employer in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3D.2. In the event that the available Forfeitures are not sufficient to make whole the nonvested account, the Employer will make an additional contribution sufficient to make the nonvested account whole. 3D.6 LOST PARTICIPANT. If a benefit is forfeited because the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, as discussed in Section 5D.7, such benefit will be reinstated if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary. 3D.7 DEFERRAL OF DISTRIBUTION. If elected by the Employer, and as discussed in Section 3A.1, a Participant who terminates employment and does not consent to an immediate distribution shall have his distribution deferred (and may be responsible for all reasonable fees and expenses associated with maintaining his account in a deferred status, as permitted by ERISA). |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
3E. WITHDRAWALS
3E.1 WITHDRAWAL - EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Required Employee Contributions. If the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to allow for a withdrawal of Required Employee Contributions and earnings thereon, then a Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his entire Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to Required Employee Contributions plus any income and minus any loss thereon. On the date the election becomes effective, the Participant shall be suspended from making any further contributions to the Plan, and from having any Matching Contributions made on his behalf for a period, as elected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement.
(b) Voluntary Employee Contributions. If the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to allow for withdrawal of Voluntary Employee Contributions and earnings thereon, then a Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of the entire Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to Voluntary Employee Contributions plus any income and minus any loss thereon.
(c) Prior Required Employee Contributions. If the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to allow for a withdrawal of Prior Required Employee Contributions and earnings thereon, then a Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his entire Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to Prior Required Employee Contributions plus any income and minus any loss thereon.
(d) Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions. If the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to allow for withdrawal of Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions and earnings thereon, then a Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of the entire Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions plus any income and minus any loss thereon.
If a Participant elects a withdrawal under the provisions of this Section, he may not elect another withdrawal under this Section for an additional period specified by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement.
The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed.
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
No Forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of Employee Contributions. 3E.2 WITHDRAWAL - ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Participant has attained age 59-1/2, and if selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, the Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to his Elective Deferral Contributions and earnings thereon. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed. 3E.3 WITHDRAWAL - QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Participant has attained age 59-1/2, and if selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, the Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to his Qualified Matching Contributions and earnings thereon. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed. 3E.4 WITHDRAWAL - QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Participant has attained age 59-1/2, and if selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, the Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to his Qualified Nonelective Deferral Contributions and earnings thereon. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed. 3E.5 WITHDRAWAL - SAFE HARBOR 401(k) ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS . If the Participant has attained age 59-1/2, and if selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, the Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to his Safe Harbor 401(k) Elective Deferral Contributions and ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions. |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
If the Employer has selected in its Adoption Agreement, a distribution may be made to a Participant on account of Serious Financial Hardship from his Participant's Account an amount which is equal to any whole percentage (not exceeding 100%) of his Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to his Safe Harbor 401(k) Elective Deferral Contributions. Serious Financial Hardship withdrawals of Safe Harbor 401(k) Elective Deferral Contributions shall be subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3E.8 of the Plan. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed. 3E.6 WITHDRAWAL - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer has specified in its Adoption Agreement that withdrawals of Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions, Prior Employer Contributions, or ACP Test Safe Harbor Contribution, if applicable, are permitted, a Participant, who has been a Participant for at least 60 consecutive months, may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account an amount equal to a whole percentage (not to exceed 100%) of his Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to Matching Contributions (and reallocated Forfeitures, if applicable), Nonelective Contributions, (and reallocated Forfeitures, if applicable), or Prior Employer Contributions (and reallocated Forfeitures, if applicable), along with earnings. On the date the election becomes effective, the Participant may be suspended from making Employee Contributions and Elective Deferral Contributions, if any, and from having Employer contributions made on his behalf for a period of time, as selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement. This suspension provision shall only apply to non-standardized plans. In lieu of or in addition to the 60-months of participation requirement, the Employer may specify in the Adoption Agreement that withdrawal of Employer contributions, to the extent vested, shall be available upon or following the attainment of age 59-1/2. In lieu of, or in addition to the 60 consecutive months of participation or attainment of age 59-1/2 requirements in the preceding paragraph, the Employer may specify in the Adoption Agreement that withdrawals of Employer Contributions to the extent vested shall be available after a contribution has accumulated under the Plan for a fixed number of years (not to be less than 2 years) as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. This provision shall apply separately and independently to each separate contribution made by the Employer. In the event a Participant's suspension period occurs during a year (or years) when no Employer contributions are made, such suspension shall be taken into account when the next Employer contribution(s) is made. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed. 3E.7 WITHDRAWAL FOR SERIOUS FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OF CONTRIBUTIONS OTHER THAN ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. Except as provided in Sections 7B.1 and 7B.7(e), if the Plan is a profit sharing plan or a thrift plan, and if the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to permit withdrawals due to the occurrence of events that constitute Serious Financial Hardships to a Participant, such Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his Vested Interest (excluding Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and earnings on these contributions). Such Serious Financial Hardship must be shown by positive evidence submitted to the Plan Administrator that the hardship is of sufficient magnitude to impair the Participant's financial security. Withdrawals shall be determined in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner, and shall not affect the Participant's rights under the Plan to make additional withdrawals or to continue to be a Participant. 3E.8 WITHDRAWAL FOR SERIOUS FINANCIAL HARDSHIP OF ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer has selected in its Adoption Agreement, a distribution may be made on account of Serious Financial Hardship if subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section are satisfied. The funds available for withdrawal shall be the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions, including any earnings credited to such contributions as of the later of December 31, 1998, and the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 ("pre-1989 earnings"), and if applicable, Qualified Matching Contributions credited to the Participant's Account as of the later of December 31, 1998, and the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989, Qualified Nonelective Contributions credited to the Participant's Account as of the later of December 31, 1998, and the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989, and any pre-1989 earnings attributable to Qualified Matching Contributions, or Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Qualified Matching Contributions credited to the Participant's Account after the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989, Qualified Nonelective Contributions credited to the Participant's Account after the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989, and earnings on Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective Contributions credited after the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 shall not be eligible for withdrawal under this Section. For purposes of this Section, a distribution may be made on account of a hardship only if the distribution is made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee where such Employee lacks other available resources. Hardship distributions are subject to the spousal consent requirements contained in sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. (a) The following are the only financial needs considered immediate and heavy for purposes of this Section: (i) Expenses for medical care described in Code section 213(d) previously incurred by the Employee, the Employee's Spouse, or any dependents of the Employee |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
(as defined in Code section 152) or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care described in Code section 213(d);
(ii) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Employee (excluding mortgage payments);
(iii) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Employee from the Employee's principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or
(iv) Tuition payments, related educational fees and amounts distributed for the payment of room-and-board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Employee, his or her Spouse, or any of his or her dependents.
(b) To the extent the amount of distribution requested does not exceed the amount required to relieve the Participant's financial need, such distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if:
(i) The Employee has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Employer;
(ii) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee's Elective Deferral Contributions and if applicable, Employee Contributions, will be suspended for 12 months after the receipt of the hardship distribution;
(iii) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of
the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); and (iv) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee may not make Elective Deferral Contributions for the Employee's taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code section 402(g) for such taxable year less the amount of such Employee's Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year of the hardship distribution. 3E.9 WITHDRAWAL - QVEC CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. If selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to withdraw from his Participant's Account as often during each Plan Year as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, any amount up to 100% of his entire Vested Interest in his Participant's Account attributable to his QVEC Contributions or Rollover Contributions along with earnings thereon. |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under this Section. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after notice is filed. 3E.10 NOTIFICATION. The Participant shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of his election to make a withdrawal under Section 3E. Any such election shall be effective as of the date specified in such notice, which date must be at least 15 days after such notice is filed. Payment of the withdrawal shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3A. All withdrawals made under the provisions of Section 3E shall be subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 3C, as applicable. 3E.11 VESTING CONTINUATION. In the event a partially vested Participant takes a withdrawal of less than 100% of his Vested Interest in accordance with Section 3E.6 or 3E.7, or 3E.8, the remaining portion of his Participant's Account attributable to Employer contributions shall vest according to the formula as set forth in Section 1.76. 3E.12 WITHDRAWAL - PARTICIPANT'S EMPLOYER STOCK ACCOUNT. The ability of a Participant who is subject to the reporting requirements of section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act") to make withdrawals or investment changes involving the Participant's Employer Stock Account may be restricted by the Plan Administrator to comply with the rules under section 16(b) of the Act. 3F. DIRECT ROLLOVERS 3F.1 DEFINITIONS (a) DIRECT ROLLOVER. The term Direct Rollover means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee. (b) DISTRIBUTEE. The term Distributee means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
(c) ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN. The term Eligible Retirement Plan means an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or an individual retirement annuity. (d) ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION. The term Eligible Rollover Distribution means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or Life Expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); and the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. In addition, unless the Employer elects some other effective date within its' Plan's 1999 Plan Year, effective May 1, 1999, an Eligible Rollover Distribution shall not include any distribution of Elective Deferral Contribution made due to a Serious Financial Hardship withdrawal. 3F.2 DIRECT ROLLOVERS. This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover. |
Article III - Distributions February 6, 2002
ARTICLE IV - LEGAL LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
4A. NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS
4A.1 DEFINITIONS.
(a) ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE. The term Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) means the average of the Actual Contribution Ratios of the Eligible Participants in a group.
(b) ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION RATIO. The term Actual Contribution Ratio means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of a Participant's Contribution Percentage Amounts to that Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year (whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year).
The Actual Contribution Percentage for an Employee who is eligible to be a Participant but fails to make Employee Contributions, receive Matching Contributions, or receive Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for the ADP Test) shall be zero.
(c) ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE. The term Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) means the average of the Actual Deferral Ratios for a specified group of Participants.
(d) ACTUAL DEFERRAL RATIO. The term Actual Deferral Ratio means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of a Participant's Deferral Percentage Amounts to that Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year. The Actual Deferral Ratio for an Employee who is eligible to be a Participant but fails to make Elective Deferral Contributions shall be zero.
(e) AGGREGATE LIMIT. The term Aggregate Limit means the sum of:
(i) 125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the non-Highly
Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year or the ACP of
non-Highly Compensated Employees under the plan subject to
Code section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or within
the Prior Plan Year of the CODA and (ii) the lesser of 200% or
two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP. "Lesser" is
substituted for "greater" in "(i)", above, and "greater" is
substituted for "lesser" after "two plus the" in "(ii)" if it
would result in a larger Aggregate Limit. If the Employer has
elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year
testing method, then in calculating the Aggregate Limit for a
Plan Year, the Nonhighly Compensated Employees' ADP and ACP
for that Plan Year, instead of the Prior Plan year, is used.
(f) CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS. The term Contribution Percentage Amounts means the sum of the Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP test) and Qualified Nonelective Contributions (to the extent not taken into account for
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
purposes of the ADP test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective Deferral Contributions, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. The Employer may elect to use Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts as long as the ADP test (as described in Section 4A.2) is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test (as described in Section 4A.4) and the ADP test continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test.
(g) DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE AMOUNTS. The term Deferral Percentage Amounts means any Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election, including Excess Elective Deferral Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees, but excluding Elective Deferral Contributions that are taken into account in the ACP test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferral Contributions). In addition, the Employer may choose to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.
(h) ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT. The term Eligible Participant means any Employee who is eligible to make an Employee Contribution or Elective Deferral Contribution (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Actual Contribution Ratio), or to receive a Matching Contribution (including Forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching Contribution. If an Employee Contribution is required as a condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant in the Plan if such Employee made the Required Employee Contribution shall be treated as an Eligible Participant on behalf of whom no Employee Contributions are made.
IF THE EMPLOYER HAS ELECTED IN ITS ADOPTION AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE FOR ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS, THEN SECTIONS 4A.2 THROUGH 4A.5 SHALL APPLY.
4A.2 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST.
(a) Prior Year Testing. The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Prior Year's ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
(1) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Prior Year's ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(2) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the prior year's ADP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points.
For the first Plan Year in which the Plan exists and for which it permits any Participant to make Elective Deferral Contributions, and provided the Plan is not a successor plan, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year's non-Highly Compensated Employee's ADP shall be either 3 percent or the current Plan Year's ADP for these Participants, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
(b) Current Year Testing. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP Tests in 4A.2(a)(1) and (2) above will be applied comparing the current Plan Year's ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year's ADP for Participant's who are non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once made, this election can only be undone if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year Testing set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or succeeding guidance).
(c) Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan may elect to be treated as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan and will be subject to the provisions of section 2.C.1(l) of this Plan, and the provisions of these sections 4.A.2(a) and (b) shall not apply thereto.
4A.3 SPECIAL RULES - ADP TEST.
(a) A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
(b) The ADP for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to his accounts under two or more CODAs maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferral Contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single CODA. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs that have different Plan Years, such CODAs are treated as a single CODA with respect to the Plan Years ending with or within the same calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code section 401(k).
(c) If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections
401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or
more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with
this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining
the ADP of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan.
Any adjustments tot he Nonhighly Compensated Employee ADP for
the prior year will be made in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1
(and any superceding guidance), unless the Employer has
elected in its Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year
Testing method. For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1989, plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code section
401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year, and use the same
ADP testing method.
(d) For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules of section 414(q)(6) shall no longer apply.
(e) For purposes of determining the ADP test, Elective Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate.
(f) The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.
If the Prior Year testing method is elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions may not be contributed after the end of the Plan Year for which the ADP Test is being conducted in order to meet the requirements for their use and inclusion in that year's ADP Test.
(g) The determination and treatment of the Deferral Percentage Amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(h) If the Employer determines before the end of the Plan Year that the Plan may not satisfy the ADP test for the Plan Year, the Employer may require that the amounts of Elective Deferral Contributions being allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees be reduced to the extent necessary to prevent Excess Contributions from being made to the Plan.
Although the Employer may reduce the amounts of Elective Deferral Contributions that may be allocated to the Participant's Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, the affected Employees shall continue to participate in the Plan. When the situation that resulted in the reduction of Elective Deferral Contributions ceases to exist, the
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
Employer shall reinstate the amounts of Elective Deferral Contributions elected by the affected Participants in their Salary Deferral Agreement to the fullest extent possible.
IF THE EMPLOYER HAS ELECTED IN ITS ADOPTION AGREEMENT, TO PROVIDE FOR EMPLOYEE
CONTRIBUTIONS AND/OR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS REQUIRED TO BE TESTED UNDER CODE
SECTION 401(m), THEN SECTIONS 4A.4 AND 4A.5 SHALL APPLY.
4A.4 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST. (a) Prior Year Testing. The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior year's ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: (1) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (2) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year multiplied by two (2), provided that the ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the prior year's ACP for Participants who were non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points. |
For the first Plan Year in which the Plan exists and for which it provides any Participant with contributions subject to the ACP Test, and provided the Plan is not a successor plan, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year's non-Highly Compensated Employee's ACP shall be either 3 percent or the current Plan Year's ACP for these Participants, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.
(b) Current Year Testing. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP Tests in 4A.2(a)(1)and (2) above will be applied comparing the current Plan Year's ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year's ACP for Participant's who are non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once made, this election can only be undone if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year Testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance).
(c) Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan may elect to be treated as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan and will be subject to the provisions of section 2.C.1(l) of this Plan, and the provisions of these sections 4.A.4(a) and (b) shall not apply thereto.
4A.5 SPECIAL RULES - ADP/ACP TESTS.
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(a) Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a non-Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
(b) Multiple Use: If one or more Highly Compensated Employees participates in both a CODA and a plan subject to the ACP test maintained by the Employer, and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then the ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in a CODA will be reduced (beginning with such Highly Compensated Employee whose Actual Contribution Ratio is the highest) so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each Highly Compensated Employee's Contribution Percentage Amounts are reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use does not occur if both the ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the non-Highly Compensated Employees.
(c) For purposes of this Section, the Actual Contribution Ratio for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his account under two or more plans described in Code section 401(a), or CODAs that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if the total of such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under each plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs that have different Plan Years, all CODAs ending with or within the same calendar year are treated as a single CODA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code section 401(m).
(d) If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections
401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or
more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated
with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by
determining the Actual Contribution Ratio of Employees as if
all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the
non-Highly Compensated Employee ACP for the prior Plan Year
will be made in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 (and any
superceding guidance) unless the Employer has elected in the
Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year Testing method. For
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(m) only if
they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing
method.
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(e) For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules of former Code section 414(q)(6) shall no longer apply.
(f) For purposes of determining the ACP test, Employee Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions are considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year. However, if the Prior Year Testing Method is elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions may not be contributed after the end of the Plan Year for which the ACP Test is being conducted in order to meet the requirements for their use and inclusion in the ACP Test.
(g) The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.
(h) The determination and treatment of the Contribution Percentage Amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
4B. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
4B.1 DEFINITIONS. The following definitions apply for purposes of Section 4B. (a) ANNUAL ADDITIONS. The term Annual Additions means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year: (1) All contributions made by the Employer which shall include: Elective Deferral Contributions; Money Purchase Pension Contributions Matching Contributions; Nonelective Contributions; Qualified Nonelective Contributions; Qualified Matching Contributions; Prior Employer Contributions. |
(2) Employee Contributions;
(3) Forfeitures; and
(4) Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984 to an individual medical account, as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan.
Also,
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985 in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund as defined in Code section 419(e), maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan; and
(5) Allocations under a simplified employee pension plan.
For this purpose, any Excess Annual Additions applied under Sections 4C.3 or 4B.5(f) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.
(b) COMPENSATION. As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the term Compensation means all of a Participant's:
(1) WAGES, TIPS, AND OTHER COMPENSATION BOX ON FORM W-2. (Information required to be reported under Code sections 6041, 6051 and 6052). Wages within the meaning of Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).
(2) SECTION 3401(a) WAGES. Wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).
(3) 415 SAFE-HARBOR COMPENSATION. Wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Code section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(A) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includable in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
(B) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
(C) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
(D) Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).
For any Self-Employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income.
For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 4B, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or includable in gross income during such Limitation Year.
Notwithstanding the preceding, for Limitation Years beginning
after December 31, 1997, for purposes of applying the
limitations of this Article 4B, Compensation paid or made
available during such Limitation Year shall include any
elective deferral contributions (as defined in Code section
402(g)), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by
the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not
includible in gross income of the Employee by reason of Code
sections 125 or 457. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or
after the date specified by the Employer in section XIII.C of
the Adoption Agreement (Limitations on Allocations),
Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not
includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of
Code section 132(f)(4).
Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, Compensation for
a Participant in a defined contribution plan who is
permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code section
22(e)(3)) is the Compensation such Participant would have
received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1997, such imputed Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1996, such imputed Compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken into account only if such contributions are made on behalf of all such Participants and nonforfeitable when made.
(c) DEFINED BENEFIT FRACTION. The term Defined Benefit Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code sections 415(b) and (d), or 140 percent of the Highest Average Compensation including any adjustments under Code section 415(b).
Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of the first day of the Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986 in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the later of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being made pursuant to the Employer's election in the Adoption Agreement. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top-Heavy Plan, 100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.
(d) DEFINED CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION. The term Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $30,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code section 415(d).
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(e) DEFINED CONTRIBUTION FRACTION. The term Defined Contribution Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's accounts under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer, and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in Code section 419(e), individual medical accounts, as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), and simplified employee pension plans, as defined in Code section 408(k), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined under Code sections 415(b) and (d) in effect under Code section 415(c)(1)(A) or 35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for such year.
If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being made pursuant to the Employer's election in the Adoption Agreement. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top-Heavy Plan, 100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.
The Annual Additions for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee Contributions as Annual Additions.
(f) EMPLOYER. For purposes of this Section 4B, the term Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b) as modified by section 415(h)), a group of commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
Code section 414(c) as modified by section 415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code section 414(o).
(g) HIGHEST AVERAGE COMPENSATION. The term Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation for the three consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that produces the highest average. A Year of Service with the Employer is the 12-consecutive month period defined in Section 2A.5.
(h) LIMITATION YEAR. The term Limitation Year means a calendar year, or the 12-consecutive month period elected by the Employer in the Limitation Year section of the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
(i) MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN. The term Master or Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the national office of the Internal Revenue Service.
(j) MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT. The term Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Additions that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:
(1) The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or
(2) 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year.
The Compensation limitation referred to in (2) above, shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as Annual Additions under Code sections 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).
If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
(k) PROJECTED ANNUAL BENEFIT. The term Projected Annual Benefit means the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent Straight Life Annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a Straight Life Annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
Participant would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming: (1) The Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later); and (2) The Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years. 4B.2 BASIC LIMITATION. If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan or welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer, as defined in Code section 419(e), or an individual medical account, as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in Code section 408(k), maintained by the Employer, which provides Annual Additions as defined in Section 4B.1(a), the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contributions that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. 4B.3 ESTIMATED MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT. Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 4B.4 ACTUAL MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. 4B.5 PARTICIPANTS COVERED BY ANOTHER PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN. (a) This Section applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution Plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code section 419(e), maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical account as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Code section 408(k), that provides Annual Additions as defined in Section 4B.1(a), during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited |
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's account under the other qualified Master and Prototype defined contribution Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pension plans for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other qualified Master and Prototype defined contribution Plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pension plans maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contributions that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other qualified master and prototype defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pension plans, in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.
(b) Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the estimated Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in Section 4B.3.
(c) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.
(d) If, pursuant to Section 4B.5(c), or as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in Excess Annual Additions as defined in Section 4C.1(b) for a Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension plan will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date.
(e) If Excess Annual Additions were allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan will be the product of:
(1) The total Excess Annual Additions allocated as of such date, multiplied by
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(2) The ratio of (i) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (ii) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified Master or Prototype defined contribution Plans. (f) Any Excess Annual Additions attributed to this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described in Section 4C.3. 4B.6 PARTICIPANTS COVERED BY NON-PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Section 4B.5 as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan, unless the Employer provides other limitations in the Limitations on Allocations section of the Adoption Agreement. 4B.7 PARTICIPANTS COVERED BY DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN. The provisions of this section 4B.7 shall only apply for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000. If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with the Limitations on Allocations section of the Adoption Agreement. 4C. TREATMENT OF EXCESSES 4C.1 DEFINITIONS. (a) EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Excess Aggregate Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: (1) The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the ACP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (2) The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP test (determined by hypothetically reducing the Contribution Percentage Amounts made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual Contribution Ratios beginning with the highest of such ratios). Such determination shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferral Contributions, pursuant to Section 4C.2(a) and then determining Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4C.4. (b) EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS. The term Excess Annual Additions means the excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount. |
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(c) EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Excess Contributions means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
(1) The aggregate Deferral Percentage Amounts taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
(2) The maximum Deferral Percentage Amounts permitted by the ADP test (determined by hypothetically reducing the Deferral Percentage Amounts made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual Deferral Ratios, beginning with the highest of such ratios).
(d) EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The term Excess
Elective Deferral Contributions means those Elective Deferral
Contributions that are includable in a Participant's gross
income under Code section 402(g) to the extent such
Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for a taxable
year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code section.
Excess Elective Deferral Contributions shall be treated as
Annual Additions under the Plan pursuant to Section 4B, unless
such amounts are distributed in accordance with the provisions
of Section 4C.2(a), below.
4C.2 EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) In the event that Elective Deferral Contributions made during
a calendar year exceed the limit specified in Section
2C.1(j)(4), then the Excess Elective Deferral Contributions,
plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
distributed to the Participant by the April 15 following the
calendar year in which such amount was contributed, provided
that the Participant notifies the Plan Administrator no later
than 30 days in advance of his intent to withdraw such Excess
Elective Deferral Contributions, or is deemed to notify the
Plan Administrator. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan
Administrator of any Excess Elective Deferral Contributions
that arise by taking into account only those Elective
Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans of this
Employer. The spousal consent provisions of Section 3C shall
not apply to any distribution of Excess Elective Deferral
Contributions.
(b) Excess Elective Deferral Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss for the Employee's tax year. The income or loss allocable to excess Elective Deferral Contributions is an amount determined by multiplying the sum of the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution account for the taxable year by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Participant's Account balance attributable to Elective Deferral Contributions as of the beginning of the taxable year plus the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions for the taxable year. Income for the gap period (the period from the end of the taxable year to the date of
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
distribution) shall not be allocated to Excess Elective Deferral Contributions. (c) Matching Contributions, as defined in Section 1.36, that are attributable to Excess Elective Deferral Contributions shall be forfeited, and as such, shall be applied to reduce Employer contributions or pay Plan expenses. 4C.3 EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS. If, pursuant to Section 4B.4 or as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, there are Excess Annual Additions, the excess will be disposed of using any of the following methods: (a) Employee Contributions or Elective Deferral Contributions or both, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Annual Additions, will be returned to the Participant. The Contributions returned in accordance with the preceding shall include any gains or losses attributable to such Contributions. Employee Contributions so returned will be disregarded with respect to the ACP test. Elective Deferral Contributions so returned will be disregarded with respect to the Elective Deferral limitation described in Section 2C.1(j)(4) of the Plan and the ADP test. (b) If, after the application of paragraph (a), Excess Annual Additions still exist and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions in the Participant's Account, other than Employee Contributions and Elective Deferral Contributions, will be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year, if necessary. (c) If, after the application of paragraph (a), Excess Annual Additions still exist and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess Annual Additions will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including allocation of any Forfeiture) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. (d) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in the allocation of the Trust or Insurance Company's gains and losses. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to the Participants' Account before any Employer or Employee Contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Except as provided in Section 4C.3(a), Excess Annual Additions may not be distributed to Participants or former Participants. |
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
4C.4 EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Participants' Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after distribution of any Excess Contributions. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a ten percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.
Such distributions shall be made to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective portions of the Excess Contributions attributable to each of such Employees.
(b) Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 4B.1, under the Plan in the Limitation Year in which they arose.
(c) Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss for the Plan Year. The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant is the sum of the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for Deferral Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year, by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Participant's Account balance attributable to Deferral Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the Plan Year plus the Participant's Deferral Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year. Income for the gap period (the period from the end of the Plan Year to the date of distribution) shall not be allocated to Excess Contributions.
(d) Excess Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed from the Participant's Account for Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (if applicable) in proportion to the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess Contributions shall be distributed from the Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant's Account for Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions.
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(e) Matching Contributions, as defined in Section 1.36, that are attributable to Excess Contributions, shall be forfeited, and as such, shall be applied to reduce Employer contributions or pay Plan expenses.
4C.5 EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Participants' Accounts such Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after distribution of any Excess Aggregate Contributions. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a ten percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts.
(b) Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions, as defined in Section 4B.1, in the Limitation Year in which they arose.
(c) Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss for the Plan Year. The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant is an amount determined by multiplying the sum of the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year by a fraction, the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Participant's Account balance attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the Plan Year plus the Participant's Contribution Percentage Amounts for the Plan Year. Income for the gap period (the period from the end of the Plan Year to the date of distribution) shall not be allocated to Excess Aggregate Contributions.
(d) Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to each Participant shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or distributed on a pro-rata basis from the Participant's Account for Employee Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions (and, if applicable, the Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Elective Deferral Contributions, or both).
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
(e) Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be applied to reduce Employer contributions or pay Plan expenses.
(f) Matching Contributions as defined in Section 1.36 that are attributable to Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, and as such, shall be applied to reduce Employer contributions or pay Plan expenses.
Article IV - Legal Limitations February 6, 2002
ARTICLE V - PARTICIPANT PROVISIONS
5A. ANNUITY CONTRACT AND PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT
5A.1 PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT. A Participant's Account shall be maintained on behalf of each Participant until such Account is distributed in accordance with the terms of this Plan. Each Participant shall have the exclusive authority to direct the investment of Employee Contributions, Elective Deferral Contributions, QVEC Contributions and Rollover Contributions, if applicable, from among the investment options selected by the Employer. If selected by the Employer in its Adoption Agreement, the Participant, Beneficiary and/or Alternate Payee additionally shall have the exclusive authority to direct the investment of contributions made by the Employer from among the investment choices selected by the Employer. 5A.2 INVESTMENT TRANSFERS. Each Participant, Beneficiary, and/or Alternate Payee shall have the exclusive authority to direct the transfer of amounts between the investment funds designated by the Employer, attributable to his Employee Contributions, Elective Deferral Contributions, QVEC Contributions and Rollover Contributions, if applicable. If the Employer selects in its Adoption Agreement to grant the Participant exclusive authority to direct the investment of contributions made by the Employer, the Participant, Beneficiary, and/or Alternate Payee shall also have the exclusive authority to transfer contributions made by the Employer from among the investment choices selected by the Employer. The transfer of amounts between investment funds shall be subject to the rules of the investment funds in which the Participant's Account is invested or is to be invested. The Plan Administrator or the Participant, Beneficiary, and/or Alternate Payee as the case may be, may change such amounts as often as the Plan Administrator may allow in accordance with the terms of the investment funds in which the Participant's Account is being invested. The ability of a Participant who is subject to the reporting requirements of section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act") to make withdrawals or investment changes involving the Participant's Employer Stock Account may be restricted by the Plan Administrator to comply with rules under section 16(b) of the Act. 5A.3 PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT VALUATION. A Participant's Account shall be maintained on behalf of each Participant until such Account is distributed in accordance with the terms of this Plan. At least once per year, as of the last day of the Plan Year, each Participant's Account shall be adjusted, in the ratio that the Participant's Account balance bears to all account balances |
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
invested into the same investment vehicle, for any earnings, gains, losses, contributions, withdrawals, expenses, and loans attributable to such Plan Year, in order to obtain a new valuation of the Participant's Account. The assets of the Plan will be valued annually at fair market value as of the last day of each Plan Year.
5B. LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
5B.1 OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF LIFE INSURANCE. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement shall permit the purchase of life insurance on the lives of some or all Participants hereunder, each eligible Participant may elect that a portion of the Contribution made on his behalf shall be applied to the purchase of a Life Insurance Policy or Policies on his life. The application for each Policy shall be signed by the Participant and by the Trustee and shall conform to the requirements of the Insurance Company, including any requested evidence of insurability, and the requirements of this Section. All Life Insurance Policies shall be issued so as to permit a common billing date. Any Policy on the life of a Participant who can qualify for waiver of premium thereunder and participant account contribution disability benefits thereunder may include such benefits if applied for by the Participant. The Plan Administrator may adopt reasonable rules regarding the purchase of Life Insurance Policies provided such rules are administered in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner. No application shall be made hereunder for any Life Insurance Policy on the life of a Participant acceptable to the Insurance Company at standard premium rates for a face amount of less that $1,000 for the first, or any additional Policy issued on the Participant's life. 5B.2 PREMIUMS ON LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES. The premiums on all Life Insurance Policies on the life of a Participant shall be paid from the portion of his Participant's Account attributable to contributions made by the Employer, to the extent sufficient therefor, otherwise in one of the following manners: (a) By a loan against the Participant's Policy or Policies, under the automatic premium loan provision thereof, or (b) By payment out of his Participant's Account. If the Participant is not acceptable to the Insurance Company as a standard risk at standard rates, a Policy with the same premium but a lesser death benefit may be purchased. 5B.3 LIMITATIONS ON PREMIUMS. In no case shall the cumulative total premiums paid on all Policies held on the life of a Participant hereunder exceed an amount equal to the applicable percentage set forth below of all Contributions (other than Employee Contributions) and Forfeitures theretofore allocated or currently due on his behalf: (a) 49% in the case of ordinary life insurance or similar policies. |
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
(b) 25% in the case of term insurance policies or a combination of policies, with premiums on ordinary life insurance or similar policies being given half weight. If such cumulative total premiums would otherwise exceed this amount, the necessary steps to avoid this result shall be taken by reduction of the Participant's life insurance coverage by changing all or a portion of his coverage to paid-up life insurance or by selling the excess portion to the Participant. 5B.4 DISPOSAL. A Participant who no longer wishes to have any part of his allocable share of Contributions used to pay the premiums for any Life Insurance Policy or Policies may withdraw a prior election by written notice to the Trustee to that effect. Any Policy shall be disposed of in accordance with its provisions as the Trustee shall direct. 5B.5 RIGHTS UNDER POLICIES. Each Policy shall provide that the Trustee shall have the right to receive any or all payments that may be due during the Participant's lifetime. Any death benefit shall be payable directly to the Beneficiary named in the Policy and the Participant shall have the right, subject to the terms of Section 3C, either directly or through the Trustee, to change the Beneficiary from time to time and to elect settlement options under the policy for the benefit of the Beneficiary. The Trustee shall have the right to exercise all other options and privileges contained in the policy and shall exercise such rights and privileges in a manner consistent with the terms of the Plan. 5B.6 LOANS. No loans shall be made against any of the Policies hereunder either from the Insurance Company or any other source unless such loans are made in order to pay amounts then due as premiums thereon. 5B.7 CONDITIONS OF COVERAGE. Except as may be otherwise provided in any conditional or binding receipt issued by the Insurance Company, there shall be no coverage and no death benefit payable under any Policy to be purchased from the Insurance Company until such Policy shall have been delivered and the premium therefor shall have been paid to the Insurance Company as a premium for that Policy. Neither the Employer nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility as to the effectiveness of any Life Insurance Policy purchased from the Insurance Company hereunder nor be under any liability or obligation to pay any amount to any Participant or his Beneficiary by reason of any failure or refusal by the Insurance Company to make such payment. 5B.8 POLICY NOT YET IN FORCE. If at the death of any Participant, the Trustee shall be holding any amount intended for the purchase of any Life Insurance Policy on the Participant's life, but coverage under such Policy shall not yet be in force, the Trustee shall credit such amount to the Participant's Account to be disposed of as a portion thereof. 5B.9 VALUE OF POLICY. The value of any Policy on the life of a living Participant for any purpose under this Plan shall be that amount which the Insurance Company would pay upon surrender of such Policy in accordance with its usual rules and practices. |
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
5B.10 DIVIDENDS. If dividends are allowed on any Life Insurance Policy, they shall be used to provide additional benefits under the Policy. 5B.11 DISTRIBUTION No life insurance protection shall continue in force under the Plan subsequent to a Participant's retirement or Termination of Employment, whichever occurs first. As of such date, any Life Insurance Policy shall be distributed to the Participant in accordance with its terms and the terms of Section 3C.3. 5B.12 APPLICATION. The Trustee, if the Plan is trusteed, or custodian, if the Plan has a custodial account, shall apply for and will be the owner of any Life Insurance Policy purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Life Insurance Policy(ies) must provide that proceeds will be payable to the Trustee (or custodian, if applicable). However, the Trustee (or custodian) shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the Life Insurance Policy(ies) to the Participant's designated Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant's Spouse will be the designated Beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a Qualified Election has been made in accordance with Section 3C.2(c), Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall the Trust (or custodial account) retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Plan and any Life Insurance Policies or annuity contracts issued pursuant to the Plan, the Plan provisions shall control. 5C. LOANS 5C.1 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS. If the Employer has specified in its Adoption Agreement that loans are permitted, then the Plan Administrator may make a bona fide loan to a Participant, in an amount which, when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant from all qualified plans of the Employer, does not exceed the lesser of $50,000 reduced by the excess of the Participant's highest outstanding loan balance during the 12 months preceding the date on which the loan is made over the outstanding loan balance on the date the new loan is made, or 50% of the Participant's Vested Interest in his Participant's Account excluding amounts attributable to QVEC Contributions. Notwithstanding any provision in this paragraph to the contrary, loans may not exceed a Participant's Vested Interest attributable to such contributions. In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan. No loans will be made to any Shareholder-Employee or Owner-Employee or to family members of Shareholder-Employees or Owner-Employees, as defined in Code section 267(c)(4). |
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
The loan shall be made under such terms, security interest, and conditions as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate, provided, however, that: (a) Loans shall be made available to all Participants and parties-in-interest (as defined in ERISA and including Employees and Beneficiaries), on a reasonably equivalent basis. (b) Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees on a basis greater than the basis made available to other Employees. (c) Loans must bear a reasonable rate of interest. (d) Loans are adequately secured. (e) Unless the provisions of Section 3C.6 apply to a Participant, loans may be made only after a Participant obtains the consent of his Spouse, if any, to use his Participant's Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Participant's Account is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision of the loan. (f) Loans must be made in accordance with and subject to all of the provisions of this Section 5C. If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with (e), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's Vested Interest used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the account balance payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's Vested Interest in his Participant's Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving Spouse, then the Participant's Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Interest by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse. 5C.2 LOAN PROCEDURES. The Plan Administrator shall establish a written set of procedures, set forth in the summary plan description or any other established set of procedures, which becomes a part of such Plan by which all loans will be administered. Such rules, which are incorporated herein by reference, will include, but not be limited to |
the following:
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
(a) The person or persons authorized to administer the loan program, identified by name or position;
(b) The loan application procedure;
(c) The basis for approving or denying loans;
(d) Any limits on the types of loans permitted;
(e) The procedure for determining a "reasonable" interest rate;
(f) Acceptable collateral;
(g) Default conditions; and
(h) Steps which will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the event of default.
5C.3 USERRA LOAN SUSPENSION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section 5C, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, loan repayments under the Plan shall be suspended as permitted under section 414(u)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code.
5D. PARTICIPANTS' RIGHTS
5D.1 GENERAL RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES. The Plan is established and the Plan or Trust assets are held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits for such Employees and their Beneficiaries as have qualified to participate under the terms of the Plan. 5D.2 FILING A CLAIM FOR BENEFITS. A Participant or Beneficiary, or the Employer acting in his behalf, shall notify the Plan Administrator of a claim of benefits under the Plan. Such request shall be in writing to the Plan Administrator and shall set forth the basis of such claim and shall authorize the Plan Administrator to conduct such examinations as may be necessary to determine the validity of the claim and to take such steps as may be necessary to facilitate the payment of any benefits to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of the Plan. 5D.3 DENIAL OF CLAIM. Whenever a claim for benefits by any Participant or Beneficiary has been denied by a Plan Administrator, a written notice, prepared in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant, must be provided, setting forth (1) the specific reasons for the denial; (2) the specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (4) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure. 5D.4 REMEDIES AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPANTS. A Participant or Beneficiary (1) may request a review by a Named Fiduciary, other than the Plan Administrator, upon written application to the Plan; (2) may review pertinent Plan documents; and (3) may submit issues and comments in writing to a Named Fiduciary. A Participant or |
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
Beneficiary shall have 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of a denial of a claim to request a review of a denied claim. A decision by a Named Fiduciary shall be made promptly and not later than 60 days after the Named Fiduciary's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of the time for processing in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review. The decision on review by a Named Fiduciary shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. A Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled, either in his own name or in conjunction with any other interested parties, to bring such actions in law or equity or to undertake such administrative actions or to seek such relief as may be necessary or appropriate to compel the disclosure of any required information, to enforce or protect his rights, to recover present benefits due to him or to clarify his rights to future benefits under the Plan. 5D.5 LIMITATION OF RIGHTS. Participation hereunder shall not grant any Participant the right to be retained in the Service of the Employer or any other rights or interest in the Plan or Trust fund other than those specifically herein set forth. 5D.6 100% VESTED CONTRIBUTIONS. Each Participant, regardless of his length of Service with the Employer, shall be fully vested (100%) at all times in any portion of his Participant's Account attributable to the following contributions, as applicable: (a) Employee Contributions and earnings thereon; (b) Elective Deferral Contributions and earnings thereon; (c) Qualified Matching Contributions and earnings thereon; (d) Qualified Nonelective Contributions and earnings thereon; (e) Rollover Contributions and earnings thereon; (f) QVEC Contributions and earnings thereon. 5D.7 REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFIT. In the event any portion of a benefit which is payable to a Participant or a Beneficiary shall remain unpaid on account of the inability of the Plan Administrator, after diligent effort, to locate such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture under Section 3D. If a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary for any benefit forfeited under this Section, such benefit must be reinstated by the Employer. |
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
5D.8 NON-ALIENATION. It is a condition of the Plan, and all rights of each Participant shall be subject thereto, that no right or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall be assignable or transferable in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including, but without limitation, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner, and no right or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall be liable for or subject to any obligation or liability of such Participant. The preceding sentence shall not preclude the enforcement of a federal tax levy made pursuant to Code section 6331 or the collection by the United States on a judgement resulting from an unpaid tax assessment. The preceding paragraph shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a QDRO. A domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 will be treated as a QDRO if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as of such date, and may be treated as a QDRO if payment of benefits has not commenced as of such date, even though the order does not satisfy the requirements of Code section 414(p). The first paragraph of this section shall not preclude: (a) any assignment or alienation of benefits in pay status to the extent that such assignment or alienation (i) is voluntary and revocable, (ii) is not for the purpose of, nor has the effect of, defraying Plan administration costs, and (iii) does not, when combined with all other such assignments in the aggregate, exceed 10% of any benefit payment, or (b) any assignment or alienation of all, or any portion of, benefits to a third party, including the participant's employer, provided such assignment or alienation is (1) voluntary and revocable and (2) the third party files with the Plan Administrator a written acknowledgement meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(e)(2) (or any successor regulation of similar purpose). The first sentence of this section 5D.8 shall not apply to any offset |
of a Participants benefit under a Plan against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the plan if:
(a) the order or requirement to pay arises
(1) under a judgment or conviction for a crime involving such plan,
(2) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of
Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title 1 of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or
(3) pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation of
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
Part 4 of such Subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person,
(b) the judgment, order, decree, or settlement expressly provides for the offset of all or a part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant's benefits provided under the Plan, and
(c) in a case in which the survivor annuity requirements of Code section 401(a)(11) apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the Participant, if the Participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made
(1) either such spouse has consented in writing to such
offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary
public or representative of the Plan (or it is
established to the satisfaction of a Plan
representative that such consent may not be obtained
by reason of circumstances described in Code section
417(a)(2)(B)), or an election to waive the right of
the spouse to either a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
is in effect in accordance with the requirements of
Code section 417(a),
(2) such spouse is order or required in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of Part 4 of such Subtitle, or
(3) in such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provided pursuant to Code section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) and under a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity provided pursuant to Code section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii), determined in accordance with subparagraph (d) hereunder.
(d) The survivor annuity described in subparagraph (c)(3) above shall be determined as if
(1) the participant terminated employment on the date of the offset,
(2) there was no offset,
(3) the Plan permitted commencement of benefits only on or after Normal Retirement Age,
(4) the Plan provided only the minimum-required Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, and
(5) the amount of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity under the Plan is equal to the amount of the survivor annuity payable under the minimum-required Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
For purposes of this subparagraph (d), the term "minimum-required Joint and Survivor Annuity" means the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity which is the actuarial equivalent of the Participant's accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7)) and under which the survivor annuity is 50 percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse.
The judgement, order, requirement to pay, decree, or settlement agreement described above must have been entered into on or after August 5, 1997.
Article V - Participant Provisions February 6, 2002
ARTICLE VI - OVERSEER PROVISIONS
6A. FIDUCIARY DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
6A.1 GENERAL FIDUCIARY STANDARD OF CONDUCT. Each Fiduciary of the Plan shall discharge his duties hereunder solely in the interest of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Each Fiduciary shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in conducting an enterprise of like character and with like aims, in accordance with the documents and instruments governing this Plan, insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with this standard. 6A.2 SERVICE IN MULTIPLE CAPACITIES. Any Person or group of Persons may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity with respect to this Plan, specifically including service both as Trustee and Plan Administrator. 6A.3 LIMITATIONS ON FIDUCIARY LIABILITY. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to prevent any Fiduciary from receiving any benefit to which he may be entitled as a Participant or Beneficiary in this Plan, so long as the benefit is computed and paid on a basis which is consistent with the terms of this Plan as applied to all other Participants and Beneficiaries. Nor shall this Plan be interpreted to prevent any Fiduciary from receiving any reasonable compensation for services rendered, or for the reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of his duties with the Plan; except that no Person so serving who already receives full-time pay from an Employer shall receive compensation from this Plan, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred. 6A.4 INVESTMENT MANAGER. If an Investment Manager has been appointed pursuant to Section 6B.7 of this Plan, he is required to acknowledge in writing that he has undertaken a Fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Plan. The Insurance Company's liability as a Fiduciary is limited to that arising from its management of any assets of the Plan held by the Insurance Company in its separate accounts. 6B. THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR 6B.1 DESIGNATION AND ACCEPTANCE. The Employer shall designate a Person or Persons to serve as Plan Administrator under the Plan and such Persons, by joining in the execution of the Adoption Agreement, accepts such appointment and agrees to act in accordance with the terms of the Plan. 6B.2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITY. The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in a nondiscriminatory manner subject to |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
the specific terms of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall perform all such duties as are necessary to operate, administer, and manage the Plan in accordance with the terms thereof. This shall include notification to the Insurance Company of any adjustment made to a Participant's Account as a result of Excess Annual Additions as defined in Section 4C.1(b). The Plan Administrator shall comply with the regulatory provisions of ERISA and shall furnish to each Participant (a) a summary plan description, (b) upon written request, a statement of his total benefits accrued and his vested benefits if any and (c) the information necessary to elect the benefits available under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall also file the appropriate annual reports and any other data which may be required by appropriate regulatory agencies. Furthermore, the Plan Administrator shall take the necessary steps to notify the appropriate interested parties whenever an application is made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a determination letter in accordance with Code section 7476 as amended. 6B.3 SPECIAL DUTIES. If the Employer that adopts this Plan is not the Plan Administrator, and the Plan provides for either Employee Contributions or Matching Contributions to be made, the Plan Administrator shall: (a) Maintain records that enable it to monitor the adopting Employer's compliance with the requirements of Code section 401(m); (b) Perform the ACP test, as described in Section 4A.4, for the Employer on an annual basis; and (c) Notify the Employer if it is required to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions. 6B.4 EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION. The expenses necessary to administer the Plan shall be taken from Participants' Accounts unless paid by the Employer, including but not limited to those involved in retaining necessary professional assistance from an attorney, an accountant, an actuary, or an investment advisor. Nothing shall prevent the Plan Administrator from receiving reasonable compensation for services rendered in administering this Plan, provided the Plan Administrator is not a full-time Employee of any Employer adopting this Plan. 6B.5 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to this Plan as the Plan Administrator may require. 6B.6 ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE; MULTIPLE SIGNATURES. In the event that more than one Person has been duly nominated to serve on the Administrative Committee and has signified in writing the acceptance of such designation, the signature(s) of one or more Persons may be accepted by an interested party as conclusive evidence that the Administrative Committee has duly authorized |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
the action therein set forth and as representing the will of and binding upon the whole Administrative Committee. No Person receiving such documents or written instructions and acting in good faith and in reliance thereon shall be obliged to ascertain the validity of such action under the terms of this Plan. The Administrative Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. 6B.7 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR. The Plan Administrator, or any member of the Administrative Committee, may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer a written notice of resignation, to take effect at a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days after the delivery thereof, unless such notice shall be waived. The Plan Administrator may be removed with or without cause by the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after delivery thereof, unless such notice shall be waived. The Employer, upon receipt of or giving notice of the resignation or removal of the Plan Administrator, shall promptly designate a successor Plan Administrator who must signify acceptance of this position in writing. In the event no successor is appointed, the Board of Directors of the Employer will function as the Administrative Committee until a new Plan Administrator has been appointed and has accepted such appointment. 6B.8 INVESTMENT MANAGER. The Plan Administrator may appoint, in writing, an Investment Manager or Managers to whom is delegated the authority to manage, acquire, invest or dispose of all or any part of the Plan or Trust assets. With regard to the assets entrusted to his care, the Investment Manager shall provide written instructions and directions to the Employer or Trustee, as applicable, who shall in turn be entitled to rely upon such written direction. This appointment and delegation shall be evidenced by a signed written agreement. 6B.9 DELEGATION OF DUTIES. The Plan Administrator shall have the power, to the extent permitted by law, to delegate the performance of such Fiduciary and non-Fiduciary duties, responsibilities and functions as the Plan Administrator shall deem advisable for the proper management and administration of the Plan in the best interests of the Participants and their Beneficiaries. |
6C. TRUST AGREEMENT
This agreement entered into by and among the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee pursuant to the Adoption Agreement completed and signed by the Employer, the Plan Administrator and Trustee, hereby establishes the Trust with the following provisions to form a part of and implement the provisions of the Plan. These provisions shall not be applicable to any Plan where CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB has been named as Trustee of the Plan in the
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
Adoption Agreement, as of the later of the date CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB counter-signs the trust agreement or the effective date of the trust agreement.
6C.1 CREATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST. The Trustee, by joining in the execution of the Adoption Agreement, accepts the Trust hereby created and agrees to act in accordance with the express terms and conditions herein stated. 6C.2 TRUSTEE CAPACITY; CO-TRUSTEES. The Trustee may be a Bank, Trust Company or other corporation possessing trust powers under applicable State or Federal law or one or more individuals or any combination thereof. When two or more persons serve as Trustee, they are specifically authorized, by a written agreement between themselves, to allocate specific responsibilities, obligations or duties among themselves. An original copy of such written agreement is to be delivered to the Plan Administrator. 6C.3 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE. Any Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Plan Administrator a written notice of resignation, to take effect at a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days after the delivery thereof, unless such notice shall be waived. The Trustee may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors by delivery of a written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days after delivery thereof, unless such notice shall be waived. In the case of the resignation or removal of a Trustee, the Trustee shall have the right to a settlement of its account, which may be made, at the option of the Trustee, either (1) by judicial settlement in an action instituted by the Trustee in a court of competent jurisdiction, or (2) by written agreement of settlement between the Trustee and the Plan Administrator. Upon such settlement, all right, title and interest of such Trustee in the assets of the Trust and all rights and privileges under this Agreement theretofore vested in such Trustee shall vest in the successor Trustee, and thereupon all future liability of such Trustee shall terminate; provided, however, that the Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents and written instruments which are necessary to transfer and convey the right, title and interest in the Trust assets, and all rights and privileges to the successor Trustee. The Board of Directors, upon receipt of notice of the resignation or removal of the Trustee, shall promptly designate a successor Trustee, whose appointment is subject to acceptance of this Trust in writing and shall notify the Insurance Company in writing of such successor Trustee. 6C.4 TAXES, EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall deduct from and charge against the Trust fund any taxes paid by it which may be imposed upon the Trust fund or the income thereof |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
or which the Trustee is required to pay with respect to the interest of any person therein. The Employer shall pay the Trustee annually its expenses in administering the Trust and a reasonable compensation for its service as Trustee hereunder if the Trustee is not an Employee of the Plan, at a rate to be agreed upon from time to time. The reasonable compensation shall include that for any extraordinary services. 6C.5 TRUSTEE ENTITLED TO CONSULTATION. The Trustee shall be entitled to advice of counsel, which may be counsel for the Plan or the Employer, in any case in which the Trustee shall deem such advice necessary. With the exception of those powers and duties specifically allocated to the Trustee by the express terms of this Plan, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to interpret the terms of the Plan or Trust and the Trustee may request, and is entitled to receive guidance and written direction from the Plan Administrator on any point requiring construction or interpretation of the Plan documents. 6C.6 RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall have the following rights, powers, and duties: (a) The Trustee shall be responsible for the safekeeping and administering of the assets of this Plan and Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and any amendments thereto. The duties of the Trustee under this Agreement shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement and no other further duties or responsibilities shall be implied. Subject to the terms of this Plan and Trust, the Trustee shall be fully protected and shall incur no liability in acting in reliance upon the written instructions or directions of the Plan Administrator or a duly designated Investment Manager or any other Named Fiduciary. (b) The Trustee shall have all powers necessary or convenient for the orderly and efficient performance of its duties hereunder, including but not limited to those specified in this Section. The Trustee may appoint one or more administrative agents or contract for the performance of such administrative and service functions as it may deem necessary for the effective installation and operation of the Plan and Trust. (c) The Trustee shall have the power to collect and receive any and all monies and other property due hereunder and to give full discharge and acquittance therefor; to settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims, debts or damages due or owing to or from the Trust; to commence or defend suits or legal proceedings wherever, in its judgment, any interest of the Trust requires it; and to represent the Trust in all suits or legal proceedings in any court of law or equity or before any other body or tribunal. It shall have the power generally to do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized, which the Trustee in the exercise of |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
its Fiduciary responsibility may deem necessary or desirable for the protection of the Trust and the assets thereof.
(d) The Trustee shall make application to the Insurance Company for the Annuity Contract required hereunder and shall take all necessary steps to obtain any Life Insurance Policies elected on the lives of Participants hereunder. In applying for the Annuity Contract, the Trustee may indicate that, unless it directs the Insurance Company otherwise, it shall be entitled to receive all cash payments for further distribution to Participants and Beneficiaries.
(e) The Trustee may temporarily hold cash balances and shall be entitled to deposit any such funds received in a bank account or bank accounts in the name of the Trust in any bank or banks selected by the Trustee, including the banking department of the Trustee, pending disposition of such funds in accordance with the Trust. Any such deposit may be made with or without interest.
(f) The Trustee shall obtain and deal with any Life Insurance Policies or other assets of this Trust held or received under this Plan only in accordance with the written directions from the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall be under no duty to determine any facts or the propriety of any action taken or omitted by it in good faith pursuant to instructions from the Plan Administrator.
(g) All contributions made to the Trust fund under this Plan shall be paid by the Trustee to the Insurance Company under the Annuity Contract within 30 days after the date such contributions were due under the Plan. However, in lieu of holding any contributions made to the Trust fund, the Trustee may direct that all such contributions be made directly to the Insurance Company under the Annuity Contract or any Life Insurance Policy. The Employer shall keep the Trustee informed of all contributions made directly to the Insurance Company in accordance with the Trustee's instructions.
(h) If the whole or any part of the Trust shall become liable for the payment of any estate, inheritance, income or other tax which the Trustee shall be required to pay, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to pay such tax out of any monies or other property in its hands for the account of the person whose interest hereunder is so liable. Prior to making any payment, the Trustee may require such releases or other documents from any lawful taxing authority as it shall deem necessary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any nonpayment of tax when it distributes an interest hereunder on instructions from the Plan Administrator.
(i) The Trustee shall keep a full, accurate and detailed record of all transactions of the Trust which the Plan Administrator shall have the right to examine at any time during the Trustee's regular business hours. Following the close of the fiscal year of the Trust, or as soon as practical thereafter, the Trustee shall furnish the Plan
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
Administrator with a statement of account. This account shall set forth all receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by the Trustee during said year. The Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its approval or disapproval of the account. The Plan Administrator's failure to disapprove the account within 60 days after receipt shall be considered an approval. The approval by the Plan Administrator shall be binding as to all matters embraced in any statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction under which the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Employer and all persons having or claiming any interest in the Trust were parties; provided, however, that the Trustee may have its account judicially settled if it so desires. (j) If, at any time, there shall be a dispute as to the person to whom payment or delivery of monies or property should be made by the Trustee, or regarding any action to be taken by the Trustee, the Trustee may postpone such payment, delivery or action, retaining the funds or property involved, until such dispute shall have been resolved in a court of competent jurisdiction or the Trustee shall have been indemnified to its satisfaction or until it has received written direction from the Plan Administrator. (k) Anything in this instrument to the contrary notwithstanding, it shall be understood that the Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility with respect to the determination of matters pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to become or remain a Participant hereunder, the amount of benefit to which any Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder, all such responsibilities being vested in the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall have no duty to collect any contribution from the Employer and shall not be concerned with the amount of any contribution nor the application of any contribution formula. 6C.7 EVIDENCE OF TRUSTEE ACTION. In the event that the Trustee comprises two or more Trustees, then those Trustees may designate one such Trustee to transmit all decisions of the Trustee and to sign all necessary notices and other reports on behalf of the Trustee. All notices and other reports bearing the signature of the individual Trustee so designated shall be deemed to bear the signatures of all the individual Trustees and all parties dealing with the Trustee are entitled to rely on any such notices and other reports as authentic and as representing the action of the Trustee. 6C.8 INVESTMENT POLICY. This Plan has been established for the sole purpose of providing benefits to the Participants and their Beneficiaries. In determining its investments hereunder, the Trustee shall take account of the advice provided by the Plan Administrator as to funding policy and the short and long-range needs of the Plan based on the evident and probable requirements of the Plan as to the time benefits shall be payable and the requirements therefor. |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
6C.9 PERIOD OF THE TRUST. If it shall be determined that the applicable State law requires a limitation on the period during which the Employer's Trust shall continue, then such Trust shall not continue for a period longer than 21 years following the death of the last of those Participants including future Participants who are living at the Effective Date hereof. At least 180 days prior to the end of the twenty-first year as described in the first sentence of this Section the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall provide for the establishment of a successor trust and transfer of Plan assets to the Trustee. If applicable State law requires no such limitation, then this Section shall not be operative. 6D. THE INSURANCE COMPANY 6D.1 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. The Insurance Company shall issue the Annuity Contract and any Policies hereunder and thereby assumes all the duties and responsibilities set forth therein. The terms of the Annuity Contract may be changed as provided therein without amending this Plan, provided such changes shall conform (1) to the requirements for qualification under Code section 401(a), as amended from time to time and (2) to ERISA, as amended from time to time. 6D.2 RELATION TO EMPLOYER, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND PARTICIPANTS. The Insurance Company may receive the statement of the Plan Administrator or, if the Plan Administrator so designates, the Employer or the Trustee, as conclusive evidence of any of the matters decided in the Plan, and the Insurance Company shall be fully protected in taking or permitting any action on the basis thereof and shall incur no liability or responsibility for so doing. The Insurance Company shall not be required to look into the terms of the Plan, to question any action by the Employer or the Plan Administrator or any Participant nor to determine that such action is properly taken under the Plan. The Insurance Company shall be fully discharged from any and all liability with respect to any payment to any Participant hereunder in accordance with the terms of the Annuity Contract or of any Policies under the Plan. The Insurance Company shall not be required to take any action contrary to its normal rules and practices. 6D.3 RELATION TO TRUSTEE. The Insurance Company shall not be required to look into the terms of the Plan or question any action of the Trustee, and the Insurance Company shall not be responsible for seeing that any action of the Trustee is authorized by the terms hereof. The Insurance Company shall be under no obligation to take notice of any change in Trustee until evidence of such change satisfactory to the Insurance Company shall have been given to the Insurance Company in writing at its home office. 6E. ADOPTING EMPLOYER 6E.1 ELECTION TO BECOME ADOPTING EMPLOYER. With the consent of the Employer and Trustee, if any, any employer, which along with the Employer is included in a group of employers which constitute a |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)) or which constitutes trade or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in section 414(c)) or which constitutes an affiliated service group as defined in section 414(m) and is identified as an Adopting Employer in the Adoption Agreement, may adopt this Plan and all of its provisions. 6E.2 DEFINITION. Any employer eligible to adopt this Plan under the provisions of Section 6E.1 and which adopts this Plan and all of its provisions, shall be known as an Adopting Employer and shall be included within the term Employer, as defined in Section 1.25. 6E.3 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN. The effective date of the Plan for an Adopting Employer on other than the date specified in the Adoption Agreement shall be the first day of the Plan Year in which such Adopting Employer adopts this Plan. 6E.4 FORFEITURES. Forfeitures of any nonvested portion of a Participant's Account, as selected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, shall be allocated only to other Participants who are employed by the Adopting Employer who made the contributions to such Participant's Account, or shall be used as a credit only for such Adopting Employer. 6E.5 CONTRIBUTIONS. All contributions made by an Adopting Employer shall be determined separately by each Adopting Employer and shall be paid to and held by the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Adopting Employer and the Beneficiaries of such Employees, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Plan Administrator shall keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Adopting Employer and as to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Adopting Employer. 6E.6 EXPENSES. Subject to Section 6B.4, the expenses necessary to administer the Plan of any Adopting Employer shall be taken from accounts of Participants who are Employees, or accounts of Participants who were former Employee, of such Adopting Employer unless paid for by such Adopting Employer. The expenses necessary to administer the Plan for each Adopting Employer shall be determined by the ratio of the value of all Participants' Accounts of such Adopting Employers to the total value of all Participants' Accounts of each Adopting Employer. 6E.7 SUBSTITUTION OF PLANS. Subject to the provisions of Section 7C, any Adopting Employer shall be permitted to withdraw from its participation in this Plan. The consent of the Employer or any other Adopting Employer shall not be required. 6E.8 TERMINATION OF PLANS. If any Adopting Employer elects to terminate its Plan pursuant to Sections 7B.4, 7B.5 and 7B.6, such termination shall in no way affect the Plan of any other Adopting Employer. 6E.9 AMENDMENT. Amendment of this Plan by the Employer or any Adopting Employer shall only be by the written consent of the Employer and each and every Adopting Employer and with the |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
consent of the Trustee, if any, where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan. 6E.10 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY. The Plan Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Adopting Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Section 6E. |
Article VI - Overseer Provisions February 6, 2002
ARTICLE VII - SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY AFFECT THE PLAN
7A. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
7A.1 DEFINITIONS.
(a) ANNUAL COMPENSATION. The term Annual Compensation means
Compensation as defined in the Limitations on Allocations
section of the Adoption Agreement, but including, for all Plan
Years, amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the
Employee's gross income under Code section 125, section
402(e)(3), section 402(h)(1)(B) or section 403(b). Effective
for Plan Years beginning on or after the date specified by the
Employer in section XIII.C of the Adoption Agreement
(Limitations on Allocations), Compensation shall include
elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income
of the Employee by reason of Code section 132(f)(4).
(b) DETERMINATION DATE. The term Determination Date means for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, it means the last day of that year.
(c) DETERMINATION PERIOD. The term Determination Period means the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years.
(d) KEY EMPLOYEE. The term Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the Determination Period was:
(1) An officer of the Employer if such individual's Annual Compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(b)(1)(A); or
(2) An owner (or considered an owner under Code section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such individual's Annual Compensation exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(c)(1)(A); or
(3) A 5-percent owner of the Employer; or
(4) A 1-percent owner of the Employer who has Annual Compensation of more than $150,000.
The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code section 416(I)(1) and related regulations.
(e) PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP. The term Permissive Aggregation Group means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
(f) PRESENT VALUE. Present Value shall be based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in the Adoption Agreement.
(g) REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP. The term Required Aggregation Group means (1) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Determination Period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410.
(h) TOP-HEAVY PLAN. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is Top-Heavy if any of the following conditions exists:
(1) If the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.
(2) If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.
(3) If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.
(i) TOP-HEAVY RATIO. The term Top-Heavy Ratio means:
(1) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and related regulations. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
required to be taken into account on that date under Code section 416 and related regulations.
(2) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plans as defined in Code section 408(k)) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans, which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code section 416 and related regulations. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date.
(3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of
account balances and the Present Value of accrued
benefits will be determined as of the most recent
Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the
12-month period ending on the Determination Date,
except as provided in Code section 416 and the
regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances
and accrued benefits of a Participant (I) who is not
a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior
year, or (ii) who has not been credited with at least
one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the
Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on
the Determination Date shall be disregarded. The
calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to
which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
taken into account, will be made in accordance with
Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. QVEC
Contributions will not be taken into account for
purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When
aggregating plans, the value of account balances and
accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to
the Determination Dates that fall within the same
calendar year. The accrued benefit of a Participant
other than a Key Employee shall be determined under
(a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for
accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C). (j) VALUATION DATE. The term Valuation Date means the date specified in the Top-Heavy Provisions section of the Adoption Agreement as of which account balances or accrued benefit are valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio. 7A.2 MINIMUM ALLOCATION. For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the following will apply: (a) Except as otherwise provided in (c) and (d) below, the Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three percent of such Participant's Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy Code section 401, the largest percentage of Employer contributions and Forfeitures, as limited by Code section 401(a)(17), allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The Minimum Allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. This Minimum Allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (1) the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (2) the Participant's failure to make Required Employee Contributions to the Plan, or (3) Compensation less than a stated amount. (b) For purposes of computing the Minimum Allocation, Compensation shall mean Compensation as defined in the Compensation section of the Adoption Agreement as limited by Code section 401(a)(17). Notwithstanding the above, if elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the Employee's gross income under Code sections 125, 401(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b). Effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or such earlier date specified in section IV.C of the Adoption Agreement which cannot be earlier than January 1, 1998), Code section 132(f)(4) deferrals shall be treated in the same manner as section 125 deferrals. Effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or such earlier date specified in section IV.C of the Adoption Agreement which cannot be earlier than January 1, 1998), Code section 132(f)(4) deferrals shall be treated in the same manner as section 125 deferrals. |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
(c) The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. (d) The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the Top-Heavy Provisions section of the Adoption Agreement that the Minimum Allocation or benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans. (e) The Minimum Allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D). (f) Neither Elective Deferral Contributions nor Matching Contributions may be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying this Minimum Allocation Requirement. 7A.3 MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE. For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, one of the minimum vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. The minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee Contributions, Elective Deferral Contributions, QVEC Contributions and Rollover Contributions including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become Top-Heavy. Such Employee's account balance attributable to Employer contributions and Forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Section. |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
7B. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR MERGER OF THE PLAN
7B.1 AMENDMENT OF ELECTIONS UNDER ADOPTION AGREEMENT BY EMPLOYER. The party elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement shall have the right from time to time to change the elections under its Adoption Agreement in a manner consistent with the Plan, provided that such amendment or modification shall be in accordance with the Board of Director's resolution, if applicable, that describes the amendment procedure and provided further that the written amendment or modification is signed by the party elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. The amendment must be accepted by the Sponsoring Organization. Upon any such change in the Elections under the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee and the Sponsoring Organization shall be furnished a copy thereof. If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to a top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least 3 years of Service with the Employer may elect, in writing, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. For Participants who do not have at least l Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "5 years of Service" for "3 years of Service" where such language appears. The period during which the election must be made by the Participant shall begin no later than the date the Plan amendment is adopted and end no later than after the latest of the following dates: (a) The date which is 60 days after the day the amendment is adopted; (b) The date which is 60 days after the day the amendment becomes effective; or (c) The date which is 60 days after the day the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator. Such written election by a Participant shall be made to the Plan Administrator, who shall then give written notice to the Insurance Company. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant's Account balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code section 412(c)(8). For purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an Accrued Benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's Employer-derived Accrued Benefit will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not apply to a plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment satisfies the conditions in (1) and (2) below:
(1) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that is provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. (2) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the 90th day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 relating to a summary of material modifications or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. In the event of an amendment to a money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan) to convert it to a profit sharing plan (including a thrift plan or plan with a 401(k) feature), the resulting plan shall separately account in each affected Participant's Account for amounts attributable to coverage under the money purchase plan, including future earnings on such amounts. On and after the date of such amendment, these money purchase plan amounts shall remain subject to the money purchase plan restrictions on distribution. The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy Code sections 415 or 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirements under Code section 412(d), will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered to have an individually designed plan. 7B.2 AMENDMENT OF PLAN, TRUST, AND FORM OF ADOPTION AGREEMENT. The Sponsoring Organization may amend this Plan and Trust, and the form of the Adoption Agreement, and the Employer in adopting this |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
Plan and the Plan Administrator and the Trustee in accepting appointment as Plan Administrator and as Trustee, shall be deemed to have consented to any such amendment by executing the Adoption Agreement, provided that the written consent of the Trustee and the Plan Administrator to any change affecting their duties or responsibilities shall first be obtained. Upon any such amendment by the Sponsoring Organization, the Plan Administrator, the Employer and the Trustee shall be furnished with a copy thereof. 7B.3 CONDITIONS OF AMENDMENT. Neither the Sponsoring Organization nor the Employer shall make any amendment which would cause the Plan to lose its status as a qualified plan within the meaning of Code section 401(a). 7B.4 TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. The Employer intends to continue the Plan indefinitely for the benefit of its Employees, but reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time by resolution of its Board of Directors. Upon such termination, the liability of the Employer to make Employer contributions hereunder shall terminate. The Plan shall terminate automatically upon complete discontinuance of Employer contributions hereunder, if the Plan is a profit sharing plan or a thrift plan. 7B.5 FULL VESTING. Upon the termination or partial termination of the Plan, or upon complete discontinuance of Employer contributions, the rights of all affected Participants in and to the amounts credited to each such Participant's Account and to any Policies on each Participant's life shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable. At Plan termination, each Participant shall receive a total distribution of his Participant's Account (including any amounts in the Forfeiture Account allocated in accordance with Section 7B.6) in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3A, and the assets will be distributed from the Trust as soon as administratively feasible. 7B.6 APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES. Upon the termination of the Plan, any amount in the Forfeiture account which has not been applied as of such termination to reduce the Employer contribution, or has not been allocated as of such termination, shall be credited on a pro-rata basis to each Participant's Account in the same manner as the last Employer contribution made under the Plan from which the forfeiture amount was generated. 7B.7 MERGER WITH OTHER PLAN. In the case of any merger with or transfer of assets or liabilities to any other qualified plan after September 2, 1974: (a) The sum of the account balances in each plan shall equal the fair market value (determined as of the date of the merger or transfer as if the plan had then terminated) of the entire plan assets. (b) The assets or liabilities of each plan shall be combined to form the assets of the plan as merged (or transferred), and each Participant in the plan merged (or transferred) shall have an account balance equal to the sum of the account |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
balances the Participant had in the plans immediately prior to the merger (or transfer). (c) Immediately after the merger (or transfer), each Participant in the plan merged (or transferred) shall have an account balance equal to the sum of the account balances the Participant had in the plans immediately prior to the merger (or transfer). (d) Immediately after the merger (or transfer), each Participant in the plan merged (or transferred) shall be entitled to the same optional benefit forms as they were entitled to immediately prior to the merger (or transfer). (e) In the event of a merger (or transfer) of a money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan) and a profit sharing plan (including a thrift plan or plan with a 401(k) feature), the resulting plan shall separately account in each affected Participant's Account for amounts attributable to coverage under the money purchase plan, including future earnings on such amounts. On and after the date of such merger (or transfer), these money purchase plan amounts shall remain subject to the money purchase plan restrictions on distribution. 7B.8 TRANSFER FROM OTHER PLANS. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may cause all or any of the assets held in another qualified pension or profit sharing plan meeting the requirements of Code section 401(a) to be transferred to the Plan pursuant to a merger or consolidation of this Plan with such other plan or for any other allowable purpose. If transfers are elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, elective transfers initiated by a Plan Participant shall also be allowed. Upon receipt of such assets, the Plan shall separately account for such amounts in each affected Participant's Account. Such transfer shall be made without regard to the Limitations on Allocations imposed in Section 4B. 7B.9 TRANSFER TO OTHER PLANS. Upon written direction from the Employer, or, from a Participant in the case of an elective transfer, the Plan shall transfer some or all of the assets held under this Plan to another qualified pension or profit sharing plan meeting the requirements of Code section 401(a) and sponsored by the Employer. 7B.10 APPROVAL BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the Employer's adoption of this Plan is subject to the condition precedent that the Employer's Plan shall be approved and qualified by the Internal Revenue Service as meeting the requirements of Code section 401(a) and, if applicable, that the Trust established hereunder shall be entitled to exemption under the provisions of Code section 501(a). In the event the Plan initially fails to qualify and the Internal Revenue Service issues a final ruling that the Employer's Plan or Trust fails to so qualify as of the Effective Date, all liability of the Employer to make further Employer contributions hereunder shall cease. The Insurance Company, Plan Administrator, Trustee and any other Named Fiduciary shall be |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
notified immediately by the Employer, in writing, of such failure to qualify. Upon such notification, the value of the Participants' Accounts, including the then value of any Life Insurance Policies, shall be distributed in cash subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5B. That portion of such distribution which is attributable to Participant's Employee Contributions, if any, shall be paid to the Participant, and the balance of such distribution shall be paid to the Employer. Upon the death of any Participant prior to the actual surrender of a Life Insurance Policy or Policies on his life, the death benefit shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary. If the Employer's Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed plan. 7B.11 SUBSEQUENT UNFAVORABLE DETERMINATION. If the Employer is notified subsequent to initial favorable qualification that the Plan is no longer qualified within the meaning of Code section 401(a) or, if applicable, that the Trust is no longer entitled to exemption under the provisions of Code section 501(a), and if the Employer shall fail within a reasonable time to make any necessary changes in order that the Plan shall so qualify, the Participants' Accounts, including any Life Insurance Policies or the values thereof, shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable and shall be disposed of in the manner set forth in Sections 7B.5 and 7B.6 above. 7C. SUBSTITUTION OF PLANS 7C.1 SUBSTITUTION OF PLANS. Subject to the provisions of Section 7B.7, the Employer may substitute an individually designed plan or a master or another prototype plan for this Plan without terminating this Plan as embodied herein, and this shall be deemed to constitute an amendment and restatement in its entirety of this Plan as heretofore adopted by the Employer; provided, however that the Employer shall have certified to the Insurance Company and the Trustee, if applicable, that this Plan is being continued on a restated basis which meets the requirements of Code section 401(a) and ERISA. Any such changes shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 7B.1 and 7B.2 of the Plan. 7C.2 TRANSFER OF ASSETS. Upon 90 days' written notification from the Employer and the Trustee (unless the Insurance Company shall accept a shorter period of notification) that a different plan meeting the requirements set forth in Section 7C.1 above has been executed and entered into by the Plan Administrator and the Employer, and after the Insurance Company and the Trustee have been furnished the Employer's certification in writing that the Employer intends to continue the Plan as a qualified plan under Code section 401(a) and ERISA, the Insurance Company shall transfer the value of all Participants' Accounts under the Annuity Contract to the Trustee or such person or persons as may be entitled to receive the same, in accordance with the terms of the Annuity Contract. The Trustee shall likewise make a similar |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
transfer, including all Life Insurance Policies, or the values thereof, to such person or persons as may be entitled to receive same. The Insurance Company and the Trustee may rely fully on the representations or directions of the Employer with respect to any such transfer and shall be fully protected and discharged with respect to any such transfer made in accordance with such representations, instructions, or directions. 7C.3 SUBSTITUTION FOR PRE-EXISTING MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN. This Plan is designed: (a) For adoption by an Employer not previously covered under a master or prototype plan sponsored by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company; or (b) For adoption by an Employer in substitution for a pre-existing master or prototype plan sponsored by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company. If this Plan is adopted in substitution for such a pre-existing master or prototype plan, it shall be deemed to amend the Employer's prior Plan in its entirety effective as of the date specified in the Employer's Adoption Agreement. The Employer's Plan as so amended shall continue in full force and effect and no termination thereof shall be deemed to have occurred. 7C.4 PARTIAL SUBSTITUTION OR PARTIAL TRANSFER OF THE PLAN OR ASSETS. In the event this Plan is adopted as the result of a partial substitution or partial transfer of the Plan or the assets under the prior Plan as a result of a merger, consolidation or any other allowable purpose, the Plan and all transactions allowable under it are subject to the rules established by the Employer to address the orderly transition of the Plan or assets. |
Article VII - Special Circumstances February 6, 2002
ARTICLE VIII - MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 NONREVERSION. This Plan has been adopted by the Employer for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7B.10 and Section 8.6, under no circumstances shall any funds contributed hereunder at any time revert to or be used by the Employer, nor shall any such funds or assets of any kind be used other than for the benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.
8.2 GENDER AND NUMBER. When necessary to the meaning hereof, and except when otherwise indicated by the context, either the masculine or the neuter pronoun shall be deemed to include the masculine, the feminine, and the neuter, and the singular shall be deemed to include the plural.
8.3 REFERENCE TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE AND ERISA. Any reference herein to any section of the Internal Revenue Code, ERISA, or to any other statute or law shall be deemed to include any successor law of similar import.
8.4 GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and Trust, if applicable, shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the state where the Employer or Trustee has its principal office in the United States.
8.5 COMPLIANCE WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE AND ERISA. This Plan is intended to comply with all requirements for qualification under the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA, and if any provision hereof is subject to more than one interpretation or any term used herein is subject to more than one construction, such ambiguity shall be resolved in favor of that interpretation or construction which is consistent with the Plan being so qualified. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
8.6 CONTRIBUTION RECAPTURE. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, (1) in the case of a contribution which is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact, Section 8.1 shall not prohibit the return of such contribution to the Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution, and (2) if a contribution is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution under Code section 404, then, to the extent the deduction is disallowed, Section 8.1 shall not prohibit the return to the Employer of such contribution (to the extent disallowed) within one year after the disallowance of the deduction. The amount which may be returned to the Employer is the excess of (1) the amount contributed over (2) the amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake of fact or a mistake in determining the deduction. Earnings attributable to the excess contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be so returned. Furthermore, if the withdrawal of the amount attributable to the mistaken contribution would cause the balance of any Participant's Account to be reduced to less than the balance which would have been in the Participant's Account had the mistaken amount not been
Article VIII - Miscellaneous February 6, 2002
contributed, then the amount to be returned to the Employer would have to be limited so as to avoid such reduction.
In the event that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, any contribution made incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
Notwithstanding the above, any excess or returned contribution shall not be returned to the Employer if the Employer has taken Davis-Bacon Act credit for such contribution. These excess or mistaken contributions shall be paid to the Employee for whom such credit is taken.
Article VIII - Miscellaneous February 6, 2002
EXHIBIT 10.11
NON-STANDARDIZED PROFIT SHARING/THRIFT PLAN WITH 401(k) FEATURE ADOPTION AGREEMENT NUMBER 001-03
This Adoption Agreement, when executed by the Employer and accepted by the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee, if applicable, and accepted by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, establishes the Employer's Plan and Trust, if applicable, for the benefit of its eligible Employees and their Beneficiaries. The terms of the Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Defined Contribution Plan are expressly incorporated therein and shall form a part hereof as fully as if set forth herein except that if more than one election is provided, only that election made by the Employer shall be so incorporated. The terms of the Plan so incorporated together with the terms of this Adoption Agreement shall constitute the sole terms of the Employer's Plan and Trust, if applicable, and no further trust instrument or other instrument of any nature whatsoever shall be required. The Employer's participation under the Plan shall be subject to all the terms set forth therein and in this Adoption Agreement.
- Note: Section 414(d) governmental plans and section 414(e) nonelecting church plans that do not wish to provide ERISA-required benefits should not adopt this document. Section 414(d) governmental plans that include provisions required by state law that do not conform to requirements of the Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Defined Contribution Plan and this Adoption Agreement may not adopt this document.
- NOTE: Any choices made in this Adoption Agreement, and any situation where no choice is made, may only be changed by actually amending this Adoption Agreement.
Plan GENERAL INFORMATION Document Section |
Legal Name of Employer: Zix Corporation
Address: 2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36
City: Dallas State: Texas Zip: 75204-2960
Plan Name: Zix Corporation Retirement Plan
Plan Number: 001
- To be assigned by the Employer. For example: 001, 002, and so on.
Employer's EIN: 75-2216818
January 1, 2003
Plan GENERAL INFORMATION Document Section Classification of Business: A. [ ] C Corporation [ ] S Corporation [ ] Partnership [ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Tax-Exempt/Nonprofit Organization [X] Other: Controlled Group B. [ ] Single Employer |
[X] Controlled Group of Corporations
[ ] Group of Businesses Under Common Control
[ ] Affiliated Service Group
[ ] Other (specify): __________________________________________
January 1, 2003
Plan GENERAL INFORMATION Document Section C. Employer Tax Status: Tax Year Ends (MM/DD): December 31 Tax Basis: [ ] Cash [X] Accrual 1.21 Effective Date The adoption of the CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY Non-Standardized Profit Sharing/Thrift Plan with 401(k) Feature shall: [ ] A. Establish a new Plan effective as of (MM/DD/YY):_________. [X] B. Constitute an amendment and restatement in its entirety of a previously established Qualified Plan of the Employer which was effective January 1, 1989 (hereinafter called the "Effective Date"). The effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 2003 . Merger Data This Plan includes funds from a prior or coincidental merger of a: [ ] A. Money Purchase Plan [ ] B. Target Benefit Plan [X] C. Not Applicable Sponsoring Organization: Connecticut General Life Insurance Company P.O. Box 2975 Hartford, CT 06104 (860)534-2021 January 1, 2003 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE PAGE I. Nontrusteed, Trust, and Trustee......................................... 6 II. Plan Administrator...................................................... 7 III. Plan Year............................................................... 7 IV. Compensation............................................................ 8 V. Highly Compensated Employee............................................. 10 VI. Service................................................................. 11 VII. Eligibility Requirements................................................ 13 VIII. Entry Date.............................................................. 18 IX. Vesting................................................................. 20 X. Contributions........................................................... 24 XI. Contribution Period..................................................... 42 XII. Allocation of Contributions............................................. 44 XII.A. ADP and ACP Testing..................................................... 47 XIII. Limitations on Allocations.............................................. 49 XIV. Investment of Participant's Account..................................... 51 XV. Life Insurance.......................................................... 52 XVI. Employer Stock.......................................................... 53 XVII. Withdrawals Preceding Termination....................................... 54 XVIII. Loans to Participants, Beneficiaries and Parties-in-Interest............ 64 XIX. Retirement and Disability............................................... 65 XX. Distribution of Benefits................................................ 66 XXI. Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity................................ 69 XXI.A. Spousal Consent to Distributions........................................ 69 XXII. Amendment of the Plan................................................... 69 XXIII. Top-Heavy Provisions.................................................... 70 |
January 1, 2003
XXIV. Other Adopting Employer................................................. 72 MERGER Appendix.................................................................. 76 |
January 1, 2003
Plan I. NONTRUSTEED, TRUST, AND TRUSTEE.
Document
Section
- The Plan must have a Trustee if the Employer has elected Employer Stock, Loans, investment in Life Insurance, and/or any investment other than through a group annuity contract with Connecticut General Life Insurance Company.
- If the plan is trusteed, the Employer must apply for a Trust Tax Identification Number, unless the Trust already has obtained one, even if CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB has been appointed as the Plan's Trustee.
The Plan is: 1.40 [ ] A.Nontrusteed. 1.74, 1.75 [ ] B. Trusteed and Trustees are: Trustee(s) Name(s): _________________________________________________ Address: _________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________ City:___________________St: ___________ Zip: ______________ Trust EIN:________________________________________ [ ] Check this box, if applicable. This election shall be effective only until CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB's appointment as Trustee is effective. 1.74, 1.75 [X] C. Trusteed and CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB has been appointed as the Plan's Trustee. Trustee Name: CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB Address: 280 Trumbull Street Hartford, CT 06103 Employer's Trust BIN: to be determined - Note: If CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB is selected as Trustee, the Trust Agreement as set forth in Section 6C of the Plan Document shall not apply. CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB uses a separate Trust Agreement. - If this election is made, completion of section I.B, above, may be required as well. Under Plan Document Section 6C, any trust agreement with CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB shall not be effective until the date it is countersigned by an officer of CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB. An interim Plan Trustee may be required under section I.B., above, if the CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB Trust Agreement is not countersigned until after the effective date of this Adoption Agreement. January 1, 2003 -6- |
Plan II. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR Document Section 1.51 The Plan Administrator is: Name: Zix Corporation |
Address: 2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36
City: Dallas St: Texas Zip: 75204-2960 Plan III. PLAN YEAR Document Section 1.52 A. The Plan Year will mean: [ ] 1. The 12-consecutive-month period commencing on (MM/DD/YY)_______and each anniversary thereof except that the first plan year will commence on (MM/DD/YY)_______. This election may be made only for new plans. [X] 2. The 12-consecutive-month period commencing on (MM/DD/YY) January 1, 2003 and each anniversary thereof. January 1, 2003 -7- |
Plan IV. COMPENSATION Document Section - (i) Election of options 1-6 below does not require a separate nondiscrimination test. - (ii) If option 1, 2, or 3 is elected, you must elect the same definition of Compensation in Section XIII, Limitations on Allocations. - (iii) Options 1-6 include lump sum amounts and/or cash bonuses. These amounts are included in compensation in the year in which paid. - (iv) Options 7-9 may not be elected by a plan with an integrated allocation formula. - (v) This compensation definition is for purposes of allocating contributions under the Plan. For nondiscrimination testing, the Employer may use any definition of compensation that is based upon Code section 414(s) or 415(c)(3), except that "rate of pay" definitions may not be used. Use of options 7, 8, or 9 for nondiscrimination testing requires that the employer satisfy a separate compensation nondiscrimination test. A. Indicate the number of the Compensation definition that will be used for allocating each type of contribution. (Note: For purposes of elective deferral and matching contributions, the same definition of compensation should be used in order to simplify the calculation of these contributions.) Elective Deferral Contributions: 9 Matching Contributions: 9 Nonelective Contributions: 9 Employee Contributions: Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Contributions: 1.13 For purposes of allocating contributions, Compensation means: 1.13(a) 1. Wages, Tips and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2. 1.13(b) 2. Section 3401(a) wages. 1.13(c) 3. 415 safe-harbor compensation. 1.13(d) 4. Modified Wages, Tips, and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2. 1.13(e) 5. Modified section 3401(a) wages. 1.13(f) 6. Modified 415 safe-harbor compensation. 1.13(g) 7. Regular or base salary or wages. 1.13(h) 8. Regular or base salary or wages plus [ ] overtime and/or [ ] bonuses. 1.13(i) 9. A "reasonable alternative definition of Compensation," as that term is used under Code section 414(s)(3) and the regulations thereunder. The definition of Compensation is: 415 safeharbor compensation as defined in Section 1.12(c) of the Plan, excluding relocation expenses and amounts realized from a disqualifying disposition of stock acquired under a stock purchase plan described in section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code - Lump sum amounts and/or cash bonuses may be excluded only if specified in this definition. Also see note (v) above. January 1, 2003 -8- |
Plan IV. COMPENSATION Document Section 1.13 B. Compensation shall be determined over the following Determination Period: [X] 1. The Plan Year. [ ] 2. A 12-consecutive-month period beginning on (MM/DD) and ending with or within the Plan Year. For Employees whose date of hire is less than 12 months before the end of the designated 12-month period, Compensation will be determined over the Plan Year. [ ] 3. The Plan Year. However, for the Plan Year in which an Employee's participation begins, the applicable period is the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan. 1.13 C. Compensation used to determine contributions shall/shall not include Employer Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, which are not includable in the gross income of the Employee under Code section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b). [X] Shall [ ] Shall Not Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (Fill in date on which the Plan was operated in accordance with the CRA amendment of Code section 415(c)(3). This date cannot be earlier than January 1, 1998 or later than January 1, 2001),Code section 132(f)(4) deferrals (i.e., qualified transportation fringe benefits) shall be treated in the same manner as section 125 deferrals for purposes of the definition of compensation used to determine contributions under the plan. - "Shall" means that all salary deferral and salary reduction contribution amounts will be included in determining a Participant's compensation for determining the amount of and allocating contributions even though they are normally excluded when determining a person's gross income. "Shall Not" means that these amounts will not be included in compensation for these same purposes. 1.13 D. The highest annual Compensation to be used in determining allocations to a Participant's Account shall be: $____________ |
- Enter an amount if less than the Code section 401(a)(17) limit on Compensation of $150,000 (as indexed).
- An amount less than $150,000 (as indexed) is not allowed if an election has been made in section X.E for the Plan to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.
January 1, 2003
Plan Document V. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE Section 1.30 A. Highly Compensated Employees shall be determined using: 1.30(a) [X] Method 1: Employees who are 5% Owners in the current Plan Year or the Look-Back Year; plus Employees who received Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as indexed) in the Look-Back Year; or [ ] Method 2: Employees who are 5% Owners in the current Plan Year or the Look-Back Year; plus Employees who received Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as indexed) in the Look-Back Year, and who were in the top 20% of Employees ranked by Compensation; or [ ] Method 3: Method 1 done on a Snapshot Day basis. 1.30(b) The Snapshot day is __________ (fill in); or [ ] Method 4: Method 2 done on a Snapshot Day basis. The Snapshot day is __________ (fill in); or _ Note: The determination to include or exclude the "top 20% of employees ranked by Compensation" must apply consistently to the Determination Years of all plans of the Employer that begin with or within the same calendar year. B. Calendar Year Election for Look-Back Year [ ] Yes [ ] No If yes, for determining if an employee is an HCE on the basis of Compensation, the calendar year beginning with or within the Look-Back Year shall be treated as the Look- Back Year. - Note: Only available for Plans with non-calendar year Plan years. - Note: This election must be the same for all plans of the employer. January 1, 2003 -10- |
Plan Document VI. SERVICE Section |
Check off appropriate basis for determining service.
2A.3, A. Hours of Service or Elapsed Time 2A.9, 2A.5 1. Years of Service shall be determined on the following basis: -For purposes of section 1.a. below, if the Plan provides for contributions that are subject to a whole year of eligibility service requirement and also provides for contributions that are subject to a fractional year of eligibility service requirement, select the service crediting method that applies to those contributions that are subject to the whole year of eligibility service requirement. Eligibility must be determined based on the elapsed time method for those contributions that are subject to a fractional year of eligibility service requirement. a. Eligibility: (choose one)[X]Hours of Service [ ]Elapsed Time b. Vesting: (choose one) [X]Hours of Service [ ]Elapsed Time c. Allocation of Contributions:(choose one) [X]Hours of Service [ ]Elapsed Time 2. Succeeding Eligibility Computation Period. -Complete this item only if Years of Service for Eligibility (A.1.a., above) is based on Hours of Service. If an Employee does not fulfill the Plan's eligibility requirements in the initial 12- consecutive month period of service, the succeeding eligibility computation period shall be: [X] a. The following employment year (commencing on the first anniversary of employment and ending on the succeeding anniversary), and any such succeeding year thereafter, if necessary. |
[ ] b. The Plan Year beginning within the initial employment year, and any succeeding Plan Years thereafter, if necessary.
3. If Service is based on Hours of Service, Hours shall be determined on the basis of:
[ ] a. Actual hours for which paid or entitled to payment.
[ ] b. Days Worked (10 Hours of Service).
[ ] c. Weeks Worked (45 Hours of Service).
[ ] d. Semimonthly payroll periods (95 Hours of Service).
[X] e. Months Worked (190 Hours of Service).
- For options b, c, d, and e: If the Employee would be credited with 1 Hour of Service during the period, the Employee shall be credited with the number of Hours of Service indicated in parentheses.
January 1, 2003
Plan VI. SERVICE Document Section B. Service with other employers. 1.25 1. Service with members of the Employer's controlled group of corporations, affiliated service group, or group of business under common control ("controlled group"). - Service for an employer while the employer is part of the controlled group must be taken into account. a. Service with a member of the controlled group prior to it becoming part of the controlled group will be included for all purposes. [ ] Yes [X] No 2. Service with a predecessor organization. 2A.5 - Service with a predecessor organization of the Employer must be taken into account if the Employer maintains the Plan of the predecessor organization. a. Service with a predecessor organization will be included for all purposes even if the Employer does not maintain the plan of the predecessor organization. [ ] Yes [X] No 3. Service with the following subsidiary(ies) or affiliated organization, not related to the Employer under the rules of Code sections 414(b), (c) or (m), shall be considered Service for all purposes of this plan: 2A.5 Elron Software, Inc. 04-3394792 |
- Service credited under 1.a, 2.a and 3 must apply to all similarly situated Employees, must be credited for a legitimate business reason, and must not by design or operation discriminate significantly in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.
September 2, 2003
Plan VII. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
Document
Section
Check or fill out appropriate requirements for each type of contribution in the Plan.
2A.5(a), A. Eligibility Requirements 2B.1
1. If Employer is a Partnership or Sole Proprietorship: Self-Employed Individuals are eligible to participate in the Plan.
[ ] Yes [ ] No
2. Immediate Participation.
- No age or service requirement.
1.16, 1.53 - This election is required for contributions made to any employee under this Plan who is employed pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act or other Prevailing Wage Law.
[ ] Elective Deferral Contributions
[ ] Matching Contributions
[ ] Nonelective Contributions
[ ] Employee Contributions
[ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions
3. Service Requirement.
- Not to exceed 1 year if graded vesting; not to exceed 2 years if 100% immediate vesting. Not to exceed 1/2 year if graded vesting or 1 1/2 years if 100% immediate vesting if annual Entry Date is chosen in Section VIII "Entry Date." Not to exceed 1 year for Elective Deferral Contributions.
- No minimum service requirement is allowed for any employee under this Plan who is employed pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act or other Prevailing Wage Law.
[X] Elective Deferral Contributions: 0 (indicate number of years)
[X] Matching Contributions: 0 (indicate number of years)
[X] Nonelective Contributions: 0 (indicate number of years)
[ ] Employee Contributions:__(indicate number of years)
[ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions:__(indicate number of years)
- Fill in the blank(s) above with the amount of service required. Any service requirement not in units of whole years requires service for eligibility to be determined based on elapsed time (see Section VI.A.1.a).
4. Age Requirement.
- Not greater than 21 years. If annual entry date is chosen in
Section VIII "Entry Date," not greater than 20 1/2 years.
- No minimum attained age requirement is allowed for any employee under this Plan who is employed pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act or other Prevailing Wage Law.
[X] Elective Deferral Contributions: 21 (indicate minimum age)
[X] Matching Contributions: 21 (Indicate minimum age)
[X] Nonelective Contributions: 21 (indicate minimum age)
[ ] Employee Contributions: (indicate minimum age)
[ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions: (indicate minimum age)
January 1, 2003
Plan VII. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
Document
Section
2A.5(a), 5. Employees who were employed on or before the initial Effective 2B.1 Date of the Plan or the Effective Date of the amendment and restatement of the Plan, as indicated on page 2, shall/shall not be immediately eligible as of (choose one) [ ] the initial Effective Date or the Effective Date of the amendment and restatement of the Plan, or [ ] the first Entry Date following the initial Effective Date or the Effective Date of the amendment and restatement of the Plan, without regard to any Age and/or Service requirements specified in 3 or 4 above.
[ ] Shall [X] Shall Not
January 1, 2003
Plan VII. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS Document Section 2B.1 B. Job Class Requirements An Employee must be a member of one or more of the following selected classifications: 1. No Job Class Requirements: [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 2. Salaried: [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 3. Hourly: [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 4. Clerical: [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 5. Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement represented by the following union: [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 6. Other (fill in): Employed in a capacity other than an independent contractor or a leased employee as defined under section 414 (n) of the Internal Revenue Code [X] Elective Deferral Contributions [X] Matching Contributions [X] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions - A Plan may not exclude Employees based on the number of hours worked by the Employees. For example, "part-time" Employees may not be excluded. January 1, 2003 -15- |
Plan VII. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS Document Section 2B.1 C. Additional Requirements An Employee must be in the following designated division(s) of the Employer: ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 2B.1 D. An Employee must not be a member of any one of the following groups: 1. Union. - This exclusion shall not apply if the current collective bargaining agreement provides for coverage under the plan. - Employees who are members of a union are defined as: Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the employees of the Employer who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professional employees as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. [X] Elective Deferral Contributions [X] Matching Contributions [X] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 2. Nonresident aliens (within the meaning of Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)). [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions January 1, 2003 -16- |
Plan VII. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS Document Section 3. Employees covered by the following designated qualified employee benefit plans: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 4. Highly Compensated Employees. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 1.23 5. An individual not treated as a common law employee, who is not reported on payroll, income tax withholding, wage tax liability, or worker compensation coverage records, or any such similar record, even if a court or administrative agency later determines such individuals are common law employees. This exclusion shall not include Leased Employees who are treated as Employees under the terms of the Plan. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 1.16 E. The Plan covers Employees whose conditions of employment are mandated under the Davis-Bacon Act. (As required by law, contributions under this Plan made pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act or other Prevailing Wage Law may not be subject to any minimum service or age requirements). [ ] Yes [X] No January 1, 2003 -17- |
Plan VIII. ENTRY DATE Document Section |
- Check the appropriate requirement for Entry Date.
1.26 A. Immediately. [X] Elective Deferral Contributions [X] Matching Contributions [X] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 1.26 B. The first day of any month. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 1.26 C. Quarterly (that is, three months apart) on each: (MM/DD)_________________, or (MM/DD)______________, or (MM/DD)_________________, or (MM/DD)_______________. - Fill in dates. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 1.26 D. Semiannually (that is, six months apart) on each: (MM/DD)_________________, or (MM/DD)______________. - Fill in dates. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions January 1, 2003 -18- |
Plan VIII. ENTRY DATE Document Section 1.26 E. Annually, on each (MM/DD) ___________. - Fill in date. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions 1.26 F. The first day nearest to the date(s) selected in B, C, D or E above, whether before or after that date, that the Participant meets the Eligibility Requirements. [ ] Elective Deferral Contributions [ ] Matching Contributions [ ] Nonelective Contributions [ ] Employee Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions - Allows retroactive entry into the Plan. This may have an effect on various nondiscrimination tests for the Plan. In addition, retroactive entry for elective deferral contributions may cause administrative and compliance difficulties. January 1, 2003 -19- |
Plan IX. VESTING Document Section 1.77 A. Vesting Percentage. The Vesting Schedule, based on number of Years or Periods of Service, shall be as indicated below. Indicate the number of the vesting schedule that applies to any Nonelective Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Prior Employer Contributions. The vesting schedules are depicted in 1 through 8, below. Nonelective Contributions are subject to vesting schedule: 3 Matching Contributions are subject to vesting schedule: 3 - The vesting schedule for matching contributions indicated above may have changed pursuant to the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). See your EGTRRA Amendment to the Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Defined Contribution Plan Basic Plan Document Number 03. Prior Employer Contributions are subject to vesting schedule: ______ ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions that are Safe Harbor Matching Contributions shall always be subject to vesting schedule: 1 ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions that are Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions shall always be subject to vesting schedule: 1 ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are subject to vesting schedule: ___________ If applicable, any Matching Contributions and/or Nonelective Contributions made under this Plan pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act or other Prevailing Wage Act are subject to vesting schedule: 1 1. Immediately = 100% 2. 0-3 Years = 0% 3 Years = 100% 3. 1 Year = 20% 2 Years = 40% 3 Years = 60% 4 Years = 80% 5 Years = 100% 4. 0-3 Years = 0% 3 Years = 20% 4 Years = 40% 5 Years = 60% 6 Years = 80% 7 Years = 100% January 1, 2003 |
Plan Document IX. VESTING Section 5. 0-2 Years = 0% 2 Years = 20% 3 Years = 40% 4 Years = 60% 5 Years = 80% 6 Years = 100% 6. 0-5 Years = 0% 5 Years = 100% 7. 1 Year = 25% 2 Years = 50% 3 Years = 75% 4 Years = 100% 8. Other. Must be at least as liberal as #4 or #6 above. _______ = ________ _______ = ________ _______ = ________ _______ = ________ _______ = ________ _______ = ________ _______ = ________ _______ = ________ 2A.5(b) B. The vesting computation period shall be based on the Employee's service in the: [X] Plan Year [ ] Employment year January 1, 2003 -21- |
Plan Document IX. VESTING Section 2A.7, C. Excluded Years or Periods of Service. 2A.10 The vesting percentage shall be based on all Years of Service (i.e., completing 1000 Hours of Service) or Periods of Service (i.e., Elapsed Time), EXCEPT that the following shall be excluded: Years or Periods of Service: [ ] 1. Prior to the time the Participant attained age 18. [ ] 2. During which the Employer did not maintain the plan or predecessor plan. [ ] 3. During which the Participant elected not to contribute to a plan which required Employee Contributions. [ ] 4. Rule of Parity (Elapsed Time). - Rule of Parity (Elapsed Time): In the event a reemployed Employee has no vested interest in Employer Contributions at the time the break occurred, and has since incurred 5 consecutive 1-year Breaks-in-Service, and has a Period of Severance which equals or exceeds his prior Period of Service, such prior Service may be disregarded. [ ] 5. Rule of Parity (Hours of Service). - Rule of Parity (Hours of Service): Years of Service prior to a Break-in-Service may be disregarded if the participant had no vested interest in Employer Contributions at the time the break occurred, and the Participant has since incurred 5 consecutive 1-year Breaks-in-Service, and the number of consecutive 1- year Breaks-in-Service is at least as great as the Years of Service before the break occurred. [X] 6. Prior to any 1-Year Break-in-Service until the Employee completes a Year of Service following reemployment. [ ] 7. None of the above. January 1, 2003 -22- |
Plan Document IX. VESTING Section 3D.1, D. Forfeitures. 3D.2, 2A.7, 2A.10 1. Forfeitures will occur: [X] a. Immediately. |
[ ] (1) Optional Payback Method.
[X] (2) Required Payback Method.
[ ] b. Upon a 1-Year Break-in-Service.
[ ] (1) Optional Payback Method.
[ ] (2) Required Payback Method.
[ ] c. Upon 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in-Service.
- No payback of Forfeitures is allowed after
5-consecutive 1-Year Breaks-in- Service.
2. Forfeitures will be:
[ ] a. Reallocated to Participants' Accounts.
- Must be reallocated in accordance with the same
allocation formula as the contributions from which they
arose.
[X] b. Used as an Employer Credit and then, to the extent any
Forfeitures remain, reallocated to Participants'
Accounts.
- To the extent that Forfeitures are reallocated, they
must be reallocated in accordance with the same
allocation formula as the contributions from which
arose.
-If the Plan provides Matching Contributions and forfeitures are reallocated, the Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test will be affected.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(k)(1) A. Elective Deferral Contributions 1. Availability/Amount [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [X] Available under the Plan (complete the following). Each Participant MAY elect to have his Compensation actually paid during the [Elect One] [ ] Plan Year or [X] Contribution Period reduced by: [ ] a. ________%. [ ] b. up to __________%. [X] c. from 2 % to 30 %. [ ] d. [This election d. is only available if "Plan Year" is chosen above.] up to the maximum percentage allowable, not to exceed the limits of Code sections 402(g) and 415. [ ] e. a specified monetary amount not in excess of ______ % of a Participant's Compensation. - Lump sum amounts and/or cash bonuses must be subject to the salary deferral election unless the definition of compensation in Section IV.A.9 has been elected and these amounts have been specifically excluded from that compensation definition. Lump sum amounts and cash bonuses are deferred upon and tested in the Plan Year in which paid. 2. Modification A Participant may change the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions the Participant makes to the Plan (complete a and b): [X] a. 2 per Plan Year (may not be less frequent than once). [X] b. As of the following date(s) (MM/DD): at any time __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ January 1, 2004 -24- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(k)(1) 3. Deemed Election to Defer Compensation [ ] a. An Employee who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan and who is provided Plan enrollment materials shall be deemed to have elected to have had his Compensation paid during the Contribution Period or Plan Year (as applicable) reduced by ___%, effective ____(no less than 30 days after the date he receives Plan enrollment materials), unless he has affirmatively elected to reduce his Compensation by a different amount (including zero). A deemed election to defer Compensation may be modified in accordance with the provisions of Section X.A.2 above. - Percentage amount above may not be greater than 6%. The provision above applies to (choose one): [ ] all employees who are eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan, or [ ] all employees hired on or after ______who are eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan. [X] b. Deemed elections to defer Compensation are not available under the Plan. January 1, 2003 -25- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section |
2C.1(b) B. Required Employee Contributions
1. Availability/Amount
[X] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan and must be made as a condition of receiving an Employer Contribution.
- Required Employee Contributions are NOT AVAILABLE unless Elective Deferral Contributions are available.
Required Contributions shall be in the amount of:
[ ] a. _____ % of Compensation actually paid during the Contribution 2C.1(k)(1) Period.
[ ] b. Not less than _________ % nor more than _______ % of Compensation actually paid during the Contribution Period.
2. Modification
A Participant may suspend Required Employee Contributions for a minimum period of:
[ ] a. 1 month
[ ] b. 2 months
[ ] c. 3 months
- The suspension period may be of indefinite duration. A Participant's reentry into the Plan shall be as of the first Entry Date following the end of the suspension period.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1 C. Matching Contributions Availability [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [X] Available under the Plan (elect one from option 1 and, if applicable, elect one from option 2). 1. [ ] a. Matching Contributions SHALL be based upon Considered Net Profits. [X] b. Matching Contributions SHALL NOT be based upon Considered Net Profits. 2. Matching Contributions shall be made to: [X] a. All Participants. [ ] b. Nonhighly Compensated Employee Participants only. 3. Partnership Plans. [ ] a. The Employer SHALL make Matching Contributions to Partners. -Prior to the 1998 Plan Year, Matching Contributions to Partners are treated in all respects as Elective Deferral Contributions. [ ] b. The Employer SHALL NOT make Matching Contributions to Partners. Amount For each $1.00 of either Elective Deferral Contributions and/or Required Employee Contributions, as selected above, the Employer will contribute and allocate to each Participant's Matching Contribution Account an amount equal to: [ ] 1. $__________ (e.g., $.50). [X] 2. A discretionary percentage, to be determined by the Employer. - If option 2 is elected, the amount of the discretionary percentage should be determined by an annual Board of Directors resolution setting the percentage. January 1, 2003 -27- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section |
[ ] 3. Graded Match.
-If a or b is elected, the minimum and maximum percentages must be within the parameters of the Elective Deferral election in Section X.A or the Required Employee Contribution election in Section X.B of this Adoption Agreement.
- Percentages for higher amounts must be lower than the percentages for lower amounts. For example: 100% of the first $500, plus 75% of the next $500, plus 50% of the next $500.
[ ] a. Graded based upon the dollar amount of each Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions or Required Employee Contributions as follows:
______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______. |
[ ] b. Graded based upon the percentage of Compensation of each Participant's Elective Deferral Contribution or Required Employee Contribution as follows:
______% of the first ______% plus ______% of the next ______% plus ______% of the next ______% plus ______% of the next ______% |
-If 3.a or b is elected, additional testing will be required to prove that the different contributions are available on a nondiscriminatory basis.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section [ ] 4. Separate specific dollar amounts for different employees under this Plan (e.g., employees in different job classifications): - This option is available only for Plans covering Employees whose conditions of employment are mandated under the Davis-Bacon Act or similar Prevailing Wage Law. $ ______(e.g., $.50) to employees in ______ (fill in) $ ______(e.g., $.50) to employees in ______ (fill in) $ ______(e.g., $.50) to employees in ______ (fill in) $ ______(e.g., $.50) to employees in ______ (fill in) $ ______(e.g., $.50) to employees in ______ (fill in) Additional Formulas (fill in below): - Formulas must be the same type as above. ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ |
- If 4 is selected, additional testing will be required to prove that the different contributions are available on a nondiscriminatory basis.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section [ ] 5. Different graded matches for different employees under this Plan (e.g., employees in different job classifications, divisions, organizations, members of a controlled group of corporations, etc.): - This option is available only for Plans covering Employees whose conditions of employment are mandated under the Davis-Bacon Act or similar Prevailing Wage Law. [ ] a. Graded based upon the dollar amount of Elective Deferral Contributions or Required Contributions of each Participant as follows: - Percentages for higher amounts must be lower than the percentages for lower amounts. For example: 100% of the first $500, plus 75% of the next $500, plus 50% of the next $500. Employees in _________ (fill in) ______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ . Employees in _________ (fill in) ______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______. Employees in _________ (fill in) ______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______. Additional Formulas (fill in below): - Formulas must be the same type as above. ______________________________________________ ______________________________________________ |
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section [ ] b. Graded based upon the percentage of compensation of the Elective Deferral Contributions or Required Contributions of each Participant as follows: -This option is available only for Plans covering Employees whose conditions of employment are mandated under the Davis-Bacon Act or similar Prevailing Wage Law. - Matching percentages for higher compensation percentages must be lower than matching percentages for lower compensation percentages. For example: 100% of the first 3%, plus 75% of the next 2%, plus 50% of the next 2%. Employees in _________ (fill in) ______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______. Employees in _________ (fill in) ______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______. Employees in _________ (fill in) ______% of the first $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______ plus ______% of the next $ ______. Additional Formulas (fill in below): - Formulas must be the same type as above. __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ -If 5.a or b is selected, additional testing will be required to prove that the different contributions are available on a nondiscriminatory basis. January 1, 2003 -31- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section Additional Requirements The Elective Deferral and/or Required Employee Contributions, upon which Matching Contributions are made by the Employer, shall not exceed: [ ] 1. $ _______for the Plan Year. [ ] 2. ________ % of Participant's Compensation for the Contribution Period. - Reminder: Note the period over which Compensation will be determined in section IV.B. [ ] 3. ________ % of the Participant's Compensation for the Contribution Period, but in no event any amount greater than $_______ for the Plan Year. [X] 4. N/A. The total amount of Matching Contributions made by the Employer shall not exceed: [ ] 1. $ ________ for the Plan Year. [ ] 2. ________ % of Participant's Compensation for either the: (choose one) |
[ ] Contribution Period.
[ ] Plan Year.
[X] 3. N/A.
True-Up Contributions:
The Employer may/may not contribute a True-Up Contribution for each Participant at the end of the Plan Year so that the total Matching Contribution for each Participant is calculated on an annual basis.
[ ] May [X] May not
Additional Matching Contributions:
In addition, at the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may contribute Additional Matching Contributions to be allocated in the same proportion that the Matching Contribution made on behalf of each Participant during the Plan Year bears to the Matching Contribution made on behalf of all Participants during the Plan Year.
January 1, 2003
[ ] May [X] May not
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section |
Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs):
The Employer may/may not make Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) to the Plan.
[ ] May [X] May not
If the Employer makes QMACs, they shall be made to:
[ ] All Participants.
[ ] Nonhighly Compensated Employee Participants only.
Amount: (choose one)
[ ] ________ % of the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions.
[ ] _______ % of the Participant's Elective Deferral Contributions, but no amount in excess of either $_____ or ______% (choose one) of the Participant's Compensation.
NOTE: Regardless of the election above, the Plan automatically allows the Employer to make Qualified Matching Contributions to correct a failed ADP or ACP test.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1 D. Nonelective Contributions - If you choose to make a Nonelective Contribution, each Employee eligible to participate in the Plan and who satisfies the Annual Allocation Requirement of Section XII.A or XII.B MUST be given an allocation, regardless of whether they make Elective Deferral Contributions. Availability [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [X] Available under the Plan (complete the following). Amount The Contribution for each Contribution Period shall be: [ ] 1. ________ % of Considered Net Profits. [ ] 2. ________ % of Compensation of each Participant. - Reminder: Note the period over which Compensation will be determined in section IV.B. [ ] 3. The Employer will contribute an amount equal to $_________ for each Participant. [X] 4. Discretionary. - If option 4 is elected, the amount of the discretionary contribution made by the Employer should be determined by an annual Board of Directors resolution setting a fixed amount of contribution or a formula by which a fixed amount can be determined. The discretionary contribution amount may only be allocated in accordance with the provisions of section XII, Allocation of Contributions. [ ] 5. The Employer will contribute an amount equal to $_______ /hour or unit of each Participant (indicate dollar or cents amount). - Option 5 may be chosen ONLY for Employees who are subject to a Collective Bargaining Agreement. [ ] 6. ______ % of Considered Net Profits to ______(fill in) ______ % of Considered Net Profits to ______(fill in) ______ % of Considered Net Profits to ______(fill in) ______ % of Considered Net Profits to ______(fill in) ______ % of Considered Net Profits to ______(fill in) - Fill in job classification. January 1, 2003 -34- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section Additional Formulas (fill in below): - Formulas must be the same type as above. ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ |
[ ] 7. ______ % of Compensation to each Participant under this Plan in ______(fill in) ______ % of Compensation to each Participant under this Plan in ______(fill in) ______ % of Compensation to each Participant under this Plan in ______(fill in) ______ % of Compensation to each Participant under this Plan in ______(fill in) ______ % of Compensation to each Participant under this Plan in ______(fill in)
- Fill in job classification.
Additional Formulas (fill in below):
- Formulas must be the same type as above.
[ ] 8. The Employer will contribute an amount equal to:
$ ______ per hour of service for each Participant under this Plan in ______ (fill in) $ ______ per hour of service for each Participant under this Plan in ______ (fill in) $ ______ per hour of service for each Participant under this Plan in ______ (fill in) $ ______ per hour of service for each Participant under this Plan in ______ (fill in) |
- Fill in job classification.
Additional Formulas (fill in below):
- Formulas must be the same type as above.
- Options 6, 7 and 8 may be selected ONLY when a Plan covers Employees whose conditions of employment are mandated under the Davis-Bacon Act.
- If option 6, 7 or 8 is selected, subsection A.1 (Compensation to Compensation allocation) MUST be chosen in Section XIII, "Allocation of Contributions."
- If option 6, 7 or 8 is selected, additional testing will be required to prove that the different contributions are available on a nondiscriminatory basis.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section Additional Nonelective Contributions: In addition, the Employer of a Plan that provides for nonannual Nonelective Contributions may also contribute an additional annual discretionary Nonelective Contribution at the end of the Plan Year. This contribution will be allocated in accordance with the provisions of section XII.A. of the Adoption Agreement and will be subject to the Annual Allocation Requirements of section XII.B. of the Adoption Agreement. [ ] Yes [X] No Additional Requirements Nonelective Contributions shall/shall not be based on Considered Net Profits. - "Shall" must be chosen if option 1 is selected. |
[ ] Shall [X] Shall not
Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs)
The Employer may/may not make Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECS) to the Plan.
[ ] May [X] May not
If the Employer makes QNECs, they shall be made to:
[ ] All Participants.
[ ] Nonhighly Compensated Employee Participants only.
Amount: (choose one)
[ ] _______% of the Compensation of all participants eligible to share in the allocation.
[ ] ________ % of the net profits, but in no event more than $ _________ for any Plan Year.
[ ] an amount determined by the Employer.
Allocation: (choose one)
[ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.
[ ] In the ratio which each Participant's Compensation not in excess of $_______ for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants not in excess of $ ______ for such Plan Year.
NOTE: Regardless of the election above, the Plan automatically allows the Employer to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to correct a failed ADP or ACP test.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(k)(1); E. Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Contributions 2C.1(l) [ ] (Check this box, if applicable). This Plan shall be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. 1. Elective Deferral Contributions for ADP Test Safe Harbor Plan a. Each Participant may elect to have his Compensation actually paid during the (choose one) [ ] Plan Year |
or [ ] Contribution Period reduced by:
[ ]1. _______ %.
[ ]2. up to ________ %.
[ ]3. from _______% to __________ %.
[ ]4. [This election is only available if "Plan Year" is chosen above.] up to the maximum percentage allowable, not to exceed the limits of Code sections 402(g) and 415.
[ ]5. A specified monetary amount not in excess of __________ % of a Participant's Compensation.
- Lump sum amounts and/or cash bonuses must be subject to the salary deferral election unless the definition of compensation in Section IV.A.9 has been elected and these amounts have been specifically excluded from that compensation definition. Lump sum amounts and cash bonuses are deferred upon and tested in the Plan Year in which paid.
b. Modification
A Participant may change the amount of Elective Deferral Contributions the Participant makes to the Plan (complete 1 and 2):
[ ] 1. ________ per Plan Year (may not be less frequent than twice).
[ ] 2. As of the following date(s) (MM/DD):
[ ] [REQUIRED] During the 30-day period following receipt of the annual Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan notice.
[ ] In addition, as of the following dates (MMDDYY):
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section c. Deemed Election to Defer Compensation [ ]1. An Employee who is eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan and who is provided Plan enrollment materials shall be deemed to have elected to have had his Compensation paid during the Contribution Period or Plan Year (as applicable) reduced by __________%, effective _____________ (no less than 30 days after the date he receives Plan enrollment materials), unless he has affirmatively elected to reduce his Compensation by a different amount (including zero). A deemed election to defer Compensation may be modified in accordance with the provisions of Section X.E.1.b. above. - Percentage amount above may not be greater than 6%. The provision above applies to (choose one): [ ] all employees who are eligible to have Elective Deferral [ ] all employees hired on or after ___________ who are eligible to have Elective Deferral Contributions made to the Plan. [ ]2. Deemed elections to defer Compensation are not available under the Plan. 2. Safe Harbor Contributions for ADP Test Safe Harbor Plan (ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution) - Note: The Employer must elect either a, b, or c, below. In addition, the Employer may elect any combination of a, b, or c, below. [ ]a. Basic Matching Contributions. The Employer will make Matching Contributions and allocate to each Participant's ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account an amount equal to: (i) $1.00 for each $1.00 of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution up to 3% of the Employee's Compensation; plus (ii) $.50 for each $1.00 of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution in excess of 3% up to 5% of the Employee's Compensation. January 1, 2003 -38- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section [ ] b. Enhanced Matching Contributions. The Employer will make Matching Contributions and allocate to each Participant's ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account an amount equal to the sum of: (i) $1.00 for each $1.00 of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution up to ____% (must be at least 3%, but not greater than 6%) of the Employee's Compensation; plus - Note: If the blank above equals at least 4% or more, section (ii), below, need not, but still may, be filled in. (ii) $_____ for each $1.00 of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution in excess of _____ % [must be the same percentage as in (i)], but that does not exceed of the Employee's Compensation. - Note: The first and last blank in (ii) must be completed so that, at any rate of elective deferral contribution, the Matching Contribution is at least equal to the formula in subsection a, above. However, the rate of match may not increase as elective deferrals increase. [ ] c. Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. The Employer will make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution Account of each Eligible Employee in an amount equal to: ________ % (must be at least 3%) of the Employee's Compensation. ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to: (elect one) [ ] This Plan. [ ] Another defined contribution plan of the Employer, named: (insert name of plan) __________. January 1, 2003 |
Plan Document
Section X. CONTRIBUTIONS
3. Additional Matching Contributions to a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. (ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions)
- Note: No additional contributions other than those in E.1 and E.2, above, are required for a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. However, additional Matching Contributions may be made by completing this section.
The Employer will make additional Matching Contributions to the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan (ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) on behalf of each Eligible Employee in the amount of: (elect one)
[ ] a. ___% of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution up to _____% (not to exceed 6%) of the Employee's Compensation. [ ] b. ____% of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution up to _____% of the Employee's Compensation, plus ____% (not to exceed the percentage indicated in the first blank) of the Employee's Elective Deferral Contribution up to _____% of the Employee's Compensation. Under no circumstances shall the total contribution under this section exceed 6% of the Employee's Compensation. [ ] c. A discretionary percentage (not to exceed 4%) of the Employee's Compensation. The discretionary percentage must be determined by the Employer prior to the date the contribution is due to be made. |
Contributions made pursuant to this section X.E.3 shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the Employer for these contributions in Section IX of the Adoption Agreement, and are subject to any vesting schedule that may be imposed should the plan become top-heavy.
January 1, 2003
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(b) F. Voluntary (post-tax) Employee Contributions Availability/Amount [X] Not Available under the Plan. [ ] Available under the Plan (complete the elections in 1 and/or 2 below). [ ] 1. Periodic Voluntary Employee Contributions SHALL be permitted: [ ] a. Up to_________% of Compensation actually paid during the Contribution Period. [ ] b. No limit. [ ] 2. Lump Sum Voluntary Employee Contributions shall be permitted. [ ] a. Up to___________% of Compensation for the Plan Year. [ ] b. No Limit. - Voluntary Employee Contributions are NOT AVAILABLE unless Elective Deferral Contributions are available 2C.3 G. Rollover Contributions Availability [X] 1. Rollover Contributions out of the Plan are always available. [X] Cash only. [ ] Cash and Loan Notes from this and/or a prior plan. [X] 2. Rollover Contributions into the Plan: [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [X] Available under the Plan (complete the following). Cash Only or Cash and Loan Notes: [X] Cash only. [ ] Cash and Loan Notes from prior plan. Rollover contributions into the Plan may be made by: [X] Both eligible Employees and Employees who would be eligible except they do not yet meet the Plan's age and/or service requirement. [ ] Eligible Employees only. January 1, 2003 -41- |
Plan X. CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 7B.8, 7B.9 H. Transfers of Account Balances Availability [X]1. Transfers of account balances out of the Plan are always available. [X]2. Transfers of account balances into the Plan: [X] Not Available under the Plan. [ ] Available under the Plan. Plan XI. CONTRIBUTIONS PERIOD Document Section 1.15 A. The regular Contribution Period (by contribution type) shall |
be:
- For 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, and 9 below, "Other" Contribution Period may not be longer than annual, but may be shorter than bi-weekly.
- For 5 below, "Other" Contribution Period may not be longer than monthly, but may be shorter than bi-weekly.
1. Matching Contributions: [X] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-Weekly [ ] Other (specify)________. 2. Nonelective Contributions: [X] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-weekly. [ ] Other (specify)________. 3. Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs): [ ] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-weekly. |
[ ] Other (specify)________.
January 1, 2003
Plan XI. CONTRIBUTION PERIOD Document Section 1.15 4. Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs): [ ] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-weekly. [ ] Other (specify)________. 5. Elective Deferral Contributions, Required Employee Contributions, and/or Voluntary Employee Contributions: - Notwithstanding any election in this section, these contributions must be paid to the trust or Insurance Company on the earliest date on which contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets, but no later than 15 days after the end of the month in which they were deferred from pay or otherwise contributed by the Employee. - Annual contribution period is not available for contributions in #5. - The same one choice applies to all contribution types in #5. [ ] Monthly [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Bi-weekly [X] Other(specify) Semi-monthly. 6. Lump Sum Voluntary Employee Contributions: [ ] Annual [ ] Quarterly [ ] Semi-Annual [ ] Other (specify)____. [not longer than annual] 7. ADP Test Safe Harbor (Matching) Contributions: [ ] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-Weekly [ ] Other (specify)______. 8. ADP Test Safe Harbor (Nonelective) Contributions: [ ] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-Weekly [ ] Other (specify)______. 9. ACP Test Safe Harbor (Matching) Contributions: [ ] Annual [ ] 4-Weekly [ ] Monthly [ ] Bi-Weekly |
[ ] Other (specify)_______.
January 1, 2003
Plan XII. ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(g) A. Allocation Formula for Nonelective Contribution Complete the following ONLY if Section X.D is 1, 4, 6 or 7. - If Section X.D is 6 or 7, the Compensation to Compensation allocation formula (1 below) must be chosen. The Nonelective Contribution will be allocated to Participants who meet the requirements of Section XII.B or C as follows: [X] 1. Compensation to Compensation: In the same ratio as each Participant's Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants. |
[ ] 2. Integrated with Social Security:
a. Choose one of the following methods:
[ ] Step-Rate Method
For each Plan Year, the Employer will
contribute an amount equal to _____% of each
Participant's Compensation up to the Social
Security Integration Level, plus ____% of each
Participant's Compensation in excess of the
Social Security Integration Level. However,
in no event will the Excess Contribution
percentage exceed the amount specified in
Section 2C.1(g)(2)(B) of the Plan.
[ ] Maximum Disparity Method
For each Plan Year, the Employer's Nonelective Contribution shall be allocated in the manner stated in Section 2C.1(g)(3) of the Plan in order to maximize permitted disparity.
b. Social Security Integration Level:
[ ] i. $_______(not to exceed the Social Security Taxable Wage Base).
[ ] ii. The Social Security Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year.
[ ] iii._______% of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base (not to exceed 100%).
January 1, 2003
Plan XII. ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(g) A. Allocation Formula for Nonelective Contribution (continued) [ ] 3. Uniform Points Allocation: Each Participant shall receive_________(fill in number) points for each (must elect at least either a. and/or b. below): [ ] a. Year of age. [ ] b. Year of Service. [ ] c. $________(not to exceed $200) of Compensation. Each Participant's allocation shall bear the same relationship to the Employer Contribution that his or her total points bears to all points awarded. 2C.1(h) B. Annual Allocation Requirements An allocation of the annual Nonelective Contribution (other than a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution), annual Matching Contribution (other than a Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contribution, Enhanced Matching Contribution or ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution), Additional Nonelective Contribution and/or Additional Matching Contribution made by the Employer will be made to each Participant who: [ ] 1. Is a Participant on ANY day during the Plan Year regardless of Service credited during the Plan Year. [ ] 2. Is credited with a Year of Service in the Plan Year for which the contribution is made. [X] 3. Is a Participant on the last day of the Plan Year. [ ] 4. Is credited with a Year of Service in the Plan Year for which the contribution is made and is a Participant on the last day of the Plan Year. An allocation of a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, a Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contribution, Enhanced Matching Contribution or ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will be made to each Participant who is a Participant on any day during the Plan Year, regardless of Service credited during the Plan Year. In addition, an allocation will be made by the Employer on behalf of any Participant who retires, dies or becomes disabled during the Plan Year, regardless of the number of Hours of Service credited to such Participant and regardless of whether such Participant is a Participant on the last day of the Plan Year. Annual Nonelective Contribution [X] Yes [ ] No Additional Nonelective Contribution [ ] Yes [ ] No Annual Matching Contribution [X] Yes [ ] No Additional Matching Contribution [ ] Yes [ ] No |
January 1, 2003
Plan XII. ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS Document Section 2C.1(h) C. Nonannual Allocation Requirement An allocation of the nonannual Matching Contribution (other than a Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contribution, Enhanced Matching Contribution or ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution) or nonannual Nonelective Contribution (other than a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution)made by the Employer will be made to each Participant who: [ ] 1. Is a Participant on any day of the Contribution Period. [ ] 2. Is a Participant as of the last day of the Contribution Period. An allocation of a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, a Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contribution, Enhanced Matching Contribution or ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will be made to each Participant who is a Participant on any day during the Contribution Period, regardless of Service credited during the Contribution Period. In addition, an allocation will be made by the Employer on behalf of any Participant who retires, dies, or becomes disabled during the Contribution Period, regardless of whether such Participant is a Participant as of the last day of the Contribution Period. Nonannual Nonelective Contribution [ ] Yes [ ] No Nonannual Matching Contribution [ ] Yes [ ] No 1.73 D. True-Up Contributions |
An allocation of the True-Up Contribution made by the Employer will be made to each Participant who:
[ ] 1. Is a Participant on ANY day of the Plan Year.
[ ] 2. Is a Participant on the last day of the Plan Year.
[ ] 3. Is credited with a Year of Service in the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.
[ ] 4. Is credited with a Year of Service in the Plan Year for which the contribution is made and is a Participant on the last day of the Plan Year.
In addition, an allocation of the True-Up Contribution will be made by the Employer on behalf of any Participant who retires, dies or becomes disabled during the Plan Year, regardless of whether such Participant is a Participant as of the last day of the Plan Year.
[ ] Yes [ ] No
January 1, 2003
Plan XII.A. ADP AND ACP TESTING
Document
Section
4A. A. Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) and Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test
1. Testing Method (Check off appropriate boxes)
[X] Current Year Method.
[ ] Prior Year Method.
[ ] New Plan Choosing Prior Year Method.
First Year Method - First Plan Year begins_______.
[ ] Prior Year NHCE ADP and ACP deemed to be 3%.
[ ] Current Year actual data to be used.
2. ADP and ACP Tests include
[ ] All Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs).
[ ] Portion of QNECs needed to pass test (only allowed if Current Year Testing Method is in effect).
[ ] No QNECs.
[X] N/A.
- Note: The above elections do not apply to a Fail-Safe
Contribution made in accordance with the provisions of Section
2C.1 of the Plan.
January 1, 2003
Plan XII.A. ADP AND ACP TESTING Document Section 4A. B. Correction Methodology for ADP Test, ACP Test and Multiple Use Test (MUT) 1. Correction Methods. The method used to correct any failure of these tests shall be as indicated below: ADP Correction - [X] Refunds. [X] Other (explain) Any method in Basic Plan Document Number 03. ACP Correction - [X] Refunds. [X] Other (explain) Any method in Basic Plan Document Number 03. MUT Correction - [ ] Refunds - of - (choose one) [ ] 401(k) [ ] Match. [ ] Other (explain)_____________. 2. Borrowing Method. To satisfy ADP and ACP testing, ADP percentages may be shifted to ACP, or, if matching contributions meet the section 401(k) distribution requirements, ACP percentages may be shifted to ADP. Check off each test for which the Borrowing Method, if required, will be used: [X] ADP test. [X] ACP test [ ] MUT 3. Disaggregation of Otherwise Excludible Employee Groups A Plan may separately test the portions of the Plan that apply to Employees who do not otherwise meet the statutory maximum eligibility requirements (i.e., age 21 and 1 Year of Service) of Code section 410(a). Indicate which test, if any, this testing method will be used for: [X] ADP test. [X] ACP test. January 1, 2003 -48- |
Plan XIII. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS Document Section 4B A. If any Participant is covered by another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a |
Master or Prototype plan:
- Complete part A if you: (1) maintain, or at any time maintained, another qualified retirement plan in which any Participant in this Plan is, was, or could be, a participant; or (2) maintain a Code section 415(l)(2) individual medical account, for which amounts are treated as Annual Additions for any Participant in this Plan.
[X] 1. N/A. The Employer has no other defined contribution plan(s).
[ ] 2. The provisions of Section 4B.5 of the Plan will apply, as if the other plan were a Master or Prototype plan.
[ ] 3. The plans will limit total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and will reduce any Excess Amounts in a manner that precludes Employer discretion, in the following manner:
4B B. If any Participant is or ever has been a Participant in a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer: Note: The provisions of this section XIII.B shall not apply for any Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1999. |
- Complete part B if you maintain, or at any time maintained, another qualified retirement plan in which any Participant in this Plan is, was, or could be a participant.
[X] 1. N/A. The Employer has no defined benefit plan(s).
[ ] 2. In any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions
credited to the Participant under this Plan may
not cause the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan
Fraction and the Defined Contribution Fraction to
exceed 1.0. If the Employer contributions that
would otherwise be allocated to the Participant's
account during such year would cause the 1.0
limitation to be exceeded, the allocation will be
reduced so that the sum of the fraction equals
1.0. Any contributions not allocated because of
the preceding sentence will be allocated to the
remaining Participants according to the Plan's
allocation formula. If the 1.0 limitation is
exceeded because of an Excess Amount, such Excess
Amount will be reduced in accordance with Section
4B.4 of the Plan.
[ ] 3. Provide the method under which the Plan involved will satisfy the 1.0 limitation in a manner that precludes Employer discretion.
January 1, 2003
Plan XIII. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS Document Section |
C. Compensation will mean all of each Participant's:
- Everyone must complete Section C. If option 1, 2, or 3 was selected in Section IV.A., you must make the same selection here.
- Notwithstanding any other election in this Adoption Agreement, beginning in the 1998 Limitation Year, all options below shall include Employer contributions made pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement, which would not otherwise be includable in gross income of the Employee under Code section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b). Notwithstanding any other election in this Adoption Agreement, prior to the 1998 Limitation Year, all options below shall exclude such amounts listed in the prior sentence.
4B.1(b)(1)
[ ] 1. Wages, Tips, and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2.
4B.1(b)(2)
[ ] 2. Section 3401(a) wages.
4B.1(b)(3)
[X] 3. 415 safe-harbor compensation.
For limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (Fill in date on which the Plan was operated in accordance with the CRA amendment of Code section 415(c)(3). This date cannot be earlier than January 1, 1998 or later than January 1, 2001), for purposes of applying the limitations described in section 4.B of the Plan, Compensation paid or made available during such limitation years shall also include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code section 132(f)(4).
4B.1(h) D. The Limitation Year shall be:
- Everyone must complete Section D.
[X] 1. The Calendar Year.
[ ] 2. The 12-month period coinciding with the Plan Year.
[ ] 3. The 12-month period beginning on (MM/DD): _______.
January 1, 2003
Plan XIV. INVESTMENT OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNTS Document Section 5A.1 A. Choose election 1, 2, or 3 below. [X] 1. The Participant shall have the authority to direct the investment of Contributions made by the Employer. [ ] 2. The Participant shall have the authority to direct investment of all of the Employer Contributions indicated below: [ ] Matching Contributions (including any Qualified Matching Contributions) [ ] Nonelective Contributions (including any Qualified Nonelective Contributions) [ ] Prior Employer Contributions [ ] Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions [ ] 3. The Employer shall direct all sources of contributions made by the Employer. 5A.1 B. If the Participant can direct the investment of any or all contributions made by the Employer, complete the following. Those having authority to direct the investment of the Participant's Account are (choose all that apply): [X] 1. Participants who are active Employees. [X] 2. Participants who are former employees and continue to maintain an account in the Plan or Trust. [X] 3. Beneficiaries. [X] 4. Alternate Payees. January 1, 2003 -51- |
Plan XV. LIFE INSURANCE Document Section 5B.1 A. Available as a Participant investment: [ ] Yes [X] No - Note: Life Insurance shall only be available as a Participant investment if this is a readoption of a prior plan document that already contains such a provision. B. If yes is elected above, Life Insurance shall be available to: [ ] 1. All Participants. [ ] 2. Only to the specified group of Participants (fill in below): ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ |
- If subsection 2 is checked, separate nondiscrimination testing will be required.
January 1, 2003
Plan XVI. EMPLOYER STOCK
Document
Section
- Before electing Employer Stock as an investment option, you should consult your legal counsel on any federal or state securities law requirements arising from offering Employer Stock as an investment option under your Plan and whether use of this document is appropriate for you under those laws. Neither Connecticut General Life Insurance Company nor any of its employees can advise you on these matters.
1.46 A. Investment in Employer Stock is: [ ] Permitted. [X] Not Permitted. - You must complete the following subsections B and C if investment in Employer Stock is permitted and Participants have the authority to direct the investment of Employer Contributions. 1.46 B. Investment in Employer Stock: (check all that apply) [ ] May be made in stock of the Employer or Adopting Employer with which an Employee is employed. [ ] May be made in shares of stock of any of the Employers designated below that are part of the same controlled group of corporations or trades or business under common control as the sponsoring Employer, whether or not the Employer whose stock is offered for investment is an Adopting Employer, and whether or not a Participant is employed by that particular entity. List Employers whose stock may be invested in by Participants: _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ 1.46 C. Investment in Employer Stock within the Plan by officers or directors of the Employer or by an individual who owns more than 10% of the Employer's Stock is: [ ] Permitted. [ ] Not Permitted. 1.46 D. The Trustee: [ ] 1. Will vote the shares of the Employer Stock. [ ] 2. Will vote the shares of the Employer Stock in accordance with any instructions received by the Trustee from the Participant. - Option 2 must be selected if CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB is the Trustee. [ ] 3. May, but is not required to, request voting instructions from the Participants. January 1, 2003 -53- |
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section |
- Complete only the sections for the type of contributions in your plan.
3E.1(a) A. Withdrawal of Required (post-tax) Employee Contributions.
- Withdrawal may be for any reason.
[ ] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available, Required Employee Contributions may be withdrawn:
[ ] Once each 6 months.
[ ] Once each 12 months.
[ ] Other (specify)_______.
The Contribution suspension period following a withdrawal of Required Employee Contributions shall be:
- You must choose one of the suspension periods shown. Related Employer Contributions will be suspended for the same period.
[ ] 6 Months.
[ ] 12 Months.
[ ] 24 Months.
3E.1(b) B. Withdrawal of Voluntary (post-tax) Employee Contributions.
- Withdrawal may be for any reason.
[ ] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available, Voluntary Employee Contributions may be withdrawn:
[ ] Once each 6 months.
[ ] Once each 12 months.
[ ] Other (specify)_______.
January 1, 2003
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section C. Withdrawal of Elective Deferral Contributions. [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [X] Available under the Plan. If available, select the conditions for withdrawal: 3E.2 [X] Withdrawal upon Participant's attainment of age 59-1/2. 3E.8 Frequency (check all that apply): [X] At any time. [ ] On_____ (specify date or dates). [ ] At any time, ____times per year. [ ] Once every_______(i.e., four months, six months, calendar quarter, etc.). [ ] Other (specify)_____. [ ] Withdrawal for Serious Financial Hardship. - If a Participant makes a withdrawal of Elective Deferral Contributions due to a Serious Financial Hardship, the Participant must be suspended from making any additional Elective Deferral Contributions for a period of 12 months. D. Withdrawal of Qualified Matching Contributions Upon Participant's Attainment of Age 3E.3 59-1/2. |
[ ] Not available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available, select the frequency (check all that apply):
[ ] At any time.
[ ] On_________(specify date or dates).
[ ] At any time,_________times per year.
[ ] Once every__________(i.e., four months, six months, calendar quarter, etc.).
[ ] Other (specify)__________.
January 1, 2003
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section E. Withdrawal of Qualified Nonelective Contributions Upon Participant's Attainment of Age 3E.4 59-1/2. |
[ ] Not available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available, select the frequency (check all that apply):
[ ] At any time.
[ ] On________(specify date or dates).
[ ] At any time,_________times per year.
[ ] Once every__________(i.e., four months, six months, calendar quarter, etc.).
[ ] Other (specify)_________.
F. Withdrawal of Employer Contributions (Matching, Nonelective and/or Prior Employer Contributions).
[X] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
- If Prior Employer Contributions are money purchase plan contributions, they may not be withdrawn.
If available, select the conditions for withdrawal:
3E.6
[ ] 1. Withdrawal upon Participant's attainment of
age 59-1/2.
Available from:
[ ] a. Matching Contributions.
Frequency (check all that apply):
[ ] At any time.
[ ] On_______(specify date or dates).
[ ] At any time,___________times per
year.
[ ] Once every___________(i.e., four
months, six months, calendar
quarter, etc.).
[ ] Other (specify)___________.
January 1, 2003
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section [ ] b. Nonelective Contributions. Frequency (check all that apply): [ ] At any time. [ ] On_______(specify date or dates). [ ] At any time,__________times per year. [ ] Once every_________(i.e., four months, six months, calendar quarter, etc.). [ ] Other (specify)__________. [ ] c. Prior Employer Contributions. Frequency (check all that apply): [ ] At any time. [ ] On__________(specify date or dates). [ ] At any time,___________times per year. [ ] Once every____________(i.e., four months, six months, calendar quarter, etc.). [ ] Other (specify)__________. 3E.6 [ ] 2. Withdrawals to active Participants who have been Participants for a minimum of 60 consecutive months. Available from: [ ] a. Matching Contributions. [ ] b. Nonelective Contributions [ ] c. Prior Employer Contributions. Frequency of withdrawal: [ ] Once each 6 months. [ ] Once each 12 months. [ ] Other (specify) _____________. Suspension Period following withdrawal: [ ] N/A. [ ] 6 months. [ ] 12 months. [ ] 24 months. January 1, 2003 -57- |
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section [ ] 3. Withdrawal for Serious Financial Hardship. 3E.7 Available from: [ ] a. Matching Contributions. [ ] b. Nonelective Contributions [ ] c. Prior Employer Contributions. [ ] 4. Age of Money Withdrawal. Vested contributions may be withdrawn after each contribution has accumulated under the Plan for a fixed number of years. This provision applies separately and independently to each separate contribution made by the Employer. Fixed number of years each contribution must be in the plan:________(fill in; must be minimum of 2 years.) Available from: [ ] a. Matching Contributions. [ ] b. Nonelective Contributions [ ] c. Prior Employer Contributions. Prior Employer Contributions: Prior Employer Contributions are contributions of a type that are not currently being made to the Plan and are not allowed under the terms of this document, and which were made to the Plan by the Employer prior to the Plan's original conversion and/or restatement on ___(fill in date). January 1, 2003 -58- |
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section 3E.9 G. Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions: [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [X] Available under the Plan. If available, Rollover Contributions may be |
withdrawn:
[ ] Once per Plan Year.
[ ] Every 6 Months.
[ ] Every 3 Months.
[ ] Every Month.
[X] Anytime.
3E.9 H. Withdrawal of Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions
(QVEC Contributions)
- Applicable only if this is a readoption of an existing plan. If selected, Contributions may be withdrawn for any reason.
[X] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available, Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions may be withdrawn:
[ ] Once per Plan Year.
[ ] Every 6 Months.
[ ] Every 3 Months.
[ ] Every Month.
[ ] Anytime.
January 1, 2003
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section 3E.1(c) I. Withdrawal of Prior Required Employee Contributions. |
- Withdrawal may be for any reason.
[ ] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available, Prior Required Employee Contributions may be withdrawn:
[ ] Once each 6 months.
[ ] Once each 12 months.
[ ] Other (specify) _______________.
Prior Required Employee Contributions are post-tax contributions made by Employees in order to receive an Employer contribution and which were made before the Plan's original conversion and/or restatement on _____(fill in date).
3E.1(d) J. Withdrawal of Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions.
- Withdrawal may be for any reason and may be taken at any time.
[ ] Not Available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
Prior Voluntary Employee Contributions are voluntary contributions made by Employees prior to these types of contribution being eliminated as a plan option on _____(fill in date).
January 1, 2003
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section 2C.1(l); K. Withdrawal of Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Elective Deferral Contributions 3E.5 [ ] Not Available under the Plan. [ ] Available under the Plan. If available, select the conditions for withdrawal: [ ] 1. Withdrawal upon Participant's attainment of age 59-1/2. Frequency (check all that apply): [ ] At any time. [ ] On _______(specify date or dates). [ ] At any time, ________times per year. [ ] Once every ______(i.e., four months, six months, calendar quarter, etc.). [ ] Other (specify)_____________. [ ] 2. Withdrawal for Serious Financial Hardship. - If a Participant makes a withdrawal of Safe Harbor 401(k) Elective Deferral Contributions due to a Serious Financial Hardship, the Participant must be suspended from making any additional Elective Deferral Contributions for a period of 12 months. January 1, 2003 -61- |
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section 2C.1(l); L. Withdrawal of ADP Test Safe Harbor (Employer Matching or Employer Nonelective) 3E.5 Contributions Upon the Participant's Attainment of Age 59-1/2. |
[ ] Not available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available select the conditions for withdrawal.
[ ] 1. Available from 401(k) Safe Harbor (Employer Matching) Contributions.
Frequency (check all that apply):
[ ] At any time.
[ ] On _________(specify date or dates).
[ ] At any time,_______times per year.
[ ] Once every________(i.e., four months,
six months, calendar quarter, etc.).
[ ] Other (specify)________.
[ ] 2. Available from 401(k) Safe Harbor (Employer
Nonelective) Contributions.
Frequency (check all that apply):
[ ] At any time.
[ ] On _______(specify date or dates).
[ ] At any time, _________times per year.
[ ] Once every _________(i.e., four months,
six months, calendar quarter, etc.).
[ ] Other (specify) ________.
January 1, 2003
Plan XVII. WITHDRAWALS PRECEDING TERMINATION Document Section M. Withdrawal of ACP Test Safe Harbor (additional Employer Match) Contribution. (Elect all that apply) |
[ ] Not available under the Plan.
[ ] Available under the Plan.
If available select the conditions for withdrawal.
[ ] 1. Withdrawal Upon Participant's Attainment of Age 59-1/2.
Frequency (check all that apply):
[ ] At any time.
[ ] On ________(specify date or dates).
[ ] At any time, _______times per year.
[ ] Once every _______(i.e., four months,
six months, calendar quarter, etc.).
[ ] Other (specify) _______.
[ ] 2. Withdrawals to Active Participants who have
been Participants for a minimum of
60-consecutive months.
Frequency:
[ ] Once every six months.
[ ] Once every 12 months.
[ ] Other (specify) __________.
Suspension Period Following Withdrawal:
[ ] N/A.
[ ] 6 months.
[ ] 12 months.
[ ] 24 months.
[ ] 3. Withdrawal for Serious Financial Hardship.
[ ] 4. Age of Money Withdrawal.
Vested contributions may be withdrawn after each contribution has accumulated under the Plan for a fixed number of years. This provision applies separately and independently to each separate contribution made by the Employer.
Fixed number of years each contribution must be in the Plan ______(fill in; must be minimum of 2 years.)
January 1, 2003
Plan XVIII. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS, BENEFICIARIES AND PARTIES-IN-INTEREST
Document
Section
5C A. Loans are permitted. [X] Yes - If yes, Plan must be trusteed (see section I.B.) [ ] No 5C B. Suspension of loan repayments for qualified military service. The repayment of participant loans will be suspended during qualified military service, pursuant to Code section 414(u)(4). [X] Yes [ ] No 5C C. Loans are available only from the following sources: - Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions (QVEC Contributions) may not be taken in a loan. [X] All Sources. [ ] List Sources: _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ |
January 1, 2003
Plan XIX. RETIREMENT AND DISABILITY Document Section 1.41 A. Normal Retirement Age is: [ ] 1. The date the Participant attains age _______(not to exceed 65). |
[X] 2. The later of:
a. The date the Participant attains age 65 (not to exceed 65), or b. The fifth (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the Participation Commencement Date. - Note regarding 2.b above: If, for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1988, Normal Retirement Age was determined with reference to the anniversary of the Participation Commencement Date (more than 5 but not to exceed 10 years), the anniversary date for Participants who first commenced participation under the Plan before the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1988 shall be the earlier of (A) the tenth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan (or such anniversary as had been elected by the Employer, if less than 10) or (B) the fifth anniversary of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1988. The Participation Commencement Date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. 1.19 B. Early Retirement by Participants 1. Early Retirement by Participants is: [ ] a. Not Permitted. [X] b. Permitted. Subject to the following conditions: [ ] i. Age ________(not to exceed 65). [ ] ii. Years of Service ________. [X] iii. Age 55 (not to exceed 65) and five Years of Service. [ ] iv. Age ________(not to exceed 65) and ________Years of Participation. 1.17 C. Disability If an Employer makes any contribution (other than Elective Deferral Contributions) determined on the basis of the Participant's Compensation, the Employer shall/shall not make such contributions on behalf of all disabled Participants on the basis of the Compensation each such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. [ ] Shall [X] Shall Not - All such contributions are 100% vested and nonforfeitable when made. January 1, 2003 -65- |
Plan XX. DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS Document Section 3A.1 A. Distribution of benefits should be in the form of (check all that apply): [X] 1. Single Sum. [ ] 2. Life Annuity. |
[ ] 3. Installment Payments.
[ ] 4. Installment Refund Annuity.
[ ] 5. Employer Stock, to the extent the Participant is invested therein.
[ ] 6. In-kind distribution from self-directed brokerage account, to the extent the Participant is invested therein.
B. Distribution Timing (check boxes that apply)
[ ] 1. All Participants may elect to defer their distributions.
[X] 2. Participants who terminate employment and whose account balances do not exceed $5,000 shall receive an immediate, lump sum cash distribution.
[ ] 3. Participants who terminate employment and whose account balances do not exceed $ ______(fill in dollar amount less than $5,000; must be in $100 increments) shall receive an immediate, lump sum cash distribution.
[ ] 4. Participants who terminated employment and deferred
distribution of their vested account balance, and whose vested account balance does not at any subsequent time exceed $ ______(fill in dollar amount not to exceed $5,000) shall receive an immediate, lump sum cash distribution. - The filled in dollar amount in #4 must equal the amount in #2 or #3 above. C. Expenses - Deferred Participants. 1. Participants who elect to defer distribution of their benefits shall/shall not pay for all reasonable fees associated with administration of their deferral payment, as permitted by ERISA. [X] Shall [ ] Shall Not D. Distributions Upon Plan Termination. 1. Distributions upon Plan termination shall be made in |
the form of (choose one):
a. [ ] Single Sum
b. [ ] The same as in the election in Section XX.A.
of this Adoption Agreement.
- In the event that no election is made, Section XX.D.1.b of the Adoption Agreement shall be the default election.
January 1, 2003
Plan XX. DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS Document Section 3B.1(g) E. Minimum Required Distributions - Required Beginning Date (RBD). (Choose One.) - This election should reflect any previous election made by you, and match the manner in which you have been operating your Plan. [ ] 1. Pre-SBJPA RBD. April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year the Participant turns age 70-1/2. [ ] 2. April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year the Participant turns age 70-1/2, except actively employed non-5% Owners may defer payment to their SBJPA RBD, provided they reach age 70-1/2 after December 31, ________(fill in any year after 1998). [X] 3. SBJPA RBD. (Also elect one of options (a), (b), or (c) below) For 5% Owners: April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year the Participant turns age 70-1/2. For non-5% Owners: The later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or retires. [ ] a. The Pre-SBJPA RBD is removed and replaced in its entirety by the SBJPA RBD effective ________. This date cannot be earlier than January 1, 1997. In addition, as of the above effective date, the Plan must have allowed all Participants to make in-service withdrawals (at any time and in any amount) prior to age 70-1/2. [ ] b. The Pre-SBJPA RBD is replaced by the SBJPA RBD so that employees who are not 5% owners and reach age 70-1/2 after December 31, _______(specify year: cannot be earlier than 1998) will not be required to begin receiving payments until the April 1 following the calendar year of their retirement. [X] c. The Pre-SBJPA RBD is replaced by the SBJPA RBD so that employees who are not 5% owners and reach age 70-1/2 after December 31, 2002 (specify year: cannot be earlier than 1998) will not be required to begin receiving payments until the April 1 following the calendar year of their retirement. However, non-5% Owners may make an irrevocable election to receive payments beginning the April 1 following the calendar year in which they attain age 70-1/2. January 1, 2003 -67- |
Plan XX. DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS Document Section |
F. Compliance with 2001 Proposed Regulations Under Code Section 401(a)(9)
- Select one of the following three choices.
[X] 1. Model Amendment Adopting Rules under 2001 Proposed Regulations (under this alternative, Model Amendment applies to all minimum distributions in calendar years beginning on or after the specified date as provided below).
For all required distributions made with respect to calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (insert date of intended compliance not earlier than January 1, 2001), the Plan shall apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed in January 2001 (the 2001 Proposed Regulations), notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan or Prototype Plan to the contrary. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of the final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be published by the Internal Revenue Service.
[ ] 2. Model Amendment Adopting Rules under 2001 Proposed Regulations (under this alternative, Model Amendment can be adopted as of a date within the 2001 Plan Year after some minimum distributions have been made under the prior rules).
With respect to distributions under the Plan made on or after _______(specify date on which the Plan began operating in accordance with the 2001 Proposed Regulations), for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the 2001 Proposed Regulations, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary. If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a Participant for 2001 prior to _______(specify date on which the Plan began operating in accordance with the 2001 Proposed Regulations) are less than the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then the amount of the required minimum distributions for 2001 on or after such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2001 is the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of the final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be published by the Internal Revenue Service.
[ ] 3. The Employer does not intend to comply with the 2001 Proposed Regulations at this time. (Electing this choice will require amendment of the Plan at a later date to elect compliance with these regulations.)
January 1, 2003
Plan XXI. QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY Document Section 3C.4 The Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be: - 100% is required for Plans allowing only single sum distributions. [X] 100% to the surviving spouse. [ ] 50% to the surviving spouse. Plan XXI.A. SPOUSAL CONSENT TO DISTRIBUTIONS Document Section 3C.6 A. Profit Sharing Exception Plans. If the Plan as a whole or any Participant individually meets the requirements of Section 3C.6 of the Plan, Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements- Safe Harbor Rules, spousal consent shall/shall not be required for: Loans [ ] Shall [X] Shall Not Withdrawals [ ] Shall [X] Shall Not Distributions [ ] Shall [X] Shall Not |
- Note: If "Shall" is selected for "Distributions" that election shall apply only to distributions exceeding the Plan's involuntary cash-out threshold (if any) indicated by the Employer's election in Section XX.B. of this Adoption Agreement.
- Note: If this section and the Plan section 3C.6 are applicable, and no election is made, the default election will be "Shall Not."
B. If the requirements of section A., above, are not met or are not applicable, spousal consent shall always be required for any loan or withdrawal, and for any distribution exceeding the Plan's involuntary cash-out threshold (if any) indicated by the Employer's election in Section XX.B. of this Adoption Agreement.
[X] Always. Plan XXII. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN Document Section 7B A. The party having the authority to amend the Adoption Agreement is the: [ ] 1. Trustee(s). - Trustee(s) cannot be chosen if the Trustee is CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB. [ ] 2. Plan Administrator. [ ] 3. Plan Committee. [X] 4. Designated Representative of the Employer. January 1, 2003 -69- |
Plan XXIII. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS Document Section 7A.1(i) A. Method to be used to avoid duplication of Top-Heavy Minimum benefits when a non-Key Employee is a Participant in both this Plan and a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer (select one response): [X] 1. N/A. The Employer has no other plan(s). [ ] 2. Single Plan Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation. A minimum Top-Heavy contribution will be allocated to each non-Key Employee's Participant Account in an amount equal to: [ ] a. The lesser of 3% of Compensation or the highest percentage allocated to any Key Employee. [ ] b. ________% of Compensation (must be at least 3%). [ ] 3. Multiple Plans Top-Heavy Allocation. In order to satisfy Code sections 415 and 416, and because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, a minimum Top-Heavy contribution will be allocated to each non-Key Employee in an amount equal to: [ ] a. Not Applicable. No other plan was in existence prior to the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement. [ ] b. 5% of Compensation, to be provided in a defined contribution plan of the Employer. [ ] c. 7-1/2% of Compensation, to be nonintegrated, and provided in this Plan. - If c is chosen, for all Plan Years in which this Plan is Top-Heavy (but not Super Top-Heavy), the Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution fractions shall be computed using 125%. [ ] 4. Enter the name of the plan(s) and specify the method under which the plan(s) will provide Top-Heavy Minimum Benefits to non-Key Employees [include any adjustments required under Code section 415(e)]: _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ - If 2, 3, or 4 is selected, the Employer's defined benefit plan must contain provisions coordinating Top-Heavy minimum benefits with this Plan and these elections. - If 4 is selected, the method specified must preclude Employer discretion and inadvertent omissions. January 1, 2003 -70- |
Plan XXIII. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS Document Section 7A.1 B. Present Value: In order to establish the present value to compute the Top-Heavy Ratio, any benefit shall be discounted |
only for mortality and interest, based on:
- Complete B only if response to A is 2, 3, or 4. Fill in all blanks.
[ ] 1. Interest Rate _________%. [ ] 2. Mortality Table ________. [ ] 3. Valuation Date _________. 7A.2 C. Where a non-Key Employee is a Participant in this and another defined contribution plan(s) of the Employer, choose which plan will provide the minimum Top-Heavy contribution: [X] 1. N/A. The Employer has no other plan. [ ] 2. The minimum allocation will be met in this Plan. [ ] 3. The minimum allocation will be met in the other defined contribution plan. Enter the name of the plan: _______________________________________________________ - If 2 or 3 is selected, the Employer's other defined contribution plan must contain provisions coordinating the Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution with this Plan and these elections. 7A.3 D. Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule. In the event the plan becomes |
Top-Heavy, the vesting schedule shall be:
- Must meet one of the schedules below and must be at least as liberal as the vesting schedule elected in Section IX.A.
[ ] 1. 100% vesting after _______(not to exceed 3) years of
Service. [ ] 2. _______% vesting after 1 Year of Service _______% (not less than 20) vesting after 2 Years of Service _______% (not less than 40) vesting after 3 Years of Service _______% (not less than 60) vesting after 4 Years of Service _______% (not less than 80) vesting after 5 Years of Service 100 % vesting after 6 Years of Service |
[X] 3. Same vesting schedule(s) as elected in Adoption Agreement Section IX (already meets Top-Heavy minimum vesting requirements).
- If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts into the above schedule
for any Plan Year because of the Plan's Top-Heavy status, such shift is
an amendment to the vesting schedule and the election provisions in
Section 7B.1 of the Plan shall apply.
- The Top-Heavy vesting schedule will remain in effect even if the Plan ceases to be Top Heavy.
January 1, 2003
Plan XXIV. OTHER ADOPTING EMPLOYER Document Section 6E.1, 6E.2 A. The following Adopting Employer(s) also adopt this plan and |
have executed this Adoption Agreement:
- Fill in below the names and the Employer Identification Numbers (EINs) of Adopting Employers.
- Must meet requirements of Plan definition of Employer, Plan Section 1.25.
January 1, 2003
The Employer hereby adopts the Connecticut General Life Insurance Company Defined Contribution Prototype Profit Sharing/Thrift Plan with 401(k) Feature, including all elections made in this Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement, and the Employer agrees to be bound by all the terms of the Plan and by all the terms of this Adoption Agreement and of the Annuity Contract. The Employer further agrees that it will furnish promptly all information required by the Trustee, if applicable, the Plan Administrator and the Insurance Company in order to carry out their functions. The Employer shall notify the Trustee, if applicable, the Plan Administrator and the Insurance Company promptly of any changes in the status of the Employer which might affect the Employer's duties and responsibilities hereunder.
The elections under this Adoption Agreement may be changed by the Employer from time to time by a written instrument signed by the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee, if applicable, and accepted by the Plan Sponsor. The Employer consents to the exercise by the Plan Sponsor of the right to amend the Plan and the Annuity Contract from time to time as it may deem necessary or advisable.
By signing this Adoption Agreement, the Employer specifically acknowledges that the Insurance Company has no authority: (1) to answer legal questions and that all such questions shall be answered by legal counsel for the Employer; and (2) to make determinations involved in the administration of the Plan and that all such determinations shall be answered by the Employer's Plan Administrator or other designated representative.
Upon execution of this Adoption Agreement by the Employer, the Plan shall be effective with respect to that Employer as of the Effective Date specified herein, provided the Plan Administrator and the Trustee, if applicable, shall then or thereafter execute this Adoption Agreement to signify their acceptance of their duties and responsibilities hereunder and provided further, the Plan Sponsor will indicate its acceptance of the Employer in accordance with its usual rules and practices.
The Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code only to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.
The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the plan and in Announcement 2001-77. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made by the Employer to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company will inform the Employer of any amendments made to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of such Plan.
CAUTION: You should very carefully examine the elections you have made in this Adoption Agreement and discuss them with your legal counsel. Failure to properly fill out the Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of your plan. This Adoption Agreement may only be used in conjunction with Basic Plan Document Number 03.
(Note: The Employer, Plan Administrator and Trustee, if applicable, must all sign below. If CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB is the Trustee, only the Employer and the Plan Administrator must sign this Adoption Agreement, as CIGNA Bank & Trust Company, FSB is governed by the terms of a separate Trust Agreement.)
Executed at _________________, this __________day of _____________, 20 ______.
Employer's Exact Name: Zix Corporation
Witness: ______________________________ By: _______________________________ Title: _______________________________ January 1, 2003 |
Additional Adopting Employer's Exact Name: ZixIt Management Services Corp.
Witness: ________________________ By: ________________________________
Title: _________________________________
Additional Adopting Employer's Exact Name: ZixIt.com, Inc.
Witness: ________________________ By: ________________________________
Title: _________________________________
ACCEPTED this __________ day of __________ 20 ___________.
Witness: _________________________ By (Plan Administrator): _________ Witness: _________________________ By (Plan Administrator): _________ Witness: _________________________ By (Plan Administrator): _________ Witness:__________________________ By (Trustee): ____________________ Witness:__________________________ By (Trustee): ____________________ Witness:__________________________ By (Trustee): ____________________ |
ACCEPTED this __________ day of __________ 20 ___________.
CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By (Authorized Representative): [ILLEGIBLE]
January 1, 2003
January 1, 2003
EXHIBIT 10.14
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 20th day of January 2004, by and between Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Richard Spurr, a resident of the State of Texas ("Employee").
RECITALS
A. The Company desires to provide for the employment of Employee in such a manner as will reinforce and encourage Employee's highest attention and dedication to the Company and its shareholders.
B. Employee is willing to serve the Company under the terms and conditions herein provided.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1. Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such employment by the Company.
2. Duties of Employee.
(A) Employee shall serve in the capacities of Chief Operating Officer and President of the Company. In such capacities, Employee shall have all necessary powers to discharge his responsibilities, including general supervision of the affairs of the organization under his direct control. These organizations shall initially include Sales, Marketing, Professional Services, Customer Services and Development & Operations. The following organizations shall be excluded from Employee's responsibility: Finance, Legal, Strategy, and the Care Delivery group. For so long as Employee serves in the foregoing capacities, the Company management shall nominate and support the election of Employee as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(B) During the term of this Agreement, and thereafter so long as Employee is employed by the Company, Employee shall devote his full business time and effort to the performance of his duties and responsibilities as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may spend reasonable amounts of time on personal civic and charitable and investment activities that do not interfere with the performance of his duties and responsibilities to the Company. In addition, Employee may, subject to prior approval by the Board, spend reasonable amounts of time serving as an independent director for other companies, which are approved, provided that such service does not, in the sole discretion of the Board, constitute or create a conflict of interest.
(C) Employee shall observe and comply with the written rules and regulations of the Company respecting its business and shall carry out and perform the directives and policies of the Company as the rules may from time-to-time be stated to Employee by the Board or the Company's Chief Executive Officer.
(D) Employee agrees not to solicit or receive any income or other compensation from any third party in connection with his employment with the Company. Employee agrees, upon
written request by the Company, to render an accounting of all transactions relating to his business endeavors during the term of this employment hereunder.
3. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall commence effective as of January 20th, 2004 (the "Effective Date") and continue until the February 1, 2005, unless Employee's employment is earlier terminated in accordance with Section 9 of this Agreement or unless the term of this Agreement is extended by mutual written agreement of the parties. Upon expiration of the Term, Employee shall remain an "at will" employee of the Company but Employee and the Company shall still be subject to and bound by the terms of this Agreement.
4. Salary. Commencing on the Effective Date, the Company will pay Employee for his services as an officer a minimum base annual salary during the term of this Agreement of $250,000, which shall be payable in accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices, but not less than monthly.
5. Bonus Compensation.
(A) During the Term, the Company shall pay Employee (1)
on a quarterly basis a cash bonus in the amount of $50,000, subject to
defined reasonably achievable objectives approved by the Compensation
Committee of the Board.
(B) (1) As a signing bonus, the Company will issue to the Employee a number of shares of the common stock of the Company, $.01 par value (the "ZixCorp Common Stock"), with an aggregate value of $50,000, valued at the Average Trading Price per share. "Average Trading Price" means the per share average closing price of the ZixCorp Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market System for the 10 consecutive trading days immediately prior to two business days before the issuance of the shares. These "Signing Bonus Shares" are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the immediately following paragraph.
(2) If Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company prior to February 1, 2005 because his employment terminates for any reason other than (i) the Company terminates his employment pursuant to Subsection 9(E) or (ii) Employee resigns employment pursuant to Subsection 9(D)(1), the Signing Bonus Shares shall be forfeited to the Company. Furthermore, Employee may not prior to February 1, 2005 sell, option, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Signing Bonus Shares or any interest in the Signing Bonus Shares. However, these forfeiture provisions and transfer restrictions with respect to the Signing Bonus Shares shall lapse upon a "Change in Control" (as defined in the Option Agreement referenced below) and as set forth in Section 10(D) below.
(3) Unless there is an effective registration statement and qualification respecting the resale of the Signing Bonus Shares and the shares covered by the Option Agreement under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws at the time of resale of the Signing Bonus Shares and the shares covered by the Option Agreement, any stock certificate evidencing such shares shall bear an appropriate restrictive legend.
Employee hereby represents and warrants that (1) the Signing Bonus Shares are being accquired for investment for his own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in a manner which would violate the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws; (2) Employee has reviewed the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended 2002, the Company's quarterly reports on Form 10-Q filed since the beginning of 2003 and the Company's proxy
statement for its annual meeting of shareholders in 2003; and (3) Employee has had sufficient access to the Company to ask questions about such filings and its business and operations as Employee has requested.
6. Stock Options. As additional compensation, the Company shall also grant Employee nonqualified stock options to purchase 650,000 shares of ZixCorp Common Stock at an option exercise price approved by the Board of Directors. The options shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the stock option agreement. ("Option Agreement") relating thereto. The stock option agreement (the "Option Agreement") relating to such shares shall provide that all unvested shares shall vest upon a "Change in Control" (as defined in the Option Agreement) with respect to the Company.
7. Employee Benefits. During the Term, Employee will be entitled to participate in the insurance and employee benefit plans and programs maintained by the Company and its Affiliates applicable to officer employees on the same basis as other officer employees of the Company or its Affiliates, as applicable, subject only to the possible substitution by or on behalf of the Company or its Affiliates of other plans or programs providing substantially similar or increased benefits for Employee. Employee will also be entitled to reasonable vacation time with no reduction in compensation, in keeping with the Employee's duties and responsibilities to the Company.
8. Reimbursement of Expenses. During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Employee for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in the business. Such reimbursement shall be made to Employee upon appropriate documentation of such expenditures in accordance with the Company's written policies.
9. Early Termination. Employee's employment under this Agreement may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement as follows:
(A) Employee's employment with the Company shall terminate automatically upon Employee's death,
(B) If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been absent from his duties and/or unable to perform the essential functions of his position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a total of 30 days during any consecutive 75 day period, and within 5 days after a written Notice of Termination (as defined in subsection (G) hereof) is given (which may occur before or after the end of such 75-day period) shall not have returned to the performance of the essential functions of his position, with or without reasonable accommodation, the Company may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement.
(C) The Company may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement upon (1) the willful and continued failure by Employee to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement (other than any such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after written demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Board that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes Employee has not substantially performed his duties; or (2) the willful engaging by Employee in misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company; or (3) the conviction of Employee, or a plea by Employee of nolo contendere, or the substantial equivalent to either of the foregoing, of or with respect to, any felony or crime of moral turpitude. For purposes of this subsection (C), no act, or failure to act, on Employee's part shall be considered
"willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause without (a) reasonable written notice to Employee, setting forth the reasons for the Company's intention to terminate for Cause; (b) an opportunity for Employee, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board (or an authorized representative thereof); and (c) delivery to Employee of a written Notice of Termination from the Board finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, Employee engaged in the conduct set forth above in clause (1) or (2) or an event specified in clause (3) has occurred.
(D) Employee may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement (1) for Good Reason; or (2) if Employee's health should become impaired to an extent that makes Employee's continued performance of Employee's duties under this Agreement hazardous to Employee's physical or mental health or Employee's life; provided that, Employee shall have furnished the Company with a written statement from a qualified doctor to such effect and provided, further, that, at the Company's request, Employee shall submit to an examination by a doctor selected by the Company and such doctor shall have concurred in the conclusion of Employee's doctor.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean (a) a failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of this Agreement or the Option Agreement that has not been cured within 10 days after notice of such noncompliance has been given by Employee to the Company; (b) any material diminution in Employee's title and duties; (c) any purported termination of Employee's employment that is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of subsection (G) hereof (and for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective); (d) the assignment of duties or position that would necessitate a change in the location of Employee's home (presently in North Dallas, Texas); or (e) the Company fails to maintain directors and officers liability insurance coverage, including coverage for the Employee, in an amount equal to at least $10,000,000. Employee's resignation for Good Reason shall be effected by delivering a notice that shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Good Reason.
(E) The Company may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement without Cause upon 30 days notice to Employee.
(F) Employee may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement for a reason other than specified in subsection (D) upon 30 days' notice to Company.
(G) Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee (other than termination pursuant to subsection (A) above) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and, in the case of a Notice of Termination given by the Company, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.
(H) "Date of Termination" shall mean (1) if Employee's employment is terminated by Employee's death, the date of Employee's death; (2) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to subsection (B) above, five days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that, Employee shall not have returned to the performance of the essential functions of his position,
with or without reasonable accommodation, during such five day period); and (3) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
10. Certain Effects of Termination.
(A) If Company terminates Employee's employment pursuant to Section 9(E) (without "Cause") or the Employee resigns employment pursuant to Section 9(D)(1)(with "Good Reason"), then the Company shall pay to Employee (A) the greater of (i) all remaining base salary amounts which would have been payable to Employee during the remaining Term of this Agreement or (ii) nine months of Employee's base salary and (B) any bonus amounts that have been earned as of the Date of Termination but have not yet been paid. The amounts payable to Employee as provided in the immediately preceding sentence may be paid, at the Company's election, either in cash or in registered shares of the ZixCorp Common Stock and either in a lump sum or at such times as the applicable salary or bonus payment would have otherwise been paid to Employee.
(B) Furthermore, as provided in Paragraph 3.b. of the
Option Agreement, if Company terminates Employee's
employment pursuant to Section 9(E) (without "Cause")
or Employee resigns employment pursuant to Section
9(D)(1) (with "Good Reason"), then the option shares
under the Option Agreement that would have become
vested on the next vesting date (had Employee still
been employed on the next vesting date) shall become
vested as of the Date of Termination. Employee shall
have the period of time specified in Paragraph 5.a.
of the Option Agreement to exercise the vested option
shares.
(C) If Employee separates from employment for any reason other than pursuant to Section 9(E) (without "Cause") or Section 9(D)(1) (with "Good Reason"), then Company shall pay to Employee his base salary through the Date of Termination and any bonus amounts that have been earned as of the Date of Termination but have not yet been paid; and the vesting of the option shares under the Option Agreement shall cease as of the Date of Termination and Employee shall have the period of time specified in the Option Agreement to exercise the vested option shares. The amounts payable to Employee as provided in the immediately preceding sentence may be paid, at the Company's election, either in cash or in registered shares of the ZixCorp Common Stock and at such time as the amounts would have otherwise been paid to Employee.
(D) If the Company terminates Employee's employment
pursuant to Subsection 9(E) (without "Cause") or
Employee resigns employment pursuant to Subsection
9(D)(1) (with "Good Reason"), the transfer and
forfeiture provisions relating to the Signing Bonus
Shares shall lapse.
11. Confidential Information. Employee recognizes and acknowledges that Employee will have access to confidential information of the Company and companies controlled by it, controlling it, or under common control with it (an "Affiliate"), including, without limitation, customer information, lists of suppliers and costs, information concerning the business and operations of the Company and its Affiliates, and proprietary data, information, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable) relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, as applicable. Employee agrees
not to disclose such confidential information, except as may be necessary in the performance of Employee's duties, to any person, nor use such confidential information in any way, unless Employee has received the written consent of the Company or unless such confidential information becomes public knowledge through no wrongful act of Employee. Upon termination of Employee's employment for any reason, Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company all drawings, manuals, letters, notebooks, customer lists, documents, records, equipment, files, computer disks or tapes, reports or any other materials relating to the business of the Company and its Affiliates, and all copies, that are in Employee's possession or under Employee's control. Confidential information shall not include information that constitutes general skills, knowledge, and experience acquired by Employee before and/or during his employment with the Company.
12. Conflict of Interest. Employee agrees that during the term of this Agreement without the prior approval of the Board, Employee shall not engage, either directly or indirectly, in any activity which may involve a conflict of interest with the Company or its Affiliates (a "Conflict of Interest"), including ownership in any supplier, contractor, subcontractor, customer or other entity with which the Company does business (other than as a shareholder of less than one percent (1%) of a publicly-traded or private class of securities) or accept any material payment, service, loan, gift, trip, entertainment or other favor from a supplier, contractor, subcontractor, customer or other entity with which the Company does business and that Employee shall promptly inform the Board as to each offer received by Employee to engage in any such activity. Employee further agrees to disclose to the Company any other facts of which Employee becomes aware which might involve or give rise to a Conflict of Interest or potential Conflict of Interest.
13. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a waiver of any continuing or succeeding breach of such provision, a waiver of the provision itself, or a waiver of any right under this Agreement. No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver.
14. Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement, except as specifically stated in this Agreement, is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns and other legal representatives, nor is anything in this Agreement intended to relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any third persons to any party to this Agreement, nor shall any provision give any third persons any right of subrogation or action over or against any party to this Agreement.
15. Remedies. Employee hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions of Section 11 hereof would cause irreparable injury to the Company for which it would have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive relief. Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any other remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity, or otherwise.
16. Notice. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person, when sent by United States registered or certified mail, or postage prepaid, or when faxed to a party at its address or facsimile number specified below:
If to the Company:
Zix Corporation
2711 N. Haskell Avenue
Suite 2850, LB 36
Dallas, Texas 75204-2910
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile number: (214) 515-7385
If to Employee:
Richard Spurr
Facsimile number: (____) ______________
The parties to this Agreement may change its addresses for notice in the manner provided above.
17. Inconsistent Obligations. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has not previously assumed any obligations inconsistent with those of this Agreement.
18. Entirety and Amendments. This Agreement and the Option Agreement embody the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by all parties.
19. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and any successors-in-interest to the Company following a Change in Control (as defined in the Option Agreement), but otherwise, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned (a) by Employee, except in the case of the death of Employee, or (b) by the Company.
20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (excluding its conflict of laws rules) and applicable federal law.
21. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy in this Agreement conferred upon any party is intended to be exclusive of any other benefit or remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other benefit or remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. No single or partial exercise by any party of any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof.
22. Descriptive Headings. All headings, section titles, captions and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, amplify or modify the terms of this Agreement, nor affect the meaning hereof.
23. Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed in a number of identical counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.
24. Severability and Reformation. If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, in whole or in part, then the parties shall be relieved of all obligations arising under such provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable or void, it being the intent and agreement of the parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.
25. Amendments. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties to this Agreement. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement (regardless of whether similar), nor shall any such waiver constitute a continuing wavier unless otherwise expressly provided.
26. Arbitration.
The Company and the Employee agree to the resolution by binding arbitration of all claims, demands, causes of action, disputes, controversies, or other matters in question ("Claims") arising out of this Agreement or the Employee's employment (or its termination), whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise and whether provided by statute or common law, that the Company may have against the Employee or that the Employee may have against the Company or any Affiliate or any benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate or any fiduciaries, administrators, and affiliates of any of such benefit plans, or their respective officers, directors, employees, or agents in their capacity as such. This agreement to arbitrate shall not limit the Company's or the Employee's right to seek equitable relief, including, but not limited to, injunctive relief and specific performance in a court of competent jurisdiction. Claims covered by this agreement to arbitrate include, but are not limited to, claims by the Employee for breach of this Agreement, wrongful termination, discrimination (based on age, race, sex, disability, national origin or other factor), and retaliation. The only Claims otherwise within the definition of Claims that are not covered by this Section 26 are: (1) any administrative actions that the Employee is permitted to pursue under applicable law that are not precluded by virtue of the Employee having entered into this Section 26; (2) any Claim by the Employee for workers' compensation benefits or unemployment compensation benefits; or (3) any Claim by the Employee for benefits under a Company or Affiliate pension or benefit plan that provides its own non-judicial dispute resolution procedure.
Claims shall be submitted to arbitration and finally settled under the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in effect at the time the written notice of the Claim is received. An arbitrator shall be selected in the manner provided for in the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, except that the parties agree that the arbitrator shall be an attorney licensed in the state where the arbitration is being conducted. If any party refuses to honor its obligations under this agreement to arbitrate, the other party may compel arbitration in either federal or state court. The arbitrator will have exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability, or formation of this agreement to arbitrate, including, but not limited to, any claim that all or part of this Agreement is void or voidable and any claim that an issue is not subject to arbitration. The arbitration will be held in Dallas County, Texas. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that identifies the factual findings and principles of law upon which any award is based. The award and findings of such arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. Any and all of the arbitrator's orders, decisions, and awards may be enforceable in, and judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be confirmed and entered by, any federal or state court having jurisdiction. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses of its advisors and expert witnesses, and Employee shall pay all costs and expenses of his advisors and expert witnesses. The costs and expenses of the arbitration
proceedings will be paid by the non-prevailing party or as the arbitrator otherwise determines. Discovery will be permitted to the extent directed by the arbitrator. EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS THAT BY AGREEING TO SUBMIT CLAIMS TO ARBITRATION, SUCH PARTY GIVES UP THE RIGHT TO SEEK A TRIAL BY COURT OR JURY AND THE RIGHT TO AN APPEAL A COURT OR JURY DECISION AND FORGOES ANY AND ALL RELATED RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE UNDER FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS.
27. Indemnification and Insurance. The Employee will have rights to indemnification as an officer and/or director of the Company as set forth in the Company's Restated Bylaws.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Signatures
To evidence the binding effect of the covenants and agreements described above, the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, to be effective as of the date first above written.
THE COMPANY:
ZIX CORPORATION
/s/ John A. Ryan ------------------------------------- John A. Ryan, CEO Date: 1/19/04 |
EMPLOYEE:
/s/ Richard D. Spurr ------------------------------------- Richard Spurr Date: 1/20/04 |
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
EXHIBIT 10.15
ZIX CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Date of Grant Expiration Date
February 24, 2004 February 23, 2014
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this "Option Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 24th day of February 2004 by and between Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Richard Spurr ("Optionee").
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Optionee as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, and Optionee desires to be employed by the Company in such capacities pursuant to an Employment Agreement, dated as of January 20th, 2004 (the "Employment Agreement");
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement, the Company has agreed to grant stock options to Optionee to purchase 650,000 shares of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share of the Company (the "Common Stock");
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. OPTION GRANT. In consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein and in the Employment Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee, on the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions as set forth in this Option Agreement, a non-qualified stock option ("Option"), to purchase 650,000 shares of Common Stock at a price per share (the "Option Price") equal to $10.80.
2. DEFINITIONS.
a. Acquiring Person. An "Acquiring Person" shall mean any person
(including any "person" as such term is used in Sections 13 (d) (3) or 14 (d)
(2) of the Exchange Act) that, together with all Affiliates and Associates of
such person, is the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the outstanding Common
Stock. The term "Acquiring Person" shall not include the Company, any subsidiary
of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company (or trust with respect
thereto) or subsidiary of the Company, or any person holding Common Stock of the
Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan. For the purposes of this
Option Agreement, a person who becomes an Acquiring Person by acquiring
beneficial ownership of 35% or more of the Common Stock at any time after the
date of this Option Agreement shall continue to be an Acquiring Person whether
or not such person continues to be the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock.
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
b. Affiliate and Associate. "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act in effect on the date of this Option Agreement.
c. Board. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
d. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" of the Company shall have occurred if at any time during the term of this Option Agreement any of the following events shall occur:
(i) Any Sale of the Company or any Material Subsidiary; or
(ii) Any Acquiring Person has become the beneficial owner of securities which, when added to any securities already owned by such person, would represent in the aggregate 35% or more of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that are entitled to vote to elect any class of directors;
(iii) If, at any time, the Continuing Directors then serving on the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; or
(iv) Any occurrence that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act.
e. Continuing Director. A "Continuing Director" shall mean a director of the Company who (i) is not an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof, or a representative of an Acquiring Person or nominated for election by an Acquiring Person, and (ii) was either a member of the Board on the date of this Option Agreement or subsequently became a director of the Company and whose initial election or initial nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board.
f. Exchange Act. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
g. Fair Market Value. "Fair Market Value" shall mean the closing sale price (or average of the quoted closing bid and asked prices if there is no closing sale price reported) of the Common Stock on the date specified as reported by the Nasdaq National Market, or by the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed. If there is no reported price information for such date, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the reported price information for Common Stock on the day nearest preceding such date.
h. Material Subsidiary. A "Material Subsidiary" shall mean any majority-owned subsidiary of the Company that is material to the business of the Company, taken as a whole.
i. Person. A "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an incorporated organization, or a government or
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
political subdivision thereof and any other entity. A Person, together with that Person's Affiliates and Associates, and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of securities of the Company with that Person, shall be deemed a single "Person."
j. Sale. A "Sale" occurs with respect to the Company or a Material Subsidiary, as applicable, if it engages in a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, or sale, lease, license, transfer, or other effective disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's or Material Subsidiary's assets and the Company or its shareholders or Affiliates immediately before such transaction beneficially own, immediately after or as a result of such transaction, equity securities of the surviving or acquiring corporation or such corporation's parent corporation possessing less than 51% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring Person or such Person's parent corporation, provided that a Sale shall not be deemed to occur upon any public offering or series of such offerings of securities of the Company or a Material Subsidiary that results in any such change in beneficial ownership.
k. Securities Act. "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
3. TERM OF OPTION AND VESTING.
a. The term of this Option shall expire, and shall not be exercisable with respect to any vested shares of Common Stock hereunder as to which the Option has not been exercised, on the tenth anniversary of the date hereof as set forth under "Expiration Date" above (the "stated term"), except as such stated term may be otherwise shortened by the other provisions set forth in Paragraph 5 below. Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (b) below, the Option shall vest in increments as follows:
Date Shares Vesting Aggregate Shares Vested ---- -------------- ----------------------- April 20, 2004 162,500 162,500 July 20, 2004 44,318 206,818 October 20, 2004 44,318 251,136 January 20, 2005 44,318 295,454 April 20, 2005 44,318 339,772 July 20, 2005 44,318 384,090 October 20, 2005 44,318 428,408 January 20, 2006 44,318 472,726 April 20, 2006 44,318 517,044 July 20, 2006 44,318 561,362 October 20, 2006 44,319 605,681 January 20, 2007 44,319 650,000 |
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
b. Upon the occurrence of: a Change in Control, the Option shall immediately vest in full and remain exercisable for a period of six months as to all shares of Common Stock subject thereto. Furthermore, if Company terminates Employee's employment pursuant to Section 9(E)(without "Cause") of the Employment Agreement or Employee resigns employment pursuant to Section 9(D)(1)(with "Good Reason") of the Employment Agreement, then the option shares under this Option that would have become vested on the next vesting date (had Employee still been employed on the next vesting date) shall become vested as of the Date of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement); and Optionee shall have the period specified in Paragraph 5.a. below to exercise this Option with respect to the vested option shares.
4. EXERCISE OF OPTION.
a. The Option shall be exercisable only with respect to vested shares of Common Stock subject thereto and subject to Paragraph 5 below, shall not be exercisable with respect to any vested shares of Common Stock unless Optionee shall, at the time of exercise, be an employee, consultant or director of the Company or a Material Subsidiary, except as covered in Paragraph 3(b) above or Paragraph 5 below. However, this Option may not be exercised as to less than 100 vested shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under this Option, if less than 100 shares).
b. This Option may be exercised with respect to any vested shares of Common Stock only by written notice (the "Exercise Notice") by Optionee to the Company at its principal executive office to the attention of the Company's chief financial officer. The Exercise Notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the U. S. mails, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal executive office, or if given other than by deposit in the U.S. mails, when delivered in person to an executive officer of the Company at that office. The date of exercise of this Option shall be the date of the postmark if the notice is mailed or the date received if the notice is delivered other than by mail. The Exercise Notice shall state the number of shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised and, if the shares for which this Option is being exercised are to be evidenced by more than one stock certificate, the denominations in which the stock certificates are to be issued. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall include his complete address, together with his social security number.
c. This Option may be exercised either by tendering cash in the amount of the Option Price or, with the Company's consent, such consent to be given by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board, subject to compliance with applicable requirements of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, by tendering shares of Common Stock. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Option Price of the shares purchased by cash, a certified cashier's check or, at the Company's option, by delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date immediately preceding the exercise date equal to the Option Price. The Exercise Notice shall also be accompanied by payment of the amount that the Company is required to withhold for federal income or other tax purposes (unless the Optionee has provided for payment of those taxes to the Company in another manner permitted under this Option Agreement). If the Option is exercised in full or in part, the Optionee shall surrender this Option Agreement to the Company so that the Company may make
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
appropriate notation hereon or cancel this Option Agreement and issue a new agreement representing the unexercised portion of the Option.
d. If the shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the
Option are covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act, the Option may be exercised by a broker-dealer acting on behalf of the
Optionee if (i) the broker-dealer has received from the Optionee or the Company
a fully- and duly-endorsed agreement evidencing the Option, together with
instructions signed by the Optionee requesting the Company to deliver the shares
of Common Stock subject to the Option to the broker-dealer on behalf of the
Optionee and specifying the account into which such shares should be deposited,
(ii) adequate provision has been made with respect to the payment of any
withholding taxes due upon such exercise, (iii) the broker-dealer delivers to
the Company the aggregate Option Price in accordance with the paragraph above,
and (iv) the broker-dealer and the Optionee have otherwise complied with Section
220.3(e)(4) of Regulation T, 12 CFR Part 220, or any successor provision.
e. The certificates for shares of Common Stock as to which this Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Optionee at the address specified in the Exercise Notice. An option exercise shall be valid only if the Optionee makes payment or other arrangements relating to the withholding tax obligations discussed in Paragraph 9. In the event the person exercising this Option is a transferee of the Optionee by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, the Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such transferee to exercise this Option.
f. This Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by Optionee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as aforesaid), pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation contrary to the provisions hereof shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.
5. TERMINATION OF OPTION.
a. In the event Optionee ceases to be an employee of either the Company or a Material Subsidiary in the circumstances set forth below, this Option may be exercised with by the Optionee or his estate, personal representative or beneficiary to the fullest extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise the same on the Date of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement), after giving effect to the provisions of Paragraph 3.b. above, for the periods specified below:
Termination pursuant to Section 9(A) (death) One year from death Termination pursuant to Section 9(B) (by Company for Six months from separation date disability) Termination pursuant to Section 9(C) (by Company for Option shall automatically expire simultaneously "Cause") with separation date |
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
Termination pursuant to Section 9(D)(1) (by Optionee Six months from separation date for "Good Reason") Termination pursuant to Section 9(D)(2) (by Employee Six months from separation date for health reasons) Termination pursuant to Section 9(E)(by Company One year from separation date without "Cause") Termination pursuant to Section 9(F) (by Employee 30 days from separation date other than for Good Reason or health impairment) |
b. After the Optionee's death, this Option shall be exercisable only by the executor or administrator of the Optionee's estate, or if the Optionee's estate is not in administration, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee's rights shall have passed by the Optionee's will or under the laws of descent and distribution of the state where the Optionee was domiciled at the date of death.
6. RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. Neither the Optionee nor any person claiming under or through the Optionee shall be or have any rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Option, unless and until certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall have been issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).
7. STATE AND FEDERAL SECURITIES REGULATION.
a. The shares of Common covered by the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option on a registration statement on Form S-8 within 90 days after the date of this Option Agreement and to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement during the term of this Option Agreement and any period during which this Option is exercisable, subject to the following provisions related to the Company's ability to temporarily suspend the effectiveness of such registration statement.
b. No shares of Common Stock covered by this Option shall be issued by the Company upon the exercise of this Option unless and until any then-applicable requirements of state and federal laws and regulatory agencies shall have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Company may suspend for a reasonable period or periods the time during which this Option may be exercised if, in the opinion of the Company, such suspension is required to enable the Company to remain in compliance with regulatory requirements relating to the issuance of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option. This Option is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting or exercise of this Option or the issue or purchase of shares under
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
this Option, this Option may not be exercised in whole or in part until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval if the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that such action would not be in the best interest of the Company. The Company shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an option upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body with respect to the granting or exercise of this Option or the issue or purchase of shares under this Option. At the Company's election, the certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee may be legended as follows, if necessary:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.
Also, if applicable, a legend evidencing any transfer restrictions imposed by this Option Agreement may also, at the Company's election, be affixed to the shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee.
8. ADJUSTMENT. If there is any change in the number or class of shares of Common Stock through the declaration of stock or cash dividends, or recapitalization resulting in stock splits, or combinations or exchanges of such shares, the number or class of shares subject to the Option and/or the Option Price may be proportionately adjusted by the Board in its sole discretion to reflect any such change in the number or class of issued shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated. In the event of any other extraordinary corporate transaction, including but not limited to, distributions of cash or other property to the Company's shareholders, the Board may equitably adjust the shares subject to the Option and/or the Option Price as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.
9. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES. The Company may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company or any subsidiary is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, to withhold all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option until the Optionee reimburses the Company or the applicable subsidiary for the amount the Company or the applicable subsidiary is required to withhold with respect to such taxes, subject to compliance with applicable requirements of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, canceling, retaining or withholding any portion of such shares of Common Stock in an amount sufficient to reimburse the Company or the applicable
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
subsidiary for the minimum amount it is required to so withhold, or taking any other action reasonably required to satisfy the minimum withholding obligation of the Company or the applicable subsidiary.
10. CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT NOT PRESUMED. Nothing in this Option Agreement or any document describing it nor the grant of the Option shall give the Optionee the right to continue in employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the Optionee with or without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement).
11. APPLICABILITY OF 2003 NEW EMPLOYEE PLAN. This Option is not issued pursuant to any formal stock option plan of Zix Corporation. However, the applicable provisions of the Zix Corporation 2003 New Employee Stock Option Plan (relating to the administrative matters) (referred to herein as the "Plan") are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency, the provisions of the Plan shall govern, provided that no amendment shall be made to the Plan subsequent to the date hereof that impairs the Optionee's rights under this Option without the Optionee's written consent. The option shares covered by this agreement do not count toward the number of shares issuable under the Plan.
12. GOVERNING LAW. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United States, as applicable, without reference to the conflict of laws rules thereof.
13. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Option Agreement, the Employment Agreement, and the Plan (to the extent applicable) constitute the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the parties. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Option Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be charged therewith. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
14. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS. Duplicate originals of this document shall be executed by both the Company and the Optionee, each of which shall retain one duplicate original.
15. NOTICE. Other than any Exercise Notice, any notice required or
permitted to be given under this Option Agreement shall be in writing and
delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, first-class postage prepaid, (i) if to the Optionee, at the address
shown on the books and records of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, at
2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36, Dallas, Texas 75204-2911: Attention:
Treasurer, or any other address that may be given by either party to the other
party by notice pursuant to this Paragraph. Any notice other than any Exercise
Notice, if sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed to have been
given when received.
16. MISCELLANEOUS.
Non Shareholder Approved
Change in Control
(Ad-Hoc Arrangements)
a. If any provision of this Option Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, in whole or in part, then the parties shall be relieved of all obligations arising under such provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable, or void, it being the intent and agreement of the parties that this Option Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.
b. All paragraph and, section titles and captions in this Option Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be deemed part of this Option Agreement, and in no way shall define, limit, extend, or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Option Agreement.
c. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Option Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition.
THE COMPANY:
ZIX CORPORATION
By: /s/ John A. Ryan --------------------------------- John A. Ryan, CEO |
OPTIONEE:
/s/ Richard Spurr ----------------- Richard Spurr |
Non Shareholder Approved
EXHIBIT 10.16
Execution Version
THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS AN ARBITRATION PROVISION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into effective as of December 1, 2003 by and between Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Dan S. Nutkis ("Employee").
RECITALS
A. The Company desires to provide for the continuing employment by Employee with the Company.
B. Employee is willing to continue to serve the Company on the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement.
C. The Company and the Employee are parties to that certain Severance Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2003, between the Company and the Employee (the "Severance Agreement"), which is intended to remain in effect following the execution of this Agreement.
THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
1. Employment. The Company shall employ Employee, and Employee accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
2. Term. Subject to Section 8 and the other terms and conditions
in this Agreement, the employment of Employee by the Company as provided in
Section 1 will be for a term commencing December 1, 2003 and expiring the close
of business on December 31, 2003.
3. Position and Duties. Employee shall serve as Vice President, Strategy and Healthcare Services or in such other executive officer positions of the Company with such duties as may be assigned to him from time-to-time by the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, Employee shall not be assigned any duty or position which will necessitate a change in the location of his home (presently in Dallas, Texas). Employee shall devote substantially all his working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.
4.A. Compensation.
Base. As compensation for Employee's employment under this Agreement, through the month of December 2003, Company shall pay Employee his current monthly salary of $16,666.67, and Employee shall be eligible for a calendar year 2003 bonus in accordance with the Company's current bonus plan for senior executives. Beginning January 1, 2004, during the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement the Company shall pay Employee a salary of $16,666.67 per month, payable semi-monthly.
Commission. For calendar year 2004, as additional compensation, the Company shall pay Employee a commission on contracted billings attributable to services provided to end-user customers by the Company's care delivery services business as follows: 2% on billings up to $5 Million; 3% on billings between $5 Million and up to $10 Million; and 2% on billings over $10 Million; provided that, the commissions will only be paid if the expenses of the Company's care delivery services business do not exceed the budgeted amounts agreed to in advance by the Employee and the Company. For calendar year 2004, the Company will pay Employee a draw against commissions of $25,000 per quarter during the term of Employee's employment with the Company on each of February 28, May 31, August 31, and November 30, 2004 as long as the Company's care delivery services business is on or under its year-to-date expense budget. Commissions earned in excess of "draws" will be paid on the last day of the month following each calendar quarter for the calendar quarter in question.
For these purposes, the term "billings" means the right of the Company to issue an invoice attributable to any of the following (a), (b), or (c) situations:
(a) The hardware, connectivity charges, or service fees for up to one year of service for use of e-prescribing devices that have actually been deployed;
(b) The hardware, connectivity charges, or service fees for up to one year of service for use of e-prescribing devices for which a customer has executed a license and services agreement and the device is about to be deployed;
(c) Transaction or other fees, such as for compliance or educational programs, that have been earned relating to the use of e-prescribing devices that have actually been deployed.
The event that gives rise to the Company's right to issue an invoice is referred to herein as a "billing event." Commissions will be payable with respect to billing events that occur after December 1, 2003 and during the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, regardless of when the invoice is actually issued by the Company. Draws against commissions, once paid, are "non-recoverable," and Employee may retain these commissions regardless of the actual amount of billings and expenses, except as provided in Section 4.B.
Stock Options. As additional compensation, the Company shall grant to Employee an option to purchase 100,000 shares of the common stock of the Company, with vesting to occur pro-rata and quarterly over a three year period.
Nashville Home Loss Allowance Reimbursement. Company has paid to Employee a home loss reimbursement allowance as set forth in the Company's employment offer letter dated June 19, 2003. Employee shall be entitled to retain this allowance except as provided in Section 4.B.
4.B. Reimbusement of Certain Amounts.
If Employee resigns employment from the Company for any reason other than "Good Reason" (as such term is defined in the Severance Agreement) or the Company terminates Employee's employment for "Cause" (as such term is defined in the Severance Agreement), then Employee shall within 20 days of the effective date of the employment termination pay to the Company in cash (a) the amount of any non-recoverable draw commissions previously paid to Employee but not earned and (b) $75,000, $50,000, and $25,000, respectively, of the home loss reimbursement allowance if the effective date of the employment separation is before January 31, 2004, April 30, 2004, and July 31, 2004, respectively.
5. Expenses and Services. During the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Employee by reason of his employment, provided that such expenses are incurred and accounted for in accordance with reasonable policies and procedures established by the Company and in effect when the expenses are incurred. The Company shall furnish Employee with office space, secretarial assistance, office supplies, office equipment, and such other facilities and services as are suitable to Employee's position and adequate for the performance of his duties.
6. Confidential Information. Employee recognizes and acknowledges that Employee will have access to confidential information of the Company and its affiliated companies, including, without limitation, customer information, lists of suppliers and costs, information concerning the business and operations of the Company and its affiliated companies, and proprietary data, information, concepts and ideas (whether or not patentable or copyrightable) relating to the business of the Company and its affiliated companies, as applicable. Employee agrees not to disclose such confidential information, except as may be necessary in the performance of Employee's duties, to any person, nor use such confidential information in any way, unless Employee has received the written consent of the Company or unless such confidential information becomes public knowledge through no wrongful act of Employee. Upon termination of Employee's employment for any reason, Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company all drawings, manuals, letters, notebooks, customer lists, documents, records, equipment, files, computer disks or tapes, reports or any other materials relating to the business of the Company and its affiliated companies, and all copies, that are in Employee's possession or under Employee's control. "Confidential information" shall not include information that constitutes general skills, knowledge, and experience acquired by Employee before and/or during
his employment with the Company. All intellectual property that is created, conceived, developed, and the like by Employee during the term of Employee's employment with the Company shall be owned by the Company. Employee will render to the Company such assistance as may be reasonably necessary to evidence and protect the ownership of its intellectual property. If such assistance is required after Employee's separation from employment with the Company, reasonable compensation will be paid to Employee for such assistance.
7. Rights under Certain Plans. During the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, Employee will be entitled to participate in the insurance and employee benefit plans and programs maintained by the Company and its affiliated companies applicable to officer employees on the same basis as other officer employees of the Company or its affiliated companies, as applicable, subject only to the possible substitution by or on behalf of the Company or its affiliated companies of other plans or programs providing substantially similar or increased benefits for Employee. Employee will also be entitled to reasonable vacation time, with no reduction in compensation, in keeping with Employee's duties and responsibilities to the Company.
8. Early Termination. Subject to Section 9, either Employee or Company may terminate Employee's employment under this Agreement with or without cause upon 20 days' written notice to the other.
9. Effects of Termination. If the Company terminates Employee's employment for any reason other than "Cause" (as such term is defined in the Severance Agreement) or if Employee terminates his employment for "Good Reason" (as such term is defined in the Severance Agreement), then Employee shall be entitled to receive (a) the severance payments provided for in the Severance Agreement, payable in cash or the Company's common stock, in the Company's discretion, and (b) any commission payments he has earned pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereof that have not yet been paid.
10. Non-competition. Employee agrees and covenants that Employee will not, during the term hereof and for a period of 12 months after Employee ceases to be employed by the Company:
(A) compete, directly or indirectly, with the Company's e-prescribing or care delivery services business, which is currently being conducted by the Company's affiliated company PocketScript, Inc. For purposes of this Agreement, "Competition" shall include, without limitation, engaging in any business, whether as proprietor, partner, joint venturer, employee, agent, officer, or holder of more than five percent (5%) of any class of equity ownership of a business enterprise, that is competitive with the Company's e-prescribing or care delivery services business.
(B) solicit to do, or do, competing business with any then-current customer of the Company's e-prescribing or care delivery services business or any person that has
been a customer within the six months preceding the date of Employee's separation from employment with the Company.
(C) solicit to hire, or hire, any then-current employee of the Company (including its affiliated companies), except by way of general advertising.
Although the Company and Employee have, in good faith, used their best efforts to make the non-competition covenants reasonable in all pertinent respects, and it is not anticipated, nor is it intended, by either party to this Agreement that any arbitrator or court will find it necessary to reform any non-competition covenant to make it reasonable in all pertinent respects, the Company and Employee understand and agree that if an arbitrator or court determines it necessary to reform any non-competition covenant in order to make it reasonable in all pertinent respects, damages, if any, for a breach of the non-competition covenant, as so reformed, will be deemed to accrue to the Company as and from the date of such a breach only and so far as the damages for such breach related to an action which accrued within the scope of the non-competition covenant as so reformed.
11. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a waiver of any continuing or succeeding breach of such provision, a waiver of the provision itself, or a waiver of any right under this Agreement. No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver.
12. Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement, except as specifically stated in this Agreement, is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns and other legal representatives.
13. Remedies. Employee hereby agrees that a violation of the provisions of Section 6 or 10 hereof would cause irreparable injury to the Company for which it would have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Company shall be entitled to preliminary and other injunctive relief. Any such injunctive relief shall be in addition to any other remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity, or otherwise.
14. Notice. Any consent, notice, demand, or other communication regarding any payment required or permitted hereby must be in writing to be effective and shall be deemed to have been received on the date delivered, if personally delivered, or the date received, if delivered otherwise, addressed to the applicable party at the address for such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may designate by like notice:
The Company:
Zix Corporation
2711 North Haskell Avenue
Suite 2850, LB 36
Dallas, Texas 75204-2911, Attn: General Counsel
Employee:
Daniel S. Nutkis
2711 North Haskell Avenue
Suite 2850, LB 36
Dallas, Texas 75204-2911
15. Entirety and Amendments. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. The parties have also entered into the Severance Agreement and option agreements, dated January 22, 2003 and January 30, 2002, which shall continue to be effective in accordance with their terms.
16. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and any successors in interest to the Company, but otherwise, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by Employee.
17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (excluding its conflict of laws rules) and applicable federal law.
18. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy in this Agreement conferred upon any party is intended to be exclusive of any other benefit or remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other benefit or remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. No single or partial exercise by any party of any right, power, or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof.
19. Multiple Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which constitute collectively, one agreement; but in making proof of this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one counterpart.
20. Descriptive Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, amplify, or modify the terms of this Agreement, nor affect the meaning hereof.
21. Arbitration. The Company and the Employee agree to the resolution by binding arbitration of all claims, demands, causes of action, disputes, controversies, or other matters in question ("Claims") arising out of this Agreement or the Employee's employment (or its termination), whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise and whether provided by statute or common law, that the Company or its affiliated companies may have against the Employee or that the Employee may have against the Company or any and its affiliated companies, or any
benefit plans of the Company or any of its affiliated companies, or any fiduciaries, administrators, and affiliates of any of such benefit plans, or their respective officers, directors, employees, or agents in their capacity as such. This agreement to arbitrate shall not limit the Company's or the Employee's right to seek equitable relief, including, but not limited to, injunctive relief and specific performance in a court of competent jurisdiction. Claims covered by this agreement to arbitrate include, but are not limited to, claims by the Employee for breach of this Agreement, wrongful termination, discrimination (based on age, race, sex, disability, national origin, or other factor), and retaliation. The only Claims otherwise within the definition of Claims that are not covered by this Section 21 are: (1) any administrative actions that the Employee is permitted to pursue under applicable law that are not precluded by virtue of the Employee having entered into this Section 21; (2) any Claim by the Employee for workers' compensation benefits or unemployment compensation benefits; or (3) any Claim by the Employee for benefits under a Company or affiliated company pension or benefit plan that provides its own non-judicial dispute resolution procedure.
Claims shall be submitted to arbitration and finally settled under the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in effect at the time the written notice of the Claim is received. An arbitrator shall be selected in the manner provided for in the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the AAA, except that the parties agree that the arbitrator shall be an attorney licensed in the state where the arbitration is being conducted. If any party refuses to honor its obligations under this agreement to arbitrate, the other party may compel arbitration in either federal or state court. The arbitrator will have exclusive authority to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, enforceability, or formation of this agreement to arbitrate, including, but not limited to, any claim that all or part of this Agreement is void or voidable and any claim that an issue is not subject to arbitration. The arbitration will be held in Dallas County, Texas. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that identifies the factual findings and principles of law upon which any award is based. The award and findings of such arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. Any and all of the arbitrator's orders, decisions, and awards may be enforceable in, and judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be confirmed and entered by, any federal or state court having jurisdiction. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses of its advisors and expert witnesses, and Employee shall pay all costs and expenses of his advisors and expert witnesses. The costs and expenses of the arbitration proceedings will be paid by the non-prevailing party or as the arbitrator otherwise determines. Discovery will be permitted to the extent directed by the arbitrator. EMPLOYEE UNDERSTANDS THAT BY AGREEING TO SUBMIT CLAIMS TO ARBITRATION, HE GIVES UP THE RIGHT TO SEEK A TRIAL BY COURT OR JURY AND THE RIGHT TO APPEAL A COURT OR JURY DECISION AND FORGOES ANY AND ALL RELATED RIGHTS HE MAY OTHERWISE HAVE UNDER FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS.
Signatures
To evidence the binding effect of the covenants and agreements described above, the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, to be effective as of the date first above written.
THE COMPANY:
ZIX CORPORATION
/s/ John A. Ryan --------------------------------------- John A. Ryan President and Chief Executive Officer Date: 12-10-03 |
EMPLOYEE:
/s/ Daniel S. Nutkis -------------------------------------- Daniel S. Nutkis Date: 12-10-03 |
Change in Control
EXHIBIT 10.17
ZIX CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN)
Date of Grant Expiration Date
December 16, 2003 December 15, 2013
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 18th day of December, 2003 by and between Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Dan Nutkis ("Optionee").
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to recognize the contributions of the Optionee to the Company and to encourage the Optionee's sense of proprietorship in the Company by owning the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee a non-qualified stock option ("Option") to purchase up to a total of 100,000 shares of the Common Stock at a price per share of $6.40 (the "Option Price") on the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions as set forth in this Agreement and the provisions in the Zix Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference) (the "Plan"). All defined terms contained herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, except as otherwise provided herein.
1. DEFINITIONS.
a. Acquiring Person. An "Acquiring Person" shall mean any person (including any "person" as such term is used in Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") that, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such person, is the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. The term "Acquiring Person" shall not include the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or subsidiary of the Company, or any person to the extent such person is holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan. For the purposes of this Agreement, a person who becomes an Acquiring Person by acquiring beneficial ownership of 35% or more of the Common Stock at any time after the date of this Agreement shall continue to be an Acquiring Person whether or not such person continues to be the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the outstanding Common Stock.
b. Affiliate and Associate. "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act in effect on the date of this Agreement.
Change in Control
c. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" of the Company shall have occurred if at any time during the term of this Agreement any of the following events shall occur:
(i) Any Sale of the Company; or
(ii) Any Acquiring Person has become the beneficial owner of securities which, when added to any securities already owned by such person, would represent in the aggregate 35% or more of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that are entitled to vote to elect any class of directors;
(iii) If at any time, the Continuing Directors then serving on the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; or
(iv) Any occurrence that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act.
d. Continuing Director. A "Continuing Director" shall mean a director of the Company who (i) is not an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof, or a representative of an Acquiring Person or nominated for election by an Acquiring Person, and (ii) was either a member of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date of this Agreement or subsequently became a director of the Company and whose initial election or initial nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company.
e. Disability. "Disability" shall mean any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that, in the opinion of the Committee, based upon medical reports and other evidence satisfactory to the Committee, can reasonably be expected to prevent the Optionee from performing substantially all of his or her customary duties of employment (with or without reasonable accommodation) for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
f. Person. A "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an incorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision thereof and any other entity. A Person, together with that Person's Affiliates and Associates, and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of securities of the Company with that Person, shall be deemed a single "Person."
g. Resignation. "Resignation" shall mean the voluntary termination by the Optionee of his or her employment relationship with the employing Subsidiary and, if applicable, Company under circumstances other than Retirement.
Change in Control
h. Retirement. "Retirement" shall mean the termination of Optionee's employment in accordance with the requirements of a written retirement plan, policy or rule of the Company that has been duly adopted by the Company or employing Subsidiary, as applicable.
i. Sale. A "Sale" occurs with respect to the Company if it engages in a merger, consolidation, or sale, lease, license, transfer, or other effective disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets and the Company or its shareholders or Affiliates immediately before such transaction beneficially own, immediately after or as a result of such transaction, equity securities of the surviving or acquiring corporation or such corporation's parent corporation possessing less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring Person or such Person's parent corporation, provided that a Sale shall not be deemed to occur upon any public offering or series of such offerings of securities of the Company that results in any such change in beneficial ownership.
2. TERM OF OPTION. The term of this Option shall expire on the date set forth in the upper right hand corner on page 1 of this Agreement (the "stated term"), except as such term may be otherwise shortened by the other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement.
3. EXERCISE OF OPTION.
a. Exercise. This Option shall become exercisable in increments as follows:
Date Upon Which Right Number of Shares To Purchase Accrues ---------------- ------------------- 8,333 March 16, 2004 8,333 June 16, 2004 8,333 September 16, 2004 8,333 December 16, 2004 8,333 March 16, 2005 8,333 June 16, 2005 8,333 September 16, 2006 8,333 December16, 2006 8,334 March 16, 2006 8,334 June 16, 2006 8,334 September 16, 2006 8,334 December 16, 2006 |
Except as provided in the Plan or this Agreement, the Option shall not be exercisable unless Optionee shall, at the time of exercise, be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, and once the Option has become exercisable with respect to a certain number of shares as provided above, it shall thereafter be exercisable as to all of that number of shares, or as to any part thereof, until expiration or termination of this Option. However, this Option may not be exercised as to less than 100 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under this Option, if less than 100 shares).
Change in Control
b. Adjustment. In the event there is any adjustment to the Common Stock subject to Section 5(b) of the Plan, the Board of Directors or Committee shall make such adjustment as it deems appropriate to the number of shares subject to Award or to the Option Price, or both.
c. Exercise - Change in Control. If the Optionee is still an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on the date of the occurrence of a Change in Control, this Option shall become exercisable in full on such date and may be exercised at any time or times thereafter and until expiration or termination of this Option; provided, however, that this Option may not be exercised as to less than 100 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under this Option, if less than 100 shares).
d. Method of Exercise. This Option may be exercised only by written notice (the "Exercise Notice") by the Optionee to the Company at its principal executive office. The Exercise Notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mails, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal executive office, or if given other than by deposit in the U.S. mails, when delivered in person to an officer of the Company at that office. The date of exercise of this Option (the "Exercise Date") shall be the date of the postmark if the notice is mailed or the date received if the notice is delivered other than by mail. The Exercise Notice shall state the number of shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised and, if the shares for which this Option is being exercised are to be evidenced by more than one stock certificate, the denominations in which the stock certificates are to be issued. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall include the complete address of such person, together with such person's social security number.
This Option may be exercised either by tendering cash in the amount of the Option Price or, with the Company's consent, by tendering shares of Common Stock (which may include shares previously acquired upon exercise of options granted under the Plan). The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Option Price of the shares purchased by cash, a certified cashier's check or, at the Company's option, by delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date immediately preceding the exercise date equal to the Option Price.
If the shares to be purchased are covered by an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any option granted under
the Plan may be exercised by a broker-dealer acting on behalf of an Optionee if
(a) the broker-dealer has received from the Optionee or the Company a fully- and
duly-endorsed agreement evidencing such option, together with instructions
signed by the Optionee requesting the Company to deliver the shares of Common
Stock subject to such option to the broker-dealer on behalf of the Optionee and
specifying the account into which such shares should be deposited, (b) adequate
provision has been made with respect to the payment of any withholding taxes due
upon such exercise, and (c) the broker-dealer and the Optionee have otherwise
complied with Section 220.3(e)(4) of Regulation T, 12 CFR Part 220, or any
successor provision.
Change in Control
The certificates for shares of Common Stock as to which this Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Optionee at the address specified in the Exercise Notice. An option exercise shall be valid only if the Optionee makes payment or other arrangements relating to the withholding tax obligations discussed in Paragraph 8. In the event the person exercising this Option is a transferee of the Optionee by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, the Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such transferee to exercise this Option.
4. TERMINATION OF OPTION.
In the event an Optionee ceases to be an employee of either the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company due to death, Retirement, Resignation, Disability or termination by the Company for any reason other than "cause" (such five events each being a "Qualified Termination"), this Option may be exercised by the Optionee or his or her estate, personal representative or beneficiary to the fullest extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the same on the day immediately prior to such termination (i) at any time within the one-year period commencing on the day next following such termination if such termination is due to the death of the Optionee; (ii) at any time within the 30-day period commencing on the day next following the effective date of such termination if such termination is due to the Resignation of the Optionee; or (iii) at any time within the six-month period commencing on the day next following such termination in the case of any other Qualified Termination (or in any such case in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, if shorter, only for the remaining stated term of this Option). In the event that the Optionee's employment is terminated for any reason other than a Qualified Termination, this Option shall automatically expire simultaneously with such termination. For purposes of this Paragraph, "cause" shall mean (i) the failure, in the sole opinion of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that employs Optionee, of Optionee to adequately perform the duties assigned to Optionee (other than any such failure resulting from Optionee's Disability); (ii) the engagement by Optionee in misconduct that, in the sole opinion of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that employs Optionee, is or may have the effect of being materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iii) the conviction of Optionee of any felony or crime of moral turpitude.
After the Optionee's death, this Option shall be exercisable only by the executor or administrator of the Optionee's estate, or if the Optionee's estate is not in administration, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee's rights shall have passed by the Optionee's will or under the laws of descent and distribution of the state where the Optionee was domiciled at the date of death.
5. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. Neither the Optionee nor any person claiming under or through the Optionee shall be or have any rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any of the shares issuable upon the exercise of this Option, unless and until certificates representing such shares shall have been issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).
6. STATE AND FEDERAL SECURITIES REGULATION. No shares shall be issued by the Company upon the exercise of this Option unless and until any then-applicable requirements of state and
Change in Control
federal laws and regulatory agencies shall have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Company may suspend for a reasonable period or periods the time during which this Option may be exercised if, in the opinion of the Company, such suspension is required to enable the Company to remain in compliance with regulatory requirements relating to the issuance of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option. This Option is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of common stock subject to this Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting or exercise of this Option or the issue or purchase of shares under this Option, this Option may not be exercised in whole or in part until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval if the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that such action would not be in the best interest of the Company. The Company shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an option upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body with respect to the granting or exercise of this Option or the issue or purchase of shares under this Option.
7. MODIFICATION OF OPTIONS. At any time and from time-to-time the Committee may execute an instrument providing for modification, extension, or renewal of any outstanding option, provided that no such modification, extension or renewal shall impair this Option in any respect without the written consent of the holder of this Option.
8. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES. The Company may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, to withhold in connection with any option, including, but not limited to, the withholding of the issuance of all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option until the Optionee reimburses the Company or the applicable Subsidiary for the amount the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is required to withhold with respect to such taxes, canceling any portion of the issuance in an amount sufficient to reimburse the Company or the applicable Subsidiary for the amount it is required to so withhold, or taking any other action reasonably required to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary.
9. CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT NOT PRESUMED. Nothing in this Agreement, the Plan or any document describing it nor the grant of an option shall give the Optionee the right to continue in employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee with or without cause.
Change in Control
10. NON-COMPETITION COVENANTS.
a. The provisions of this subparagraph a. shall apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Optionee is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. Optionee shall not directly or indirectly (i) engage in any employment, business, or activity that is competitive with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) assist any other person or organization in competing with, or in preparing to engage in competition with, the business of the Company or any Subsidiary. Direct competition shall include, but not be limited to, the design, development, production, promotion or sale of products, software, or services competitive with those of the Company or any Subsidiary. In addition, Optionee shall not directly or indirectly (i) engage in any employment, business, or activity that is competitive with either (A) the proposed business of the Subsidiary that employs Optionee ("Employing Subsidiary") or (B) any proposed business of any of the Company's other Subsidiaries (the "Non-Employing Subsidiaries") of which Optionee has actual knowledge, or (ii) assist any other person or organization in competing with, or in preparing to engage in competition with, either (A) the proposed business of the Employing Subsidiary or (B) any proposed business of any Non-Employing Subsidiary of which Optionee has actual knowledge.
b. The provisions of this subparagraph b. shall apply during Optionee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary and for a period of six months after Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. Optionee shall not directly or indirectly solicit to conduct any Competitive Business with, or conduct any Competitive Business with, any (i) then-current customer of the Employing Subsidiary or (ii) any person that has been a customer of the Employing Subsidiary within the six months prior to the time of Optionee's separation from employment. The phrase "Competitive Business" means the line(s) of business(es) conducted by the Employing Subsidiary.
c. The provisions of this subparagraph c. shall apply during Optionee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary and for a period of 12 months after Optionee's separation from employment. Optionee shall not directly or indirectly solicit to hire, or cause to be hired, any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee or agent of, or consultant to, any business enterprise that Optionee is associated with.
d. Each non-competition covenant of Optionee contained in the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 10 (the "non-competition covenant") shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement and the existence of any claim or cause of action of Optionee against the Company or any Subsidiary, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company or any Subsidiary of such non-competition covenant.
e. The Company and Optionee have in good faith used their best efforts to make each non-competition covenant contained in the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 10 reasonable in both scope and in duration. It is not anticipated, nor is it intended, by either party to this Agreement that any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter will find it
Change in Control
necessary to reform any non-competition covenant to make it reasonable in both scope and in duration, or otherwise. If any non-competition covenant is deemed by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed severable from this Agreement and such provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and be enforceable. Furthermore, in lieu of such unlawful or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms as may be possible and be enforceable.
f. Optionee is agreeing to the provisions of this Paragraph 10 in consideration of the grant of this Option. The provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall be valid and enforceable by the Company and its Subsidiaries, regardless of whether or not any of this Option granted hereunder actually becomes exercisable, or whether or not Optionee actually exercises any rights under this Option. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any provision of this Paragraph 10 and any similar or analogous provision of any other agreement (either currently in effect or that may be entered into in the future) between Optionee, on the one hand, and the Company or any Subsidiary, on the other hand, whichever provision is most favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary shall govern.
11. OPTION ISSUED PURSUANT TO PLAN. This Option is issued pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions and the restrictions as set forth in the Plan, and in the event of any inconsistency, the provisions of the Plan shall govern, provided that no amendment shall be made to the Plan subsequent to the date hereof that impairs the Optionee's rights under this Option without the Optionee's written consent.
12. NO LIABILITY OF OPTION. This Option is not liable for or subject to, in whole or in part, the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Optionee nor shall it be subject to garnishment, attachment, execution, levy or other legal or equitable process.
13. NO ASSIGNMENT. This Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by Optionee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as aforesaid), pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation contrary to the provisions hereof shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.
14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement has been executed in, and shall be deemed to be performable in, Dallas, Dallas County, Texas. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (excluding its conflict of laws rules). The parties further agree that the courts of the State of Texas, and any courts whose jurisdiction is derivative on the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas, shall have personal jurisdiction over all parties to this Agreement.
Change in Control
15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for the Plan, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the parties. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be charged therewith. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
16. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS. Duplicate originals of this document shall be executed by both the Company and the Optionee, each of which shall retain one duplicate original.
17. NOTICE. Other than any Exercise Notice, any notice required or permitted to be given under the Plan or this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid, (i) if to the Optionee, at the address shown on the books and records of the Company or at the Optionee's place of employment, or (ii) if to the Company, at 2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36, Dallas, Texas 75204-2960: Attention: Treasurer, or any other address that may be given by either party to the other party by notice pursuant to this Paragraph. Any notice other than any Exercise Notice, if sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received.
ZIX CORPORATION
By: /s/ John A. Ryan ------------------------------------- John A. Ryan President and Chief Executive Officer |
OPTIONEE:
/s/ Dan Nutkis -------------------------- Dan Nutkis |
Change in Control
EXHIBIT 10.18
ZIX CORPORATION
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(2003 NEW EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN)
Date of Grant Expiration Date
December 16, 2003 December 15, 2013
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 18th day of December, 2003 by and between Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Bradley Almond ("Optionee").
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to recognize the contributions of the Optionee to the Company and to encourage the Optionee's sense of proprietorship in the Company by owning the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee a non-qualified stock option ("Option") to purchase up to a total of 100,000 shares of the Common Stock at a price per share of $6.40 (the "Option Price") on the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions as set forth in this Agreement and the provisions in the Zix Corporation 2003 New Employee Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference) (the "Plan"). All defined terms contained herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, except as otherwise provided herein.
1. DEFINITIONS.
a. Acquiring Person. An "Acquiring Person" shall mean any person (including any "person" as such term is used in Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") that, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such person, is the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. The term "Acquiring Person" shall not include the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or subsidiary of the Company, or any person to the extent such person is holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan. For the purposes of this Agreement, a person who becomes an Acquiring Person by acquiring beneficial ownership of 35% or more of the Common Stock at any time after the date of this Agreement shall continue to be an Acquiring Person whether or not such person continues to be the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the outstanding Common Stock.
b. Affiliate and Associate. "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act in effect on the date of this Agreement.
Change in Control
c. Change in Control. A "Change in Control" of the Company shall have occurred if at any time during the term of this Agreement any of the following events shall occur:
(i) Any Sale of the Company; or
(ii) Any Acquiring Person has become the beneficial owner of securities which, when added to any securities already owned by such person, would represent in the aggregate 35% or more of the then-outstanding securities of the Company that are entitled to vote to elect any class of directors;
(iii) If at any time, the Continuing Directors then serving on the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; or
(iv) Any occurrence that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act.
d. Continuing Director. A "Continuing Director" shall mean a director of the Company who (i) is not an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof, or a representative of an Acquiring Person or nominated for election by an Acquiring Person, and (ii) was either a member of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date of this Agreement or subsequently became a director of the Company and whose initial election or initial nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company.
e. Disability. "Disability" shall mean any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that, in the opinion of the Committee, based upon medical reports and other evidence satisfactory to the Committee, can reasonably be expected to prevent the Optionee from performing substantially all of his or her customary duties of employment (with or without reasonable accommodation) for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
f. Person. A "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an incorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision thereof and any other entity. A Person, together with that Person's Affiliates and Associates, and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting, or disposing of securities of the Company with that Person, shall be deemed a single "Person."
g. Resignation. "Resignation" shall mean the voluntary termination by the Optionee of his or her employment relationship with the employing Subsidiary and, if applicable, Company under circumstances other than Retirement.
Change in Control
h. Retirement. "Retirement" shall mean the termination of Optionee's employment in accordance with the requirements of a written retirement plan, policy or rule of the Company that has been duly adopted by the Company or employing Subsidiary, as applicable.
i. Sale. A "Sale" occurs with respect to the Company if it engages in a merger, consolidation, or sale, lease, license, transfer, or other effective disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets and the Company or its shareholders or Affiliates immediately before such transaction beneficially own, immediately after or as a result of such transaction, equity securities of the surviving or acquiring corporation or such corporation's parent corporation possessing less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring Person or such Person's parent corporation, provided that a Sale shall not be deemed to occur upon any public offering or series of such offerings of securities of the Company that results in any such change in beneficial ownership.
2. TERM OF OPTION. The term of this Option shall expire on the date set forth in the upper right hand corner on page 1 of this Agreement (the "stated term"), except as such term may be otherwise shortened by the other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement.
3. EXERCISE OF OPTION.
a. Exercise. This Option shall become exercisable in increments as follows:
Date Upon Which Right Number of Shares To Purchase Accrues ---------------- --------------------- 25,000 Immediately vested 25,000 December 16, 2004 6,250 March 16, 2005 6,250 June 16, 2005 6,250 September 16, 2005 6,250 December 16, 2005 6,250 March 16, 2006 6,250 June 16, 2006 6,250 September 16, 2006 6,250 December 16, 2006 |
Except as provided in the Plan or this Agreement, the Option shall not be exercisable unless Optionee shall, at the time of exercise, be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, and once the Option has become exercisable with respect to a certain number of shares as provided above, it shall thereafter be exercisable as to all of that number of shares, or as to any part thereof, until expiration or termination of this Option. However, this Option may not be exercised as to less than 100 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under this Option, if less than 100 shares).
Change in Control
b. Adjustment. In the event there is any adjustment to the Common Stock subject to Section 5(b) of the Plan, the Board of Directors or Committee shall make such adjustment as it deems appropriate to the number of shares subject to Award or to the Option Price, or both.
c. Exercise - Change in Control. If the Optionee is still an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on the date of the occurrence of a Change in Control, this Option shall become exercisable in full on such date and may be exercised at any time or times thereafter and until expiration or termination of this Option; provided, however, that this Option may not be exercised as to less than 100 shares at any one time (or the remaining shares then purchasable under this Option, if less than 100 shares).
d. Method of Exercise. This Option may be exercised only by written notice (the "Exercise Notice") by the Optionee to the Company at its principal executive office. The Exercise Notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mails, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal executive office, or if given other than by deposit in the U.S. mails, when delivered in person to an officer of the Company at that office. The date of exercise of this Option (the "Exercise Date") shall be the date of the postmark if the notice is mailed or the date received if the notice is delivered other than by mail. The Exercise Notice shall state the number of shares in respect of which this Option is being exercised and, if the shares for which this Option is being exercised are to be evidenced by more than one stock certificate, the denominations in which the stock certificates are to be issued. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall include the complete address of such person, together with such person's social security number.
This Option may be exercised either by tendering cash in the amount of the Option Price or, with the Company's consent, by tendering shares of Common Stock (which may include shares previously acquired upon exercise of options granted under the Plan). The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Option Price of the shares purchased by cash, a certified cashier's check or, at the Company's option, by delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date immediately preceding the exercise date equal to the Option Price.
If the shares to be purchased are covered by an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any option granted under
the Plan may be exercised by a broker-dealer acting on behalf of an Optionee if
(a) the broker-dealer has received from the Optionee or the Company a fully- and
duly-endorsed agreement evidencing such option, together with instructions
signed by the Optionee requesting the Company to deliver the shares of Common
Stock subject to such option to the broker-dealer on behalf of the Optionee and
specifying the account into which such shares should be deposited, (b) adequate
provision has been made with respect to the payment of any withholding taxes due
upon such exercise, and (c) the broker-dealer and the Optionee have otherwise
complied with Section 220.3(e)(4) of Regulation T, 12 CFR Part 220, or any
successor provision.
The certificates for shares of Common Stock as to which this Option shall have been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Optionee at
Change in Control
the address specified in the Exercise Notice. An option exercise shall be valid only if the Optionee makes payment or other arrangements relating to the withholding tax obligations discussed in Paragraph 8. In the event the person exercising this Option is a transferee of the Optionee by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, the Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such transferee to exercise this Option.
4. TERMINATION OF OPTION.
In the event an Optionee ceases to be an employee of either the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company due to death, Retirement, Resignation, Disability or termination by the Company for any reason other than "cause" (such five events each being a "Qualified Termination"), this Option may be exercised by the Optionee or his or her estate, personal representative or beneficiary to the fullest extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the same on the day immediately prior to such termination (i) at any time within the one-year period commencing on the day next following such termination if such termination is due to the death of the Optionee; (ii) at any time within the 30-day period commencing on the day next following the effective date of such termination if such termination is due to the Resignation of the Optionee; or (iii) at any time within the six-month period commencing on the day next following such termination in the case of any other Qualified Termination (or in any such case in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, if shorter, only for the remaining stated term of this Option). In the event that the Optionee's employment is terminated for any reason other than a Qualified Termination, this Option shall automatically expire simultaneously with such termination. For purposes of this Paragraph, "cause" shall mean (i) the failure, in the sole opinion of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that employs Optionee, of Optionee to adequately perform the duties assigned to Optionee (other than any such failure resulting from Optionee's Disability); (ii) the engagement by Optionee in misconduct that, in the sole opinion of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that employs Optionee, is or may have the effect of being materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iii) the conviction of Optionee of any felony or crime of moral turpitude.
After the Optionee's death, this Option shall be exercisable only by the executor or administrator of the Optionee's estate, or if the Optionee's estate is not in administration, by the person or persons to whom the Optionee's rights shall have passed by the Optionee's will or under the laws of descent and distribution of the state where the Optionee was domiciled at the date of death.
5. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. Neither the Optionee nor any person claiming under or through the Optionee shall be or have any rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any of the shares issuable upon the exercise of this Option, unless and until certificates representing such shares shall have been issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company).
6. STATE AND FEDERAL SECURITIES REGULATION. No shares shall be issued by the Company upon the exercise of this Option unless and until any then-applicable requirements of state and federal laws and regulatory agencies shall have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Company may suspend for a reasonable period or periods the
Change in Control
time during which this Option may be exercised if, in the opinion of the Company, such suspension is required to enable the Company to remain in compliance with regulatory requirements relating to the issuance of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option. This Option is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of common stock subject to this Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any government regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting or exercise of this Option or the issue or purchase of shares under this Option, this Option may not be exercised in whole or in part until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company shall be under no obligation to effect or obtain any such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval if the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that such action would not be in the best interest of the Company. The Company shall not be liable for damages due to a delay in the delivery or issuance of any stock certificates for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, a delay caused by listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to an option upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state law or the effecting or obtaining of any consent or approval of any governmental body with respect to the granting or exercise of this Option or the issue or purchase of shares under this Option.
7. MODIFICATION OF OPTIONS. At any time and from time-to-time the Committee may execute an instrument providing for modification, extension, or renewal of any outstanding option, provided that no such modification, extension or renewal shall impair this Option in any respect without the written consent of the holder of this Option.
8. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES. The Company may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, to withhold in connection with any option, including, but not limited to, the withholding of the issuance of all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option until the Optionee reimburses the Company or the applicable Subsidiary for the amount the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is required to withhold with respect to such taxes, canceling any portion of the issuance in an amount sufficient to reimburse the Company or the applicable Subsidiary for the amount it is required to so withhold, or taking any other action reasonably required to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary.
9. CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT NOT PRESUMED. Nothing in this Agreement, the Plan or any document describing it nor the grant of an option shall give the Optionee the right to continue in employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee with or without cause.
Change in Control
10. NON-COMPETITION COVENANTS.
a. The provisions of this subparagraph a. shall apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Optionee is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. Optionee shall not directly or indirectly (i) engage in any employment, business, or activity that is competitive with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) assist any other person or organization in competing with, or in preparing to engage in competition with, the business of the Company or any Subsidiary. Direct competition shall include, but not be limited to, the design, development, production, promotion or sale of products, software, or services competitive with those of the Company or any Subsidiary. In addition, Optionee shall not directly or indirectly (i) engage in any employment, business, or activity that is competitive with either (A) the proposed business of the Subsidiary that employs Optionee ("Employing Subsidiary") or (B) any proposed business of any of the Company's other Subsidiaries (the "Non-Employing Subsidiaries") of which Optionee has actual knowledge, or (ii) assist any other person or organization in competing with, or in preparing to engage in competition with, either (A) the proposed business of the Employing Subsidiary or (B) any proposed business of any Non-Employing Subsidiary of which Optionee has actual knowledge.
b. The provisions of this subparagraph b. shall apply during Optionee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary and for a period of six months after Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. Optionee shall not directly or indirectly solicit to conduct any Competitive Business with, or conduct any Competitive Business with, any (i) then-current customer of the Employing Subsidiary or (ii) any person that has been a customer of the Employing Subsidiary within the six months prior to the time of Optionee's separation from employment. The phrase "Competitive Business" means the line(s) of business(es) conducted by the Employing Subsidiary.
c. The provisions of this subparagraph c. shall apply during Optionee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary and for a period of 12 months after Optionee's separation from employment. Optionee shall not directly or indirectly solicit to hire, or cause to be hired, any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee or agent of, or consultant to, any business enterprise that Optionee is associated with.
d. Each non-competition covenant of Optionee contained in the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 10 (the "non-competition covenant") shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement and the existence of any claim or cause of action of Optionee against the Company or any Subsidiary, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company or any Subsidiary of such non-competition covenant.
e. The Company and Optionee have in good faith used their best efforts to make each non-competition covenant contained in the preceding provisions of this Paragraph 10 reasonable in both scope and in duration. It is not anticipated, nor is it intended, by either party
Change in Control
to this Agreement that any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter will find it necessary to reform any non-competition covenant to make it reasonable in both scope and in duration, or otherwise. If any non-competition covenant is deemed by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter to be unlawful or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed severable from this Agreement and such provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and be enforceable. Furthermore, in lieu of such unlawful or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms as may be possible and be enforceable.
f. Optionee is agreeing to the provisions of this Paragraph 10 in consideration of the grant of this Option. The provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall be valid and enforceable by the Company and its Subsidiaries, regardless of whether or not any of this Option granted hereunder actually becomes exercisable, or whether or not Optionee actually exercises any rights under this Option. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any provision of this Paragraph 10 and any similar or analogous provision of any other agreement (either currently in effect or that may be entered into in the future) between Optionee, on the one hand, and the Company or any Subsidiary, on the other hand, whichever provision is most favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary shall govern.
11. OPTION ISSUED PURSUANT TO PLAN. This Option is issued pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions and the restrictions as set forth in the Plan, and in the event of any inconsistency, the provisions of the Plan shall govern, provided that no amendment shall be made to the Plan subsequent to the date hereof that impairs the Optionee's rights under this Option without the Optionee's written consent.
12. NO LIABILITY OF OPTION. This Option is not liable for or subject to, in whole or in part, the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Optionee nor shall it be subject to garnishment, attachment, execution, levy or other legal or equitable process.
13. NO ASSIGNMENT. This Option is not transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by Optionee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as aforesaid), pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process, without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, or hypothecation contrary to the provisions hereof shall be void and ineffective for all purposes.
14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement has been executed in, and shall be deemed to be performable in, Dallas, Dallas County, Texas. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas (excluding its conflict of laws rules). The parties further agree that the courts of the State of Texas, and any courts whose jurisdiction is derivative on the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas, shall have personal jurisdiction over all parties to this Agreement.
Change in Control
15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Except for the Plan, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the parties. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be charged therewith. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
16. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS. Duplicate originals of this document shall be executed by both the Company and the Optionee, each of which shall retain one duplicate original.
17. NOTICE. Other than any Exercise Notice, any notice required or permitted to be given under the Plan or this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid, (i) if to the Optionee, at the address shown on the books and records of the Company or at the Optionee's place of employment, or (ii) if to the Company, at 2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36, Dallas, Texas 75204-2960: Attention: Treasurer, or any other address that may be given by either party to the other party by notice pursuant to this Paragraph. Any notice other than any Exercise Notice, if sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received.
ZIX CORPORATION
By: /s/ John A. Ryan -------------------------------------- John A. Ryan President and Chief Executive Officer |
OPTIONEE:
/s/ Bradley Almond --------------------------- Bradley Almond |
EXHIBIT 10.24
CITYPLACE CENTER EAST TOWER
OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT
ZIX CORPORATION, a Texas corporation ("Lessee"), and 7-ELEVEN, INC., a Texas corporation ("Lessor"), enter into this Lease Agreement (the "Lease") dated December 29, 2003, on the following terms:
ARTICLE I - PROPERTY
1.1 Premises. This is a lease of the Premises (herein so called) containing a total of approximately 42,912 square feet of Rentable Area, with approximately 13,781 square feet of Rentable Area located on the south side of floor twenty-two (22) (the "22nd Floor Space") of Cityplace Center East Tower, located at 2711 North Haskell Avenue, Dallas, Dallas County, Texas (the "Building"), and all of floor twenty-three (the "23rd Floor Space") of the Building containing approximately 29,131 square feet of Rentable Area. As contemplated in the Work Letter (hereinafter defined), if the 22nd Floor Commencement Date (as defined in the Work Letter) has not occurred by the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2.1), then, beginning on the Commencement Date until the 22nd Floor Commencement Date occurs, the Premises shall consist of the 23rd Floor Space and the approximately 9,427 square feet of Rentable Area occupied by Tenant as of the date of this Lease on floor twenty-eight (28) (the "Temporary 28th Floor Space") of the Building pursuant to a sublease with Rosewood Resources, Inc.; it being understood and agreed that the Temporary 28th Floor Space shall, for such period of time, be considered part of the Premises for all purposes and directly leased from Lessor to Lessee. Floorplans of the Premises are attached as Exhibit A.
1.2 Project. The Building is located on the land (herein so called) described on Exhibit B. The Building is part of the Project known as "Cityplace Center" located on the Land. The term "Project" refers collectively to all buildings (including the Building) now or hereafter located on the Land, the Garage (herein so called) located under the surface of the Land, and all of the Land owner's other improvements, fixtures, equipment, or other facilities now or hereafter located on the Land, in the Garage, or in any of the buildings or other improvements on the Land. The term "Property" refers collectively to the Project and the Land.
1.3 Improvements. The Work Letter attached hereto as Addendum No. 1 states the terms under which any walls, doors, lights, or other improvements intended to prepare the Premises for Lessee's occupancy (collectively, the "Improvements") will be constructed.
1.4 Parking. The Parking Agreement attached hereto as Addendum No. 2 states Lessee's rights to parking in the Garage.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
1.5 Rentable Area. Rentable Area (herein so called) has been or will be calculated in accordance with the American National Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings published by the Building Owners and Managers Association ("BOMA") (ANSI Z65.1-1980, reaffirmed 1989, approved June 21, 1989, and reprinted August 1990), with usable and rentable area calculations conforming to 1996 BOMA standards. The Rentable Area in both the 23rd Floor Space and the Temporary 28th Floor Space have been agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee and will for all purposes be considered to contain the number of square feet of Rentable Area specified in Section 1.1. Once final plans and specifications for the 22nd Floor Space are completed, the Rentable Area in the 22nd Floor Space shall be determined in good faith and in accordance with provisions of this Section 1.5 by Lessor. If, for any reason, Lessee shall at any time disagree in writing with Lessor's determination of the Rentable Area of any space that is to be included within the Premises as contemplated in this Lease other than the 23rd Floor Space or the Temporary 28th Floor Space, then the Rentable Area of such space shall be determined in good faith and in accordance with provisions of this Section 1.5 by Lessor's architect (the "Architect"), whose determination thereof shall be conclusive upon each of the parties. Lessee shall pay Architect's fees and expenses in respect of any such determination if such determination deviates by less than five percent (5%) from the calculation to which Lessee disagreed; otherwise Lessor shall pay such fees and expenses.
1.6 Reserved Rights. Lessor reserves all rights not expressly granted to Lessee, including the unrestricted right (a) to change the name or street address of the Building or of any other part of the Project; provided that Lessor shall reimburse Lessee for up to Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($5,000.00) of Lessee's actual, out-of-pocket costs in reprinting Lessee's existing stock of written materials affected by such change, including, without limitation, Lessee's stationery and business cards, (b) so long as the Premises remain reasonably accessible (when considering the number of elevators, number and types of Building entrances, and the like), to change the design or configuration of any part of the Project located outside the Premises, (c) to control every aspect of parking and of traffic movement in the Garage and elsewhere on the Property, (d) to prohibit, install, and otherwise control any interior or exterior signs within the Property, and (e) to grant exclusive rights to conduct business in, or render services to, the Project, subject to any then pre-existing service contracts to which Tenant is a party that address the provision of services to the Premises.
ARTICLE II - TERM
2.1 Commencement. The term of this Lease shall begin on October 1, 2004 (the "Commencement Date").
2.2 Length of Term. The term of this Lease shall begin on the Commencement Date and end one hundred twenty (120) months after the Commencement Date, unless the term is terminated or extended pursuant to other provisions of this Lease.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
2.3 Grant of Leasehold. Lessor demises the Premises to Lessee for the term of this Lease, and covenants that except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee may peaceably have, hold, and enjoy the Premises free of any superior right or claim arising by, through or under Lessor, but not otherwise.
2.4 Acceptance and Surrender. Lessee (a) leases the Premises from Lessor, (b) acknowledges that, as of the date of this Lease, Lessee has possession of the 23rd Floor Space and the Temporary 28th Floor Space, (c) agrees to take possession of 22nd Floor Space on the 22nd Floor Commencement Date and (d) agrees to surrender (i) the Temporary 28th Floor Space on the 22nd Floor Commencement Date, and (ii) the Premises at the end of the term, or earlier on termination of this Lease or of Lessee's right to possession of the Premises, free of waste and in as good a condition as on the Commencement Date (or as on the 22nd Floor Commencement Date with respect to the 22nd Floor Space), except for reasonable wear and tear and casualty damage that this Lease does not require Lessee to repair. Lessee's possession of the Premises is hereby deemed to constitute Lessee's agreement that the Premises are suitable for their intended purpose and that the Premises and all other parts of the Property are in good and satisfactory condition and free of defects (except for latent defects and any "punch-list" items related to the Improvements, which will be completed in accordance with the Work Letter).
2.5 Holding Over. If Lessee continues to occupy any part of the Premises after the end of the term, Lessee shall be considered a holdover tenant, and rent shall automatically increase by fifty percent (50%). During any holdover period, the increased rent and all other obligations of Lessee under this Lease shall continue to be payable and performable, but Lessor may at any time refuse to accept rent or other performance, and may reenter, take possession of, and change the locks on the doors of the Premises (without making the keys to the changed locks available to Lessee), all without waiver of any rental or other obligation of Lessee accrued prior to Lessor's taking possession of the Premises. If, however, Lessor chooses to accept the increased rent and other performance due, Lessee may remain in possession as a holdover tenant during the period for which increased rent has been accepted, but not thereafter, and acceptance of any rent or other performance on one occasion shall not obligate Lessor to accept rent or other performance on any subsequent occasion. No holding over, acceptance of rent, or increase in rent shall extend the term, which may be extended, if at all, only pursuant to an express option in this Lease or by a future written agreement of Lessor and Lessee. Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor harmless against any loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense, or any claim therefor, to the extent incurred by Lessor as a result of Lessee's holding over, including liabilities to any person to whom Lessor may have leased any part of the Premises.
2.6 Cancellation Option. Lessee shall have the one time option to cancel this Lease effective as of the end of the sixtieth (60th) month of the term of this Lease, by giving written notice to Lessor of its intention to so terminate this
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
Lease no later than the end of the forty-eighth (48th) month of the term of this
Lease. If Lessee timely exercises Lessee's cancellation option in accordance
with this Section 2.6, then, on or before any such termination date, Lessee
shall pay Lessor a cancellation fee equal to the sum of (i) Six Hundred
Fifty-Eight Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Five and 46/100 Dollars ($658,135.46),
which consists of the unamortized allowances (including construction,
refurbishment, space planning and decorating) and commissions shown on Exhibit
F, attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes, and paid or
incurred by Lessor in connection with this Lease, plus an interest factor on
such amount of eight percent (8%) per annum commencing on the date of payment by
Lessor, with amortization commencing on the Commencement Date, and (ii) a dollar
amount equal to all unamortized allowances, commissions and tenant finish costs
not shown on Exhibit F that are related to any space added to the Premises after
the Commencement Date, plus an interest factor equal to eight percent (8%) per
annum from the date of payment by Lessor, with amortization based on, in each
instance, the ratio of the number of months remaining in the unexpired term of
this Lease from the effective date of the addition of such space to the Premises
until the effective date of such cancellation, to the total number of months
remaining in the unexpired term of this Lease from the effective date of the
addition of such space to the Premises until the end of the stated term, without
regard to such cancellation option. If Lessee fails to make such payment when
due, such failure shall, at Lessor's sole option, nullify Lessee's notice of
cancellation and constitute an event of default under this Lease, entitling
Lessor to all of Lessor's remedies under this Lease, as well as all remedies
otherwise available to Lessor, including, without limitation, any and all rights
for recovery of the cancellation fee, reasonable attorney's fees and expenses
and, if necessary, eviction. The method of calculating the cancellation fee set
out in (i) above is shown on Exhibit F attached hereto and made a part hereof
and such methodology shall be applied to any calculations performed for purposes
of (ii) above. If Lessee does not give Lessor the notice required by this
Section 2.6 in a timely manner, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
for the remaining sixty (60) months of the term.
ARTICLE III - RENT
3.1 Base Rent. Base Rent (herein so called) shall be as follows:
Annual Base Rent Annual Base Rent Rate/RSF Rate/RSF Total Total Months (Floor 22) (Floor 23) Annual Base Rent Monthly Base Rent ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - 60 $20.35 $19.35 $844,128.20 $70,344.02 61 - 120 $21.35 $20.35 $887,040.20 $73,920.02 |
Base Rent shall be payable, beginning on the Commencement Date and throughout the term, in the monthly installments shown above. The first full calendar month's Base Rent installment shall be paid by Lessee on or prior to the Commencement Date.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
For the period, if any, at the beginning of the term of this Lease that the Premises include the Temporary 28th Floor Space instead of the 22nd Floor Space as contemplated by Section 1.1, Lessee shall pay Base Rent for the Temporary 28th Floor Space at the rental rate per square foot of Rentable Area applicable to the 23rd Floor Space for the same period.
3.2 Expense Rent. The rate used in calculating Base Rent includes an Expense Stop (herein so called) of the dollar amount per square foot of Rentable Area which is determined by dividing the total amount of Expenses for calendar year 2005 (as calculated pursuant to Section 3.7 and 3.8) for the Building as annualized to full occupancy by ninety-five percent (95%) of the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Building. Lessee shall pay additional rent ("Expense Rent") beginning as of January 1, 2006, equal to the product of the number of square feet of Rentable Area in the Premises times a rate each calendar year (the "Excess Expense Rate") that equals the amount in that year by which Expenses per square foot of Rentable Area in the Building exceed the Expense Stop. Expense Rent shall be payable in monthly installments based on Lessor's then current estimate of the Excess Expense Rate. If such estimate is not ready at the beginning of a calendar year, then Lessee shall continue to pay the same amount of monthly Expense Rent as had been required for the preceding year until Lessee receives Lessor's estimate for the then-current year, and Lessor shall provide Lessee with written notice of such estimate no later than July 1 of such calendar year and applied retroactively to January 1 of such year. As soon as available each calendar year beginning in 2007, but in no event later than June 1 of each year, Lessor shall furnish Lessee a written reconciliation statement showing actual Expenses for the prior year and the amount of any underpayment or overpayment of estimated Expense Rent by Lessee. Any underpayment shall be payable within ten (10) days after delivery of the reconciliation statement. Any overpayment shall be applied in a lump sum against the next installment(s) of rent due from Lessee, or if Lessor chooses, shall be refunded to Lessee.
3.3 Electrical Charges. Lessor shall periodically invoice Lessee (but no more often than monthly) for Lessee's electrical consumption in the Premises at the then-prevailing rate charged to Lessor by the utility company, which shall include (i) a common area charge calculated in the manner set forth below, plus (ii) actual electrical consumption for the Premises (which shall be separately metered for each floor and, at Lessor's option, for Lessee's computer room or other portions of the Premises in which above-Building standard electrical consumption is reasonably anticipated by Lessor), and such invoice shall separately show the common area electrical charge and the charges for electrical consumption as determined by metered usage in the Premises. The monthly common area electrical charge shall be calculated by multiplying the annual Building Hours (3120 hours) by 5.75 watts per square foot of Rentable Area in the Premises and dividing that amount by twelve (12) to reach watts per square foot per month allocation of common area electrical charges. That amount will be converted to kilowatt hours and then be multiplied by the average utility company
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
kilowatt hour rate for the specific month to arrive at the common area electrical charge for that month. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the intent of the formula for calculating the monthly common area electrical charge is for Lessor to be reimbursed based on Lessor's actual common area electrical charges and for Lessor to not profit as to same. Each monthly electricity bill shall include a five percent (5%) administrative processing fee.
3.4 Security Deposit. On or before the date by which Lessee is to deliver Lessee's preliminary "Space Plans" to Lessor in accordance with Section 1.2 of the Work Letter (hereinafter defined), Lessee shall deposit a cash sum of $74,453.77 with Lessor as security for the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease. The security deposit shall never be considered an advance payment of rent or liquidated damages. Should Lessee be in default of Lessee's obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, then Lessor may, if Lessor chooses and without prejudice to any other remedy, apply the security deposit to the extent necessary to satisfy any and all current, accrued, but unperformed or unpaid, obligations of Lessee under this Lease. Following the application of any part of the security deposit, Lessee shall pay Lessor, within three (3) days after written demand from Lessor, a sum sufficient to restore the security deposit to its full amount. If Lessee is not in default at the end of the term and if all amounts owed by Lessee have been paid (including electrical charges, bills for any required repairs to the Premises, and any final reconciliation of actual and estimated Expense Rent), the balance of the security deposit shall be returned to Lessee in accordance with any requirements of Section 93.005(a) of the Texas Property Code, as the same may be amended. The security deposit shall be held without interest.
3.5 Time, Place, and Manner of Paying Rent. Installments of Base Rent and estimated Expense Rent shall be due and payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month without notice or demand, and shall be prorated on a monthly basis and paid in advance for any partial calendar month. All sums payable to Lessor by Lessee under any provision of this Lease, even if not specifically referred to as "rent" or "additional rent," constitute rent for all purposes. Unless otherwise specified in this Lease, all other monetary obligations of Lessee shall be payable within ten (10) days after written demand by Lessor, as evidenced by delivery of demand, bill, invoice, or other written notice. All rent shall be payable by cash (or other immediately available United States funds) or check, without offset or deduction (except only to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Lease), at the address of Lessor specified in this Lease or such other address Lessor may designate; provided that if Lessor has customarily accepted checks, Lessor may nonetheless require payments to be in cash at any time following Lessee's failure to make (a) Base Rent or Expense Rent payments within ten (10) days after the date due, or (b) any other payment to Lessor when due during the term of this Lease. No rent for which Lessor accepts a check shall be
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
considered paid until cash funds are actually paid and credited to Lessor's bank account.
3.6 Administrative Fee. If Lessee fails to pay any sum within ten (10) days after the date payment is due, or if a check delivered by Lessee to Lessor in payment of any sum has not been paid and credited to Lessor's bank account within ten (10) days after the date payment is due, an administrative fee of five percent (5%) of the amount past due shall be payable. This fee is intended only to compensate Lessor for extra administrative and other expenses and difficulties resulting from late payment, and shall never be construed as liquidated damages or as consideration for any waiver or forbearance by Lessor.
3.7 Expenses Defined. The term "Expenses" means all costs and expenses related to the operation, maintenance, or ownership of the Property (whether incurred by Lessor or by the owner of the Property). Expenses include the following: (a) wages, salaries, employee benefits, and other costs for operation, maintenance, engineering, management, security, or other types of personnel; (b) cost of supplies, materials, and equipment used or rented; (c) utility costs (exclusive of electrical costs which shall be paid in accordance with Section 3.3); (d) property management fees and expenses, including management office occupancy costs; (e) sums payable under any landscaping, janitorial, maintenance, trash removal, security, or other service contract; (f) repair and maintenance costs, including replacement costs other than those that are capital in nature [which capital expenses shall be governed by item (i) below]; (g) insurance premiums; (h) taxes, assessments, and other similar charges levied or assessed against the Property, including sales taxes and assessments by any property owners' association; (i) amortization of capital expenditures required by code or law, incurred with Lessor's reasonable expectation that other Expenses will be reduced, or to enhance the Project for the general benefit of tenants or occupants thereof, or which are for replacement of Building equipment needed to operate the Project at the same quality levels as prior to the replacement; and (j) legal, accounting, auditing, and other professional fees and expenses for the general use or benefit of the Building. Expenses do not include the following: (1) leasing commissions, marketing expenses, attorney's fees and other costs incurred in connection with lease negotiations or disputes with other tenants or prospective tenants in the Building or similar costs incurred in connection with Lessor's consultants, management agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building; (2) capital expenditures other than those described above; (3) depreciation; (4) principal, interest or finance charges on any loan or with respect to the Master Lease, except to the extent for ad valorem/real estate taxes, insurance premiums or other items to be included within the term "Expenses" as described above; (5) taxes on net income or franchise taxes; (6) electrical consumption charges or any other expenses separately billed to any tenant; (7) expenses actually paid by insurance proceeds or, if Lessor is not in compliance with Lessor's insurance obligations under Section 6.1(b), expenses that would be payable by insurance required to be so
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
carried by Lessor; (8) trustee's fees, partnership organizational expenses and accounting fees to the extent relating to Lessor's general corporate overhead charges and general administrative expenses; (9) amounts paid to affiliates in excess of the cost for comparable goods or services provided by unaffiliated parties; (10) allowances, concessions and other costs incurred in completing tenant leasehold improvements; (11) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, mortgaging, selling or change of ownership of the Building; (12) costs, fines, interest, penalties, legal fees or costs of litigation incurred due to Lessor's late payments of taxes, utility bills and other costs to the extent arising from Lessor's failure to make such payments when due, unless a result of Lessor's good faith and reasonable efforts in contesting the amount of such payments; (13) costs of utilities directly metered to tenants of the Building and payable separately by such tenants; or (14) costs incurred to correct any violation by Lessor that exists as of the date of this Lease of any law, rule, order or regulation that is applicable to the Building.
3.8 Expense Accounting. Accrual, cash, or other methods may be used in accounting for Expenses, at Lessor's sole option. The fiscal year for expense accounting shall be the calendar year. If there are other occupied buildings on the Property, Expenses which relate exclusively to the Building shall be shared pro rata by all lessees of the Building on the basis of relative floor area. If there are other occupied buildings on the Land, Expenses of the Property that relate to the common areas of the Land and Garage shall be allocated between the Building and any other occupied buildings on the Land on a basis selected by Lessor (such as relative floor area) that, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, fairly reflects each building's share of such Expenses. If any Expenses are incurred for a partial year or vary depending on occupancy, those Expenses shall be adjusted on a basis selected by Lessor that reasonably approximates what each of the Expenses would have been for the entire year at full occupancy. To determine the Excess Expense Rate, Expenses as annualized to full occupancy shall be divided by ninety-five (95%) of the Rentable Area of the Building. Lessee may, at any time during Lessor's or Lessor's management company's normal business hours between the sixth (6th) and the sixteenth (16th) day of any month, audit and/or inspect Lessor's Expense accounting records for a calendar year within ninety (90) days after receipt from Lessor of the annual statement reconciling actual and estimated Expenses, or in lieu thereof, Lessor may, at Lessor's option, furnish an audit of Expenses prepared by an independent certified public accountant of Lessor's selection. If the final result of the audit/inspection establishes that Lessee (a) overpaid for Expenses, then Lessee shall be entitled to a credit against Lessee's subsequent monetary obligations arising under this Lease in the amount of such overpayment (or, if no further
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
monetary obligations are to arise, Lessor shall reimburse Lessee the amount of such overpayment in the form of a check within 30 days after the completion of such audit/inspection), or (b) underpaid for Expenses, then Lessee shall pay Lessor the amount of such underpayment at the same time as Lessee's next-accruing monetary obligation under this Lease becomes due (or, if no further monetary obligations are to arise, Lessee shall pay Lessor the amount of such underpayment in the form of a check within 30 days after the completion of such audit/inspection). All expenses relating to such audit and/or inspection shall be borne solely by Lessee, unless the results thereof establish that Lessor overstated actual Expenses by more than five percent (5%), in which event Lessor shall pay Lessee's actual reasonable audit/inspection out-of-pocket fees applicable to the audit/inspection.
3.9 Tax Protests. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAWS,
LESSEE WAIVES ALL RIGHTS PURSUANT TO ALL LAWS TO PROTEST APPRAISED VALUES OR
RECEIVE NOTICE OF REAPPRAISAL REGARDING THE BUILDING OR OTHER PROPERTY OF
LESSOR, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY ARISING UNDER PROP. TAX CODE SECTIONS
41.413 OR 42.015, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR
SUCCEEDED.
3.10 Reasonable Methods to Determine Charges. Lessor and Lessee
acknowledge and agree that the provisions set forth in this Lease for
determining Expenses and all additional rent and other charges and amounts
payable by Lessee under this Lease are commercially reasonable and valid even
though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining
such charges. ACCORDINGLY, LESSEE HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL
RIGHTS AND BENEFITS OF LESSEE UNDER TEXAS PROPERTY CODE SECTION 93.004, AS SUCH
SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.
ARTICLE IV - USE AND OPERATION
4.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied solely for office purposes and all lawful related and consistent uses, including, without limitation, the operation of Lessee's data center existing as of the date of this Lease, and any permitted future expansion thereof. Except for supplies used in the Premises, no goods or other merchandise may be stored in, or held for sale at, the Premises. Lessee shall not use the Premises or any other part of the Property for any activity that violates any law or ordinance, that violates any private covenants or restrictions applicable to the Property and recorded as of the Commencement Date, that is disreputable, that creates a nuisance, or that unreasonably interferes with the use and enjoyment of the Property by Lessor or others. Lessee shall not commit any waste to the Property. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in the Premises or in any other part of the Property that Lessor reasonably believes could increase premiums for fire, liability, or other insurance coverage on the Property, or that Lessor reasonably believes could void or make any such insurance coverage unobtainable. Lessee shall comply with all laws and ordinances applicable to the use and occupancy of the Premises and the conduct of Lessee's business therein, and shall obtain and keep in force all permits and licenses related thereto. Lessee shall comply with the Project Rules attached as Exhibit C and with any future amendments to the Project Rules that Lessor reasonably deems are necessary for the safe, efficient and effective operation of the Project; provided, however, that Lessor shall use commercially reasonable
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
efforts to enforce the Project Rules and any future amendments uniformly as to all tenants in the Building. Lessee shall cause its Personnel to comply with each of the provisions of this Section, and shall be liable for any violation of any provision of this Section by its Personnel. The term "Personnel" means, collectively, employees, officers, agents, contractors, vendors, suppliers, customers, licensees, invitees, visitors, or other persons with whom a party has any legal or business relationship.
4.2 Building Services. As long as Lessee is entitled to possession of the Premises (but not thereafter), the following services shall be furnished to those parts of the Premises that have not been abandoned by Lessee:
(a) Electricity at points of supply selected by Lessor at such voltage and power, and kilowatt-hour consumption levels as are "building standard" for the Building as of the date of this Lease, and, except as contemplated in "Exhibit G - Additional Generator Usage" attached hereto, Lessee's use of electricity shall not exceed Building standard circuit capacities or KWH consumption. Lessor may direct that submeters be installed in portions of the Premises, as part of the Improvements, as defined in the Work Letter. If Lessee requests electrical services in excess of Building standard, Lessor may choose to consent only upon conditions that Lessor considers reasonably appropriate (including the condition that additional submeters and/or any additional risers, wiring, or other equipment be installed by Lessor at Lessee's cost payable in advance).
(b) Central heating and air conditioning in season to provide
temperatures in the Premises during Building Hours that Lessor reasonably
considers suitable for an office environment at normal occupant densities under
normal outside weather conditions. Building Hours (herein so called) are 7:00
a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on
Saturday, exclusive of Building Holidays, and such hours may be amended from
time to time by Lessor upon notice to the tenants in the Building. Building
Holidays (herein so called) shall be the days which are listed on Exhibit D
attached hereto as amended from time to time by Lessor upon notice to all
lessees of the Building. If Lessee desires to have heating and air conditioning
service in the Premises during other than Building Hours, Lessee must request
that service in advance from the Building manager during Building Hours. By
requesting such service, Lessee agrees to pay Lessor's Building standard charge
based on the actual time used (including any Building standard minimum charge)
for the smallest heating or air conditioning zone that can accommodate the
requested service area in the Premises (as of the date of this Lease, Lessor's
charge for heating and air conditioning service during non-Building Hours is
$35.00 per hour, and Lessor shall provide Lessee with written notice of any
future increases in Lessor's charge therefor). If Lessee's computers or other
equipment generate heat or vapors that Lessor reasonably considers excessive or
require the maintenance of a range of temperatures or ventilation that Lessor
reasonably believes cannot be provided by Building
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
standard heating, ventilating and air conditioning, Lessor may prohibit the operation of such computers or other equipment, until such time as Lessor elects to install supplemental heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. If Lessor elects to install supplemental heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, Lessee shall pay all costs of acquiring, installing, maintaining, and operating the supplemental equipment, including electrical and chilled water consumption costs. Lessee may continue to maintain Lessee's supplemental heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment that exist within the Premises as of the date of this Lease.
(c) Toilet facilities, hot and cold water as appropriate for toilet and lavatory purposes, and cold water for drinking, all at points of supply for the general use of Building occupants.
(d) Passenger and freight elevator service. The number of passenger elevators operating after Building Hours may be restricted, and dedicated freight elevator service shall be available only when reserved in advance through the Building manager.
(e) Building standard routine maintenance of all public and service areas of the Building and of the elevators, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and other standard component systems and equipment of the Building.
(f) Janitorial service, Monday through Friday, exclusive of Building Holidays. If Lessee's floor coverings or other fixtures or improvements require other than Building standard janitorial service, or if Lessee maintains a lunchroom, coffee bar, or similar facility for its employees, Lessee shall pay any additional cleaning costs. If at any time janitorial personnel cannot obtain access to any part of the Premises when normally scheduled because of Lessee's activities in that part of the Premises after Building Hours or because Lessee has failed to comply with the provisions of this Lease relating to locks or access to the Premises, Lessor shall not be required to furnish janitorial service to that part of the Premises until the next normally scheduled time for janitorial service at which janitorial personnel are able to obtain access.
(g) Replacement of Building standard bulbs in the public areas of the Building and in the Premises.
(h) Security in the form of limited access to the Building during other than Building Hours, regulated in the manner Lessor considers appropriate. Lessor shall not be responsible for any other types of security. Lessee shall cooperate fully with Lessor's efforts to maintain security in the Building and elsewhere on the Property, and shall follow and cause its Personnel to follow all security regulations established by Lessor. If Lessor regulates access to the Building during other than Building Hours by use of key cards issued to Lessee, Lessor may require payment of the Building standard deposit for each card issued, and Lessee shall not make or permit any duplicate key cards to be made. When Lessee's
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
right to possession of the Premises comes to an end, whether at the end of the term or earlier, Lessee shall surrender all key cards to the Building. If Lessee fails to surrender all key cards to the Building when required, or if Lessor reasonably believes that Lessee has made or permitted duplicate key cards to be made, Lessor may change the access system to the Building at Lessee's expense.
Lessor shall use reasonable diligence to restore any interrupted or terminated service, or correct any fluctuations, as promptly as reasonably possible. In no event shall the interruption, fluctuation, or termination of any of these services resulting from causes beyond Lessor's reasonable control make Lessor liable in any respect, be construed as an eviction of Lessee, work an abatement of rent, or relieve Lessee from any obligation; provided, however, that, in the event such interruption, fluctuation, or termination is within Lessor's reasonable control and causes all or any material portion of the Premises to be untenantable for a period of at least five (5) consecutive business days, then Base Rent and Expense Rent shall be abated to the extent, and for so long as, the Premises, or any material portion thereof, are so untenantable.
4.3 Improvements. Lessor shall have no obligation to construct or pay for any improvements to the Premises other than as described in the Work Letter. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for any excessive or nonstandard operating, maintenance, or other expenses (as reasonably determined by Lessor) attributable to any future alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises. To the extent possible, Lessee shall cause any future alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises to be separately rendered and assessed for ad valorem taxation, and in any event, Lessee shall pay or reimburse Lessor for any ad valorem taxes thereon. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for any insurance premiums attributable to any future alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises.
4.4 Alterations and Additions by Lessee. Lessee shall not install or allow the installation of any of the following in the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld and, if given, may be conditioned on such conditions as Lessor reasonably chooses, including conditions relating to approval of plans and specifications, employment and bonding of contractors, insurance, aesthetic considerations, and other matters as reasonably determined by Lessor): (a) any alterations, additions, or improvements other than the Improvements; (b) any vending machines, refrigerators, microwave ovens, or other food or drink preparation, storage, or dispensing equipment; (c) any sign, window covering, decoration, advertising media, or lighting that is visible from outside the Building or from lobbies or other public areas within the Building, or (d) any safes, filing cabinets, or other heavy items. Approval by Lessor of any of Lessee's drawings and plans and specifications prepared in connection with any improvements in the Premises shall not constitute a representation or warranty of Lessor as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or the improvements to which they relate, for
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
any use, purpose or condition, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Lessor as required hereunder. All Improvements and any subsequent alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements that are attached to the Premises or Building (including, without limitation, fiber optic cabling and computer flooring) shall become part of the Building (and shall be the property of the owner of the Building) upon installation (without compensation to Lessee) except for Lessee's normal office equipment (such as telephones, computers, copying machines, and the like) that can be removed without alteration of walls, ceilings, floor covering, millwork, cabinets, or other parts of the Premises. All of Lessee's furniture and moveable equipment that is not attached to the Premises or Building shall remain Lessee's property, and Lessee shall pay when due all taxes and assessments of any kind on Lessee's property. When Lessee's right to possession of the Premises comes to an end, whether at the end of the term or earlier, Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, promptly remove (i) at Lessor's written direction given to Lessee not later than ninety (90) days prior to the stated expiration of the full term of this Lease (or within 30 days after any earlier expiration or termination of Lessee's right to possession of the Premises, as contemplated by this Lease) all or any part of the fiber optic cable connected to the Premises through existing risers from the main Building telephone room and any computer flooring located within the Premises, (ii) all or any parts of any other Improvements or subsequent alterations, additions, and improvements in the Premises that Lessor notifies Lessee, at the time of Lessor's approval therefor, will be required to be removed by Lessee when Lessee's right to possession of the Premises comes to an end, and (iii) all of Lessee's property; and Lessee shall accomplish that removal in a good and workmanlike manner and promptly repair any damage to the Premises or Project resulting from the removal. Any property of Lessee remaining in the Premises more than ten (10) days after Lessee's right to possession of the Premises ends shall be considered abandoned, and Lessor may, at its option, assume ownership, remove and store the abandoned property at Lessee's expense, or sell or otherwise dispose of the abandoned property in whatever manner Lessor considers appropriate, all without liability to Lessee.
4.5 Graphics and Signs. All letters, numerals, signs, and advertising on doors to the Premises or that are otherwise visible from outside the Premises, or the elevators servicing the Premises, shall be in the standard graphics for the Building, and no others shall be used or permitted unless approved by Lessor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any changes in such letters, numerals, signs, or advertising shall be at Lessee's expense. No Building directory exists as of the date of this Lease, but, if Landlord should elect, in Landlord's sole discretion, to install a Building directory, Lessee shall be entitled to be listed thereon in a manner consistently applied to tenants in the Building.
4.6 Keys and Locks. Lessee shall be furnished two (2) keys for the corridor doors to the Premises at Lessor's expense. Any additional keys shall be furnished at Lessee's expense. No
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
additional locks shall be allowed on any corridor or interior door of the Premises without Lessor's approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and Lessee shall not make or permit any duplicate keys to be made. If Lessor does approve additional locks, Lessee shall provide Lessor with two (2) keys to each such lock. When Lessee's right to possession of the Premises comes to an end, whether at the end of the term or earlier, Lessee shall surrender all keys to the Premises and furnish Lessor the combination of all locks on safes, cabinets, and vault doors, if any, remaining in the Premises. If Lessee fails to do so, or if Lessor reasonably believes that Lessee has made or permitted duplicate keys to be made, Lessor may change all of the locks in the Premises at Lessee's expense.
4.7 Maintenance and Repairs. Lessee shall, at its expense, maintain the
Premises (including the Improvements and any subsequent alterations, additions,
or improvements) in a good and tenantable condition, making all needed repairs
and replacements (other than repairs needed as a result of a casualty to the
extent covered by Section 6.5, janitorial service, and repairs that would
otherwise be furnished as Building services that are not needed as a result of
any act or omission of Lessee or its Personnel). Repairs and replacements by
Lessee shall be of a quality as good as the original work, and shall be
performed in compliance with applicable laws and ordinances, in a good and
workmanlike manner, with contractors acceptable to Lessor, in Lessor's
reasonable discretion, and if Lessor elects, under Lessor's supervision. Lessee
shall, at its expense, maintain and repair all of Lessee's furniture, equipment,
and other property. Subject to the waiver of claims and subrogation set forth in
Section 6.2, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for the costs of repairs and
replacements to parts of the Project other than the Premises relating to any
damages caused by any act or omission of Lessee or its Personnel, to the extent
any such act or omission of Lessee's Personnel is not outside the scope of their
employment.
4.8 Liens. Lessee shall not permit any lien on the Premises or any other part of the Property for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Lessee; provided, however, that, if any such lien is expressly limited, of record, to Lessee's leasehold estate under this Lease, then Lessee may provide to Lessor a bond or other security reasonably acceptable to Lessor therefor. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as constituting the consent or request of Lessor or of the owner of the Building, express or implied, to the furnishing of any labor or materials or as giving Lessee any right to contract for or permit the furnishing of any labor or materials that might give rise to any lien against Lessor's interest in the Premises or against any other part of the Property. If any such prohibited lien or lien claim is filed or asserted, Lessee shall cause the lien or claim to be released of record or, if applicable, bonded within ten (10) days of filing.
4.9 Entry by Lessor. Lessor, the owner of the Building, or their Personnel may enter the Premises at all reasonable
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
hours (and in emergencies at all times) to inspect, show, clean, protect, or
repair the Premises and to gain access to pipes, other conduit or utilities
which affect areas of the Building outside the Premises; provided, however, that
(a) to the extent commercially reasonable, Lessor, the owner of the Building and
their Personnel shall endeavor to provide Lessee with advance telephonic notice
before any such entry during Building Hours, and (b) the Premises will not be
shown to prospective tenants more than nine (9) months prior to the expiration
of the term of this Lease. Such entry shall not constitute an eviction, nor
shall Lessee be entitled to any abatement of rent as a result.
4.10 Telecommunications Providers. If Lessee wishes to use, at anytime
during the term of this Lease other than the last twelve (12) months thereof,
the services of a telecommunications provider whose equipment or service is not
then in the Building, no such provider shall be entitled to enter the Building
or commence providing such service without first obtaining the prior written
consent of Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed. Lessor may condition its consent on such matters as Lessor deems
appropriate including, without limitation, (a) Lessor having been provided a
fully executed service agreement between Lessee and such service provider, (b)
such provider agreeing to a non-exclusive easement or license agreement that
will automatically terminate upon termination or expiration of the Lease, in
form and substance satisfactory to Lessor, (c) Lessor having been provided and
approved the plans and specifications for the equipment to be installed in the
Building, (d) Lessor having received, before commencement of such work, such
indemnities, bonds or other financial assurances as Lessor may reasonably
require, (e) such provider agreeing to abide by all Building rules and
regulations, (f) such provider agreeing to provide to Lessor, at no cost to
Lessor, an "as-built" set of plans and specifications, (g) such provider
agreeing to pay Lessor the then Building standard charge for providers for the
use of any space utilized by such provider in the Building (including, without
limitation, to the extent available, the use of any existing riser space), and
(h) Lessor having determined that there is adequate space in the Building for
the placement of all of such provider's lines and equipment. It is the intention
of the parties that Lessee bear all risks relating to the installation, use,
maintenance, operation and removal of the communications equipment; therefore
Lessee shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Lessor, and its agents, and
their respective affiliates, from all losses, claims, costs and liabilities
arising in connection with or relating to the installation, maintenance, use,
operation, and removal of the communications equipment. Lessee, upon written
notice from Lessor given at least sixty (60) days prior to the termination of
this Lease, shall, at Lessee's expense, remove all communications equipment
installed by Lessee pursuant to this Section and return the Premises and the
Building to the same condition existing prior to the installation of such
communications equipment.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
4.11 Accommodation Laws. Lessee shall be wholly responsible for any accommodations or alterations that are required by applicable governmental codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws to be made to the Premises to accommodate disabled employees and customers of Lessee, including, without limitation, compliance with the American with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. Sections 12101 et seq.) and the Texas Architectural Barriers Act (Tex.Rev.Civ.Stat. Art. 9201) (collectively, the "Accommodation Laws"). Except to the extent provided below, Lessor shall be responsible for making all accommodations and alterations to the Common Areas of the Building necessary to comply with the Accommodation Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor may perform, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, any accommodations or alterations that are required by the Accommodation Laws to any area outside of the Premises that are triggered by any alterations or additions to the Premises.
4.12 DART Station Access. Currently, the Building has access to a subsurface Dallas Area Rapid Transit (DART) Station by underground tunnel. Lessor makes no representation or warranty as to the continued use or availability of, or access to, the DART Station, or any future use or availability of, or access to, any other underground tunnel system. In no event shall any revocation, curtailment, modification, addition or other change in DART service or the DART Station, or both, subject Lessor to any liability or obligations whatsoever, nor shall Lessee be entitled to any compensation, diminution or abatement of rent, or any other rights or remedies relating to Lessee's obligations under this Lease by virtue thereof.
4.13 Roof Access. To the extent available without Lessor being obligated to incur any cost or expense to increase rooftop capacity, Lessor, through Lessor's communications manager, will provide Lessee with a location on the roof of the Building, as reasonably determined by Lessor (with consideration given to, among other things, the aesthetics and structural integrity of the Building as well as the operations requirements of other rooftop equipment), for Lessee's installation of microwave dishes, antennae or other communication devices (collectively, the "Communications Equipment"). The types of Communications Equipment, and the specifications therefor, shall be subject to Lessor's approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All costs or expenses (including license fees to Lessor's communications manager) associated with the installation, maintenance and, if required by Lessor at the end of the term of this Lease, removal of the Communications Equipment shall be borne by Lessee. The portion of the Building upon which the Communications Equipment is located shall not be part of the Premises and Lessee shall incur no additional rental expense related thereto; provided, however, that Lessee shall comply with any reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Lessor's communications manager relating to roof access and the safe, efficient and effective operation of rooftop equipment.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
ARTICLE V - TRANSFERS
5.1 Prohibited Transfers by Lessee. Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of Lessor in each instance, which consent shall, in each instance, not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, do any of the following (collectively, "Transfers"): (a) assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or any estate or interest therein, whether absolutely or collaterally as security for any obligations; (b) permit any assignment of this Lease or any estate or interest therein by operation of law; (c) during any period other than when the outstanding voting shares of capital stock of Lessee are listed on a recognized security exchange or over-the-counter market, permit the merger or consolidation of Lessee with any other corporation or other entity, the sale or other transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of Lessee's capital stock or other similar ownership interest, or the sale or other transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of Lessee's assets; (d) sublease any part of the Premises; (e) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy for any part of the Premises; or (f) permit the use of the Premises by any person other than Lessee and its agents and employees; or (g) attempt any assignment or subletting to any existing tenant in the Building or to any third party with whom Lessor has commenced discussions with about the possible leasing of space in the Building. Any attempted Transfer without Lessor's prior written consent is void.
5.2 Transfer Requests by Lessee. If Lessee requests Lessor's consent to a Transfer, Lessor may, on whatever conditions Lessor reasonably considers appropriate (including conditions related to the reconfiguration of access to, and walls within, the Premises), either (a) approve the Transfer, (b) disapprove the Transfer, or (c) terminate this Lease with respect to the part of the Premises included in the proposed Transfer; provided, however, that, if Lessor elects option (c) immediately above, Lessee may prevent Lessor's termination by withdrawing the requested Transfer by giving written notice to Lessor no later than five (5) days after Lessor's notice to Lessee of Lessor's exercise of option (c). In connection with each Transfer request by Lessee, Lessee shall obtain and furnish to Lessor all documents, financial reports, and other information Lessor reasonably requires in order to evaluate the requested Transfer. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for Lessor's attorneys' fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for its consent to a Transfer. Lessor shall advise Lessee of Lessor's decision with respect to the requested Transfer within thirty (30) days after receipt of Lessee's Transfer request. If Lessor refuses to consent to a requested Transfer, this Lease shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect. The consent of Lessor to one requested Transfer shall never be construed to waive the requirement for Lessor's consent to other Transfers, nor shall any consent by Lessor or Transfer by Lessee discharge or release Lessee or any guarantor from any current or future obligations to Lessor.
5.3 Relationship with Transferees. Unless Lessor otherwise specifically agrees in writing, Lessee shall be obligated to pay to Lessor fifty percent (50%) of all rent, cash or other proceeds of any Transfer actually received by Lessee
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
(i.e., without including, or after deducting, as applicable, any free rent or rent concessions) in excess of the rent payable under this Lease and all reasonable costs incurred by Lessee in connection with such Transfer (including, without limitation, leasing commissions, advertising costs and tenant finish work), and Lessee hereby assigns to Lessor all rights it might have or ever acquire to the excess proceeds. Any party to whom a Transfer is made (a "Transferee"), by occupying the Premises and/or assuming Lessee's obligations, shall be considered to have assumed liability to Lessor for all amounts so assigned to Lessor but paid to Lessee or others. Unless Lessor otherwise specifically agrees in writing, no Transferee of less than the entire Premises or Lease shall ever be entitled to exercise any extension, expansion, or other option provided in any Addendum to this Lease, nor shall any Transferee of any part of the Premises or Lease be entitled to any allowance, payment or other inducement provided in any Addendum to this Lease or to the return of any security deposit. If a default by Lessee occurs after any Transfer, Lessor may, at its option, collect rent directly from the Transferee, and Lessee hereby authorizes any Transferee to pay rent directly to Lessor at all times after receipt of notice from Lessor. No direct collection by Lessor from any Transferee shall constitute a novation or release Lessee or any guarantor from its obligations under this Lease.
5.4 Subordination to Mortgage. Lessee hereby subordinates this Lease and all rights of Lessee hereunder to the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust or any ground lease now or hereafter placed against the Premises, and all renewals, substitutions and extensions thereof and all modifications and amendments thereto, and all such liens and ground leases are superior to and prior to this Lease; provided, however, that such subordination shall not be effective with respect to mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases hereafter placed against the Premises unless the holders or ground lessors thereof agree not to disturb Lessee's possession of the Premises for so long as Lessee complies with Lessee's obligations under this Lease within any applicable notice and cure periods. Lessee agrees to execute the Subordination, Attornment and Nondisturbance Agreement (the "SNDA") attached hereto as Exhibit E. Lessee further agrees to execute for any subsequent lienholder of the Building a subordination and attornment agreement with terms substantially the same as those contained in Exhibit E. If, within sixty (60) days after the date of this Lease, Lessor shall not have obtained execution of (a) the Nondisturbance Agreement attached to this Lease by the lessor under the Master Lease (hereinafter defined), and (b) the SNDA by the lienholder identified therein, then Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Lessor that must be received by Lessor before the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is ten (10) days after the expiration of such sixty (60)-day period, and (ii) the date that Lessee receives a copy of such Nondisturbance Agreement that has been signed by the lessor under the Master Lease and the SNDA that has been signed by the lienholder identified therein.
5.5 Estoppel Certificates. Lessee and Lessor shall, whenever requested by the other, execute a statement certifying,
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
to the extent true, that Lessee is in possession of the Premises, that this Lease is unmodified and in full effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full effect as modified, and setting forth the modifications), the date to which the rent has been paid, that to the knowledge of certifying party no default exists under this Lease or specifying each default of which the certifying party may have knowledge, and such other matters as may reasonably be requested. Any such statement by Lessee may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Building.
5.6 Transfers by Lessor. Lessor has the unrestricted right to sell, mortgage, encumber, assign, or otherwise transfer its interest in this Lease in whole or in part. Upon any change in ownership of Lessor's interest in this Lease, Lessor shall be released from any subsequent obligations under this Lease to the extent assumed by the successor to Lessor's interest, whether by written agreement or otherwise, and Lessee shall look solely to the new owner for the performance of such obligations, including, if applicable, any obligation for the return of any security deposit. Upon written request by Lessee, Lessor will send to Lessee a copy of any such written assumption agreement that Lessor has obtained from such successor to Lessor's interest in this Lease.
ARTICLE VI - RISK MANAGEMENT
6.1 Insurance Policies.
(a) Lessee's Requirements. Lessee shall, at its expense, maintain full replacement cost insurance on an "all-risk" basis covering all property owned by Lessee in the Premises or elsewhere on the Property. Lessee shall, at its expense, also maintain comprehensive general liability insurance with not less than TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000) combined single limit coverage (or such greater amount of coverage as required by Lessor from time to time), and with contractual liability coverage for the indemnity obligations of Lessee under this Lease to the extent insurable. Finally, if required by law, Lessee shall, at its expense, maintain workmen's compensation and employer's liability insurance. All of Lessee's policies (except workmen's compensation) shall name Lessor, the owner of the Building, and mortgagees of the Property as additional insureds. All of Lessee's policies shall be underwritten by insurers licensed to do business in Texas, which insurers shall be financially sound and reasonably acceptable to Lessor, and shall contain an undertaking by the insurers to notify Lessor, the owner of the Building, and mortgagees of the Property in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any reduction in coverage, cancellation, termination, or other material change. All liability policies that cover multiple insured parties shall contain a provision stating that the policy will apply to each insured just as if a separate policy had been issued to each, except with respect to limits of liability. Certificates of insurance, or if required by Lessor, the owner of the Building, or mortgagees of the Property, certified copies of each policy, shall be delivered to Lessor as soon as possible after the placing of the required insurance, but in no event later than
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
the Commencement Date, and renewal certificates or policies shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the previous policies.
(b) Lessor's Requirements. Lessor may maintain such insurance as Lessor determines is advisable with respect to the Project, provided that, at a minimum, Lessor complies in all material respects with any insurance requirements imposed upon Lessor under any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease affecting the Project. All premiums and other costs of Lessor's insurance shall be included in Expenses for all purposes under this Lease.
6.2 Waiver of Claims and Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Lessee and Lessor each waive, on behalf of itself, its Personnel, and its insurers (none of which shall ever acquire any claim by subrogation or otherwise), all claims, rights of recovery, and causes of action against the other, the owner of the Building, and their Personnel for any loss or damage (even if caused by fault or negligence) that should be covered by the minimum insurance required to be maintained by Lessee and Lessor under this Lease (even if not actually so covered) or any insurance actually maintained (even if not so required). If required to be effective, all of Lessee's and Lessor's insurance policies shall contain (and, upon request by the other, each of Lessee and Lessor shall furnish the other with satisfactory evidence that the policies actually do contain) appropriate provisions or endorsements effectuating the foregoing waiver.
6.3 Risk of Loss. Neither Lessor nor the owner of the Building shall have any liability to Lessee or others for any injury, loss, or damage to persons or property resulting from (a) any defect or breakdown of any part of the Project or its component systems or equipment, except to the extent caused by Lessor's gross negligence or willful misconduct, (b) any act or omission of other tenants or of any other persons on the Property, (c) any theft or burglary or any other loss or injury resulting from the presence of unauthorized persons on the Property, or (d) any act of God, war, governmental order, or other matter beyond the reasonable control of Lessor. All of Lessee's property shall be at Lessee's risk only, and Lessor shall have no liability for loss or damage to Lessee's property.
6.4 Indemnities. Subject to the waiver of claims and subrogation in
Section 6.2, Lessee and Lessor agree as follows:
(a) Lessee's Indemnity. Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor, the owner of the Building, and their Personnel harmless against any loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense, or any claim therefor, (a) resulting to any extent from the violation or nonperformance of any provision of this Lease by Lessee or Lessee's Personnel, (b) resulting to any extent from any tax, fine, assessment, or other charge of any governmental body related in any way to Lessee's business, to occupancy of the Premises, or to the noncompliance with or violation of any law or ordinance by Lessee or Lessee's Personnel, or (c) related in any way to any damage or injury to persons or property caused to
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
any extent by the noncompliance with or violation of any law or ordinance, by the occupancy or use of the Premises, or by any act or omission within the Premises or elsewhere on the Property by Lessee or Lessee's Personnel. The foregoing obligations shall not be affected by any act or omission of Lessor, the owner of the Building, or their Personnel.
(b) Lessor's Indemnity. Lessor shall indemnify and hold Lessee and Lessee's Personnel harmless against any loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense, or any claim therefor, (a) resulting to any extent from the violation or nonperformance of any provision of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's Personnel, (b) resulting to any extent from any tax, fine, assessment, or other charge of any governmental body related in any way to Lessor's business or to the noncompliance with or violation of any law or ordinance by Lessor or Lessor's Personnel, or (c) related in any way to any damage or injury to persons or property caused to any extent by the noncompliance with or violation of any law or ordinance, by the use of the common areas of the Building, or by any act or omission on the Property outside of the Premises by Lessor or Lessor's Personnel. The foregoing obligations shall not be affected by any act or omission of Lessee or Lessee's Personnel.
To the extent that the indemnities set forth in this Section 6.4 relate to acts or omissions by the Personnel of either party hereto, the indemnities shall be effective only to the extent that such acts or omissions by the Personnel are not outside the scope of their employment.
6.5 Casualty Damage. If any part of the Premises is damaged by fire or other casualty, Lessee shall give prompt notice to Lessor. If damage by fire or other casualty reasonably precludes occupancy of any substantial part of the Premises, or if the Project is so damaged that in Lessor's sole judgment, substantial alteration or reconstruction of the Project is required (whether or not the Premises have been damaged by the casualty), or if any mortgagee of the Property requires application of the insurance proceeds to the reduction of the mortgage debt, or if any material uninsured loss occurs, Lessor may, at its option, terminate this Lease by notifying Lessee within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty. If Lessor does not elect to terminate this Lease, it shall, within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty, notify Lessee of that decision and of the estimated repair time. If the damage reasonably precludes occupancy of any substantial part of the Premises and if the estimated repair time to restore that part of the Premises to a condition that reasonably permits occupancy will extend beyond six (6) months after the date of the casualty, Lessee may elect to terminate this Lease by so notifying Lessor within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of Lessor's decision not to terminate this Lease. If Lessor elects not to terminate this Lease (or if Lessor is not entitled to terminate this Lease), and if Lessee does not elect to terminate this Lease (if Lessee has that option under the preceding sentence), Lessor shall restore (or shall cause the owner of the Building to restore) the Project and the Improvements to substantially their former condition as soon as reasonably
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
possible; provided, however, that, if the repair and restoration is not substantially completed within six (6) months after the date of the casualty, then Lessee may thereafter terminate this Lease on thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Lessor unless such repair and restoration is substantially completed within such thirty (30)-day period. However, in no event shall Lessor be required to (i) restore any part of the Improvements in excess of Building standard quantities or qualities unless proceeds of Lessee's fire and extended coverage insurance are made available to Lessor for that purpose, or (ii) spend any amount in excess of the insurance proceeds actually received by Lessor (or by the owner of the Building, as the case may be) as a result of the casualty. Lessor shall allow Lessee a fair reduction of rent (including, without limitation, Expense Rent) during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy.
6.6 Condemnation. If all or substantially all of the Property is condemned or is sold in lieu of condemnation, then this Lease shall terminate on the date the condemning authority takes possession of the Property. If less than all of the Property is so condemned or sold (whether or not the Premises are affected) and Lessor terminates all similarly-situated leases in the Building that Lessor has the right to terminate as a result of such condemnation, then Lessor may terminate this Lease by notice to Lessee effective on the date the condemning authority takes possession of the applicable part of the Property. If this Lease is not so terminated by Lessor and if the condemnation will reasonably preclude occupancy of any substantial part of the Premises for a period in excess of nine (9) months, Lessee may terminate this Lease by notice to Lessor effective on the date the condemning authority takes possession of the affected part of the Premises. If this Lease is not so terminated by Lessor or Lessee, Lessor shall, to the extent Lessor deems feasible, restore (or cause the owner of the Building to restore) the Project and the Improvements to substantially their former condition. Restoration work shall not exceed the scope of the work done in originally constructing the Project, nor shall Lessor (or the owner of the Building, as the case may be) ever be required to spend in excess of the amount it receives as compensation for the condemnation. If the size of the Premises is reduced by the condemnation, rent shall be diminished proportionately. All condemnation awards shall belong exclusively to Lessor (or to the owner of the Building, as the case may be), and Lessee shall not be entitled to, and expressly waives, all claims for any compensation for condemnation; provided, however, that Lessee may pursue Lessee's own separate claim for moving costs and unamortized leasehold improvements to the extent paid for by Lessee.
ARTICLE VII - DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
7.1 Default by Lessee. Each of the following is a default by Lessee:
(a) Lessee fails or refuses to pay rent (including any sum payable under this
Lease even if not expressly designated as rent) when due, and the failure or
refusal continues for a period of five (5) days after notice from Lessor;
provided, however, that Lessee shall not be entitled to
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
receive such notice from Lessor more than one (1) time in any consecutive twelve
(12)-month period during the term of this Lease and, during any such period when
Lessee is not entitled to such notice from Lessor, a default by Lessee shall
occur if the failure or refusal continues for a period of five (5) days after
the due date; (b) Lessee fails or refuses to comply with any provision of this
Lease or any other agreement between Lessor and Lessee not requiring the payment
of money (all of which provisions are material), and the failure or refusal
continues for a period of thirty (30) days after notice from Lessor; (c)
Lessee's leasehold estate is taken on execution or other process of law in any
action against Lessee; (d) Lessee becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts
as they become due, or Lessee notifies Lessor that it anticipates either
condition; (e) Lessee takes any action to, or notifies Lessor that it intends
to, file a petition under any section or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy
Code, as amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or
any State, or a petition is filed against Lessee under any such statute, or
Lessee or any creditor of Lessee notifies Lessor that it knows such a petition
will be filed, or Lessee notifies Lessor that it expects such a petition to be
filed; or (f) a receiver or trustee is appointed for Lessee's leasehold estate
or for any substantial part of the assets of Lessee. If Lessee's obligations
under this Lease are guaranteed, the occurrence of any of the foregoing events
with respect to any guarantor shall also be a default by Lessee.
7.2 Lessor's Remedies. If a default by Lessee occurs, Lessor shall be
entitled to do any one or more of the following at Lessor's option: (a)
terminate this Lease, in which event Lessee shall immediately surrender
possession of the Premises to Lessor, or without terminating this Lease,
terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises, and in either case,
reenter, take possession of, and change the locks on the doors of the Premises
(and Lessor need not make keys to the changed locks available to Lessee); (b)
enter the Premises if need be, and/or do whatever Lessee is obligated to do
under the terms of this Lease (and in that event Lessee shall reimburse Lessor
on demand for any expenditures by Lessor in effecting compliance with Lessee's
obligations under this Lease); (c) if Lessor has terminated this Lease, recover
all rent owing and unpaid as of the date of termination plus damages measured by
the difference in the rental value of the Premises if this Lease had been fully
performed for the balance of the term and the rental value of the Premises
following the default (taking into account probable remodeling, lease
commission, allowance, inducement, and other costs of reletting); (d) if Lessor
has not terminated this Lease (whether or not Lessor has terminated Lessee's
right to possession of the Premises or actually retaken possession), recover (in
one or more suits from time to time or at any time before or after the end of
the term) all rent owing and unpaid and all costs, if any, incurred in reletting
the Premises (including remodeling, lease commission, allowance, inducement, and
other costs) less all rent, if any, actually received from any reletting of the
Premises; (e) recover all costs of retaking possession of the Premises and any
other damages incidental to Lessee's default; (f) terminate all of Lessee's
rights to any allowances or under any renewal, extension, expansion, refusal,
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
or other options granted to Lessee by this Lease; and/or (g) exercise any and all other remedies available to Lessor at law or in equity, including injunctive relief of all varieties. Forbearance by Lessor to enforce one or more of its remedies shall not constitute a waiver of any default or an election of remedies. If Lessor elects to retake possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, it may nonetheless at any subsequent time elect to terminate this Lease. In addition to the remedies set forth in this Section 7.2, on the occurrence of a default by Lessee with respect to which Lessor elects either to terminate this Lease or, without terminating this Lease, to terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises, (i) Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash on demand an amount equal to all "Reimbursable Costs" (as defined below) for which Lessee has not yet vested (as defined below), and (ii) any remaining rental abatement and/or other concessions that have not yet accrued under this Lease shall terminate. As used herein, the term "Reimbursable Costs" means the total of (i) the aggregate dollar value of all rental abatements that Lessee has received under this Lease; (ii) any amount paid by Lessor for tenant leasehold improvements in the Premises; and (iii) the aggregate dollar amount which has been paid to or on behalf of Lessee under this Lease, including, without limitation, any moving allowance or brokerage commission paid and/or payable by Lessor in connection with the execution of this Lease. Because the Reimbursable Costs were incurred by Lessor in reliance on Lessee's fully performing Lessee's obligations under this Lease, Lessee hereby acknowledges that Lessor will be damaged on a default by Lessee in an amount equal to the aggregate dollar value of the Reimbursable Costs for which Lessee has not yet vested, in addition to (and not in lieu of) any other damages suffered by Lessor. Lessee shall vest as to Reimbursable Costs at the rate of (A) one hundred percent (100%) divided by the number of months in the initial Term for which Lessee is obligated to pay full rent, (B) multiplied by the number of months for which Lessee has paid full rent and is not otherwise in default hereunder. No vesting shall occur with respect to any month for which Lessee has not paid rent or in which Lessee is otherwise in default hereunder. (For example, if Lessee is obligated to pay full rent for fifty [50] months, then Lessee shall vest hereunder at the rate of two percent [2%] for each month for which it pays full rent.) Lessee agrees that, upon Lessor's right to repossess the Premises, Lessor may alter or change the door locks or other security devices on all entry doors of the Premises thereby excluding Lessee and Lessee's agents, employees, contractors, directors, invitees, licensees and patrons, and Lessor shall have no liability in connection therewith.
7.3 Possession, Surrender and Mitigation. Nothing done by Lessor or its agents shall be considered an acceptance of any attempted surrender of the Premises unless Lessor specifically so agrees in writing. No reentry or taking of possession of the Premises by Lessor, nor any reletting of the Premises, shall be considered an election by Lessor to terminate this Lease unless Lessor gives Lessee written notice of termination; and any reletting of the Premises without such termination of this Lease shall be considered to be for Lessee's account. Lessee hereby
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
waives any requirement for notice in the event of its default (other than any notice required in Section 7.1), including any notice of reentry or repossession or of Lessor's intent to reenter or retake possession. Lessor may, without prejudice to any other remedy that it may have for Lessee's default, expel or remove Lessee and any other person who may be occupying any part of the Premises; and Lessor may do so without judicial process and without any liability to Lessee or any other person. To the extent, and only to the extent, Lessor is obligated by applicable laws to attempt to mitigate damages in the event Lessor regains possession of the Premises following Lessor's termination of Lessee's right to possession due to a default by Lessee, Lessee acknowledges and agrees, to the maximum extent allowed by law, that Lessor shall have no obligation to relet the Premises: prior to reletting any other space in the Building; at below-market rates; to any tenant that does not have what Lessor considers to be an adequate financial condition; for a use other than the permitted use hereunder or otherwise inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Lease; if to do so, Lessor would be required to alter other portions of the Project.
7.4 Landlord's Lien Waiver. Lessor hereby waives any and all landlord's liens and security interests, whether statutory, contractual or otherwise, on or in the property of Lessee now or hereafter placed in the Premises.
7.5 Default by Lessor. It shall be a default by Lessor if Lessor has not begun the cure of any failure of Lessor to perform its obligations under this Lease within thirty (30) days of the receipt by Lessor of notice from Lessee of the alleged failure to perform and thereafter pursued such cure with reasonable diligence.
7.6 Lessee's Remedies. If a default by Lessor occurs, Lessee shall be entitled to do any one or more of the following at Lessee's option: (a) recover damages actually sustained as the result of the default (but Lessor shall never be liable for any indirect or consequential damages to Lessee or its business as the result of any default); or (b) compel the correction of Lessor's nonperformance by injunction or other equitable remedy. Lessee's obligation to pay rent is an independent covenant, and the occurrence of a default by Lessor shall not entitle Lessee to withhold rent or offset alleged damages against rent. Lessee waives any claim for rescission or termination of the Lease based on any alleged misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or other default by Lessor that does not cause the eviction of Lessee from the Premises. Before exercising any remedies or abandoning any part of the Premises as the result of any alleged actual or constructive eviction, Lessee shall afford Lessor's mortgagees (to the extent the identity and addresses of those parties have been communicated to Lessee) notice and reasonable time to cure the alleged default by Lessor.
7.7 Personal Liability. The liability of Lessor for any default by Lessor under this Lease is limited to (a) the interest of Lessor in the Property (including any proceeds received by Lessor from any insurance policies, in the event of
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
a casualty, and any net proceeds received by Lessor from any sale, in the event of a sale), and (b) for so long as the Master Lease exists and the lessor thereunder is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lessor, the interest of the lessor under the Master Lease in the Property (including any proceeds received by the lessor under the Master Lease from any insurance policies, in the event of a casualty, and any net proceeds received by Lessor from any sale, in the event of a sale), and Lessee agrees to look solely thereto for the recovery of any judgment from Lessor. Neither Lessor nor the lessor under the Master Lease shall ever be personally liable for any judgment or deficiency. This Section does not preclude the enforcement of an injunction or other equitable remedy against Lessor.
7.8 Attorneys' Fees. If a party defaults, the nondefaulting party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in exercising and enforcing its remedies under this Lease. All indemnities include attorneys' fees and other costs of defending indemnified claims, and if requested by the indemnitee, the indemnitor shall defend such claims using counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnitees.
7.9 Interest on Past-Due Sums. All past-due sums shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or maximum lawful rate in effect.
7.10 No Implied Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon the strict performance of an agreement or to exercise any remedy for default shall not be construed as a waiver. The waiver of any default shall not prevent a subsequent similar act from being a default. No waiver shall be effective unless expressed in writing signed by the waiving party. No waiver shall affect any condition other than the one specified in the waiver and then only for the time and in the manner stated. Lessor's receipt of any rent with knowledge of default by Lessee shall not be considered a waiver of the default. No payment by Lessee of a lesser amount than the full amount then due shall be considered to be other than on account of the earliest amount due. No endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment shall be considered an accord and satisfaction, and Lessor may accept that check or payment without prejudice to Lessor's right to recover the balance owing and to pursue any other available remedies.
ARTICLE VIII - MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Notice. Any notice contemplated by this Lease shall be in writing, and may be given by depositing the notice in the United States mail, postage prepaid and certified and addressed to the party to be notified with return receipt requested, or delivering the same in person to the party. Notices shall be effective upon the earlier of (a) actual receipt, or (b) the third (3rd) day after such notice is deposited in the mail in the manner described above, even if not received. The notification addresses of the parties are specified on the signature page of this Lease. On the Commencement Date, Lessee's notification
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
address shall automatically become the address of the Premises unless Lessee otherwise notifies Lessor. Each party has the right to change its address by at least ten (10) days' notice to the other party.
8.2 Captions. The captions appearing in this Lease are included solely for convenience and shall never be given any effect in construing this Lease. References to Addenda and Exhibits are references to the exhibits and addenda attached to this Lease.
8.3 Use of Terms. All pronouns include the other genders, however used, and the singular includes the plural whenever it is appropriate. The word "include" and other forms of that word do not denote an exhaustive or complete list or enumeration. The word "shall" is mandatory, and the word "may" is permissive.
8.4 Entirety and Amendments. This document embodies the entire contract between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties related to the Premises, including all lease proposals, letters of intent, and similar documents. All representations, warranties, or agreements of an inducement nature, if any, are merged with, and stated in this document. This Lease may be amended only by a written instrument executed by duly authorized representatives of the parties. Lessee is not a beneficiary of any other contract or agreement relating to the Property to which Lessor may be a party, and Lessee shall have no right to enforce any such other contract or agreement on behalf of itself, Lessor, or any other party.
8.5 Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval by either party shall be effective unless given in writing signed by such party or its duly authorized representative. Any consent or approval by either party shall extend only to the matter specifically stated in writing.
8.6 Counterparts and Inclusion. This Lease is being executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original for all purposes. The pages of this Lease, including any exhibits, addenda, or other attachments may be initialed by the parties for identification. The circumstance that any page is not initialed is not evidence that that page is not a part of the Lease, nor does the process of initialing pages preclude introduction of other evidence whether any page is or is not a part of this Lease.
8.7 Severability. If any provision of this Lease is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected. Each separate provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
8.8 Binding Effect. This Lease binds not only Lessor and Lessee, but also their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.
8.9 Governing Law. This Lease is governed by the laws of the State of Texas.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
8.10 Building Standard. The use of the terms "Building standard" or "standard for the Building," or of other similar phrases, designates a standard selected by Lessor from time to time for use throughout the Building. If there is a dispute or question about the standard, any written statement of the standard maintained in the Building manager's office shall be conclusive evidence of the standard.
8.11 Reimbursement. Whenever this Lease requires Lessee to pay or reimburse Lessor for costs or expenses in connection with any matter, such payment or reimbursement shall include costs and expenses payable by Lessor for related legal, architectural, engineering, and other consulting services as well as any administrative processing fee, construction management or coordination fee, or other applicable Building standard fee or charge for services related thereto; provided, however, if any such amounts are payable by Lessor to any affiliate of Lessor, then such amounts shall be limited to the amount that would reasonably be expected to have been incurred had such services been obtained from an unaffiliated third party. Whenever this Lease requires Lessor's consent to or approval of any item, Lessor may condition such consent or approval on payment or reimbursement of all costs and expenses incurred by Lessor (including legal, architectural, engineering, and other consulting services) and of any applicable Building standard fee or charge for services related thereto. Any sales taxes on goods or services furnished pursuant to this Lease shall be paid or reimbursed by Lessee.
8.12 Survival. The expiration or other termination of the Lease or of Lessee's right to possession does not terminate obligations relating to rent previously accrued (including any Expense Rent reconciliation under Section 3.2 or any electrical bills under Section 3.3) or relating to the condition of the Premises or other obligations performable then or thereafter, all of which shall survive such expiration or other termination.
8.13 Recordation. Lessee agrees not to record this Lease or any memorandum of this Lease.
8.14 Commissions. By separate agreements, Lessor has agreed to pay a commission in connection with this Lease to each of Prentiss Properties Management, L.P. and The Staubach Company Each party (the "Indemnifying Party") shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless against any loss, liability, damage, costs, or expense, or any claim therefor, relating to any other commissions or brokerage fees on account of the execution of this Lease or on account of any renewal or expansion claimed by any other broker or agent with whom the Indemnifying Party may have dealt or contracted.
8.15 Effect of Delivery of this Lease. Lessor has delivered a copy of this Lease solely for Lessee's review, and that delivery does not constitute an offer to Lessee or an option reserving the Premises. This Lease shall not be effective until a counterpart executed by both Lessor and Lessee is delivered to and accepted by Lessor, and then only if the
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
owner of the Building and all of owner's and Lessor's mortgagees have unconditionally approved this Lease in its entirety in writing.
8.16 Relocation. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.
8.17 Master Lease. Lessor is not the owner of the Property. Instead, Lessor is the owner of the tenant's leasehold estate under the Amended and Restated Lease Agreement (as the same may be hereafter modified, the "Master Lease") dated December 21, 1990, between Cityplace Center East Corporation, as owner of the Building and landlord, and Lessor, as tenant, with respect to leased premises that include the entire Building and Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, this Lease constitutes a sublease (and terms such as "lease," "let," "demise," and other words of similar import are to be construed as denoting subleasing or subletting), and is subordinate and inferior to the Master Lease and to the leasehold estate of Lessor thereunder. The circumstance that this Lease is a sublease subordinate to the Master Lease does not, however, release or discharge Lessor from any express duty or obligation to Lessee under this Lease, but any such duty or obligation of Lessor may be performed and discharged by the owner of the Building or its Personnel. Except as provided in the Nondisturbance Agreement, no privity of contract or estate exists or shall exist between Lessee and the owner of the Building, and Lessee shall not have any rights or options (including those that may otherwise arise from any renewal or expansion options) under the Master Lease, but the owner of the Building shall be an intended third-party beneficiary of any agreements in this Lease naming, or relating to the rights of, the owner of the Building. If the term of this Lease should extend beyond the then effective primary or renewal term of the Master Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any renewal or extension option, or to otherwise renew or extend the term of the Master Lease. To the extent not inconsistent in any material and adverse manner with the rights granted to Lessee in, or Lessee's obligations under, this Lease, Lessor and the owner of the Building shall have the unrestricted right to modify or amend the Master Lease.
8.18 Force Majeure. Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for the taking of any action by Lessor or Lessee other than the payment of money, Lessor or Lessee, as appropriate, shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any act, omission, delay or neglect of the other or any of the other's employees or agents, or any other cause whatsoever beyond the control of Lessor or Lessee, as appropriate.
8.19 Essence of Time. Time is of the essence of this Lease.
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
8.20 Exhibits and Addenda. The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached to the Lease and are incorporated into and made a part of the Lease for all purposes:
Exhibit A - Floorplan
Exhibit B - Legal Description
Exhibit C - Project Rules
Exhibit D - Building Holidays
Exhibit E - Subordination, Attornment and
Nondisturbance Agreement
Exhibit F - Cancellation Fee Calculation
Exhibit G - Additional Generator Usage
Addendum No. 1 - Work Letter
Addendum No. 2 - Parking Agreement
Addendum No. 3 - First Right of Lease
Addendum No. 4 - Options to Extend
8.21 DISCLAIMER; COMPLIANCE. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, (A) LESSOR AND LESSEE EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT LESSOR IS NOT MAKING AND HAS NOT MADE ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY HEREUNDER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE), (B) LESSOR AND LESSEE AGREE THAT LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS TO ABIDE BY THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS HEREOF (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LESSEE'S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER) ARE NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LESSOR OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND (C) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, LESSEE AGREES TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS HEREOF (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LESSEE'S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LESSOR OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. IN NO EVENT, HOWEVER, SHALL THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION BE CONSTRUED TO RELIEVE LESSOR OF ITS OBLIGATIONS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN.
[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
To witness their agreement, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Lease below.
LESSOR:
Address: 7-ELEVEN, INC., 2711 North Haskell Avenue a Texas corporation Dallas, Texas 75204 Attn: Legal Department By /s/Ryan F. Smith Jr. ----------------------------------- Title Executive Vice President Attest: By /s/ J. Donald Stevenson, Jr. ---------------------------- LESSEE: Address: ZIX CORPORATION, The Premises a Texas corporation By /s/ Ronald A. Woessner --------------------------------- Title SVP Attest: By /s/ Kirsten Fleenor --------------------------- |
Zix Corporation Office Lease Agreement (R-57999.6)
EXHIBIT 10.25
ELRON SOFTWARE, INC. -- COGNOS CORPORATION
ADDITIONAL SUBLEASE PROVISIONS -- ADDENDUM II
1. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Sublease to which this Addendum II is attached to the contrary, the initial term (the "Initial Term") of the Sublease shall be three (3) months, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on October 31, 2003, and the base rent for Initial Term shall be at the rate of fifteen dollars ($15.00) per square foot in the Premises per annum. Sublessee shall have the right and option to extend the term of the Sublease for an additional term commencing on the day immediately following the last day of the Initial Term and expiring on March 15, 2005, and base rent during such additional term shall be at the rate of eleven dollars ($11.00) per square foot in the Premises per annum. Sublessee may exercise its right to extend the term as aforesaid by giving Sublessor notice of its desire to do so on or before October 15, 2003.
(b) Sublessor shall deliver the Premises on or before the Commencement Date, free of all trash and debris, and free of its and its employees' personal property (except for the Furniture & Equipment) and in a generally neat and clean condition. The fact that Sublessee is accepting the Premises "as is" shall in no way derogate from any obligation Sublessor has hereunder to enforce its rights under the Master Lease in respect of the maintenance and repair of the Premises and the Building.
2. Sublessor shall promptly and diligently attempt to obtain Landlord's written consent, in a form that is reasonably acceptable to Sublessee and its counsel, which shall include without limitation the Landlord's agreement that the Sublessee may remain in the Premises under the terms of the Sublease in the event of a termination of the Master Lease (other than by reason of the default of Sublessee or termination on account of a taking, fire or other casualty). The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Landlord's consent executed simultaneously with the execution hereof. If Landlord's written consent is not obtained within 20 days after the date of this Sublease, Sublessee may terminate this Sublease upon notice to Sublessor, provided that such notice is given prior to the delivery of such written consent to Sublessee
3. Sublessor represents that the Master Lease attached hereto as Exhibit A is true, correct and complete. Sublessor further represents and warrants to Sublessee that, as of the date hereof; (i) the Master Lease is in full force and effect, and has not been modified or amended except as reflected in the First through Sixth Amendments to Lease attached hereto with the Master Lease; (ii) there exists no default, breach or other violation on the part of Sublessor under the Master Lease, nor other event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, breach or violation, and to the best of Sublessor's knowledge, the Premises comply with all applicable laws, codes and ordinances; (iii) the Landlord is not in violation of any of its obligations under the Master Lease; (iv) the term of the Master Lease will expire not sooner that March 31, 2005; (v) there are no contractors, suppliers, materialmen to whom any amount is owed in respect of any work undertaken by Sublessor in the Premises; (vi) Sublessor will not enter into or assent to or join in any (x) amendment or modification of the Master Lease which would have any adverse effect on Sublessee's rights hereunder or Sublessee's use or enjoyment of the Premises, or (y) agreement or other instrument terminating the Master Lease, or take any other action to terminate the Master Lease,
without in each and every case obtaining the prior written consent of Sublessee;
(vii) neither Sublessor nor any of its agents, employees or contractors has
conducted any activity at the Premises that produced or used hazardous
materials, and neither Sublessor nor any of its agents, employees or contractors
has stored, released, brought into or introduced to the Premises any hazardous
materials; (viii) Sublessee will not be responsible for the repair, maintenance
and/or replacement of any supplemental heating, ventilation or air conditioning
equipment in or serving the Premises (except as may be installed by Sublessee);
and (viii) Sublessor shall promptly deliver to Sublessee a copy of any written
notice received by Sublessor from Landlord or any governmental agency in respect
of the Sublease, the Master Lease or the Premises.
4. The benefit of all repairs, restorations, compliance with laws and other requirements, materials and services to be provided to the Premises and the Building by Landlord under the Master Lease shall accrue to Sublessee; but Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee for the failure of Landlord or others so to do, except if such failure is due to Sublessor's failure to perform, in a timely manner, its obligations under the Master Lease or this Sublease. Upon Sublessee's written request, Sublessor shall present to Landlord, in the name of Sublessor, any demand requested by Sublessee for any such repairs, restorations, materials or services required to be furnished to the Premises by Landlord, provided that nothing herein shall be construed to prevent Sublessee from communicating directly with Landlord in respect of matters affecting the Premises. In addition, Sublessor hereby assigns and grants to Sublessee any and all rights which Sublessor has against Landlord under the Master Lease in respect of any Landlord breach or default under the Master Lease relative to the Premises, and Sublessee shall have the right to exercise, in its name or that of Sublessor, all of the rights available to Sublessor to request and/or enforce performance of the obligations of Landlord, including any obligation to make any such repairs and restorations and to supply any such materials and services to the Premises. Sublessor agrees to reasonably cooperate with Sublessee in pursuing such performance. If as a result of any interruption of services or utilities to be provided under the Master Lease, Sublessor shall be entitled to an abatement of rent or other charges, Sublessee shall be entitled to a corresponding abatement of rent and additional rent under this Sublease.
5. Sublessee shall not be obligated to remove any leasehold improvements or personal property (other than that of Sublessee) existing in the Premises on the Commencement Date of the Sublease. Sublessor shall cooperate with Sublessee in procuring from Landlord consent for Sublessee's logo signage at the Premises entrance, and appropriate Building directory signage with Sublessee's name and the location of the Premises, as provided in the Master Lease. Sublessee shall have the right to use its proportionate share of parking spaces adjacent to the Building, as provided in the Master Lease.
6. All notices to Sublessee shall be sent to the Premises, and in either case marked, Attention: Mr. John Wiles, and a copy of all notices to Sublessee shall be sent to Stephen T. Langer, Esq., 40 Court Street, Suite 700, Boston, MA 02108, or in either case to such other place(s) or to the attention of such other individual(s) as Sublessee may hereafter by written notice to Sublessor designate.
7. Sublessee shall have the benefit of any waiver of claims and/or subrogation as set forth in the Master Lease by Landlord and its insurer(s) and by Sublessor and its insurer(s)
8. Sublessee, subject to the terms and provisions hereof, shall lawfully, peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises during the term hereof, without hindrance or ejection by any persons lawfully claiming under Landlord or Sublessor to have title to the Premises superior to Sublessee; the foregoing covenant of quiet enjoyment is in lieu of any other covenant, express or implied
ADDENDUM# 1
This Addendum One is made to the Standard Sublease dated June 20, 2003, by and between Cognos Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Sublessor") and Elron Software Inc. ("Sublessee") for space located at 67 South Bedford Street, Burlington, Massachusetts, consisting of 11,733 rentable square feet of office space ("Premises").
1. FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT. Sublessee shall have the use of the furniture, cubicles, ("Furniture & Equipment"), a list is attached as Exhibit A. The rental charge of said equipment shall be included in the Base Rent under the Sublease. At the expiration of the Sublease term, Sublessor shall sell to Sublessee the Furniture & Equipment for a price of One Dollar ($1.00). If Sublessee defaults under the Sublease, or is in default at the expiration of the Sublease, the Furniture and Equipment shall remain the property of Sublessor and the sale is null and void unless the default is cured.
2. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. The Premises will be delivered "As-Is". Sublessor shall not be required to make tenant improvements to the Premises under the Sublease.
3. NOTICES.
A. Landlord. To Landlord as follows:
B. Sublessor. To Sublessor as follows:
Cognos Incorporated
3755 Riverside Drive
PO Box 9707, Stn T
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada
K1G4K9
Attn: Director, Corporate Facilities
With a copy to:
Cognos Corporation
15 Wayside Drive
Burlington, MA 01803
Attn: Corporate Counsel
C. Sublessee. To Sublessee as follows:
Elron Software Inc.
4. ELECTRICITY. Sublessee will be responsible for the cost of its electricity for lights and electric plugs.
5. SIGNAGE. Sublessee will have the right to install its logo signage at the entrance to its space and to be identified in the appropriate building directories. All signage shall be subject to Master Lessor approval.
6. REAL ESTATE TAXES. Sublessee will be responsible for its proportionate share of escalations in real estate taxes above fiscal year 2004.
7. OPERATING EXPENSES. Sublessee will be responsible for its proportionate share of escalations in operating expenses above calender year 2003.
8. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Sublessee shall deposit $32,265.75 to be held as security for the full performance of the Sublease by Sublessor. If, upon sublease expiration no default exists Sublessor shall return said deposit to Sublessee within thirty (30) days.
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
Sublessor: /s/ KEVIN P. SHONE Sublessee: /s/ HENRY R. TUMBLIN ---------------------- --------------------------- Dated: 7/16/03 Dated: 7/16/03 -------------------------- ------------------------------- |
(AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION LOGO)
STANDARD SUBLEASE
(SHORT-FORM TO BE USED WITH POST 1995 AIREA LEASES)
(NOTE: DO NOT USE IF LESS THAN ENTIRE PREMISES ARE BEING SUBLET. FOR SITUATIONS
WHERE THE PREMISES ARE TO BE OCCUPIED BY MORE THAN ONE TENANT OR SUBTENANT USE
THE "STANDARD SUBLEASE--MULTI-TENANT" FORM)
1. BASIC PROVISIONS ("BASIC PROVISIONS").
1.1 PARTIES: This Sublease ("SUBLEASE"), dated for reference purposes only June 24, 2003, is made by and between Cognos Corporation, a Delaware Corporation ("SUBLESSOR") and Elron Software Inc. ("SUBLESSEE"), (collectively the "PARTIES", or individually a "PARTY").
1.2 PREMISES: That certain real property, including all improvements therein, and commonly known by the street address of 67 South Bedford Street, Burlington located in the County of _____________________, State of Massachusetts and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property) a portion of the 3rd floor consisting of 22,733 rentable square feet - Exhibit A Area A&B ("PREMISES").
1.3 TERM: approximately 1 years and 7.5 months commencing approximately July 25, 2003 ("COMMENCEMENT DATE") and ending March 15, 2009 ("EXPIRATION DATE").
1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: N/A ("EARLY POSSESSION DATE").
1.5 BASE RENT: $10,755.25 (net of electricity) per month ("BASE RENT"), payable on the first (1st) day of each month commencing approximately 8/1/03.
[ ] If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.
1.6 BASE RENT AND OTHER MONIES PAID UPON EXECUTION:
(a) BASE RENT: $10,755.25 for the period 07/25/03-03/15/05.
(b) SECURITY DEPOSIT: $ Two (2) months $21,470.50 ("SECURITY DEPOSIT").
(c) ASSOCIATION FEES: $__________________________________ for the period ____________________________________.
(d) OTHER: $________________________ for ____________________
(e) TOTAL DUE UPON EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE: $32,225.75 (2 months security deposit + 1 month rent.
1.7 AGREED USE: General Office
1.8 REAL ESTATE BROKERS:
(a) REPRESENTATION: The following real estate brokers ( the "BROKERS") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):
[X] Cushman & Wakefield represents Sublessor exclusively ("SUBLESSOR'S BROKER");
[X] Trammell Crow represents Sublessee exclusively ("SUBLESSEE'S BROKER"); or
[ ] ___________________ represents both Sublessor and Sublessee ("DUAL AGENCY").
(b) PAYMENT TO BROKERS: Upon execution and delivery of this Sublease by both Parties, Sublessor shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of ______________________ or ______________________% of the total Base Rent) for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers.
1.9 GUARANTOR. The obligations of the Sublessee under this Sublease shall be guaranteed by N/A ("Guarantor").
1.10 ATTACHMENTS. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Sublease:
[X] an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 1 through 7;
[X] a plot plan depicting the Premises;
[ ] a Work Letter;
[X] a copy of the Master Lease;
[X] other (specify): Furniture Inventory Attachment A
2. PREMISES.
2.1 LETTING. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Sublease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Sublease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is
(C)1997 - AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION REVISED FORM SBS-2-4/01E
reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less.
2.2 CONDITION. Sublessor shall deliver the Premises to Sublessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement date and warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HVAC") shall be in good operating condition on said date.
2.3 COMPLIANCE. Sublessor warrants that any improvements, alterations or utility installations made or installed by or on behalf of Sublessor to or on the Premises comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances ("APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS") in effect on the date that they were made or installed. Sublessor makes no warranty as to the use to which Sublessee will put the Premises or to modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Sublessee's use. NOTE: SUBLESSEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING WHETHER OR NOT THE ZONING AND OTHER APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS ARE APPROPRIATE FOR SUBLESSEE'S INTENDED USE, AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT PAST USES OF THE PREMISES MAY NO LONGER BE ALLOWED. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Sublessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Sublessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same.
2.4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. Sublessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Sublessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Sublessee's intended use, (b) Sublessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Sublessor, Sublessor's agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Sublease. In addition, Sublessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Sublessee's ability to honor the Sublease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Sublessor's sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.
2.5 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. In the event that as a result of Sublessee's use, or intended use, of the Premises the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar law requires modifications or the construction or installation of improvements in or to the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas, the Parties agree that such modifications, construction or improvements shall be made at: [ ] Sublessor's expense [ ] Sublessee's expense.
3. POSSESSION.
3.3 SUBLESSEE COMPLIANCE. Sublessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Sublessee until Sublessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance. Pending delivery of such evidence, Sublessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Sublease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Sublessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Sublessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Sublessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.
4. RENT AND OTHER CHARGES.
4.1 RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Sublessee to Sublessor under the terms of this Sublease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ("RENT"). Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to Sublessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublessor may designate in writing.
6. AGREED USE. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for General Office and for no other purpose.
7. MASTER LEASE.
7.1 Sublessor is the lessee of the Premises by virtue of a lease, hereinafter the "MASTER LEASE", wherein Gateway Rosewood, Inc. is the lessor, hereinafter the "MASTER LESSOR".
7.2 This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.
7.3 The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease in which event the terms of this Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word "Lessor" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master Lease the word "Lessee" is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessee herein.
7.4 During the term of this Sublease and for all periods subsequent for obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublessor and Master Lessor, each and every obligation of Sublessor under the Master Lease except for the following paragraphs which are excluded therefrom:
7.5 The obligations that Sublessee has assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof are hereunder referred to as the "Sublease's Assumed Obligations". The obligations that sublessee has not assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the
[ILLEGIBLE] ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- INITIALS PAGE 2 OF 5 INITIALS |
(C)1997 - AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION REVISED FORM SBS-2-4/01E |
"SUBLESSOR'S REMAINING OBLIGATIONS".
7.6 Sublessee shall hold Sublessor free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands, including reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of Sublessee's failure to comply with or perform Sublessee's Assumed Obligations.
7.7 Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire term of this Sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Master Lease without the fault of the Sublessor, and to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations and to hold Sublessee free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands arising out of Sublessor's failure to comply with or perform Sublessor's Remaining Obligations.
7.8 Sublessor represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full force and effect and that no default exists on the part of any Party to the Master Lease.
8. ASSIGNMENT OF SUBLEASE AND DEFAULT.
8.4 No changes or modifications shall be made to this Sublease without the consent of Master Lessor.
9. CONSENT OF MASTER LESSOR.
9.1 In the event that the Master Lease requires that Sublessor obtain the consent of Master Lessor to any subletting by Sublessor then, this Sublease shall not be effective unless, within 20 days of the date hereof, Master Lessor signs this Sublease thereby giving its consent to this Subletting.
9.3 In the event that Master Lessor does give such consent then:
(a) Such consent shall not release Sublessor of its obligations or alter the primary liability of Sublessor to pay the Rent and perform and comply with all of the obligations of Sublessor to be performed under the Master Lease.
(b) The acceptance of Rent by Master Lessor from Sublessee or any one else liable under the Master Lease shall not be deemed a waiver by Master Lessor of any provisions of the Master Lease.
(c) The consent to this Sublease shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent subletting or assignment.
(d) In the event of any Default of Sublessor under the Master Lease, Master Lessor may proceed directly against Sublessor, any guarantors or any one else liable under the Master Lease or this Sublease without first exhausting Master Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity liable thereon to Master Lessor.
(e) Master Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the Master Lease or this Sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Sublessor or any one else liable under the Master Lease and without obtaining their consent and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability.
(f) In the event that Sublessor shall Default in its obligations under the Master Lease, then Master Lessor, at its option and without being obligated to do so, may require Sublessee to attorn to Master Lessor in which event Master Lessor shall undertake the obligations of Sublessor under this Sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to termination of this Sublease but Master Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid Rent nor any Security Deposit paid by Sublessee, nor shall Master Lessor be liable for any other Defaults of the Sublessor under the Sublease.
(g) Unless directly contradicted by other provisions of this Sublease, the consent of Master Lessor to this Sublease shall not constitute an agreement to allow Sublessee to exercise any options which may have been granted to Sublessor in the Master Lease (see Paragraph 39.2 of the Master Lease).
9.4 The signatures of the Master Lessor and any Guarantors of Sublessor at the end of this document shall constitute their consent to the terms of this Sublease.
9.5 Master Lessor acknowledges that, to the best of Master Lessor's knowledge, no Default presently exists under the Master Lease of obligations to be performed by Sublessor and that the Master Lease is in full force and effect.
9.6 In the event that Sublessor Defaults under its obligations to be performed under the Master Lease by Sublessor, Master Lessor agrees to deliver to Sublessee a copy of any such notice of default. Sublessee shall have the right to cure any Default of Sublessor described in any notice of default within ten days after service of such notice of default on Sublessee. If such Default is cured by Sublessee then Sublessee shall have the right of reimbursement and offset from and against Sublessor.
10. ADDITIONAL BROKERS COMMISSIONS.
11. REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNITIES OF BROKER RELATIONSHIPS. The Parties each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Sublease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Sublessee and Sublessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
(ILLEGIBLE) --------- ----------- --------- ----------- INITIALS PAGE 3 OF 5 INITIALS |
(C)1997 - AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION REVISED FORM SBS-2-4/01E
any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
12. ATTORNEY'S FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, "Prevailing Party" shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Sublessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).
13. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Sublease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Sublessor and Sublessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Sublease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery or performance by either Sublessor or Sublessee under this Sublease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Sublease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.
ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:
1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE.
2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PROPERTY, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR SUBLESSEE'S INTENDED USE.
WARNING: IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE SUBLEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED
Executed at: COGNOS CORPORATION Executed at: ELRON SOFTWARE, INC. ------------------------ ------------------------ on: 7/16/03 on: 7/16/03 --------------------------------- --------------------------------- By Sublessor: COGNOS CORPORATION By Sublessee: BURLINGTON, MA. ----------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ By: /s/ KEVIN P. SHONE By: /s/ HENRY K. TUMBLIN --------------------------------- --------------------------------- Name Printed: Kevin P. Shone Name Printed: Henry K. Tumblin ----------------------- ----------------------- Title: Sr. Corporate Counsel/Secretary Title: Co-General Manager ------------------------------ ------------------------------ By: By: --------------------------------- --------------------------------- Name Printed: Name Printed: ----------------------- ----------------------- Title: Title: ------------------------------ ------------------------------ Address: Address: ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ Telephone/Facsimile: Telephone/Facsimile: ---------------- ---------------- Federal ID No. Federal ID No. ---------------------- ---------------------- |
BROKER: BROKER: ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ Attn: Attn: ------------------------------- ------------------------------- Title: Title: ------------------------------ ------------------------------ Address: Address: ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ Telephone/Facsimile: Telephone/Facsimile: ---------------- ---------------- Federal ID No. Federal ID No. ---------------------- ---------------------- |
Consent to the above Sublease is hereby given.
Executed at: Executed at: ------------------------ ------------------------ on: on: --------------------------------- --------------------------------- By Master Lessor: By Guarantor(s): ------------------------------------ (Illegible) -------- -------- -------- -------- INITIALS INITIALS |
(C)1997 - AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION REVISED FORM SBS-2-4/01E
By: ------------------------------------ --------------------------------- Name Printed: ----------------------- By: Address: --------------------------------- ---------------------------- Name Printed: ----------------------- ------------------------------------ Title: ------------------------------ |
By: --------------------------------- By: Name Printed: --------------------------------- ----------------------- Name Printed: Address: ----------------------- ---------------------------- Title: ------------------------------ ------------------------------------ Address: ---------------------------- ------------------------------------ |
NOTE: THESE FORMS ARE OFTEN MODIFIED TO MEET CHANGING REQUIREMENTS OF LAW AND NEEDS OF THE INDUSTRY. ALWAYS WRITE OR CALL TO MAKE SURE YOU ARE UTILIZING THE MOST CURRENT FORM: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 SO. FLOWER ST., SUITE 600, LOS ANGELES, CA 90017. (213) 687-8777.
(C)COPYRIGHT 1997 BY AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THESE WORKS MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FORM WITHOUT PERMISSION IN WRITING.
[ILLEGIBLE] -------- ----------- -------- -------- INITIALS INITIALS (C)1997 - AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM SBS-2-4/01E PAGE 5 OF 5 REVISED |
EXHIBIT 10.26
LEASE AMENDMENT
Reference is hereby made to that certain Office Lease Agreement (hereafter, the "Lease Agreement") dated October 17, 2001, between SARATOGA PARTNERS, LTD., and ELRON SOFTWARE, INC. for Suite 119 containing approximately 380 square feet in the Hawkston Hall Office Centre, located at 1800 Nations Drive, Gurnee, Illinois.
ELRON SOFTWARE, INC. (herein called "Tenant") and SARATOGA PARTNERS, LTD., (herein called "Landlord") hereby amend Article 4 (Term) and Article 5 (Rent) of said Lease Agreement as follows:
ARTICLE 4
TERM
The term of said Lease shall be one (1) year, having commenced on November 1, 2003 and shall expire as of the end of the day on October 31, 2004. Tenant shall have the right to terminate said Lease Agreement by serving written notice to Landlord not less than twenty one (21) days prior to the expiration of the sixth month of the Lease term. If Tenant serves notice within that time, the Lease term shall terminate at the end of the sixth month. If Tenant fails to serve timely notice the Lease Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
ARTICLE 5
RENT
The Rent payable by Tenant during the one (1) year Lease term shall be as follows:
Lease Year Monthly Rent Installment ---------- ------------------------ 1 $755.00 |
All other terms and conditions in said Lease Agreement of October 17, 2001 shall continue in force and effect during the entire term of said Lease Agreement.
SARATOGA PARTNERS, LTD ELRON SOFTWARE, INC. (Tenant) (Landlord) By: /s/___________________ By: Karen Higgins Title: ___________________ Title: Controller Date: ____________________ Date: 1/21/04 |
HAWKSTON HALL OFFICE CENTRE LEASE AGREEMENT ARTICLE 1 PARTIES |
This Lease dated October 17, 2001 is made by and between Saratoga Partners, Ltd., an Illinois corporation located at 5101 Washington Street, Gurnee, Illinois 60031 (herein called "Landlord") and Elron Software, Inc., a corporation located at 7 New England Executive Parkway, Burlington, MA 01803 (herein called "Tenant").
ARTICLE 2
PREMISES
Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord that certain space (herein called the "Premises") located in the Hawkston Hall Office Centre 1, 1800 Nations Drive. Gurnee, Illinois 60031 (herein called "Office Centre"), known as Suite 119, encompassing 380 square feet of leaseable area. The approximate location and dimensions of the Premises are delineated on the General Floor Plan of the building (Exhibit "A" hereof).
ARTICLE 3
USE OF PREMISES
Tenant shall use the Premises for general office use and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord.
ARTICLE 4
TERM
The term of this Lease shall be for one year and commence on November 1, 2001 (herein called the "Commencement Date") and shall end on October 31, 2002.
ARTICLE 5
RENT
During the entire term of the Lease, Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord Rent, without notice of demand, deduction, set-off or counterclaim, in accordance with the following payment schedule
Lease Year Monthly Rent 1 $ 715 |
The aforesaid Monthly Rent Installments shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall become due and payable for each successive calender month of the Lease, in advance, on the first day of each such calendar month. In the event the Commencement Date and Expiration Date fall on a day other than the first day of the calendar month, the Monthly Rent Installment for said months shall be prorated based upon a thirty (30) day month. Said Rent shall be paid to Landlord in lawful money of the United States of America at such place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. It is the Intent of the parties hereto that, to the extent permitted by law, Tenant's covenant to pay rent shall be independent of all other terms, covenants or conditions of Lease, including Tenant's continued occupancy of the Premises. The monthly rent installments are
composed of the rent for the premises plus Tenant's prorata monthly share of the common area maintenance costs and real estate taxes for the building during any given calendar year up to $3.50 per share per year (hereinafter called the "Base Share"). In the event said actual combined common area maintenance costs and real estate taxes for the building (hereinafter called the "Actual Cam/Tax Costs") exceed $3.50 per square foot in any given calendar year, then, in addition to the monthly rent installment, Tenant shall be liable for its prorata share of said Actual Cam/Tax Costs in excess of $3.50 per square foot per year (hereinafter referred to in the "Additional Share") up to a maximum of $6.50 per square foot. In the event such Additional Share shall become due in any given year, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a summary report detailing the actual common area maintenance charges and real estate taxes incurred during said year.
ARTICLE 6
SECURITY DEPOSIT
Prior to or upon Tenant's execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of one thousand four hundred thirty & 00/100 Dollars ($l,430), to be held by Landlord as security for Tenant's faithful performance of all terms, covenants and conditions and of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the term thereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, use, apply or retain all or any part of this security deposit for the which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default, or to Tenant's default. If any portion of the security deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount, and Tenant's failure to do so shall constitute a default under this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this security deposit separate from its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the security deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the security deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord's option, to the last assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder) within ten (10) days following the expiration of the Lease term. In the event of termination of Landlord's interest in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to transfer said deposit to Landlord's successor-in-interest.
ARTICLE 7
PHYSICAL IMPROVEMENTS AND REPAIRS
In terms of initial buildout of the Premises, Landlord will provide at
Landlord's cost demising walls, 2' x 4' overhead fluorescent lighting,
acoustical ceiling, electrical outlets, phone/data openings and NVAC system, all
in accordance with building standards and per the Premises Floor Plan (Exhibit
B). By taking occupancy of the Premises, Tenant acknowledges that it has
inspected the Premises, that it is accepting same, that the Premises are in
good, sanitary order, condition and repair, and that the Landlord has no further
obligation or agreement to improve, decorate, alter or repair the Premises,
except for reasonable punch list terms given by Tenant to Landlord within 30
days of occupancy.
Landlord shall keep the structural portions of the building, including the foundations, exterior walls and roof, in good repair, excepting any such repairs which may become necessary or desirable by reason of the act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant, a agent, servants, employees, invitees or by breaking and entering, and in all other respects the Premises shall at all times be kept in good order, condition and repair by Tenant. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair promptly and
adequately after written demand, Landlord may make the repairs without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant's stock or business by reason thereof, and if Landlord makes such repairs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, as additional rent, the cost thereof with interest at the rate of fifteen percent per annum from the date of commencement of such repairs. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.
ARTICLE 8
ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS
Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alterations, additions or improvements except telephone and computer wiring installed by tenant's vendor to or of the Premises or any part thereof without first procuring Landlord's written consent and delivering to Landlord the plans, specifications, names, telephone numbers and addresses of all contractors, copies of proposed contracts and the necessary permits, all in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, and furnishing indemnification against liens, costs, damages and expenses as may be required herein or by Landlord. Any alterations, additions, improvements and fixtures, other than Tenant's trade fixtures, which may be made or installed shall at once become a part of the realty and belong to Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises. In the event Landlord consents to the making of any alterations, additions or improvement to the Premises by Tenant, the same shall be made by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense. No such alteration, additions or improvements shall commence unless and until each contractor retained by Tenant waives in writing, in form satisfactory to Landlord, all rights which such contractor may have otherwise had under Illinois mechanic's lien laws. Tenant shall keep Premises and the property in which the Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, whether arising out of any alternations, additions or improvements, or repairs performed by or at the request of Tenant. Upon vacating the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Tenant shall, upon written demand by Landlord given at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the lease term, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, forthwith and with all due diligence, remove any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant, designated by Landlord to be removed, and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal.
ARTICLE 9
MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS & TAXES
The parking lot and common areas forming a part of the Office Centre shall be available for non-exclusive use by all tenant, their employees, agents, customers and invitees. Landlord reserves the right to change entrances, exits traffic lanes, and the boundaries and locations of such parking or common area; provided, however, that the aggregate parking areas shall be substantially equal to their aggregate size at the commencement of this Lease. Nothing contained herein or elsewhere in this Lease shall be deemed to prevent or hinder Landlord from altering, adding to, or relocating existing buildings in the Centre, or erecting other buildings or improvements thereon.
For the good and welfare of all tenants in the Office Centre, their employees, agents, customers and invitees, Landlord expressly reserves the right to determine the manner in which said parking areas and other areas common to all tenants of the Office Centre (all the foregoing sometimes hereinafter referred to as "Common Areas") shall be maintained, and to promulgate reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of parking and other common areas. Said rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the
nonperformance or violation of any of said rule and regulations by any tenants or patrons. For the enforcement of said rules and regulations, Landlord shall have available to it all remedies in this Lease provided for, at law or in equity.
Landlord shall operate and maintain the common areas of the Office Centre, which operations and maintenance shall include without further limitation, maintenance equipment, managing, lighting, cleaning, removing snow and ice, policing, repairing, lawn maintenance, landscaping, paving, maintaining, repairing and replacing all HVAC equipment, insuring against casualties, injuries and damages which may occur in such public areas, insuring against property damage to the Premises and Office Centre caused by fire or other casualties or vandalism. Installations and maintenance of the Office Centre signs, remodeling, renovating and improving the common areas, professional fees and expenses reasonably incurred in managing the Office Centre, including but not limited to attorney's fees incurred in protesting any real estate taxes hereunder, and all other expenditures pertaining to the common areas, all as determined by the Landlord from time to time, but not including depreciation.
ARTICLE 10
USE AND CARE OF PREMISES & COMMON AREAS
Tenant shall not perform any acts or carry on any practices which may injure the building or the Premises or be a nuisance, menace, or annoyance to, or interfere with the rights of, or injure, other tenants or patrons of the Office Centre, nor use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor commit or allow to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises or common areas. Tenant shall keep the Premises under its control clean and free from rubbish and dirt at all times, and shall arrange and pay for the storage and removal of all its trash and garbage, which trash and garbage shall be placed in a trash receptacle designated by Landlord. Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage, and shall not permit any offensive or other odors objectionable to other tenants or patrons of the Office Centre, in or about the Premises or the Office Centre. Tenant shall not keep, display or advertise any merchandise or services on or otherwise obstruct the sidewalks or other common areas of the Office Centre, and shall not conduct or permit to be conducted any sale by auction in, upon or from the Premises or common areas. Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition, and shall otherwise keep the Premises and operate its business in compliance with the laws, directions, rules and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereof.
Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and equipment in good sanitary condition and repair, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and damage beyond the reasonable control of Tenant excepted, and shall surrender all keys for the Premises to Landlord. Any damage to any adjacent or other premises caused by Tenant's use of the Premises shall be repaired at Tenant's sole cost and expense.
All loading and unloading of merchandise, supplies, fixtures, equipment furniture and all other materials shall be made through the service doors at the east side of the building. Landlord reserves the right to designate specific parking areas for the use of Tenant and its employees and to restrict Tenant and its employees from parking areas designated for customers. Tenant and its employees shall park their vehicles only in areas so designated by Landlord from time to time. Landlord shall have the right to have the vehicles of Tenant or its employees removed from any area not so designated and to charge Tenant as additional rent for all expenses incurred in connection with such removal. Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with the state vehicle license numbers of its
and its employees' vehicles if requested by Landlord. Tenant shall not at any time park or stand or permit others to park or stand delivery vehicles in the front, rear or sides of the building for any longer than necessary to make a delivery or pick-up.
ARTICLE 11
SIGNS AND BUSINESS HOURS
Tenant shall not erect, install, display, inscribe, paint or affix any sign, lettering or advertising medium to upon or above the exterior of the Premises or building in which the Premises are located, nor to the window or door space, without in each instance, the prior written approval of Landlord. Tenant shall not use any advertising medium that shall be deemed objectionable to Landlord or a nuisance to other tenants, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, loud speakers, phonographs, and radio or television broadcast, in a manner to be heard outside the Premises. Tenant shall not install any interior lighting or plumbing fixtures, shades or awnings, or any exterior decorations or painting, or build any fences, nor shall Tenant install any radio or television antenna, loud speakers, sound amplifiers or similar devices on the roof or exterior walls of the building without the advance written consent of Landlord. Tenant may install horizontal mini-blind window treatments (white only to outside) at Tenant's expense.
ARTICLE 12
INSURANCE
Tenant shall not carry any stock or goods or do anything in or about the Premises which will in any way impair or invalidate the obligation of any insurance policy covering the Premises or the building in which the Premises are located. Tenant agrees to pay upon demand, as additional rent, any increases in insurance premiums resulting from the business carried on in the Premises.
Tenant shall procure from companies satisfactory to Landlord and maintain during the term of this Lease at its own cost and expense an insurance policy or policies in from satisfactory to Landlord insuring Landlord and Tenant as their interest may appear against (1) public liability covering the Premises and the use and operations thereof with such limits for bodily injury as to each person and as to each accident and for the property damage as Landlord may from time to time require; initial requirements to be $500,000, $1,000,000, and replacement value, respectively. Tenant shall have the Landlord and its designee named as additional insureds under said insurance policy or policies, Prior to taking occupancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of said insurance policy or policies, or certificates of insurance evidencing the existing the existence and amounts of such insurance and clauses satisfactory to Landlord. All such policies shall be written as primary policies not contributing with and not in excess of coverage which Landlord may carry and shall provide for payment of loss to Landlord notwithstanding any act or negligence of Tenant which may otherwise result in forfeiture of said insurance. Landlord shall procure and maintain hazard or casualty insurance on the Office Centre and Premises. The cost of said hazard or casualty insurance shall be included as a part of the Common Area Maintenance.
ARTICLE 13
UTILITIES
Prior to taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall cause Commonwealth Edison and North Shore Gas Company to place the electric service and gas service in Tenant's name and shall timely pay all bills tendered to Tenant by Commonwealth Edison and North Shore Gas. Failure to pay said bills in timely manner shall be treated in a similar manner as a Default in Rent. The premises will have direct gas & electrical service with its own meters therefor.
ARTICLE 14
ACCESS TO PREMISES
Landlord reserves the right to enter upon the Premises at all reasonable hours for the purpose of inspecting the same, or making repairs, additions or alterations to the building in which the Premises are located, to exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers or other, to display during the last ninety days of the term, without hindrance or molestation to Tenant, "For Rent" or similar signs on windows or doors of the Premises. The exercise by Landlord of any of its rights under this Article shall not be deemed an eviction of disturbance of Tenant's use and possession of the Premises. Landlord agrees that, in making any such repairs, additions or alterations, it shall use its best efforts not to interfere with the conduct of Tenant's business operations.
ARTICLE 15
UNTENANTABILTY
In the event the Premises shall be destroyed, or so damaged by fire, explosion, windstorm or other casualties as to be untenantable, Landlord may restore the Premises within 120 days after the date of the destruction or damage, and the rent shall abate on a per diem thirty-day month basis during the period of restoration. Landlord shall relocate Tenant to Landlord's nearest available space at Tenant's request. Tenant's request for relocation shall not be unreasonably withheld.
In the event the Premises are damaged as aforesaid but are not thereby rendered untenantable, Landlord shall restore the Premises with reasonable dispatch and during such restoration, Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of the rent as determined by Landlord based on that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable during the restoration.
ARTICLE 16
EMINENT DOMAIN
In the case all of the Premises is taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain, the Lease shall terminate as of the date possession is taken by the condemner and Landlord shall refund any rent paid in advance on a per diem thirty-day month basis from the date possession is so taken to the first day of the next calendar month.
If 33 1/3 percent (33 1/3%) or more of the Premises or of the common areas in the Office Centre is so taken, this Lease shall terminate at the election of either party upon notice to the other within (10) days after the payment, or the deposit with the appropriate public officer, of the compensation awarded, and in that event the term shall terminate on the date possession of the part condemned is taken by the condemner and rent shall be paid to that date, and Landlord shall refund as aforesaid, the appropriate portion of any rent paid in advance.
If less than the said percentage of the Premises or the common areas in the Office Centre is so taken, this Lease shall not terminate. Landlord, as its expense and within thirty (30) days after the payment or deposit of the compensation as aforesaid, shall commence to reconstruct the Premises not affected by the taking and with reasonable diligence proceed with such reconstruction, and during reconstruction and thereafter, the rent shall be reduced proportionately.
In the event the entire compensation awarded shall belong to Landlord without any deduction therefrom for any present or future interest of Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of
its right, title and interest in and to any and all such compensation, together with any and all rights, estate and interest of Tenant now existing or hereafter arising.
ARTICLE 17
COVENANT TO HOLD HARMLESS
Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless from are against any and all claims, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, arising from the conduct or management or the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises, of from breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of this Lease, or from any act or negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, subleases, concessionaires or licensees in or about the Premises. In the case any action or proceeding brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.
Neither Landlord nor the Landlord's agents, servants, employees, officers or directors shall be liable, and Tenant waives and releases all claims for damage to person or property sustained by Tenant, or by Tenant's employees, agents, servants, invitees or customers or by any other occupant of the building in which the Premises are located, or by any other person, resulting from the building or any part thereof or any equipment or appurtenances becoming out of repair, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises or the buildings, or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any other tenant or occupant of the building, or of any other person. This Article shall apply especially, but not exclusively, to damaged caused by refrigerators, sprinklers devices, air-conditioning apparatus, water, snow, frost, ice stem, excessive heat or cold, sewage, gas, order, or noise or the bursting or leaking of pipes or plumbing fixtures, and shall apply equally whether any such damage results from the act or neglect of Landlord or of other tenants, occupants or servants in said building or any other person. If any such damage results from any act or neglect of Tenant, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, repair such damage, whether caused to the building or to Tenants thereof, and Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the total cost of such repairs and damages. All personal property belonging to Tenant, or any person in the Premises or any other part of he building, shall be there at risk of the Tenant or such other persons only, and neither Landlord nor its agents or employees shall be liable for any damage thereto or the theft or misappropriation thereof.
Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord under this Lease or law, to which Landlord is or may be entitled, may be handled or removed by Landlord at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible as warehouseman, bailee or otherwise for any property left in the Premises or the building by Tenant, or for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in any such removal of Tenant's property.
ARTICLE 18
ASSIGNMENT & SUBLETTING
Tenant shall not sell, assign, mortgage, pledge or in any manner transfer this Lease, or any interest therein, or agree to do so; permit any transfer of or lien upon this Lease or any interest therein by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof or permit its use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant without the previous written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord's consent to one assignment of this Lease or one subletting or use
and occupancy of the Premises shall not be a waiver of Landlord's rights under this Article as to any subsequent assignment or subletting or use and occupancy. Landlord's rights to assign this Lease are and shall remain unqualified. In the event Landlord consents to an assignment or sublease hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord reasonable fees, incurred in connection with the processing of documents necessary to effect such assignment or sublease.
ARTICLE 19
SUBORDINATION & ATTORNMENT
Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord, execute such instruments as may be required at any time and from time to time to subordinate the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease to the lien of any mortgage or deed-in-trust now or hereafter placed on the land of which the Premises is a part and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof. In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure or in the event of the exercise of any power of sale under any mortgage or deed-in-trust made by Landlord coverings the Premises or in the event of a sale of said land by Landlord, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser and recognize such purchaser as landlord under this Lease, and Landlord and its principals shall be freed and relieved of all liability under this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission after consummation of such sale.
Tenant shall upon demand by Landlord, at any time execute and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (1) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant's knowledge, uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, if any are claimed and (iii) setting forth the date of commencement of rent and expiration of the term hereof and other matters required by Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrance of the property of which the Premises is a part. In the event Tenant fails or refuses to execute and deliver said statement, Tenant hereby appoints Landlord attorney-in-fact, irrevocably, to execute and deliver any such statement for Tenant.
ARTICLE 20
LATE PAYMENTS
If Tenant fails to pay monthly rent installment or any additional rent on the day designated, Tenant shall be liable for late fees in the amount of $50.00 per day, commencing on the 6th day after the said due date, and for reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to pay the aforesaid charges on time. Nothing in this Article shall constitute a waiver of Tenant's default with respect to such overdue amounts, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of its rights and remedies provided hereunder or at law or in equity.
ARTICLE 21
DEFAULT & REMEDIES
The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant: the vacating of abandonment of the Premises by Tenant; the failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent, its prorata share of common area maintenance costs or taxes; or any other additional rent item or payment required hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days beyond the due; the failure by Tenant to observe or
perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, where such failure shall continue for a period of seven (7) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant; the making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors the filing by or against Tenant of a petition in bankruptcy or a petition of reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless in case of a petition filed against Tenant, same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease where possession is not restored to Tenant within (30) days; or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all the Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.
In the event of any such default or breach by Tenant, Landlord may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of a right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach:
(1) Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Premises, upon five (5) days written notice, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's default or breach, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises (including the costs of instituting an action for forcible entry and detainer and reasonable attorney's fees incurred therein), expenses of relating (including advertising), necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, that portion of any leasing commission paid by Landlord in obtaining this Lease which is applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease, and the rent and additional rent for that portion of the term of this Lease during which the Premises remains unoccupied, or for which Landlord receives less than the rent and additional rent required hereunder, following termination of Tenant's right to possession thereof; or
(2) Maintain Tenant's right to possession, in which case Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord's rights hereunder, including the right to recover rent, additional rent or any other charges as may become due hereunder (including the cost of instituting and prosecuting an action to enforce said rights and reasonable attorney's fees incurred therein):
(3) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of Illinois.
ARTICLE 22
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Riders, exhibits, clauses, plats, or addenda, if any, affixed to this Lease are incorporated herein by reference and a part hereof. The waiver by Landlord, whether expressed or implied, or any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed of any other provision. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder shall not be deemed waiver of any preceding default by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure by Tenant to pay the particular rent installment or additional rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding default at the time of acceptance of such rent or additional rent. Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall not in any way affect, impair or invalidate any other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. The terms, covenants and conditions herein contained shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the successors-in-interest and assigns of the parties hereto. The obligations hereunder imposed shall be joint and several. The marginal headings and titles to the Articles of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof. Time is of the essence of this Lease and all its revisions in which performance is a factor. Neither party shall record this Lease. This Lease contains all of the agreements and understandings of the parties hereto with respect to the lease of the Premises and no prior agreements or understanding pertaining to the lease of the Premises shall be effective for any purpose. No provisions of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors-in-interest. This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so if such incapacity or delay is caused by reason of strike, labor troubles, acts of God, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. No remedy or election of remedies hereunder shall be deemed exclusive, but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies, at law or in equity. The laws of the State of Illinois shall govern this Lease.
ARTICLE 2
CORPORATE AUTHORITY
If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing the Lease on behalf of said corporation represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation.
ARTICLE 24
NOTICES
Any notice or demand required or permitted under this Lease shall be deemed sufficiently given or served if sent by registered or certified mail to the following respective addresses, or to such other delivered to Landlord or Tenant.
To Landlord: Saratoga Partners, Ltd. To Tenant: Elron Software 5101 Washington Street 1800 Nations Dr., Suite #119 Gurnee, Illinois 60031 Gurnee, Illinois 60031 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereinto executed this Lease as of the day and year first written above.
LANDLORD: TENANT: Saratoga Partners, Ltd., Elron Software an Illinois corporation a Delaware corporation ----------------------------------- By: [ILLEGIBLE] By: [ILLEGIBLE] -------------------- --------------------------------- Its: [ILLEGIBLE] Its: [ILLEGIBLE] ------------------- --------------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 10.27
AMENDMENT #2 TO OFFICE SPACE LEASE AGREEMENT
On November 27, 2000, Ft. Round Rock, Ltd. as "Landlord", and Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc., as "Tenant" entered into a Lease Agreement ("Lease"), as amended by Amendment #1 dated February 28, 2001 covering approximately 10,423 square feet in Suite 450 at 1 Chisholm Trail, Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas in a project known as Old Town Square.
Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the terms of the Lease Agreement as follows;
1. Paragraph 2, Term, is hereby amended to provide that the term shall be extended to terminate on December 31, 2004.
2. Paragraph 3, Rent, is hereby amended to provide that the base monthly rental shall be as follows:
January 1, 2004-December 31, 2004: $12,160.17/month ($14.00 psf/year);
3. Paragraph 39, Special Provisions, is amended to provide that the Tenant shall have the option to renew this lease for three (3) years at market, by giving Landlord no less than ninety days (90) written notice of their desire to renew this lease.
The lease is hereby otherwise ratified and confirmed in all respects.
Executed at Austin, Williamson County, Texas on this 19th day of November 2003.
LANDLORD: FT. ROUND ROCK, LTD.
By: Live Oak Development, Inc. Gen. Partner
AMENDMENT #1 TO OFFICE SPACE LEASE AGREEMENT
On November 27, 2000, Ft. Round Rock, Ltd. as "Landlord", and Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as "Tenant", entered into a Lease Agreement ("Lease"), covering approximately 5,253 square feet in Suite 450 at 1 Chisholm Trail, Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas, in a project known as Old Town Square.
Tenant desires to amend the Agreement to increase their rentable square feet by leasing the adjoining space as depicted on the attached exhibit "E", Landlord and Tenant now agree to amend the lease as follows:
1. Paragraph 1, Leased Premises, is hereby amended to provide that the leased premises shall be expanded to include an additional 5,170 rentable square feet and is herein referred to as the "Expansion Space", The Expansion Space combined with the "Leased Premises" covered by the Lease (herein referred to as the "Original Space") being 5,253 rentable square feet constitutes a total of 10,423 rentable square feet.
2. Paragraph 2, Term, is hereby amended to provide that the Original Space and the Expansion Space shall be coterminous and shall terminate on December 31, 2003.
3. Paragraph 3, Rent, is hereby amended to provide that the base monthly rental shall be as follows;
The Basic Rental Amount for the original space of 5,253 rentable square feet shall be:
January 1, 2001-December 31, 2001: $6,128.50/month ($14.00 psf/year); January 1, 2002-December 31, 2002: $6,566.25/month ($15.00 psf/year); January 1, 2003 December 31, 2003: $7,004,00/month ($16,00 psf/year)
The Basic Rental Amount for the Expansion Space of 5,170 rentable square feet shall be: If tenant occupies Expansion Space prior to 4/1/01 such rent shall be prorated,
April 1, 2001-December 31, 2001: $6,031.67/month ($14,00 psf/year); January 1, 2002-December 31, 2002: $6,462.50/month ($15.00 psf/year); January 1,2003-December 31, 2003; $6,893.33/month ($16.00 psf/year)
The Basic Rental Amount for the combined spaces shall be:
January 1, 2001-March 31, 2001: $6,128,50/mo ($14,00 psf/year); April 1, 2001-December 31, 2001; $12,160.17/mo ($14.00 psf/year); January 1, 2002-December 31, 2002; $13,028.75/mo ($I5,00 psf/year); January 1, 2003-December 31,2003: $13,897.33/mo ($16.00 psf/year)
4. Paragraph 6 (c) is hereby amended to provide that Tenant shall have 40 general parking spaces and 4 covered reserved parking spaces.
5. Paragraph 39, Special Provisions, is added to provide the following:
Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with one (1) site sign panel,
approximately 10 feet by 18 inches to be located on the third row of such
site sign. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as part of the base monthly rental
an additional $50 per month beginning April 1, 2001 for such site signage.
Tenant will be responsible for the costs of installing such sign panel,
which shall be approved by Landlord.
6. Exhibit "C" Tenant Finish Improvement shall be amended to provide up to $52,115 or $5.00 per rentable square foot for improvements to the lease premises that shall be shared between the Original 5,253 rentable square feet and the Expansion Space of 5.170 rentable square feet allowance.
The lease is hereby otherwise ratified and confirmed in all respects.
Executed at Austin, Williamson County, Texas on this ___ day of February 2001.
TENANT: AVENTIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
/s/ ------------------------------------ By: |
LANDLORD: FT. ROUND ROCK, LTD.
/s/ Daniel W. Herd ------------------------------------ By: Daniel W. Herd Title: General Partner |
OFFICE SPACE LEASE AGREEMENT
STATE OF TEXAS Section Section COUNTY OF TRAVIS Section |
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 27th day of November 2000, by and between FT. ROUND ROCK, LTD., referred to as "Landlord" and AVENTIS PHARMACEUTICALS INC., hereinafter referred to as "Tenant", without regard to number or gender,
1. LEASED PREMISES: In consideration of the rents herein provided, and the terms, provisions, and covenants hereof, Landlord hereby leases, lets and demises to Tenant, and Tenants takes the leases from Landlord, the following described premises (referred to in the lease as the "Leased Premises") being Suite 450, in Old Town Square, ("the Building"), located at 1 Chisholm Trail in the city of Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas, the land on which the Building is located is particularly described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the "Property", and made a part hereof for all purposes.
The number of square feet of net rentable area comprising the Leased Premises shall be the number herein specified, and which is shown on the floor plan attached hereto and designated Exhibit "B". which Exhibit is incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.
2. TERM: The term of this lease will begin with the Rent
Commencement Date. The Rent Commencement Date is defined to be the earlier to
occur of (i) the 1st day of December 2000, (ii) the date of substantial
completion of improvements to be undertaken by Landlord, if any, or (iii) the
date Tenant occupies the Leased Premises. The lease will terminate (unless
extended under the provisions of this lease) on the last day of the thirty-six
(36th) full calendar month after the Rent Commencement Date, unless sooner
terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Any occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement
Date shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this lease. A "lease
year" as used herein shall mean that period beginning with the first day of the
first full calendar month of the lease term and ending on the last day of the
twelfth full month of the lease term. For all purposes of this Agreement, the
term "Effective Date" shall be the date of acceptance hereof by Landlord.
Notwithstanding the fact that the rent hereunder shall commence at the date
subsequent to the Effective Date of this Agreement, Landlord and Tenant intend
and agree that each snail have vested rights immediately upon execution of this
Agreement and this it is intended that this Agreement shall be fully binding
upon the parties, and shall be in full force and effect from and after the
execution hereof by Landlord and Tenant.
3. RENT: Tenant agrees to pay a base monthly rental for the use and occupancy of the Leased Premises during the term hereof in the following amount(s):
December 1, 2000 through December 31,2000: $0,00 January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001: $6,128,50/month
($14.00 psf/year)
January 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002: $6,566.25/month
($15.00 psf/year)
January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003: $7,004.00/month
($16.00 psf/year)
which amount(s) shall be payable in advance (without deduction or offset) each month on the first day of the month beginning on the Rent Commencement Date and shall be payable to Landlord at the address shown below. Such base rental shall be subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. If the monthly rental payment is not received by Landlord on or before five (5) days following the due date, said rental payment shall be in default and a service charge of 10% of the defaulted payment may, at the option of Landlord, become due and payable in addition to the regular rental owed under this lease. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain, including, but not limited to processing and accounting charges, and that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant. Should the Rent Commencement Date be on a day other than the first day of the month, the rental for such partial month shall be proportionately reduced (by the ration that the number of days in the month prior to the Rent Commence Date bears to the total number of days in the month), and rent for the first partial month shall be payable at the beginning of said period.
Tenant shall deposit on the date of the execution of this lease a security deposit of $6,128.50 in cash to be held by Landlord for the security of performance by Tenant of the obligations herein contained, it being expressly understood that such security deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of default by Tenant. Tenant has deposited with Landlord the security deposit on the understanding that:
(a) the security deposit or any portion thereof may be applied to the curing of any default that may exist hereunder, without prejudice to any other remedy or remedies which Landlord may have on account thereof, and upon such application, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount so applied which shall be added to the security deposit so the same shall be restored to its original amount;
(b) should the Leased Premises be conveyed by Landlord, the security deposit or any balance thereof may be turned over to Landlord's grantee or assignee, and if the same be turned over. Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability with respect to the security deposit and its application, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such grantee or assignee for such application or return;
(c)Landlord shall not be obligated to hold the security deposit as a separate fund, or to pay Tenant any interest thereon, but may commingle it with other funds; and
(d) if Tenant shall faithfully perform all of the covenants and agreements in this lease contained on the part of Tenant to be performed, the security deposit, or any then remaining balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant, without interest, within thirty(30) days after the expiration of this lease.
Tenant hereby waives and disclaims all present and future rights to apply any rental obligations against any obligation of Landlord, howsoever incurred, or to assert that_any_ such obligation of Landlord entitles Tenant to any counterclaim or any reduction, abatement, offset, or refund of rent, and Tenant agrees not to claim or assert any such rights.
4. USE OF LEASED PREMISES:
(a) The Leased Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant only for professional, executive or administrative general office purposes in connection with Tenant's business or profession and for no other purpose whatsoever.
(b) Tenant acknowledges that, except as herein expressly provided, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Leased Premises or the Building or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant's business, nor has Landlord agreed to undertake any modification, alteration or improvement to the Leased Premises except as provided in this lease. Landlord and Tenant expressly disclaim any implied warranty that the Leased Premises are suitable for Tenant's intended commercial purpose.
(c) Any use of the Premises in violation of the Rules and Regulations is expressly prohibited,
5. LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS: Landlord will, unless the Leased Premises are leased on an "As Is" basis, install or cause to be installed in the Leased Premises, at Landlord's expense, the building standard improvements specified in Exhibit "C" hereto. All other or additional improvements to the Leased Premises shall be installed at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant, either by Landlord, or by contractors, subcontractors or other persons selected by Tenant and approved in writing by Landlord, as Tenant shall direct, any such improvements to be subject to the provision of Paragraph 10 thereof pertaining to Alterations and Improvements.
6. LANDLORD SERVICES: Except as otherwise herein provided, Landlord will pay for the water utilized in operating any and all facilities serving the Leased Premises, and in addition, subject to Tenant's performance of its obligations hereunder, Landlord will use all reasonable efforts to furnish Tenant, while occupying the Leased Premises:
(a) Cold and hot water at those points of supply provided for general use of other tenants in the building, central heat and air conditioning, at such times as Landlord normally furnishes these services to other tenants in the Building, and at such temperatures and in such amounts as are considered by Landlord to be sufficient, (or at temperatures otherwise required by law), janitor services on a five (5) day week basis, electric current, routine maintenance, painting and electric lighting service for all public areas and special service areas to the Building the manner and to the extent deemed by Landlord to be sufficient. Failure by Landlord to any extent to furnish these defined services, or any interruption or cessation thereof, resulting from causes beyond the control of Landlord, shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for injury or damages to either persons or property, nor shall such event be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor work an abatement of rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. Should any of the equipment or machinery break down, or for any cause cease to function property. Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair the same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for rebate of rent or damages on account of any interruptions in service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom so long as Tenant shall have reasonable access to and use of the Leased Premises,
(b) Landlord shall provide adequate electrical facilities to furnish power for Tenant's business requirements to include, but not be limited to, typewriters, voice writers, calculating machines, computers, printers, facsimile machines, copiers and other machines of similar low electrical consumption; provided, however, that Tenant shall bear any utility costs, including, without limitation, air conditioning costs occasioned by electro-data processing
machines, date processing equipment, other machines of high electrical consumption, special lighting in excess of building standard, and any other item of electrical equipment which (singly) consumes more than 0.5 kilowatts at rated capacity or requires voltage other 120 volts single phase. To the extent permitted by law before or during the term of this lease, Landlord, at its option, may cause a water meter or electric current meter or such similar device to be installed on the Leased Premises so as to measure the amount of water and electric current consumed by Tenant, The cost of any such meters and of installation, maintenance, and repair thereof shall be paid for by Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, promptly upon demand by Landlord, for all such excess water and electric expense incurred. If a separate meter is not installed or Landlord is prevented from installing a separate meter by operation of law, such excess cost for such water and electric current will be established by an estimate made by the utility company, electrical engineer, or an independent consultant, which estimate shall be binding on Tenant.
(c) Tenant shall have 20 general parking spaces and 2 covered reserved parking spaces. Landlord reserves the right to designate the location of such spaces. For each parking space. Tenant shall pay to Landlord ( as Additional Rent hereunder) the sum of $ 0 or a total sum of $ 0 per month for all parking spaces provided by Landlord to Tenant. It is specifically agreed and understood that Tenant and all employees and agents of Tenant will park in the areas designated by Landlord, and that Tenant, its employees and agents shall not park On the area at the front of the Building, inasmuch as these areas are intended specifically for visitors of the tenants in the building. For the benefits of all tenants in the Building, the Landlord at Landlord's sole discretion, shall have the right to issue parking stickers to Tenants and Tenant's employees and agents, so that the vehicles belonging to tenants of the Building can be distinguished from those belonging to visitors and invitees at the Building. Landlord, as a service to the tenants of the Building, shall use reasonable efforts to enforce these regulations, and shall have the authority to cause vehicles owned by tenants at the Building (including the Tenant) to be towed away at the expense of the owner of such tenant parking. It is specifically agreed and understood that except as provided for herein above, Landlord shall have the sole discretion of designating parking spaces in areas at the Building and in charging fees for parking at the Building, Tenant shall not charged for use of their parking spaces as noted above. The rules and regulations pertaining to parking at the Building shall be subject to change from time to time, according to such changes as published by Landlord in the rules and regulations of the Building, or otherwise.
Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the Building, including the basic plumbing, air conditioning, heating, and electrical systems, unless such maintenance and repairs are necessitated in part or in whole by the act. neglect, fault, or omissions of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs.
Landlord or its agents shall rot be liable for any damage to property entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for loss or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury to or damage to persons or properties resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster. steam, gas. electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances, or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street, or subsurface or from any other place resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever, unless caused by or due CO the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees. Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for loss of business by Tenant, nor for any consequential damages, nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Leased Premises or the Building except to
repair such defect. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accident in or on the Leased Premises or in the Building or of defects therein.
Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric Service or other utility service is changed or is no longer available or is no longer suitable for Tenant's requirements.
7. QUIET ENJOYMENT: Landlord warrants that it has full right to execute and to perform this lease and to grant the estate demised herein and that Tenant, upon payment of the rent herein required, and performing the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements herein contained, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises during the full terms of this lease and any extension or renewal hereof.
8. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE: Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character on the leased premises during the term of this lease. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, repair or restore any damage or injury to the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, caused by Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees, invitees, licensees or visitors; provided, however, if Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly. Landlord may. at its option, make such repairs or replacements, and Tenant shall reimburse the cost thereof to Landlord on demand.
Tenant shall not commit or allow any waste, or damage to be committed on any portion of the Leased Premises, and at the termination of this lease, by lapses of time or otherwise, " Tenant shall deliver Said Leased Premises to Landlord in as good condition as that date of initial possession by Tenant, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and upon such termination of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter and resume possession of the Leased Premises. The cost and expense of any repair necessary to restore the condition of the Leased Premises to the condition in which they are to be delivered to Landlord shall be borne by Tenant.
9. OPERATING EXPENSES:
(a) Tenant agrees to pay as additional rent (over and above the bass rental) Tenant's proportionate share of operating expenses, prorated with respect to partial calendar years in which the lease is in effect. Operating cost per net rentable square foot shall be determined by dividing the operating costs of the Building for the year in question by the total net rentable area within the Building. Tenant's proportionate share of the excess operating expenses shall be equal to the net rentable area (in square feet) of the Leased Premises multiplied by the operating cost per net rentable square foot as determined in the manner described above. Landlord wilt use its best efforts to invoice Tenant for the operating expenses within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year in which this additional rental is due and Tenant agrees to make payment of the additional rental to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following receipt of the billing. Landlord may, at its option, prior to the commencement of any calendar year, or during any calendar year, estimate the amount of the operating expenses for the forthcoming year or for the current year. Landlord shall compute Tenants proportionate share of such estimated operating expenses and one-twelfth (l/12) of Tenants proportionate share (as so estimated) shall be paid by Tenant each month as additional rent. Landlord shall use its best effort to compute the actual operating expenses for the year in question within ninety (90) days of the conclusion of such year, and if the expenses for the estimated payments collected from Tenant during the year are insufficient to cover Tenant's proportionate share of the actual operating expenses for the calendar year in
question. Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after receipt of a billing from Landlord pay the difference to Landlord. If Landlord's estimates exceed the amount of actual operating expenses. Landlord shall, at its option, either refund the amount overpaid by Tenant or credit the amount overpaid by Tenant to Tenant's proportionate share of operating expenses for the next calendar year in which the lease is in effect. In the event this lease terminates prior to the expiration of a calendar year. Landlord shall not be required to wait until the close of the calendar year in order to finally determine Tenant's proportionate share of operating expenses for such partial year and to make any adjustments (and/or collections) made necessary by such determination. Instead, Landlord, at Landlord's option, may (i), if Tenant is then paying as additional rent an amount respecting estimated monthly operating costs, retain such estimated monthly operating cost payments as Tenant's proportionate share of operating costs for that year or (ii) base its final determination of Tenant's proportionate share of operating costs on the assumption that such operating costs shall increase over the actual operating costs incurred for the previous year (hereinafter call the ("Measuring Year") by the same percentage amount that the actual operating costs incurred for the Measuring Year exceeded those costs actually incurred in the year prior to the Measuring Year. In such event, Landlord shall divide the operating costs per square Foot) as determined the manner described above) for the year in which Tenant's Lease is terminated by 365 and then multiply such per diem figure by the number of days during such year during which Tenant's lease was in effect. Landlord then shall invoice Tenant for such amount and Tenant agrees to pay the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord's invoice.
(b) Landlord shall have the right in any full or partial calendar year to adjust the actual or estimated operating expenses of the Building of which the Leased Premises are a part, to an amount which Landlord reasonably calculates would be the operating expenses of the Building if it were 100% occupied for a full calendar year, and in such case Tenant's proportionate share of operating expenses shall be based on that amount.
(c) The term "operating expenses" as used above shall include all expenses incurred with respect to the maintenance and operation of the Building, including but not limited to, maintenance and repair costs, electricity, fuel, water, sewer, gas and other utility charges, security, window washing, janitorial services, trash and snow removal, landscaping, pest control, elevator maintenance, maintenance of the air-conditioning and heating and ventilation system, parking garage and parking lot maintenance, traffic control, amounts paid to contractors or subcontractors for work or services performed in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Building, amounts paid for supplies used in connection with the operation and maintenance of the building, all insurance costs, including fire and extended coverage and general liability insurance, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges attributable to the Building or its operation, fees for permits relating to the Building. and such other general and administrative costs, management, legal and accounting expenses that Landlord may From time to time deem necessary, (including, but not limited to management fees) and shall also include amortization of the cost of installation of investment items that are primarily for the purpose of reducing operating costs or that may be required by governmental authority. All such costs shall be amortized over the reasonable life of the capital investment items, with reasonable life and amortization schedule being determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The term "operating expenses' shall not, however, include any capital improvements to the Building (except as herein otherwise specifically provided). repairs or restoration for which Landlord receives insurance reimbursement, advertising or promotional expenses, depreciation allowance or expenses, leasing or rental commissions, or payments on any mortgage or indebtedness of Landlord
(d) Notwithstanding any expiration or termination of this lease prior to the lease expiration date (except in the case of a cancellation mutual written agreement) Tenant's obligation to pay any and all additional rent under this lease shall continue and shall cover all periods up to and including the lease expiration or termination of this lease. If any amounts which become due by reason of escalation of rent are not paid by the tenth (10th) day following the day on which they are due a service charge of ten percent (10%) of such rental escalation amount shall become due and payable in addition to such rental escalation. Said service charge is for the purpose of reimbursing Landlord for the extra costs and expenses incurred in connection with the handling and processing of late rental escalation payments.
10. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE: Landlord shall have the right to
transfer and assign, in whole or in part, its rights and obligation in the
Building and property that are the subject of this lease. Tenant shall not
assign this lease or sublet all or any part of the Leased Premises with out the
prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall have the right to assign this
Lease without the prior written consent of the Landlord if the proposed assignee
or sublessee is, and continues to be, an Affiliate of the Tenant, or is an
entity resulting from the merger or consolidation of the Tenant with or into
such entity. Landlord shall have the option, upon receipt from Tenant of a
written request for Landlord's consent to subletting or assignment, to cancel
this Lease as of that date which is thirty (30) days from receipt by Landlord of
the request from Tenant to sublet or assign. The option of Landlord to cancel
the Lease, as provided for above, shall be exercised, if at all, within fifteen
(15) days following Landlord's receipt of such written notice, by delivering
written notice of Landlord's intention to exercise the option to so cancel this
Lease. In the event Tenant seeks the consent of Landlord to an assignment or
subleasing of the Leased Premises, Tenant shall furnish or cause to be
furnished to Landlord such financial data, credit information, trade or business
information and other information respecting the proposed assignee or sublessee
as Landlord may reasonably request in form and content reasonably satisfactory
to Landlord. Tenant shall ensure that parking space requirements for assignee or
sublessee will be in accordance with parking space allotment stated in Section 6
(c). In the event of any assignment or subletting permitted by Landlord, Tenant
nevertheless at all times, shall remain fully responsible and liable for the
payment of the rent and for compliance with all of Tenant's other obligations
under the terms, provisions and covenants of this lease. Upon the occurrence of
an "event of default" as defined below, if all or any part of the Leased
Premises are then assigned or sublet. Landlord, in addition to any other
remedies provided by this lease or provided by law, may at its option, collect
directly from the assignee or subtenant all rents becoming due to Tenant by
reason of the assignment or sublease, and Landlord shall have a security
interest in all properties on the Leased Premises to secure payment of such
sums. Any collection directly by Landlord from the assignee or subtenant shall
not be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant from the
further performance of its obligations under this lease,
11. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS: Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any alteration or physical addition in or to the Leased Premises without first obtaining the written consent of Landlord. Any and all such alteration, physical additions or improvements to the Leased Premises shall be surrendered to landlord upon the termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise; provided, however, this paragraph shall not apply to moveable equipment, trade fixtures or furniture of Tenant, which may be removed by Tenant at the end of the term of this Lease if Tenant is not then in default.
Tenant shall bear the cost of all removal of Tenant's property from the Leased Premises and all repairs to the Leased Premises necessitated by such removal.
All work performed by Tenant with respect to the Leased Premises shall be performed so as not to alter the exterior or interior appearance of the Building and so as not to adversely affect the structure or safety of the Building, shall comply with all building safety, fire and other codes and governmental insurance requirements, shall be performed so as not to result in any usage in excess of Building standard of water, electricity, heating, ventilation, or air conditioning (either during or after such work) unless prior written arrangements satisfactory to Landlord are entered into. All work shall be completed promptly and in a good workmanlike manner and shall be performed in such a manner that no valid mechanic's, materialman's other similar liens attach to Tenants leased estate or to the Building, or the land upon which it is situated, and in event shall Tenant permit, or be authorized to permit, any such liens (valid or alleged) or other claims to be asserted against Landlord or Landlord's rights, estates, and interests with respect to the Building, the land on which it is situated, or the lease.
12. USAGE AND VOIDING INSURANCE: Tenant shall not occupy or use, or permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be occupied or used for any business or. purpose which is unlawful, or extra hazardous, or permit anything to be done which would in any way increase the rate of fire insurance coverage in the Leased Premises, and/or the contents of the Building, and in the event that, by reason of such acts of Tenant, there shall be any increase in the insurance rates of Building or contents above normal rates, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord on demand, as additional rental, an amount equal to all such increases.
13. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:
(a) Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall comply with all laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations and requirements of federal, state, county and municipal authorities pertaining to Tenant's use of the Demised Premises and with the recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, regardless of when they become effective, including, without limitation, all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances pertaining to air and water quality. Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined), waste disposal, air emissions and other environmental matters, all zoning and other land use matters, and utility availability, and with any direction of any public officer or officers, pursuant to law, which shall impose any duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the use or occupation of the Leased Premises.
(b) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Leased Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees without the prior written consent of Landlord, which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold as long as Tenant demonstrates to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction that such Hazardous Material is necessary or useful to Tenant's business and will be used, kept and stored in a manner that complies with all laws regulating any such Hazardous Material so brought upon or used or kept in Or about the Leased Premises, If Tenant breaches the obligations stated in the preceding Section or sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Material on the Leased Premises caused or permitted by Tenant results in contamination of the Leased Premises, or if contamination of the Leased Premises by Hazardous Material otherwise occurs for which Tenant is legally liable to Landlord o for damage resulting therefrom, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties fines, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Leased Premises, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or useable space or of any amenity of the Leased Premises, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorney's fees, consultant fees and expert fees) which arise during or after the Lease Terms as a result of
such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Leased Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Leased Premises caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return' the Leased Premises to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material to the Leased Premises, provided that Landlord's approval of such actions shall first be obtained. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
(c) As used herein, the term "Hazardous Material" means any pollutant, toxic substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, hazardous substance, or oil as defined in or pursuant to the Resource conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended, the Federal Clean Water Act, as amended, or any other federal, state or local environmental law, regulation, ordinance, rule, or bylaw, whether existing as of the date hereof, previously enforced or subsequently enacted.
(d) Tenant shall disclose to Landlord the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials, or any combination thereof, which were stored, used or disposed of on the Leased Premises, or which Tenant intends to store, use or dispose of in the Leased Premises.
14. INDEMNITY, INSURANCE, SECURITY AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION: By taking possession of the Leased Premises, Tenant accepts the Leased Premises as suitable for the purpose for which the Leased Premises are leased and accepts the building and each and every appurtenance thereof, and Tenant by said act waives any and all visible defects as well as defects that are ascertainable by the exercise of due diligence. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or. Tenant's agents, employees, guests, invitees or to any other person whomsoever, for any injury to persons or damage to property on or about the Leased Premises or the common facilities caused by the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its employees, subtenants, licensees and concessionaires or of any other person entering the Building under express or implied invitation of Tenant or arising out of the use of the Leased Premises by Tenant and the conduct of its business therein or arising out of any breach or default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations hereunder.
Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord, its agents, officers, directors and employees, together with their respective successors, heirs and assigns, from and against all claims, demands and causes of action of every kind and character without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the negligence of any person or entity indemnified hereunder, arising in connection herewith in favor of the Tenant or Tenant's employees, agents, guests or invitees on account of bodily injury, death, loss or damage to property occurring on or about the Leased Premises or the Building. Except as otherwise expressly limited herein, it is the intent of the parties hereto that all indemnity obligations and/or liabilities of Tenant under terms of this Agreement be without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof, including pre-existing conditions, strict liability, or the negligence of any indemnified person or entity, whether such negligence be sole, joint or concurrent, active or passive except for Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnity provided by Tenant will survive the expiration of the Lease Term.
Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord agrees to indemnify and save harmless Tenant, its agents, officers, directors and employees, together with their respective
successors, heirs and assigns, from and against all claims, demands and causes of action of every kind and character without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the negligence of any person or entity indemnified hereunder, arising in connection herewith in favor of the Landlord or Landlord's employees, agents, guests or invitees on account of bodily injury, death, loss or damage to property occurring on or about the Leased Premises or the Building. Except as otherwise expressly limited herein, it is the intent of the parties hereto that all indemnity obligations and/or liabilities of Landlord under terms of this Agreement be without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof, including pre-existing conditions, strict liability, or the negligence of any indemnified person or entity, whether such negligence be sole, joint or concurrent, active or passive except for Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnity provided by Landlord will survive the expiration of the Lease Term.
Landlord and Landlord's agents and employees shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to person or damage to property sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in the Leased Premises, the Building, or the Property, including, but not limited to consequential damages, resulting from the Landlord's failure to maintain any portion of the Leased Premises or other portions of the Building in good repair or from any defect in or failure of equipment, pipes or wiring, or from broken glass, or the backing up of drains, or gas, water, steam, electricity or oil leaking, escaping or flowing into the Leased Premises (except where due to Landlord's willful or grossly negligent failure to make repairs required to be made hereunder, after the expiration of a reasonable time after written notice to Landlord of the need for repairs or the existence of any such condition).
All fire and extended coverage insurance carried either by Landlord or Tenant covering losses arising out of the destruction of or damage to the Leased Premises or its contents or to other portions of the Building, or the Property shall provide for a waiver of rights of subrogation against Landlord and Tenant on the part of the insurance carrier and to the extent, but only to the extent. that such insurance shall require a release of the claim of the insured against the other party for losses arising out of the hazard covered, thereby such claim shall be deemed released.
Landlord and Tenant, and all parties claiming under the lease, mutually release and discharge each other from all claims and liabilities arising from or caused by any casualty or hazard covered or required hereunder to be covered, in whole or in part, by insurance on the Leased Premises or in connection with any property located in or activities conducted on the Leased Premises, and waive any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist in or accrue to any person on account thereof, provided, that such release shall not operate in any case where the effect is to invalidate or increase the cost of such insurance coverage (provided, that in the case of increased cost, the other party shall have the right, within 30 days following written notice, to pay such increased cost, thereby keeping such release and waiver in full force and effect).
15. COMPLIANCE WITH RULES OF BUILDING: Tenant will comply with the rules of the Building adopted by Landlord which are set forth in Exhibit "D" which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. Landlord shall have the right to change such rules and regulations or to amend them in any reasonable manner for the safely, care and cleanliness of the Building, and the Leased Premises, and for preservation of good order therein, all of which changes and amendments will be sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and shall be thereafter binding upon and carried out and observed by Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for compliance with such rules and regulations by the employees, servants, agents and invitees of Tenant. Use by Tenant and its employees and agents of parking areas in the vicinity Of the Building in which the Leased Premises are located shall be subject to such rules and
regulations governing use and charges as Landlord may from time to time prescribe, including the designation of specific areas in which automobiles owned by Tenant, its employees, agents, and invitees shall be parked. Tenant will furnish to Landlord upon request a complete list of license numbers and physical description of all automobiles operated by Tenant, its employees and agents.
16. LANDLORD'S RIGHT OF ENTRY: Tenant shall permit Landlord its agents or representatives to enter into and upon any part of the Leased Premises, with a minimum of 24 hours prior notice, to inspect same, to clean or make such repairs, alterations or additions thereto as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, or for the purpose of determining Tenant's use thereof or whether an act of default under this lease has occurred. In the event of an emergency, Landlord shall, without prior notice, access the Leased Premises, informing Tenant of such access the next business day. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of any such repairs, alterations or additions reasonably required to be made by Landlord hereunder.
17. NUISANCE: Tenant shall conduct its business and control its agents, employees and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance, or interfere with, annoy or disturb any other tenant in the Building, or Landlord in its management of the Building.
18. CONDEMNATION AND LOSS OR DAMAGE: If the Leased Premises shall be taken or condemned in whole or in substantial part as determined by Landlord, for any public purpose, this lease shall at the option of either party, forthwith cease and terminate. All sums awarded or agreed upon for such condemnation or taking shall be the property of Landlord. If a portion of the Building shall be taken or condemned such that in Landlord's sole judgment it shall be no longer economically feasible to operate the Building, this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord, forthwith cease and terminate.
19. FIRE AND CASUALTY DAMAGE: If the Leased Premises should be damaged or destroyed by fire, tornado or other casualty, Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to the Landlord. If the Leased Premises shall be partially destroyed by fire or other casualty so as to render the premises untenantable, in the judgment of Landlord or responsible government officials, the rent herein shall abate upon such notice and until such time as the Leased Premises are made tenantable by Landlord. If only a portion of the Leased Premises are rendered untenantable, the rental herein shall abate as to such portion until such portion is again made tenantable by Landlord. In the event of the total destruction of the Leased Premises, or if the Leased Premises shall be so damaged that Landlord shall decide not to rebuild, then all rent owed up to the time of such destruction or termination shall be paid by Tenant and this lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such notice by Tenant to Landlord.
Landlord shall, at all times during the term of this lease, at Landlord's expense, maintain a policy or policies of insurance, insuring the Building against loss or damage by fire. If the annual premiums charged Landlord for such casualty insurance exceed the standard premium rates because the nature of Tenant's operation results in extra hazardous exposure, then Tenant shall upon receipt of appropriate premium invoices reimburse Landlord for such increase in such premiums.
Landlord shall not be obligated to insure any furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies or any other property not covered by this lease which Tenant may bring or obtain upon the Leased Premises, or any additional improvements which Tenant may construct thereon. Tenant shall maintain at its expense fire and extended coverage insurance of at least 90 percent
(90%) of the full insurable value of all its personal property, including furniture and removable trade fixtures, located in the Leased Premises and on all additions and improvements made by Tenant and not required to be insured by Landlord above.
20. LIABILITY INSURANCE: Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, obtain and keep in force during the term of this lease a policy of comprehensive public liability insurance insuring Landlord. Live Oak Development, Inc., and Tenant against any liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy, or maintenance of the Leased Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. The limits or amounts of said insurance coverage shall not, however, limit the liability of the Tenant hereunder. Tenant may carry said insurance coverage under a blanket policy, providing, however, said insurance by Tenant shall name Landlord as an additional insured. If Tenant shall fail to procure and maintain said insurance, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain same, and in such event, premiums and costs therefor shall be reimbursed and paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand by Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to occupancy of the Leased Premises copies of policies of liability insurance required hereon or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance with loss payable clauses satisfactory to Landlord but in no event shall the limits of such policy or policies be in an amount less than One Million Dollars ($1.000,000.00) in respect of injuries to or death of any one person arising out of any one occurrence, and an amount of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in respect of property damaged or destroyed in any one occurrence. No policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord.
21. HOLDING OVER: In the event of holding over by Tenant after the expiration or termination of this lease, such hold over shall be as a tenant at sufferance, and all of the terms and provisions of this lease shall be applicable during such period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord as rental for each month (or fractional month) of such hold over an amount equal to the rent due for the last month of the term of this lease, plus 50% of such amount, and Tenant shall vacate said Leased Premises and deliver the same to Landlord upon Tenant's receipt of notice from Landlord to vacate said Leased Premises. The rent payable during such hold over period shall be payable to Landlord on demand. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord shall operate to extend this lease except as herein expressly provided. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any other lessee to whom Landlord may have leased all or any part of the Leased Premises covered hereby, effective upon termination of this lease, which arises as a result of Tenant's holding over.
23. EVENTS OF DEFAULT: The following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default by Tenant under this Lease:
(a) Tenant shall fail to pay more than one (1) installment of rent in a twelve (12) month period, on the date that same is due and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) business days after Landlord shall have given notice to the Tenant specifying the amount of rent which is unpaid. For this purpose, notice may be given on the fifth day by nationally recognized overnight courier.
(b) Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, condition or covenant of this lease, other than the payment of rent, and shall not cure such failure within fifteen (15) days after written
notice thereof to Tenant, or if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within the said fifteen (15) days. Tenant shall not have commenced to cure such failure within said fifteen (15) days and shall not thereafter, with reasonable diligence and good faith, proceed to cure such failure.
(c) Tenant shall become insolvent, or shall make a transfer in fraud of creditors, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
(d) Tenant shall file a petition under any section or chapter of the National Bankruptcy Act. as amended, or under any similar law or statue of the United States or any State thereof; Tenant shall be judged bankrupt or insolvent in any proceeding filed against Tenant thereunder, or Tenant's financial condition, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, is such that Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant's continued performance of its obligations under this Lease is in jeopardy, or if Landlord otherwise reasonably deems itself insecure.
(e) A receiver or trustee shall be appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant and such receivership shall not be terminated or stayed within the time permitted by law.
24. LANDLORD REMEDIES: Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, take any one or more of the following actions:
(a) Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (i) all Rent accrued hereunder throughout the date of termination, (ii) all other amounts due hereunder, and (iii) an amount equal to (A) the total rent that the Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the term of this Lease discounted to present value minus (B) the then present fair rental value of the Leased Premises for such period, similarly discounted.
(b) Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Leased Premises without terminating this lease by giving of written notice to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) all rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (ii) all other amounts due hereunder and (iii) all rent and other sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the reminder of the Term, diminished by any sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Leased Premises during said period. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Leased Premises on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different that the lease term, rental concessions, alterations and repair of the Leased Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Leased Premises before leasing other portions of the Building, Landlord shall not be liable, nor shall Tenant's obligations hereunder be diminished because of Landlord's failure to relet the Leased Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting. Reentry by Landlord in the Leased Premises shall not affect Tenants obligations hereunder for the unexpired lease term; Landlord may; from time to time, bring action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of landlord's waiting until the expiration of the lease term; if Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 24(b), it may at any time, elect to terminate this Lease under Section 24(a).
(c) Landlord may alter the locks or other security devices at the Leased Premises, and if it does so Landlord shall not be required to provide a new key to Tenant unless Tenant has cured all Events of Default.
25. DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD: Landlord shall not be in default under this lease, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any right, remedy or recourse against Landlord or otherwise as a consequence of any alleged default by Landlord under this lease, unless and until Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of 30 days after Tenant gives Landlord written notice thereof specifying, with reasonable particularity, the nature of Landlord's failure, provided, however, that if the failure cannot reasonably be cured within the 30 day time period, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if Landlord or Landlord's Mortgagee commences to cure the failure within the 30 days and thereafter pursues the curing of same diligently to completion. If Landlord defaults under this Lease and, as a consequence of the default. Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of, and Tenant hereby agrees to look solely to, the interest of Landlord in the Building and Property as the same may then be encumbered, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any deficiency. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than its interest in the Building or property. The foregoing shall not limit any right that Tenant might have to obtain specific performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder.
26. NON-WAIVER OF BREACH: Failure of Landlord to declare any default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection herewith, shall not waive such default and Landlord shall have the right to declare any such default at any time and take such action as might be lawful or authorize hereunder, either in law or in equity.
27. ATTORNEYS FEES: In the event Tenant is in default in the performance of any of the terms, covenants, agreements, or conditions contained in this lease and Landlord places the enforcement of this lease, or any part thereof, or the collection of any rent (or other amounts) due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of the possession of the Leased Premises in the hands of an attorney, or files suit upon the same, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord reasonable attorney's fees, and other reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of such default, including without limitation, court costs.
28. SIGNS: Landlord shall provide and install all letters and numerals on entrance doors in or at the Leased Premises. All such letters and numerals are to be the building standard, graphics, and no others shall be used or permitted on the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord and such other third parties having consent rights. Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, remove all such signs at the termination of this lease, and such installation and removal shall be made in such manner as to avoid injury, defacement, or overloading of the building or other improvements.
29. HOLD HARMLESS: Landlord shall not be liable to any person whomsoever, for any injury to persons or damage to property on or about the Leased Premises, caused by the act or omissions of Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or by any other persons entering upon the Leased Premises under express or implied invitation by Tenant, or caused by the Tenant's improvements located on the Leased Premises. Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless for any loss, expense, or claims arising out of any such damage or injury.
30. NOTICE:
(a) All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be due and payable to Landlord in Austin. Travis County. Texas at the address
hereinbelow set forth, or such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered to Tenant in accordance herewith.
Landlord Address: Live Oak Development, Inc., 2630 Exposition Boulevard, Suite 703. Austin. Texas 78703-
(b) Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered (whether or not actually received) when deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth below, or at such other addresses as they shall specify by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Delivery in person shall always be effective delivery of notice.
To Landlord: Live Oak Development, Inc. 2630 Exposition Boulevard Suite 203 Austin, Texas 78703. To Tenant: Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. 399 Interpace Parkway Parsippany, NJ 07054 Attention General Counsel With a copy to: Robert Cull N.A. Real Estate Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. P.O.Box 6800 Route 202-206 Bridgewater, NJ 08867 |
31. SUBORDINATION: Tenant accepts this lease subject to any mortgages which might now or hereafter constitute a lien upon the Building or the Property, and to building and fire ordinances, governmental regulations, and restrictive covenants relating to the use of the Building. Tenant shall, at any time hereafter, on demand, execute any instrument of release or other document that may be required by any mortgagee, for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this lease to the lien of any such mortgagee, and for the purpose of confirming to such mortgagee that this lease is in full force and effect, that Tenant is in possession of the Leased Premises, starting the commencement date of this Lease Agreement, and such other requirements as mortgagee may reasonably request. With respect to mortgage(s) hereafter constituting a lien on the Leased Premises, the Building or the Property, Landlord, at its sole option, shall have the right to waive the applicability of this paragraph so that this lease will not be subject to and subordinate to any such mortgage(s).
32. TENANT'S ESTOPPEL: Tenant shall, from time to time, upon not less than five (5) days prior written notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or that the same is in full force and effect as modified, listing the instruments of modification), the dates to which the rent and other charges have been paid, and whether or not to the best of Tenant's knowledge, Landlord is in default hereunder. It is intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this paragraph may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser of Landlord's interest or mortgagee of
Landlord's interest or assignee of any mortgage upon Landlord's interest in the Building or the Property.
33. NO REPRESENTATIONS: Neither party has made any representations or promises, except as contained herein, or in some further writing signed by the party making such representations or promises.
34. MECHANICS LIENS: Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises (and the Building and Property) free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event such a lien is imposed or claimed, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord, discharge any mechanic's liens for materials or labor claimed to have been furnished to the Leased Premises (or the Building) on Tenant's behalf. If default in payment by Tenant of any such lien shall continue for more than twenty (20) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right and privilege at Landlord's option of paying the same or any portion thereof without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be due from Tenant to Landlord and shall be repaid to Landlord immediately upon demand, with interest thereon accruing until paid in an amount equal to the highest non-usurious rate permitted by law (State or Federal).
35. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY: If there be more than one Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several. If there be a Guarantor of the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant, there shall be a joint and several obligation of Tenant and such Guarantor(s) and Landlord need not first proceed against Tenant hereunder before proceeding against such Guarantor(s), nor shall any such Guarantor(s) be released from its guarantee for any reason whatsoever.
36. TAXES ON TENANT'S PROPERTY: Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant on the Leased Premises. If such taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord's property and if Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value is increased by the inclusion of personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Tenant on the Leased Premises, and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder together with interest thereon until paid accruing at the maximum lawful (non-usurious) interest rate then permitted to be charged under state or federal law (whichever is higher).
37. COMPLETION OF PREMISES: If, for any reason, the Leased Premises shall not be ready for occupancy by Tenant on January 1, 2001, the Landlord shall grant to Tenant three (3) days rent abatement for each one (1) day delay, unless delay is caused directly by Tenant, the result thereof being that Tenant's obligation to pay rent shall not commence until those aforementioned abated days after the Leased Premises are ready for occupancy, whereupon this lease and all covenants, conditions and agreements herein shall be given full force and effect: and the abatement of rent for such period prior to delivery of Leased Premises to Tenant or occupancy, as above set out, shall be in full settlement of all claims which Tenant might otherwise have by reason of the Leased Premises not being ready for occupancy on the date of the commencement of the term as set forth herein. It is expressly agreed that Landlord shall not be liable for any claims, damages or liabilities in connection therewith, other than abatement of rent. No delay in the completion of the Leased Premises resulting from delay or failure on the part of Tenant in furnishing information or other matters required, and no delay resulting from completion of work, if any, that is to be performed it Tenant's expense shall delay the lease commencement date or
lease expiration date is other than as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof, then upon request by either Landlord or Tenant, both parties shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver a certificate setting forth the actual commencement date and expiration date.
38. GENERAL:
(a) This lease shall be construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and all obligations of the parties created hereunder are performable in Travis County, Texas.
(b) In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this least shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality of unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions thereof and this lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.
(c) This Agreement constitutes the sole and only agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any prior understandings or written or oral agreements between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof.
(d) Time is of the essence of each and every term, covenant and condition of this lease.
(e) This Agreement may not be altered, changed or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by all parties hereto.
(f) All exhibits, attachments, annexed instruments and addenda referred to herein shall be considered a part hereof for all purposes with the same force and effect as it copied at full length herein.
(g) The captions or headings of paragraphs in this lease are inserted for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing the provisions hereof if any questions of intent should arise.
(h) The terms, conditions and covenants contained in this lease, shall apply to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the parities hereto and their respective (permitted) successors in interest and legal representatives, and permitted assigns, except as otherwise herein provided. All rights, powers privileges, immunities and duties of Landlord under this lease, including, but not limited to, any notices required or permitted to be delivered by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, may at Landlords option, be exercised or performed by Landlord's agent or attorney.
(i) Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all of its rights and obligations hereunder in the Building including, without limitation, its interest under the terms of this lease.
(j) If the interest of Landlord under this lease shall be transferred by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage on the Building. Tenant shall be bound to such transferee (herein sometimes called the "Purchaser") under the terms, conditions and covenants of this lease for the balance of the term herein remaining and any extensions or renewals hereof which may be effected in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.
Tenant does hereby agree to attorn to the purchaser, as its Landlord, said attornment to be effected and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments upon the Purchaser succeeding to the interest of the landlord under this lease. The respective rights and obligations of Tenant and Purchaser upon such attornment to the extent of the then remaining balance of the terms of this lease and any such extensions and renewals, shall be and are the same as those set forth herein.
(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortage of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of Landlord or Tenant.
(l) If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing this lease on behalf of said corporation represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this lease on behalf of said corporation in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the board of directors of said corporation or in accordance with the bylaws of said corporation, and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a general partnership, limited partnership, trust, or other legal entity, each individual executing this lease on behalf of said entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute this lease on behalf of such entity in accordance with such entity's governing instruments, and that this lease is binding upon such entity. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with proper proof of due authorization for Tenant's execution of this Lease as Landlord shall require.
(m) Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the express prior written consent of Landlord.
(n) Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or of the development in which the Building is situated for any purpose other than as an address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Leased Premises.
(o) No broker or other agent has shown the Leased Premises or the Building to the Tenant, or brought either to the Tenant's attention, except Don Quick & Associates (the "Broker"), whose entire commission therefor is set forth in a separate document and which commission the Tenant understands will be paid by the Landlord directly to the person named. The Broker shall be eligible for future commissions for any additional space within this building the Tenant may lease as long as the Broker is actively involved in the acquiring of this additional space.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this lease to be executed in duplicate originals on the date first hereinabove provided.
EXECUTED BY TENANT TENANT: AVENTIS PHARMACEUTICALS INC. on this the 27th day of Nov, 2000. /s/ [ILLEGIBLE] -------------------------------- By: EXECUTED BY LANDLORD LANDLORD: FT. ROUND ROCK. LTD. on this the 27th day of Nov, 2000 which shall be the Effective Date of this Lease /s/ Daniel W. Herd -------------------------------- By: Daniel W. Herd, General Partner |
REAL ESTATE AGENT: Don Quick & Associates
EXHIBIT 10.28
SUBLEASE
THIS SUBLEASE (the "Sublease") is made and entered into as of the 31st day of July, 2002, by and between Cybear LC (the "Sublandlord"), whose address is 5000 T-Rex Avenue, Suite 200, Boca Raton, Florida 33431, and MyDocOnline, Inc. (the "Subtenant"), whose address is One Chisolm Trail, Suite 450, Round Rock, TX 78681.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, that certain Lease Agreement dated September 14,1998 was entered into by and between Blue Lake, Ltd., as landlord (the "Overlandlord"), and Sublandlord, as tenant, as amended by First Amendment to Blue Lake Corporate Center Standard Lease between Blue Lake, Ltd. and Cybear, Inc. dated as of February 4, 1999 and Second Amendment to Blue Lake Corporate Center Standard Lease between Blue Lake, Ltd. and Cybear, Inc. dated as of September 3, 1999 (collectively, (the "Overlease"), whereby Sublandlord leases from Overlandlord approximately thirty-eight thousand sixty-eight (38,068) rentable square feet, with an address of 5000 T-Rex Avenue, Suite 200, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 (the "Premises"); and
WHEREAS, Sublandlord has agreed to sublease to Subtenant that certain portion of the Premises consisting of approximately Three Thousand Six Hundred (3,600) square feet (the "Sublease Premises"), and Subtenant has agreed to sublease the Sublease Premises from Sublandlord, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree as follows:
1. Incorporation of Recitals. The above recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein as if set forth in full.
2. Sublease. Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby subleases from Sublandlord, the Sublease Premises, a floor plan of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit "A".
3. Overlease. Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that at all times this Sublease is and shall be subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions of the Overlease. Subtenant hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Overlease and has examined and approved same. All of the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions of the Overlease are incorporated herein by reference, and shall, as between Sublandlord and Subtenant, constitute the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions of this Sublease, except to the extent that they are inapplicable to, inconsistent with, or modified by the provisions of this Sublease. If either Sublandlord or Subtenant receives any notice or demand from the Overlandlord under the Overlease, the recipient shall promptly deliver a copy thereof to the other party hereto. All defined terms in this Sublease shall have the same meaning as in the Overlease, except if otherwise noted. Sublandlord and Subtenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing which will constitute a breach or violation of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, or provisions of the Overlease.
4. Sublease Term. The term Of this Sublease (the "Sublease Term") shall commence on the later of (a) the closing of that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated July___, 2002 (the "Closing") or (b) the date that Overlandlord has provided the parties hereto with its consent to this Sublease (the "Commencement Date"), and expiring two hundred forty (240) days from the Closing (the "Expiration Date"), provided, however if Sublandlord is able to sublease or assign the Premises, Sublandlord will provide Subtenant with a sixty (60) day notice to vacate the Sublease Premises and Subtenant agrees to vacate the Sublease Premises.
5. Rent. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord rent hereunder for the Sublease Term (the " Rent") in the amount of Ten Thousand ($10,000.00) Dollars in advance in equal monthly installments of Ten Thousand ($10,000.00) Dollars, plus sales tax, on the first day of each month. At the Closing, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord Twenty Thousand ($20,000.00) Dollars representing the first and last months' Rent. The Rent for the Sublease Term shall include the cost of furniture and equipment, utilities, common area expenses, real estate taxes, telephone service and insurance.
6. [DELETED].
7. Payments. If the period running from the Commencement Date to the end of the first calendar month is less than a full calendar month, the following month's Rent shall be appropriately apportioned. Rent, shall be paid promptly when due, without notice or demand therefor, and without deduction, abatement, counterclaim, or setoff of any amount or for any reason whatsoever. Rent shall be paid to Sublandlord in lawful money of the United States of America at the Sublandlord's address set forth in this Sublease or to such other person, or at such address, or both, as Sublandlord may from time to time designate by notice to Subtenant.
8. As-Is. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that Sublandlord has
afforded Subtenant the opportunity for full and complete examination and
inspection of the Sublease Premises prior to executing this Sublease and that
Subtenant is accepting the Sublease Premises in "as-is" condition including
furniture, equipment and telephone service and that Sublandlord shall have no
obligation whatsoever to further furnish, render, or supply any money, work,
labor, fixture, material, decoration, or equipment in order to prepare the
Sublease Premises for Subtenant's occupancy. Any and all alterations and
improvements to the Sublease Premises shall be at Subtenant's expense and are
subject to (a) the prior written approval of Sublandlord and Overlandlord and
(b) the provisions of the Overlease regarding alterations and improvements.
9. Use. Subtenant shall use and occupy the Sublease Premises only for such purposes as are permitted pursuant to the Overlease and for no other purpose or purposes whatsoever.
10. Assignment and Subletting. Subtenant shall have no rights whatsoever to assign this Sublease or sublet all or any portion of the Sublease Premises
11. Insurance. Subtenant shall maintain, at Subtenant's sole cost and expense, throughout the Sublease Term, the same insurance required to be maintained by Sublandlord pursuant to Article 14 of the Overlease, with Sublandlord and the Overlandlord named as additional insureds (as their respective interests may appear), with limits of not less than those amounts required pursuant to the Overlease. Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord and Overlandlord a certificate of insurance evidencing the required coverages prior to the Commencement Date. Subtenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from tune to time before the expiration thereof and Subtenant shall deliver in Sublandlord a certificate of such renewal policy at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any existing policy. All such policies shall be issued in accordance with the requirements of the Overlease and shall, at a minimum, be issued by companies of recognized responsibility licensed to do business in the State of Florida and shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be cancelled or modified unless all additional insureds are given at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of such cancellation or modification.
12. Casualty. In the event of any casualty of all or any portion of the Sublease Premises, such casualty shall be governed by the applicable provisions of the Overlease, including, without limitation, Article 17.
13. Condemnation. In the event of any condemnation of all or any portion of the Sublease Premises, such condemnation shall be governed by the applicable provisions of the Overlease, including, without limitation, Article 18.
14. Defaults. The rights and remedies of Sublandlord and Subtenant
hereunder shall be the same as the respective rights and remedies of
Overlandlord and Sublandlord under the Overlease, including, without limitation,
that the provisions for defaults by Subtenant and Sublandlord shall be as
provided in Article 23 of the Overlease. In addition, if Subtenant shall at any
time fail to make any payment or to perform any other obligation of Subtenant
hereunder, Sublandlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, upon five
(5) business days' notice to Subtenant, or without notice to Subtenant in the
Case of any circumstances that Sublandlord reasonably believes to be an
emergency, and without waiving or releasing Subtenant from any obligation of
Subtenant hereunder, to make such payment or perform such other obligation of
Subtenant in such manner and to such extent as Sublandlord shall deem necessary,
and, in exercising any such right, to pay any reasonable cost or expense, to
employ attorneys, and to incur and pay attorneys' fees and disbursements.
Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord upon demand all sums so paid by Sublandlord
(including attorneys' fees and costs), together with interest thereon at an
annual rate equal to the then-maximum lawful interest rate, from the date of the
making of such expenditure.
15. Subordination. This Sublease and all rights of Subtenant shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages, security agreements, or like instruments resulting from any financing, refinancing, or collateral financing (including renewals or extensions thereof), and to any and all ground leases, made or arranged by Overlandlord and/or Sublandlord of its interests in all or any part of the Sublease Premises, from time to time in existence, whether now existing or hereafter created. Such subordination shall be self-operative and shall not require any further instrument to evidence such subordination. However, on request, Subtenant shall further evidence its agreement to subordinate this Sublease to any and all documents and to all advances made under such documents.
16. Estoppel Certificate. Subtenant shall be required to provide estoppel certificates upon request by Sublandlord and/or Overlandlord in the manner provided in Section 28 of the Overlease.
17. Parking. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Subtenant shall have the right to utilize ten (10) unassigned parking spaces in the parking area for the building out of Sublandlord's overall allotment of parking spaces, on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7 of the Overlease.
18. Notice. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be served on Sublandlord, at the address set forth in the
preamble to this Sublease, and on Subtenant, prior to the Commencement-Date, at
the address set forth in the preamble to this Sublease, and after the
Commencement Date, at the Sublease Premises. Any such notices shall be either
(a) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or (b) sent by a
nationally recognized overnight courier, or (c) hand delivered with a courier's
receipt for delivery. Notices shall be deemed delivered on the day of receipt or
refusal of delivery. The above addresses may be changed by written notice to the
other party; provided, however, that no notice of a change of address shall be
effective until actual receipt of such notice.
19. Consents and Approvals. In any instance in which Sublandlord's consent or approval is required under this Sublease, Sublandlord's refusal to make or deliver such consent or approval shall be deemed reasonable if, inter alia, such consent or approval has not been obtained from Overlandlord under the Overlease, after request therefor by Sublandlord.
20. Waiver; Partial Invalidity. If either the Sublandlord or Subtenant excuses or condones any default by the other of any obligation under this Sublease, this shall not be a waiver of such obligation in respect of any continuing or subsequent default and no such waiver shall be implied. If any provision of this Sublease is held or rendered illegal or unenforceable it shall be considered separate and severable from this Sublease and the remaining provisions of this Sublease shall remain in force and bind the parties as though the illegal or unenforceable provision had never been included in this Sublease.
21. Recording. Neither the Subtenant nor anyone claiming under the Subtenant shall record this Sublease or any memorandum hereof in any public records without the prior written consent of the Sublandlord and the Overlandlord.
21. Successors. The rights and liabilities created by this Sublease extend to and bind the successors and assigns of the Sublandlord and the permitted successors and assigns of the Subtenant.
22. Captions and Section Numbers. The captions and section numbers appearing in this Sublease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way affect the substance of this Sublease.
23. Extended Meanings. The words "hereof," "hereto," "hereunder" and similar expressions used in this Sublease relate to the whole of this Sublease and not only to the provisions in which such expressions appear. This Sublease shall be read with all changes in number and gender as may be appropriate or required by the context. Any reference to the Subtenant includes, when the context allows, the employees, agents, invitees, and licensees of the Subtenant and all others over whom the Subtenant might reasonably be expected to exercise control. This Sublease has been fully reviewed and negotiated by each party and their counsel and shall not be more strictly construed against either party.
24. Entire Agreement; Governing Law; Time. This Sublease and its Exhibits, if any, attached hereto are incorporated herein and set forth the entire agreement between the Sublandlord and Subtenant concerning the Sublease Premises and there are no other agreements or understandings between them. This Sublease may not be modified except by
agreement in writing executed by the Sublandlord and Subtenant. This Sublease shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Time is of the essence of this Sublease.
25. No Partnership. Nothing in this Sublease creates any relationship between the parties other than that of sublessor and sublessee and nothing in this Sublease constitutes the Sublandlord a partner of the Subtenant or a joint venturer or member of a common enterprise with the Subtenant.
26. Brokerage. Sublandlord and Subtenant each represent and warrant one to the other that neither of them has employed any broker in connection with the negotiations of the terms of this Sublease or the execution thereof. Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby agree to indemnify and to hold each other harmless against any loss, expense, or liability with respect to any claims for commissions or brokerage fees arising from or out of any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.
27. Security Deposit. As security for Subtenant's obligations under this Sublease, simultaneously with its execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord the sum of N/A and __ /100 ($_____________) Dollars (the "Security Deposit"). The Security Deposit shall be held by Sublandlord without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Subtenant of Subtenants covenants and obligations under this Sublease, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Subtenant's liability for damages in case of default by Subtenant. Sublandlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Sublandlord's other funds. Sublandlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of rent or to satisfy any other covenant or obligation of Subtenant hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Subtenant is not in default at the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, and all of the repair and restoration obligations of Subtenant have been fulfilled, then the balance of the Security Deposit remaining after any such application shall be returned by Sublandlord to Subtenant. If Sublandlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the Sublease Term of this Sublease, Sublandlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of such Security Deposit.
28. No Options. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, if there are any provisions in the Overlease that pertain to Sublandlord's rights regarding my option to renew the term of the Overlease, or any option or right of refusal to expand the Sublease Premises, then such provisions shall not be incorporated herein and Subtenant shall not have any rights or benefits thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.
WITNESSES: SUBLANDLORD: ---------------------------------- /s/ [ILLEGIBLE] By: /s/ Scott Lodin -------------------------- ------------------------- Name: Scott Lodin /s/ [ILLEGIBLE] Title: President of ANDA, Inc., its Sole Member -------------------------- SUBTENANT: ---------------------------------- /s/ [ILLEGIBLE] By: /s/ KIRK R. SCHVELER -------------------------- ------------------------------ /s/ [ILLEGIBLE] Name: KIRK R. SCHVELER -------------------------- Title: CEO |
EXHIBIT 10.32
THIS SUBLEASE AMENDMENT AGREEMENT made the 17th day of July 2003
BETWEEN:
OPTIWAVE CORPORATION/CORPORATION OPTIWAVE
(a Canadian corporation, hereinafter called the "Sublandlord")
OF THE FIRST PART
AND:
ZIX CORPORATION
(a Texas, U.S.A. corporation, hereinafter called the "Tenant")
OF THE SECOND PART
AND
WAIDT CONSTRUCTION & DEVELOPMENTS LTD
(hereinafter called the "Landlord")
OF THE THIRD PART
WHEREAS by written Sublease dated August 1, 2002 ("Sublease"), a Sublease Amendment Agreement dated September 30, 2002 ("First Amendment") and a Sublease Amendment Agreement dated November 19, 2002 ("Second Amendment") between the Sublandlord, the Tenant and the Landlord, the Tenant subleased space on the ground and 3rd floor of a building located at 7 Capella Court, Nepean, Ontario ("the Building"). Unless otherwise specified, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Sublease. All currency references herein are in Canadian dollars.
AND WHEREAS the Tenant and the Sublandlord have agreed to renew and further amend the Sublease so as to continue to sublet to the Tenant, effective September 1, 2003, the entire third floor of the Building as shown on the floor plan attached hereto and marked as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the "Third Floor Leased Premises").
AND WHEREAS the Landlord has agreed to renew and amend the Sublease upon the following terms and conditions.
NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the rents, covenants and conditions herein reserved and contained, the parties agree as follows:
1. Except for the amendments expressly set out herein, the parties confirm that all other terms and conditions contained in the Sublease remain in full force and effect. More specifically, if the Sublease is not renewed pursuant to its terms, the Tenant shall vacate the Third Floor Leased Premises by August 31, 2005.
2. The Gross Rent payable by the Tenant pursuant to the Sublease shall remain $25,000.00 per month plus GST for July 2003 and August 2003 as set forth in the Second Amendment. Thereafter, (for the 24 month period September 1, 2003 to August 31, 2005) the Gross Rent payable by the Tenant will be decreased by $3,000.00 per month, plus GST, (to $22,000.00 per month plus GST) as payment for the Tenant's possession and occupation of the Third Floor Leased Premises. If the Sublease is renewed on the basis of Option One, the monthly Gross Rent payable shall be $30,000.00 plus GST for the duration of any such renewal term. If the Sublease is renewed on the basis of Option Two, the monthly Gross Rent payable shall be $27,000.00 plus GST for the duration of the one (1) year renewal term. Such amounts are detailed on Exhibit B. Terms of payment shall remain the same as specified in the Sublease.
3. The Third Floor Leased Premises are sublet to the Tenant in an "as is" condition with no requirement for any additional fit up, alterations, provision of furniture or equipment, use of
SUBLANDLORD LANDLORD TENANT
maintenance resources or leasehold improvements. There are no inducements offered to the Tenant and no free services will be provided in connection with the Tenant's occupation of the Third Floor Leased Premises. More specifically, the Tenant will continue not to receive the benefit of any phone system in connection with its occupation of the Third Floor Leased Premises and the Tenant will be required to purchase or lease, at its sole expense, a phone system that meets its requirements.
4. As previously amended in the Second Amendment, the common areas defined in the Sublease shall include the toilets and common hallways on the third floor. The second floor is not a common area.
5. GROSS RENT: For greater certainty, Tenant shall pay directly to the Landlord all gross rents, prepayments and deposits to be applied to the Sublandlord's rental account, as Gross Rent for the Third Floor Leased Premises, payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the term of the Sublease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease Amendment Agreement, under seal, as of the date written above.
I, the undersigned Tenant, agree to and accept the above amendments.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) ZIX CORPORATION in the presence of: ) ) ) /s/ Carole Ann Rodgers ) Per: /s/Wael Mohamed ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- Witness ) Print Name: Wael Mohamed ) Title: VP, Global Sale August 01/03 ) I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. |
I, the undersigned Sublandlord, agree to and accept the above amendments.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) OPTIWAVE CORPORATION/CORPORATION OPTIWAVE in the presence of: ) ) ) /s/ Curtis Flanagan ) Per: /s/ Chris Boland ------------------- -------------------------------------------- Witness ) Print Name: Chris Boland ) Title: VP Finance ) I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. SUBLANDLORD LANDLORD TENANT |
I, the undersigned Landlord, agree to and accept the above amendments.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) WAIDT CONSTRUCTION & DEVELOPMENTS LTD. in the presence of: ) ) ) ) Per: /s/ Chris Moore __________________________ -------------------------------------------- Witness ) Print Name: Chris Moore ) Title: Officer ) I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. SUBLANDLORD LANDLORD TENANT |
EXHIBIT 10.33
FACILITIES SERVICE AGREEMENT
This FACILITIES SERVICE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of this 25th day of June, 2003, by and between COLLOCATION SOLUTIONS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company ("CS"), having a principal place of business at 1950 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 2033, Dallas, Texas, 75207, and Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation ("CUSTOMER"), having a principal place of business at 2711 N. Haskell Ave., Suite 2300, LB 36, Dallas, Texas 75204.
RECITALS
A. CS and the landlords of various buildings (the "Buildings") have entered into certain leases (the "Leases") whereby CS leases certain premises (individually or collectively, the "Premises") within such Buildings. One of these Premises is located at 205 W. 9th Street, Suite 201, Austin, TX 78701 and is considered the Premises for purposes of this specific Agreement.
B. Customer is the owner, lessee or licensee of certain computer and telecommunications equipment (the "Equipment") and desires to operate its Equipment at a Site (hereafter defined) within the Premises.
C. Customer desires that CS perform certain Services (hereunder defined), from time to time, in connection with Customer's operation of the Equipment at the Site.
D. CS and Customer agree that Customer may locate its Equipment at the Site designated and that CS shall perform the Services with respect to the Equipment at the Site, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Now, therefore, in consideration of the above recitals, the mutual promises set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply.
(a) "Commencement Date," as stated on Schedule A, shall mean the date that CS delivers the Site to Customer with the Services set forth in this Agreement. Customer may, but shall not be required to, accept the Site prior to the Commencement Date, but in no event will CS be required to deliver the Site to Customer prior to the Commencement Date.
(b) "Service Charges" shall mean the amount payable by Customer in respect of and as consideration for CS's performance of the Services.
(c) "Services" shall mean those services attached hereto as Schedule A.
(d) "Site" shall mean the specific location, as stated on Schedule A, designated by CS in the Premises for the cabinets and/or racks containing the Equipment and from which the Equipment shall be operated, maintained and managed.
(e) "Term" shall mean the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the date which is three (3) years hereafter.
2. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT.
(a) From and after the Commencement Date, CS grants to Customer a
license to install, at its sole cost and expense, access and operate the
Equipment at the Site in the Premises designated by CS. Customer shall complete
and provide to CS a written list of the initial Equipment to be installed at the
Site, which list shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A to Schedule
A. Prior to the Commencement Date, CS shall install distribution points in or
near the Site (the "Distribution Points") to which the Equipment will be
connected to the Uninterruptible Power Supply ("UPS"), Emergency Power Supply
("EPS") and DC Power System ("DCPS"), as appropriate. The costs and expenses of
connecting the Equipment to the Distribution Points shall be borne by Customer.
The cost and expense of installing, operating and maintaining the Distribution
Points, the EPS, DCPS and the UPS, and the connection of the EPS, DCPS and the
UPS to the Distribution Points shall be borne by CS. The Equipment shall be
connected to the Distribution Points by CS or its contractors. Customer shall
pay CS for the costs and expenses to connect the Equipment, at the rates set
forth in Schedule A, within thirty (30) days following its receipt of CS's
invoice thereof.
(b) In addition to CS, only those individuals whom Customer has previously identified in writing to CS will be entitled to enter the Site.
(c) Customer will provide CS with a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice of the installation or removal of any Equipment from or at the Site. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, CS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate Customer's use of the Site in connection with the installation or removal of any Equipment upon less than twenty-four (24) hours notice, and Customer shall cooperate with CS in that regard. Customer shall not be entitled to install any Equipment at the Site if at the time of such installation Customer is in default of this Agreement. Customer shall be solely responsible for all costs of removing any Equipment from the Site or transporting any Equipment to and installing any Equipment in the Site.
(d) Customer acknowledges that its license to access the Premises is nonexclusive and coextensive with CS's other customers' rights to access the Premises, and that such other customers operate network and telecommunications equipment similar to Customer's Equipment from other sites within the Premises.
3. PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES.
(a) From and after the Commencement Date, CS shall provide the Services described in accordance with industry standards through its employees, agents or independent contractors.
(b) Following the Commencement Date, the Equipment and the Site shall be accessible to Customer and its previously designated employees twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, on an unescorted basis throughout the Term hereof. Only those individuals whom Customer has previously identified in writing to CS will be allowed to enter the Site. Any agents, contractors, subcontractors, sublicensees, or collocators of Customer shall be entitled to access the Equipment and the Site twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, so long as any of the same are at all times accompanied by an employee of Customer. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, CS shall not deny Customer's access to the Site and to Customer's Equipment at any time for any reason, subject to the rights of landlords under the Leases; provided, however, that upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any Site and the removal of Customer's Equipment therein in accordance with the terms hereof, Customer shall have no further right of access to that Site.
(c) CS shall perform routine maintenance of the UPS, DCPS and the EPS and related support equipment on a regularly scheduled basis with no interruption to operation of the Equipment. Major preventive maintenance (e.g. load bank test, major PM's, battery replacement, etc.) or any maintenance that may cause an interruption in Service will be performed on the UPS and the EPS and related support equipment on a scheduled basis with the Customer receiving thirty (30) days written notice prior to such maintenance. CS and Customer will work together in good faith to schedule all maintenance so as to minimize the effect of Service interruptions. Emergency maintenance will be performed as required with as much advance notice to Customer as the emergency permits. All maintenance will be performed so as to minimize the possibility of Service interruptions. Customer shall promptly notify CS of any situations requiring maintenance, and CS shall use reasonable diligence to correct such situations in a timely fashion; provided, however, that in no event shall CS be deemed in default of this Agreement for any failure of its obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 6(c)(3) hereof.
(d) All labor, parts and supplies required for the Services shall be supplied by CS at CS's sole cost and expense. All labor, parts and supplies required for the Equipment, other than labor, parts and supplies required for the connection of the initial Equipment to the UPS, DCPS and the EPS, shall be supplied by the Customer at the Customer's sole cost and expense.
(e) Connections, cross-connects and required interfaces from fiber/telecommunication service providers to the "Meet Me Room" in connection with the Customer's Equipment, and any telecommunications equipment necessary therefor, shall be the responsibility of Customer and shall be separately contracted for by Customer with such fiber/telecommunications service provider at Customer's sole cost and expense. Upon request, CS will provide, through its employees, agents or subcontractors, assistance with any of the above at Customer's cost, to be reimbursed by Customer to CS within thirty (30) days invoice thereof to Customer.
(f) Connections of fiber from the Site to the "Meet Me Room" in connection with Customer's Equipment shall be the responsibility and at the sole cost and expense of Customer and shall be separately contracted for by Customer with contractors reasonably approved by CS and, where required, by CS's landlord with respect to the Site. Upon Customer's request, CS will assist Customer in securing additional riser access rights within a Building in which a Site is located, and Customer shall reimburse CS for any additional costs or rents CS incurs under its Leases or otherwise with respect to any such additional riser access rights. With respect to any one-time costs associated with the foregoing, Customer shall reimburse CS therefor within thirty (30) days following CS's invoice thereof to Customer; with respect to any costs and expenses associated with the foregoing that are payable by CS monthly as additional charges or rent under CS's Leases, Customer, upon one-time written notice thereof from CS, will pay such monthly charges to CS with Customer's payment of the Service Charges. Under no circumstances, however, will CS be responsible for providing any such connectivity or equipment or the costs associated therewith.
(g) CS's "Meet Me Room" at the Premises will provide Customer access to multiple fiber/telecommunications service providers. CS's carrier neutral strategy will permit Customer to interconnect with any provider providing services to the "Meet Me Room." Customer may request that CS allow alternate fiber/telecommunications service providers to provide services to the "Meet Me Room," and in connection with any such request, Customer shall provide CS with any additional information regarding such alternate fiber/telecommunications service provider CS may reasonably request. CS will review any such request in light of the then-current space availability and accessibility in the "Meet Me Room" and other reasonable factors and shall not, based upon such review, unreasonably withhold consent to such alternate fiber/telecommunications provider's access to the "Meet Me Room". Under no circumstances shall CS be responsible for any costs or expenses associated with Customer's connection to any fiber/telecommunication service providers.
(h) The fiber/telecommunications service providers providing service to the "Meet Me Room" will be responsible for providing to the Customer a service level agreement for such service. CS shall not enter into any service level agreements with Customer nor shall CS be under any responsibility to provide Customer with any specific fiber/telecommunications services. In no event shall any failure under any service level agreement impair Customer's obligation to pay Service Charges or result in abatements thereof, give Customer the right to terminate this Agreement, or result in a breach of this Agreement by CS.
(i) In the event that CS fails to provide the Services for any
reason for more than one (1) hour, the Customer shall be entitled to an
abatement of the Service Charges due for that day. In the event CS fails to
provide the Services for any reason for more than one (1) hour on more than four
(4) days in any one (1) calendar month, Customer shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement as stated below. Customer's failure to notify CS of its
claim to any abatement of Service Charge or termination of this Agreement within
ten (10) days following the end of the calendar month in which such abatement or
termination right arises shall be deemed Customer's waiver of such abatement or
termination rights.
4. SERVICE CHARGES.
(a) Customer shall pay CS the Service Charge and nonrecurring fees as set forth in Schedule A. The Service Charges for the first full calendar month following the Commencement Date and One-time nonrecurring charges, if applicable, shall be due and payable with and upon execution of this Agreement. Thereafter, Service Charges shall be due and payable on the first day of each consecutive month after the Commencement Date without demand. If the Commencement Date is not the first day of the month, on, or prior to, the Commencement Date, Customer shall pay to CS a pro-rated Service Charge for the remainder of the subject calendar month. The Service Charges are exclusive of any applicable taxes and other charges arising as a result of this Agreement or Customer's ownership or operation of the Equipment, all of which Customer shall pay when due.
(b) With and upon execution of this Agreement, Customer shall pay
to CS a security deposit (the "Deposit"), as set forth in Schedule A, for the
full and faithful performance of Customer's obligations hereunder. The Deposit
shall not bear interest. CS shall return the Deposit to Customer within thirty
(30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement;
provided, however, that CS shall have no obligation to return any portion of the
Deposit unless and until Customer has paid all amounts due to CS under this
Agreement. CS shall have the right to apply all or part of the Deposit to any
amount which has become due under a Service Order (hereinafter defined) and
which is not received by CS within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice
by Customer of non-payment. Upon application of any part of the Deposit,
Customer shall, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from CS,
replenish the Deposit to the deposit amount existing immediately prior to such
application. Any application of all or a portion of the Deposit to any overdue
amount shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other right or remedy
of CS under this Agreement.
(c) In addition to the Service Charges described in Section 4(a), Customer shall pay all sales, franchise, use, income, excise, telecommunications or other applicable taxes arising out of or relating to Customer's Equipment, excluding any such taxes attributable to the performance of the Services and the receipt of Service Charges.
(d) Customer shall pay CS a late payment charge of 1.5 percent per month, or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, whichever is less, on any unpaid amount for each calendar month or fraction thereof that any payment thereof to CS is in arrears from the due date to the date payment is received. Customer shall reimburse CS for all bank fees incurred by CS due to returned checks and/or dishonored payments.
5. NEGOTIATION OF WARRANTY. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED HEREIN, CS DOES NOT WARRANT THE SERVICES PERFORMED HEREUNDER OR THE ACCURACY OR CORRECTNESS OF THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS OF THE SERVICES, AND THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CUSTOMER'S SOLE RECOURSE IN THE EVENT OF A FAILURE OF THE
SERVICES OR CS's FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE SERVICES IS TO TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREIN.
6. TERM AND TERMINATION.
(a) This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and,
unless otherwise terminated or canceled as provided herein, shall remain in full
force and effect for the Term. If CS fails to deliver the Site by the
Commencement Date and with the Services specified, CS shall give Customer one
(1) day of free Service for each day of delay until the Site is delivered as
specified.
(b) CS hereby grants to Customer an option to renew the Agreement for one (1) additional term of three (3) years upon the expiration of the initial Term hereof. Such option shall be deemed exercised unless Customer gives written notice to CS or CS gives written notice to Customer to terminate the Agreement at the end of the initial Term; such written notice to be received by CS, or Customer, no less than three (3) months prior to the expiration date of the Term. The initial Term and the renewal term may be referred to collectively herein as the "Term". During the renewal term, there shall be no changes in the Service Charges unless specified elsewhere in this Agreement.
(c) This Agreement may be terminated or canceled:
(1) By CS, if Customer fails to pay CS the Service Charges, taxes or other charges required by Customer to be paid hereunder within ten (10) days following written notice by CS to Customer of such failure.
(2) By Customer, if Customer is denied access to that Site for reasons within CS's reasonable control, and such denial continues beyond two (2) days following CS's receipt of written notice thereof. Failure by Customer to terminate this Agreement within ten (10) days following the end of the calendar month in which such right arises shall be deemed Customer's waiver of its right to terminate this Agreement for such denial of access. CS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy any denial of access due to reasons beyond its reasonable control.
(3) By one party, if the other party is in material
default of any provision hereunder with respect to
that Site and such default is not cured within thirty
(30) business days after written notice thereof is
given to the other party or such additional time as
the nature of the cure may require, so long as such
cure is commenced within such thirty (30) day period
and is thereafter diligently prosecuted.
(4) By one party, if a petition in bankruptcy is filed by or against the other party under the United States Bankruptcy Code, which petition is not
dismissed, discharged or stayed within ninety (90) days after the date of filing of the petition in the Bankruptcy Court.
(d) In the event of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement by CS for the reasons in 6 (c), CS may (but shall not be required to):
(1) Declare all amounts of Service Charge owed to it hereunder for the remainder of the Term to be immediately due and payable, including the costs of any improvements CS made on behalf of Customer, together with interest thereon at a rate of ten (10%) per annum. After Customer makes such payment to CS, Customer shall have no further obligation to CS with regards to such Site; and
(2) After thirty (30) days prior written notice to Customer of the termination of this Agreement, remove the Equipment from the Site and dispose of same in any manner determined by CS in its sole discretion without any liability to Customer therefor, provided, however, that Customer and those having a security interest in the Equipment shall have access to the Site at all times (even in the event of default) to remove their Equipment; and
(3) Cease performance of all Services hereunder with respect to the Site without any liability to Customer therefor, including, but not limited to, removing the Equipment from UPS and EPS power.
(e) The foregoing rights and remedies of CS shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to CS in law and in equity.
7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.
(a) In no event shall either party be liable to the other or to
any third party for, and each party hereby releases the other party from, any
indirect, special or consequential damages or lost profits arising out of or
related to (i) this Agreement, (ii) the performance of the Services hereunder,
(iii) Customer's location, operation and maintenance of the Equipment at the
Site, (iv) any breach hereof by either party, or (v) any loss, suspension or
interruption of electrical, UPS, DCPS or EPS power, air conditioning or any
other Building or Premises mechanical or plumbing system serving the Building,
the Premises or the Site, even if such Party has been advised of the possibility
of such indirect, special or consequential damage. The Parties hereto
acknowledge that there are no actual or intended third-party beneficiaries
hereof.
(b) CS shall not be liable to Customer for, and Customer hereby releases CS from, any injury, loss or damage to property or business resulting from or relating to the performance of the services by CS hereunder. Customer's sole remedy in the event of a default by CS under this Agreement shall be to terminate this Agreement as set forth in Section 6 (c) hereof.
(c) Customer will indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless CS from and against all claims, losses, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable legal fees, for bodily injury or death to any person, or for damage or destruction of the property of third parties, arising out of or caused by any act or omission of Customer, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of CS, its agents, contractors, employees, suppliers, licensees or invitees. CS will indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Customer from and against all claims, losses, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable legal fees, for bodily injury or death to any person, or for damage or destruction of the property of third parties, arising out of or caused by any act or omission of CS, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct by Customer, its agents, contractors, employees, suppliers, licensees or invitees.
(d) INSURANCE. Customer shall maintain the following insurance from nationally recognized insurance companies authorized to do business in the State in which the Site to which the insurance relates is located having a rating that is reasonably acceptable to CS: (a) comprehensive general liability insurance for the Site, naming CS and its landlord as named insureds, with aggregate and single occurrence limits of not less than $2,000,000.00, combined single limits for bodily injury or death and property damage; (b) All Risk Insurance in respect of the Equipment for full replacement value thereof, but not less than $2,000,000; (c) business loss and interruption insurance in an amount not less than that necessary to compensate Customer and its customers for complete failure of Service; (d) employer's liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; (e) workers' compensation insurance in an amount not less than that required by applicable law. Customer also agrees that it will be solely responsible for ensuring that its agents (including contractors and subcontractors), its permitted assignees, licensees or sublicensees, or its collocators, maintain such other insurance as is reasonably required by CS or such other insurance as is customary in Customer's and such other partys' industries, at levels no less than those required by applicable law or as otherwise reasonably required by CS. Prior to installation of any Equipment or otherwise upon CS's request, Customer shall deliver to CS certificates of the above insurance, fully endorsed, in compliance herewith.
(e) CS shall maintain a General Liability policy with limits not less than that of Customer and shall carry and maintain "All Risk" property insurance covering the Premises and CS's equipment therein in an amount not less than their full replacement cost.
8. PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Each party acknowledges and
agrees that any and all information emanating from the other's business in any
form shall be considered confidential and proprietary information (hereinafter
"Proprietary Information"), and each party agrees that it will not, during or
for three (3) years after the Term of this Agreement, duplicate, use or
disclose, or permit the duplication, use or disclosure, of any Proprietary
Information by or to any person not an employee or agent of the parties unless
(i) the express written consent of the other party is obtained prior to any
duplication, use or disclosure; (ii) any such Proprietary Information is a
matter of public knowledge through no wrongful act of the party; (iii) any such
Proprietary Information is previously and lawfully known to the party prior to
disclosure; (iv) any such Proprietary Information was obtained by a third party
who itself
is lawfully in possession of such Proprietary Information and is not subject to any obligation of confidentiality; (v) any such Proprietary Information is independently developed hereafter by the party, provided it can show that such development was accomplished by or on behalf of the party without the use of or any reference to Proprietary Information; (vi) any such Proprietary Information is disclosed by the other party to any third party without confidentiality restriction on subsequent use or disclosure; or (vii) any such Proprietary Information is disclosed by the party pursuant to judicial order or proper Government regulations or other requirements, provided such party uses reasonable efforts to notify the other party prior to such disclosure, and cooperates with the other party in the event the other party elects to legally restrict such disclosure.
9. TRADEMARKS. Customer agrees that CS may refer to Customer by trade name and trademark, and may briefly describe Customer's business in CS's marketing materials only after obtaining Customer's prior written consent.
10. ASSIGNMENT & SUBLICENSE. Customer shall not assign this Agreement without the express written consent of CS, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that Customer shall be entitled to assign this Agreement without obtaining CS's consent to a party with which or into which Customer merges or to a party that acquires substantially all of Customer's assets. Notwithstanding any assignment of this Agreement, whether with or without the consent of CS, Customer shall nevertheless remain liable to CS for all of the obligations of Customer hereunder. Customer shall be allowed to enter into collocation agreements with third parties in connection with the Site without CS's consent, provided, however, that prior to the commencement of any such collocation, Customer has provided CS with a fully executed copy of such collocation agreement and any other information CS may request in connection therewith. Customer may redact any pricing information in the collocation agreement. Any such collocation shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the terms of this Agreement.
11. FORCE MAJEURE. The parties shall not be liable to one another for any failure to perform, or delays in the performance of, their respective non-monetary obligations required hereunder if such delays or failures are due to strikes, inclement weather, acts of God or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the parties.
12. PERSONAL PROPERTY. The Parties intend that Equipment shall be and remain personal property of Customer, and CS shall have no right, title or interest therein or thereto, notwithstanding the manner in which it may be attached or affixed to real property.
13. NOTICES. Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be given rendered or made by either party to other pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if hand delivered, delivered by any nationally recognized over-night delivery service or sent by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested addressed to the other party at the following address:
As to Customer: Zix Corporation 2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300, LB 36 Dallas, Texas 75204 Attn: David Robertson - VP, Engineering As to CS: Collocation Solutions, LLC 1950 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 2033 Dallas, Texas 75207 Attn: Richard Brown - Controller |
Any such notices shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the date received if delivered by hand, on the first (1st) business day after the date placed for delivery with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or on the third (3rd) business day after the date so mailed by United States registered or certified mail. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addressee for notices, statements, demands, consents, approvals or other communications intended for it.
14. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) Any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement must be brought no later than one (1) year after the same has accrued.
(b) This Agreement is an agreement for services and a license to install and operate the Equipment at the Site only and is not intended to and will at no time constitute a lease, sublease, or other occupancy of the Premises, the Site or any other premises in the Building. In particular, Customer acknowledges and agrees that Customer has not been granted any real property interest in the Premises or the Site, and Customer has no rights as a tenant or otherwise under any real property or landlord/tenant laws, regulations or ordinances.
(c) Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that the other party has not made and is not making, and each party, in executing and delivering this Agreement, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any other written agreement(s) which may be made between the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof are merged in this Agreement and any other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith, which alone fully and completely express the agreement of the parties and which are entered into after full investigation. Neither party has relied upon any statement or representation not embodied in this Agreement or in any other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith. Customer acknowledges and agrees that none of the CS's affiliates, members, lenders or agents shall be responsible or liable for any obligations or liabilities arising out of this Agreement and Customer has not relied on the representations of any person or entity other than CS in determining whether to enter into this Agreement.
(d) No agreement shall be effective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an alteration of this Agreement in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in writing, refers expressly to this Agreement and is signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge or termination is sought.
(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the obligations under this Agreement shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties hereto with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party is named or referred to.
(f) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected and shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law.
(g) The captions, headings and titles in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation.
(h) If either party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other similar entity, each person executing this Agreement on behalf of such party hereby covenants, represents and warrants that such party is duly incorporated, organized or formed, and if incorporated, organized or formed in a state other than Texas, is duly qualified and is authorized to do business in the State of Texas; and that each person executing this Agreement on behalf of such party is an officer or authorized agent of such party and is duly authorized to execute, acknowledge and deliver this Agreement to the other party.
(i) All Exhibits or Schedules to this Agreement are hereby incorporated into this Agreement, and references to "this Agreement" shall include all Exhibits or Schedules. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any request for services (the "Service Order"), the terms of the Agreement shall prevail.
(j) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.
COLLOCATION SOLUTIONS, LLC ZIX CORPORATION By: /s/ Tim Moore By: /s/ Dave Robertson ------------------------ ------------------------- Name: Tim Moore Name: D. Robertson Title: V.P. Sales & Mktg. Title: VP - Engineering |
EXHIBIT 10.34
LEASE
by and between
DUKE REALTY OHIO,
AN INDIANA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP
and
POCKETSCRIPT, INC.,
AN OHIO CORPORATION
OFFICE LEASE INDEX
ARTICLE 1 - LEASE OF PREMISES.................................................................................... 1 SECTION 1.01. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND DEFINITIONS......................................................... 1 SECTION 1.02. LEASE OF PREMISES.............................................................................. 2 ARTICLE 2 - TERM AND POSSESSION.................................................................................. 2 SECTION 2.01. TERM........................................................................................... 2 SECTION 2.02. CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS............................................................ 2 SECTION 2.03. SURRENDER OF THE PREMISES...................................................................... 3 SECTION 2.04. HOLDING OVER................................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 3 - RENT................................................................................................. 3 SECTION 3.01. BASE RENT...................................................................................... 3 SECTION 3.02. ANNUAL RENTAL ADJUSTMENT DEFINITIONS........................................................... 3 SECTION 3.03. PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT..................................................................... 4 SECTION 3.04. LATE CHARGES................................................................................... 5 SECTION 3.05. MAXIMUM INCREASE IN OPERATING EXPENSES......................................................... 5 ARTICLE 4 - SECURITY DEPOSIT..................................................................................... 5 ARTICLE 5 - OCCUPANCY AND USE.................................................................................... 5 SECTION 5.01. USE............................................................................................ 5 SECTION 5.02. COVENANTS OF TENANT REGARDING USE.............................................................. 5 SECTION 5.03. LANDLORD'S RIGHTS REGARDING USE................................................................ 6 ARTICLE 6 - UTILITIES AND OTHER BUILDING SERVICES................................................................ 6 SECTION 6.01. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED........................................................................ 6 SECTION 6.02. ADDITIONAL SERVICES............................................................................ 7 SECTION 6.03. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES....................................................................... 7 ARTICLE 7 - REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS................................................................. 7 SECTION 7.01. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF BUILDING............................................................. 7 SECTION 7.02. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF LEASED PREMISES...................................................... 7 SECTION 7.03. ALTERATIONS.................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 8 - CASUALTY............................................................................................. 8 SECTION 8.01. CASUALTY....................................................................................... 8 SECTION 8.02. ALL RISK COVERAGE INSURANCE.................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 9 - LIABILITY INSURANCE.................................................................................. 9 SECTION 9.01. TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY........................................................................ 9 SECTION 9.02. TENANT'S INSURANCE............................................................................. 9 SECTION 9.03. LANDLORD'S RESPONSIBILITY...................................................................... 9 ARTICLE 10 - EMINENT DOMAIN...................................................................................... 9 ARTICLE 11 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE............................................................................. 10 ARTICLE 12 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD............................................................................... 10 SECTION 12.01. SALE OF THE BUILDING.......................................................................... 10 SECTION 12.02. SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE........................................................ 10 ARTICLE 13 - DEFAULT AND REMEDY.................................................................................. 11 SECTION 13.01. DEFAULT....................................................................................... 11 SECTION 13.02. REMEDIES...................................................................................... 11 SECTION 13.03. LANDLORD'S DEFAULT AND TENANT'S REMEDIES...................................................... 12 SECTION 13.04. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD'S LIABILITY............................................................ 12 SECTION 13.05. NONWAIVER OF DEFAULTS......................................................................... 12 SECTION 13.06. ATTORNEYS' FEES............................................................................... 12 ARTICLE 14 - LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT................................................................. 13 |
ARTICLE 15 - TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES....................... 13 SECTION 15.01. ENVIRONMENTAL DEFINITIONS..................................................................... 13 SECTION 15.02. COMPLIANCE.................................................................................... 13 SECTION 15.03. RESTRICTIONS ON TENANT........................................................................ 13 SECTION 15.04. NOTICES, AFFIDAVITS, ETC...................................................................... 13 SECTION 15.05. LANDLORD'S RIGHTS............................................................................. 14 SECTION 15.06. TENANT'S INDEMNIFICATION...................................................................... 14 SECTION 15.07. EXISTING CONDITIONS........................................................................... 14 ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS....................................................................................... 14 SECTION 16.01. BENEFIT OF LANDLORD AND TENANT................................................................ 14 SECTION 16.02. GOVERNING LAW................................................................................. 14 SECTION 16.03. GUARANTY...................................................................................... 14 SECTION 16.04. FORCE MAJEURE................................................................................. 14 SECTION 16.05. EXAMINATION OF LEASE.......................................................................... 14 SECTION 16.06. INDEMNIFICATION FOR LEASING COMMISSIONS....................................................... 15 SECTION 16.07. NOTICES....................................................................................... 15 SECTION 16.08. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; COMPLETE AGREEMENT........................................................ 15 SECTION 16.09. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.......................................................................... 15 SECTION 16.10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................................................ 15 SECTION 16.11. AGENCY DISCLOSURE............................................................................. 15 SECTION 16.12. OPTION TO TERMINATE........................................................................... 15 |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Leased Premises
Exhibit B - Tenant Improvements
Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations
Exhibit D - Form of Unconditional Guaranty of Lease
SEW/ACD/md/nm/dn
2/25/04
THIS LEASE is executed this 9 day of March, 2004, by and between DUKE REALTY OHIO, an Indiana general partnership ("Landlord"), and POCKETSCRIPT, INC., an Ohio corporation ("Tenant").
ARTICLE 1 - LEASE OF PREMISES
Section 1.01. Basic Lease Provisions and Definitions.
A. Leased Premises (shown outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto): Suite:
207; Floor: 2nd; Building Name: 4770 Governor's Pointe; Address: 4770
Duke Drive, Mason, Ohio 45040 ("Building");
B. Rentable Area: approximately 5,608 rentable square feet;
Landlord shall use commercially reasonable standards, consistently applied, in determining the Rentable Area and the rentable area of the Building. The Rentable Area shall include the area within the Leased Premises plus a pro rata portion of the area covered by the common areas within the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time. Landlord's determination of Rentable Area shall be deemed correct for all purposes hereunder.
C. Building Expense Percentage: 7.38%; D. Minimum Annual Rent: May 1, 2004 - August 31, 2004 $ 0.00 (4 months) September 1, 2004 - April 30, 2005 $36,452.00 (8 months) May 1, 2005 - April 30, 2006 $56,360.40 per year May 1, 2006 - April 30, 2007 $58,042.80 per year May 1, 2007 - April 30, 2008 $59,725.20 per year May 1, 2008 - April 30, 2009 $61,407.60 per year May 1, 2009 - August 31, 2009 $21,030.00 (4 months); E. Monthly Rental Installments: May 1, 2004 - August 31, 2004 $ 0.00 per month September 1, 2004 - April 30, 2005 $ 4,556.50 per month May 1, 2005 - April 30, 2006 $ 4,696.70 per month May 1, 2006 - April 30, 2007 $ 4,836.90 per month May 1, 2007 - April 30, 2008 $ 4,977.10 per month May 1, 2008 - April 30, 2009 $ 5,117.30 per month May 1, 2009 - August 31, 2009 $ 5,257.50 per month; F. Term: Five (5) years and four (4) months; G. Target Commencement Date: May 1, 2004; H. Security Deposit: $4,556.50; |
I. Brokers: Duke Realty Services Limited Partnership representing Landlord and The Staubach Company representing Tenant;
J. Permitted Use: General office purposes;
K. Address for payments and notices as follows: Landlord: Duke Realty Ohio Attn: Senior Property Manager 4555 Lake Forest Drive, Suite 400 Cincinnati, OH 45242 With Rental Payments to: Duke Realty Ohio 75 Remittance Drive, Suite 3205 Chicago, IL 60675-3205 Tenant: PocketScript, Inc. 4770 Duke Drive, Suite 207 Mason, OH 45040 Copy to: Zix Corporation Attn: Accounts Payable 2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 2300 Dallas, TX 75204-2960 |
L. Guarantor: Zix Corporation, a Texas corporation.
Section 1.02. Lease of Premises.
Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord under the terms and conditions herein the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE 2 - TERM AND POSSESSION
Section 2.01. Term.
The term of this Lease ("Lease Term") shall be for the period of time as set forth in Section 1.01(F) hereof, and shall commence on the date (the "Commencement Date") that is the later to occur of (i) the Target Commencement Date; or (ii) substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that such date shall not be extended as a result of any Tenant-caused delays or change orders. Substantial completion shall mean the date on which the Tenant Improvements have been completed in accordance with Exhibit B, subject only to minor punchlist items which do not substantially interfere with Tenant's use of the Leased Premises.
Section 2.02. Construction of Tenant Improvements.
(a) Tenant has personally inspected the Leased Premises and accepts the same "AS IS" without representation or warranty by Landlord of any kind and with the understanding that Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect thereto except to construct in a good and workmanlike manner the improvements described on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Tenant Improvements").
(b) Promptly following the Commencement Date, Tenant shall execute Landlord's Letter of Understanding, acknowledging, among other things, that Tenant has accepted the Leased Premises. If Tenant takes possession of and occupies the Leased Premises, then, subject to subsection (a) above, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Leased Premises and that the condition of the Leased Premises and the Building was at the time satisfactory and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease in all respects.
Section 2.03. Surrender of the Premises.
Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition and in good order, condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall remove its personal property, computer equipment, wiring and cabling (including above ceiling) in the Leased Premises, at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly repair any damage caused by any such removal, and shall restore the Leased Premises to the condition existing upon the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted. All Tenant property which is not removed within ten (10) days following Landlord's written demand therefore shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned and Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of such property at Tenant's cost without incurring any liability to Tenant. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.
Section 2.04. Holding Over.
If Tenant retains possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rental Installment and Annual Rental Adjustment for the Leased Premises in effect upon the date of such expiration or earlier termination, and otherwise upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not result in a renewal of this Lease. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord upon Tenant being given thirty (30) days' prior written notice from Landlord to vacate whether or not said notice is given on the rent paying date. This Section 2.04 shall in no way constitute a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, nor limit Landlord's remedies in such event.
ARTICLE 3 - RENT
Section 3.01. Base Rent.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Minimum Annual Rent in the Monthly Rental Installments in advance, without deduction or offset on the Commencement Date and on or before the first day of each and every calendar month thereafter during the Lease Term. The Monthly Rental Installments for partial calendar months shall be prorated.
Section 3.02. Annual Rental Adjustment Definitions.
A. "Annual Rental Adjustment" - shall mean the amount of Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for a particular calendar year.
B. "Operating Expenses" - shall mean the amount of all of Landlord's costs and expenses paid or incurred in operating, repairing, replacing and maintaining the Building (including the Common Areas as defined below) in good condition and repair for a particular calendar year, including all additional costs and expenses which Landlord reasonably determines that it would have paid or incurred during such year if the Building had been fully occupied, including by way of illustration and not limitation: all Real Estate Taxes, as hereinafter defined, insurance premiums and deductibles; water, sewer, electrical and other utility charges other than the separately billed electrical and other charges paid by Tenant as provided in this Lease (or other tenants in the Building); service and other charges incurred in the repair, replacement, operation and maintenance of the elevators and the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system; costs associated with providing fitness facilities, if any; cleaning and other janitorial services; tools and supplies; repair costs; landscape maintenance costs; security services; license, permit and inspection fees; management or administrative fees; supplies, costs, wages and related employee benefits payable for the management, maintenance and operation of the Building; maintenance, repair and replacement of the driveways, parking and sidewalk areas (including snow and ice removal), landscaped areas, and lighting; maintenance and repair costs, dues, fees and assessments incurred under any covenants or owners association (the "Covenants"). The
cost of any capital improvement shall be amortized over the useful life of such improvement (as reasonably determined by Landlord), and only the amortized portion shall be included in Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses shall not include the following:
1. Leasing commissions.
2. The cost of tenant finish improvements provided solely for the benefit of other tenants or proposed tenants in the Building.
3. Costs of correcting building code violations which violations were in existence on the Commencement Date.
4. Depreciation on the Building.
5. The cost of services separately charged to and paid by another tenant in the Building.
6. Interest payments and financing costs associated with Building financing.
7. Legal fees associated with the preparation, interpretation and/or enforcement of leases.
8. Repairs and replacements for which and to the extent that Landlord has been reimbursed by insurance and/or paid pursuant to warranties.
9. Advertising and promotional expenses.
10. Costs representing amounts paid to an affiliate of Landlord for services or materials which are in excess of the amounts which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship.
11. Costs of the Tenant Improvements.
C. "Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses" - shall be an amount equal to the product of Tenant's Building Expense Percentage times the Building Operating Expenses.
D. "Real Estate Taxes" - shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment or service payments in lieu thereof, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or other similar charge or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Building or Common Areas (hereinafter defined) (or against Landlord's business of leasing the Building) by any authority having the power to so charge or tax, together with the actual costs and expenses (including legal and other fees) of contesting the validity or amount of Real Estate Taxes.
E. "Common Areas" - shall mean the areas of the Building and the land which are designed for use in common by all tenants of the Building and their respective employees, agents, customers, invitees and others, and includes, by way of illustration and not limitation, entrances and exits, hallways and stairwells, conference facilities, if any, elevators, restrooms, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, landscaped areas and other areas as may be designated by Landlord as part of the Common Areas of the Building. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to the use of the Common Areas.
Section 3.03. Payment of Additional Rent.
In addition to the Minimum Annual Rent specified in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as "Additional Rent" for the Leased Premises, in each calendar year or partial calendar year, during the Lease Term, an amount equal to the Annual Rental Adjustment for such calendar year. The Annual Rental Adjustment shall be estimated annually by Landlord, and written notice thereof shall be given to Tenant prior to the beginning of each calendar year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month, at the same time the Monthly Rental Installment is due, an amount equal
to one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment. If Real Estate Taxes or the cost of utility or janitorial services increase during a calendar year, Landlord may increase the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment during such year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect, and thereafter Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in each of the remaining months of such year, an amount equal to the amount of such increase in the estimated Annual Rental Adjustment divided by the number of months remaining in such year. Within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing the actual Annual Rental Adjustment. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the aforementioned statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall credit against the next rent payment or payments due from Tenant, as the case may be, the difference between the actual Annual Rental Adjustment for the preceding calendar year and the estimated amount paid by Tenant during such year.
Section 3.04. Late Charges.
Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall incur certain additional unanticipated administrative and legal costs and expenses if Tenant fails to timely pay any payment required hereunder. Therefore, in addition to the other remedies available to Landlord hereunder, if any payment required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall become overdue, such unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the prime rate (as reported in the Wall Street Journal) of interest ("Prime Rate") plus six percent (6%) per annum.
Section 3.05. Maximum Increase in Operating Expenses.
Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant will be responsible for Tenant's Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes, including the reasonable costs and expenses of contesting the validity or amount of Real Estate Taxes, service payments in lieu of Real Estate Taxes, insurance premiums, utilities, snow removal, management fees and covenants or owners association fees and assessments ("Uncontrollable Expenses"), without regard to the level of increase in any or all of the above in any year or other period of time. Tenant's obligation to pay all other Building Operating Expenses which are not Uncontrollable Expenses (herein "Controllable Expenses") shall be limited to a five percent (5%) per annum increase over the amount the Controllable Expenses for the immediately preceding calendar year would have been had the Controllable Expenses increased at the rate of five percent (5%) in all previous calendar years beginning with the actual Controllable Expenses for the year ending December 31, 2004.
ARTICLE 4 - SECURITY DEPOSIT
Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit as security for the performance by Tenant of all of Tenant's obligations contained in this Lease. In the event of a default by Tenant, Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit to cure all or any part of such default; and Tenant agrees to promptly, upon demand, deposit such additional sum with Landlord as may be required to maintain the full amount of the Security Deposit. All sums held by Landlord pursuant to this section shall be without interest and may be commingled by Landlord. At the end of the Lease Term, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant, less any amounts required to cure any Tenant defaults.
ARTICLE 5 - OCCUPANCY AND USE
Section 5.01. Use.
The Leased Premises shall be used by Tenant for the Permitted Use and for no other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord.
Section 5.02. Covenants of Tenant Regarding Use.
Tenant shall (i) use and maintain the Leased Premises and conduct its business thereon in a safe, careful, reputable and lawful manner, (ii) comply with the Covenants and all laws, rules, regulations, orders, ordinances, directions and requirements of any governmental authority or agency, now in force or which may hereafter be in force, including without limitation those which shall impose upon Landlord or Tenant any duty with respect to or triggered by a change in
the use or occupation of, or any improvement or alteration to, the Leased Premises, (iii) comply with and obey all reasonable directions of Landlord, including the Building Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C and as may be modified from time to time by Landlord on reasonable notice to Tenant. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or annoy them. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any of the Building Rules and Regulations, but agrees to take reasonable measures to assure such other tenant's compliance. Tenant shall not use the Leased Premises, or allow the Leased Premises to be used, for any purpose or in any manner which would invalidate any policy of insurance now or hereafter carried on the Building or increase the rate of premiums payable on any such insurance policy unless Tenant reimburses Landlord for any increase in premium charged.
Section 5.03. Landlord's Rights Regarding Use.
In addition to the rights specified elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall have
the following rights regarding the use of the Leased Premises or the Common
Areas, each of which may be exercised without notice or liability to Tenant: (a)
Landlord may install such signs, advertisements or notices or tenant
identification information on the directory board or tenant access doors as it
shall deem necessary or proper; (b) Landlord shall have the right at any time to
control, change or otherwise alter the Common Areas in such manner as it deems
necessary or proper; (c) Landlord, its employees and agents and any mortgagee of
the Building shall have the right to enter any part of the Leased Premises at
reasonable times upon reasonable notice except in the event of an emergency
where no notice shall be required for the purposes of examining or inspecting
the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants and
making such repairs, alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises or the
Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, provided, however, that
any repairs made by Landlord shall be at Tenant's expense except as provided in
Section 7.02 hereof. Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant for such entry,
nor shall such entry constitute an eviction of Tenant or a termination of this
Lease, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent therefor.
ARTICLE 6 - UTILITIES AND OTHER BUILDING SERVICES
Section 6.01. Services to be Provided.
Provided Tenant is not in default, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant, except as noted below, the following utilities and other building services to the extent reasonably necessary for Tenant's comfortable use and occupancy of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use or as may be required by law or directed by governmental authority:
(a) Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning between the hours of 8:00
a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on
Saturday of each week except on legal holidays;
(b) Electrical current for lighting and office equipment usage not to exceed four (4) watts per square foot;
(c) Water in the Common Areas for lavatory and drinking purposes;
(d) Automatic elevator service;
(e) Cleaning and janitorial service in the Leased Premises and Common Areas on Monday through Friday of each week except legal holidays; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for carpet cleaning other than routine vacuuming;
(f) Washing of windows at intervals reasonably established by Landlord;
(g) Replacement of all lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts in Building standard lighting as required from time to time as a result of normal usage;
(h) Cleaning and maintenance of the Common Areas, including the removal of rubbish, ice and snow; and
(i) Repair and maintenance to the extent specified elsewhere in this Lease.
In the event of utility deregulation, Landlord may choose the utility service provider.
Section 6.02. Additional Services.
If Tenant requests utilities or building services in addition to those identified above or any of the above utilities or building services in frequency, scope, quality or quantity substantially greater than those which Landlord determines are normally required by other tenants in the Building for the Permitted Use, then Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to furnish Tenant with such additional utilities or building services. In the event Landlord is able to and does furnish such additional utilities or building services, the costs thereof shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord monthly for the same as Additional Rent at the same time Monthly Rental Installments and other Additional Rent is due.
If any lights, density of staff, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the
Leased Premises materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the
Building's air-conditioning system or generate substantially more heat in the
Leased Premises than that which would normally be generated by that typically
used by other tenants in the Building or by tenants in comparable office
buildings, then Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or
equipment which Landlord considers reasonably necessary in order to restore the
temperature balance between the Leased Premises and the rest of the Building,
including equipment which modifies the Building's air-conditioning system. All
costs expended by Landlord to install any such machinery and equipment and any
additional costs of operation and maintenance in connection therewith shall be
borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord for the same as provided in this
Section 6.02.
Section 6.03. Interruption of Services.
Tenant understands, acknowledges and agrees that any one or more of the utilities or other Building services identified in Sections 6.01, 6.02 or otherwise hereunder may be interrupted by reason of accident, emergency or other causes beyond Landlord's control, or may be discontinued or diminished temporarily by Landlord or other persons until certain repairs, alterations or improvements can be made. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility service and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or withhold sums due hereunder.
ARTICLE 7 - REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS
Section 7.01. Repair and Maintenance of Building.
Subject to Section 7.02 and except for any repairs made necessary by the negligence, misuse, or default of Tenant, its employees, agents, customers and invitees, Landlord shall make all necessary repairs to the roofs, exterior walls, exterior doors, windows, corridors and other Common Areas, and Landlord shall keep the Building in a safe, clean and neat condition and use reasonable efforts to keep all equipment used in common with other tenants in good condition and repair.
Section 7.02. Repair and Maintenance of Leased Premises.
Landlord shall keep and maintain the Leased Premises in good order, condition and repair. Except for ordinary wear and tear and damage which Tenant is not obligated to repair as provided elsewhere in this Lease, the cost of all repairs and maintenance to the Leased Premises shall be borne by Tenant (except as provided in Section 7.02 hereof), who shall be separately billed and shall reimburse Landlord for the same as Additional Rent, or as a part of Operating Expenses.
Section 7.03. Alterations.
Tenant shall not permit alterations in or to the Leased Premises unless and until the plans have been approved by Landlord in writing. As a condition of such approval, Landlord may require Tenant to remove the alterations and restore the Leased Premises upon termination of this Lease to the condition existing upon the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted; otherwise, all such alterations shall at Landlord's option become a part of the realty and the property of Landlord, and shall not be removed by Tenant. Tenant shall ensure that all alterations shall be made in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and building codes, in a good and workmanlike manner and of quality equal to or better than the original construction of the Building. Upon completion of the work, Tenant shall provide lien waivers from the subcontractors or a final affidavit of lien waiver from the general contractor, and such lien waiver shall be in a form acceptable to Landlord. No person shall be entitled to any lien derived through or under Tenant for any labor or material furnished to the Leased Premises, and nothing in this Lease shall be construed to constitute a consent by Landlord to the creation of any lien. If any lien is filed against the Leased Premises for work claimed to have been done for or material claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall cause such lien to be discharged of record within thirty (30) days after filing. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord from all costs, losses, expenses and attorneys' fees in connection with any construction or alteration and any related lien.
ARTICLE 8 - CASUALTY
Section 8.01. Casualty.
In the event of total or partial destruction of the Building or the Leased Premises by fire or other casualty, Landlord agrees to promptly restore and repair same; provided, however, Landlord's obligation hereunder shall be limited to the reconstruction of such of the tenant finish improvements as were originally required to be made by Landlord, if any. Rent shall proportionately abate during the time that the Leased Premises or part thereof are unusable because of any such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Leased Premises are (i) so destroyed that they cannot be repaired or rebuilt within one hundred eighty (180) days from the casualty date; or (ii) destroyed by a casualty which is not covered by the insurance required hereunder or, if covered, such insurance proceeds are not released by any mortgagee entitled thereto or are insufficient to rebuild the Building and the Leased Premises; then, in case of a clause (i) casualty, either Landlord or Tenant may, or, in the case of a clause (ii) casualty, then Landlord may, upon thirty (30) days' written notice to the other party, terminate this Lease with respect to matters thereafter accruing.
Section 8.02. All Risk Coverage Insurance.
During the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain all risk coverage insurance on
the Building, but shall not protect Tenant's property on the Leased Premises;
and, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.01 and Section 9.03, neither
party shall be liable for any casualty damage to the other's property,
regardless of cause, including the negligence of either party and its employees,
agents and invitees. Tenant hereby expressly waives any right of recovery
against Landlord for casualty damage to any property of Tenant located in or
about the Leased Premises, however caused, including the negligence of Landlord
and its employees, agents and invitees. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 9.01 below, Landlord hereby expressly waives any rights of recovery
against Tenant for casualty damage to the Leased Premises or the Building,
however caused, including the negligence of Landlord and its employees, agents
and invitees. All insurance policies maintained by Landlord or Tenant as
provided in this Lease shall contain an agreement by the insurer waiving the
insurer's right of subrogation against the other party to this Lease.
ARTICLE 9 - LIABILITY INSURANCE
Section 9.01. Tenant's Responsibility.
Tenant shall assume the risk of, be responsible for, have the obligation to insure against, and indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from any and all liability for any loss of or damage or injury to any person (including death resulting therefrom) or property occurring in the Leased Premises, regardless of cause, except for any loss or damage covered by Landlord's all risk coverage insurance as provided in Section 8.02 and except for that caused directly by the sole negligence of Landlord or its employees, agents, customers or invitees; and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability for the same. Tenant's obligation to indemnify Landlord hereunder shall include the duty to defend against any claims asserted by reason of such loss, damage or injury and to pay any judgments, settlements, costs, fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection therewith. This provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 9.02. Tenant's Insurance.
Tenant shall carry general public liability and property damage insurance, issued by one or more insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord, with the following minimum coverages:
(a) Worker's Compensation: minimum statutory amount.
(b) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including blanket, contractual liability, broad form property damage, personal injury, completed operations, products liability, and fire damage: Not less than $3,000,000 Combined Single Limit for both bodily injury and property damage.
(c) All Risk Coverage, Vandalism and Malicious Mischief, and Sprinkler Leakage insurance, if applicable, for the full cost of replacement of Tenant's property.
(d) Business interruption insurance.
The insurance policies shall protect Tenant and Landlord as their interests may appear, naming Landlord and Landlord's managing agent and mortgagee as additional insureds, and shall provide that they may not be canceled on less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with Certificates of Insurance evidencing all required coverages on or before the Commencement Date. If Tenant fails to carry such insurance and furnish Landlord with such Certificates of Insurance after a request to do so, Landlord may obtain such insurance and collect the cost thereof from Tenant.
Section 9.03. Landlord's Responsibility.
Landlord shall assume the risk of, be responsible for, have the obligation to
insure against, and indemnify Tenant and hold it harmless from any and all
liability for any loss of or damage or injury to any person (including death
resulting therefrom) or property (other than Tenant's property as provided in
Section 8.02) occurring in, on or about the Common Areas, regardless of cause,
except for that caused by the sole negligence of Tenant or its employees,
agents, customers or invitees; and Landlord hereby releases Tenant from any and
all liability for the same. Landlord's obligation to indemnify Tenant hereunder
shall include the duty to defend against any claims asserted by reason of such
loss, damage or injury and to pay any judgments, settlements, costs, fees and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection
therewith. This provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease.
ARTICLE 10 - EMINENT DOMAIN
If all or any substantial part of the Building or Common Areas shall be acquired by the exercise of eminent domain, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant on or before the date possession thereof is so taken. If all or any part of the Leased Premises shall be acquired by the exercise of eminent domain so that the Leased Premises shall become unusable
by Tenant for the Permitted Use, Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord as of the date possession thereof is so taken. All damages awarded shall belong to Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant may claim dislocation damages if such amount is not subtracted from Landlord's award.
ARTICLE 11 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE
Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises in whole or in part without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or denied. If Tenant desires to assign or sublease this Lease to any entity or individual unrelated to Tenant, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with six (6) months prior written notice of its desire to assign this Lease or sublease the Leased Premises. Landlord, at its option, shall have six (6) months after receipt of such notice to try to assign the Lease or sublease the Leased Premises prior to Tenant's marketing of the Lease or Leased Premises for assignment or sublease. In the event of any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain primarily liable hereunder, and any building signage, extension, expansion, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or other options granted to Tenant under this Lease shall be rendered void and of no further force or effect. The acceptance of rent from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or to be a consent to the assignment of this Lease or the subletting of the Leased Premises. Without in any way limiting Landlord's right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to refuse to give such consent if in Landlord's opinion (i) the Leased Premises are or may be in any way adversely affected; (ii) the business reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant is unacceptable; (iii) the financial worth of the proposed assignee or subtenant is insufficient to meet the obligations hereunder; or (iv) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a prospective tenant reviewing a proposal from Landlord. Landlord further expressly reserves the right to refuse to give its consent to any subletting if the proposed rent is to be less than the then current rent for similar premises in the Building, or if the proposed assignee or subtenant is an existing tenant in the Building or in Governor's Pointe. If Landlord refuses to give its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting, Landlord may, at its option, within thirty (30) days after receiving a request to consent, terminate this Lease by giving Tenant thirty (30) days' prior written notice of such termination, whereupon each party shall be released from all further obligations and liability hereunder. In no event shall Tenant sublease the Leased Premises in whole or in part for a per square foot rental rate less than the per square foot rental rate hereunder. If Tenant shall make any assignment or sublease, with Landlord's consent, for a rental in excess of the rent payable under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any such excess rental upon receipt. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for reasonable accounting and attorneys' fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested assignment, subletting or any other hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant's interest in and to the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE 12 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD
Section 12.01. Sale of the Building.
Landlord shall have the right to sell the Building at any time during the Lease Term, subject only to the rights of Tenant hereunder; and such sale shall operate to release Landlord from liability hereunder after the date of such conveyance.
Section 12.02. Subordination and Estoppel Certificate.
Landlord shall have the right to subordinate this Lease to any mortgage presently existing or hereafter placed upon the Building by so declaring in such mortgage. Within ten (10) days following receipt of a written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, without cost, any instrument which Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm the subordination of this Lease and an estoppel certificate in such form as Landlord may reasonably request certifying (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified or stating the nature of any modification, (ii) the date to which rent has been paid, (iii) that there are not, to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iv) any other matters or state of facts reasonably required respecting the Lease. Such estoppel may be relied upon by Landlord and by any purchaser or mortgagee of the Building.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the mortgagee shall take title to the Leased Premises through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, Tenant shall be allowed to continue in possession of the Leased Premises as provided for in this Lease so long as Tenant shall not be in default.
ARTICLE 13 - DEFAULT AND REMEDY
Section 13.01. Default.
The occurrence of any of the following shall be a "Default":
(a) Tenant fails to pay any Monthly Rental Installment or Additional Rent within five (5) days after the same is due, or Tenant fails to pay any other amounts due Landlord from Tenant within ten (10) days after the same is due.
(b) Tenant fails to perform or observe any other term, condition, covenant or obligation required under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant's default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required to cure, then such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant commences such performance within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently completes the required action within a reasonable time.
(c) Tenant shall vacate or abandon the Leased Premises, or fail to occupy the Leased Premises or any substantial portion thereof for a period of thirty (30) days.
(d) Tenant shall assign or sublet all or a portion of the Leased Premises in contravention of the provisions of Article 11 of this Lease.
(e) All or substantially all of Tenant's assets in the Leased Premises or Tenant's interest in this Lease are attached or levied under execution (and Tenant does not discharge the same within sixty (60) days thereafter); a petition in bankruptcy, insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement is filed by or against Tenant (and Tenant fails to secure a stay or discharge thereof within sixty (60) days thereafter); Tenant is insolvent and unable to pay its debts as they become due; Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Tenant takes the benefit of any insolvency action or law; the appointment of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy for Tenant or its assets if such receivership has not been vacated or set aside within thirty (30) days thereafter; or, dissolution or other termination of Tenant's corporate charter if Tenant is a corporation.
Section 13.02. Remedies.
Upon the occurrence of any Default, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to those allowed by law or in equity, any one or more of which may be exercised without further notice to Tenant:
(a) Landlord may apply the Security Deposit or re-enter the Leased Premises and cure any Default of Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for any costs and expenses which Landlord thereby incurs; and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage which Tenant may sustain by reason of Landlord's action.
(b) Landlord may terminate this Lease or, without terminating this Lease, terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Leased Premises as of the date of such Default, and thereafter (i) neither Tenant nor any person claiming under or through Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Leased Premises, and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord; and (ii) Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other occupants of the Leased Premises by any lawful means and may remove their effects, without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have. Upon the termination of this Lease, Landlord may declare the present value (discounted at the Prime Rate) of all rent which would have been due under this Lease for the balance of the Lease Term to be immediately due and payable, whereupon Tenant shall be obligated to pay the same to Landlord, together with all loss or damage which Landlord may sustain by reason of Tenant's Default ("Default Damages"), which shall include without
limitation expenses of preparing the Leased Premises for re-letting, demolition, repairs, tenant finish improvements, brokers' commissions and attorneys' fees, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liabilities and remedies specified in this subsection (b) shall survive the termination of this Lease.
(c) Landlord may, without terminating this Lease, re-enter the Leased Premises and re-let all or any part thereof for a term different from that which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term and for rent and on terms and conditions different from those contained herein, whereupon Tenant shall be immediately obligated to pay to Landlord as liquidated damages the present value (discounted at the Prime Rate) of the difference between the rent provided for herein and that provided for in any lease covering a subsequent re-letting of the Leased Premises, for the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term, together with all of Landlord's Default Damages.
(d) Landlord may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss resulting from the Default.
(e) In addition to the defaults and remedies described above, the parties
agree that if Tenant is in violation of the performance of any (but not
necessarily the same) material term or condition of this Lease three
(3) or more times during any twelve (12) month period, regardless of
whether such violations are ultimately cured, then such conduct shall,
at Landlord's option, represent a separate Default.
Section 13.03. Landlord's Default and Tenant's Remedies.
Landlord shall be in default if it fails to perform any term, condition, covenant or obligation required under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Landlord is such that it cannot reasonably be performed within thirty days, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Landlord commences such performance within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same. Upon the occurrence of any such default, Tenant may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss directly resulting from the breach, but Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or withhold, offset or abate any sums due hereunder.
Section 13.04. Limitation of Landlord's Liability.
If Landlord shall fail to perform any term, condition, covenant or obligation required to be performed by it under this Lease and if Tenant shall, as a consequence thereof, recover a money judgment against Landlord, Tenant agrees that it shall look solely to Landlord's right, title and interest in and to the Building for the collection of such judgment; and Tenant further agrees that no other assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other process for the satisfaction of Tenant's judgment.
Section 13.05. Nonwaiver of Defaults.
Neither party's failure or delay in exercising any of its rights or remedies or other provisions of this Lease shall constitute a waiver thereof or affect its right thereafter to exercise or enforce such right or remedy or other provision. No waiver of any default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other default. Landlord's receipt of less than the full rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant's check or any letter accompanying Tenant's check be deemed an accord and satisfaction. No act or omission by Landlord or its employees or agents during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Leased Premises, and no agreement to accept such a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.
Section 13.06. Attorneys' Fees.
If either party defaults in the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or obligations contained in this Lease and the non-defaulting party obtains a judgment
against the defaulting party, then the defaulting party agrees to reimburse the non-defaulting party for reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith.
ARTICLE 14 - LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT
Landlord shall have the right upon at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Tenant to relocate Tenant and to substitute for the Leased Premises other space in the Building or in another building owned by Landlord, or an affiliated entity of Landlord, in the vicinity containing at least as much rentable area as the Leased Premises. Such substituted space shall be improved by Landlord, at its expense, with improvements at least equal in quantity and quality to those in the Leased Premises. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such relocation, including the costs for printing of stationery and business cards with Tenant's new address. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages as a result of any such relocation, including, but not limited to, loss of business income or opportunity.
ARTICLE 15 - TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
Section 15.01. Environmental Definitions.
A. "Environmental Laws" - All present or future federal, state and municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the environmental and ecological condition of the Leased Premises, the rules and regulations of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal, state or municipal agency or governmental board or entity having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises.
B. "Hazardous Substances" - Those substances included within the definitions of "hazardous substances," "hazardous materials," "toxic substances" "solid waste" or "infectious waste" under Environmental Laws.
Section 15.02. Compliance.
Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with the Environmental Laws including any notice from any source issued pursuant to the Environmental Laws or issued by any insurance company which shall impose any duty upon Tenant with respect to the use, occupancy, maintenance or alteration of the Leased Premises whether such notice shall be served upon Landlord or Tenant.
Section 15.03. Restrictions on Tenant.
Tenant shall operate its business and maintain the Leased Premises in compliance with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall not cause or permit the use, generation, release, manufacture, refining, production, processing, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises, or the transportation to or from the Leased Premises of any Hazardous Substances, except as necessary and appropriate for its Permitted Use in which case the use, storage or disposal of such Hazardous Substances shall be performed in compliance with the Environmental Laws and the highest standards prevailing in the industry.
Section 15.04. Notices, Affidavits, Etc.
Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of (i) any violation by Tenant, its employees, agents, representatives, customers, invitees or contractors of the Environmental Laws on, under or about the Leased Premises, or (ii) the presence or suspected presence of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises and shall immediately deliver to Landlord any notice received by Tenant relating to (i) and (ii) above from any source. Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and the like within five (5) days of Landlord's request therefor concerning Tenant's best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises.
Section 15.05. Landlord's Rights.
Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the duty, upon advance notice (except in the case of emergency when no notice shall be required) to inspect the Leased Premises and conduct tests thereon to determine whether or the extent to which there has been a violation of Environmental Laws by Tenant or whether there are Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises. In exercising its rights herein, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant's business but such entry shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, and Landlord shall not be liable for any interference, loss, or damage to Tenant's property or business caused thereby.
Section 15.06. Tenant's Indemnification.
Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and Landlord's managing agent from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses and damages, including attorneys' fees, costs of testing and remediation costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach by Tenant of its obligations under this Article 15. The covenants and obligations under this Article 15 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 15.07. Existing Conditions.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 15 to the contrary, Tenant shall not have any liability to Landlord under this Article 15 resulting from any conditions existing, or events occurring, or any Hazardous Substances existing or generated, at, in, on, under or in connection with the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease except to the extent Tenant exacerbates the same.
ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS
Section 16.01. Benefit of Landlord and Tenant.
This Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.
Section 16.02. Governing Law.
This Lease shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State where the Building is located.
Section 16.03. Guaranty.
In consideration of Landlord's leasing the Leased Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a Guaranty of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, executed by the Guarantor.
Section 16.04. Force Majeure.
Landlord and Tenant (except with respect to the payment of any monetary obligation) shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder when such delay is occasioned by causes beyond its control, including but not limited to work stoppages, boycotts, slowdowns or strikes; shortages of materials, equipment, labor or energy; unusual weather conditions; or acts or omissions of governmental or political bodies.
Section 16.05. Examination of Lease.
Submission of this instrument for examination or signature to Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for Lease, and it is not effective as a Lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
Section 16.06. Indemnification for Leasing Commissions.
The parties hereby represent and warrant that the only real estate brokers involved in the negotiation and execution of this Lease are the Brokers. Each party shall indemnify the other from any and all liability for the breach of this representation and warranty on its part and shall pay any compensation to any other broker or person who may be entitled thereto.
Section 16.07. Notices.
Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Lease or by law shall be deemed to have been given if it is written and delivered in person or by overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party who is to receive such notice at the address specified in Article 1. If sent by overnight courier, the notice shall be deemed to have been given one (1) day after sending. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date which is three (3) business days following mailing. Either party may change its address by giving written notice thereof to the other party.
Section 16.08. Partial Invalidity; Complete Agreement.
If any provision of this Lease shall be held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. This Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant covering everything agreed upon or understood in this transaction. There are no oral promises, conditions, representations, understandings, interpretations or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof or in effect between the parties. No change or addition shall be made to this Lease except by a written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.
Section 16.09. Financial Statements.
The financial statements of Guarantor are publicly available on the web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission (www.sec.gov), as Guarantor, Zix Corporation (NASDAQ: ZIXI), is a publicly-held entity and it is obligated to file audited, quarterly financial statements with the SEC.
Section 16.10. Representations and Warranties.
The undersigned represent and warrant that (i) such party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) in accordance with the laws of the state under which it was organized; and (ii) the individual executing and delivering this Lease has been properly authorized to do so, and such execution and delivery shall bind such party.
Section 16.11. Agency Disclosure.
Tenant acknowledges having previously received the Agency Disclosure Statement attached. The broker as provided in Item I of the Basic Lease Provisions, its agents and employees, have represented only Landlord, and have not in any way represented Tenant, in the marketing, negotiation, and completion of this lease transaction.
Section 16.12. Option to Terminate.
Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of August 31, 2007. This option shall be exercised by (i) Tenant's giving written notice to Landlord of its intention to terminate on or before December 31, 2006, and (ii) Tenant's payment to Landlord of an amount equal to the sum of four (4) months of the then current Monthly Rental Installment and Annual Rental Adjustment, the unamortized Tenant Improvements and the unamortized broker's commission, which payment shall accompany the notice provided in (i) above. Such payment is made in consideration for Landlord's grant of this option to terminate, to compensate Landlord for rental and other concessions given to Tenant, and for other good and valuable consideration. Such payment shall not in any manner affect Tenant's obligations to pay Minimum Annual Rent and Annual Rental Adjustment or to perform
its obligations under the Lease up to and including the date of termination. Failure to timely and properly exercise this option shall forever waive and extinguish it. If such option is validly exercised, then upon such termination, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease and each party shall be released from further liability hereunder; provided, however, that such termination shall not affect any right or obligation arising prior to termination or which survives termination of the Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD:
DUKE REALTY OHIO,
an Indiana general partnership
By: Duke Realty Limited Partnership,
a general partner
By: Duke Realty Corporation,
its general partner
By: /s/ Kevin T. Rogus ------------------------ Kevin T. Rogus Senior Vice President |
TENANT:
POCKETSCRIPT, INC.,
an Ohio corporation
By: /s/ Ronald A. Woessner --------------------------------------- Printed: Ronald A. Woessner ---------------------------------- Title: V.P. ------------------------------------ |
STATE OF OHIO ) ) SS: COUNTY OF HAMILTON ) |
Before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally appeared Kevin T. Rogus, by me known and by me known to be the Senior Vice President of Duke Realty Corporation, an Indiana corporation, the general partner of Duke Realty Limited Partnership, a general partner of Duke Realty Ohio, an Indiana general partnership, who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing "Lease" on behalf of said partnership.
WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal this 9 day of March, 2004.
/s/ Naomi Gump ----------------------------------------- Notary Public |
My Commission Expires: _______________________
My County of Residence: ______________________
STATE OF Texas______________________)
) SS:
COUNTY OF Dallas ___________________)
Before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally appeared Ronald A. Woessner , by me known and by me known to be the Vice President of PocketScript, Inc., an Ohio corporation, who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing "Lease" on behalf of said corporation.
WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal this 1st day of March, 2004.
/s/ Darleen Harris ---------------------------------- Notary Public |
My Commission Expires: 5-15-05
My County of Residence: Collin
Exhibit 21.1
Zix Corporation
Subsidiary List
Anacom Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (inactive)
Anacom Communications, Inc., a Texas corporation (inactive)
MyDocOnline, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Petabyte Corporation, a Delaware corporation (inactive)
PocketScript, Inc., an Ohio corporation
Zix SCM, Inc., a Delaware corporation
ZixCorp Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation
ZixIt.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation
ZixIt Management Services Corporation, a Delaware corporation (payroll entity)
ZixMail.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation
ZixMail Technology Company, a Delaware corporation
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm in the headnote to the Selected Financial Data included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2003 and to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 No. 33-34451, No. 33-53010, No. 33-65061, No. 333-06503, No. 333-06505, No. 333-06507, No. 333-06511, No. 333-90323, No. 333-31294, No. 333-55068, No. 333-61822, No. 333-62604, No. 333-74890, No. 333-96663, No. 333-104532, No. 333-104533, No. 333-105059, No. 333-107778, and No. 333-112514) and the Registration Statements (Forms S-3 No. 333-33708, No. 333-36556, No. 333-83934, No. 333-100337, No. 333-100399, No. 333-100400, No. 333-101041, No. 333-105060, No. 333-107191, No. 333-107776, No. 333-107777, No. 333-108560, and No. 333-109593) of our report dated March 12, 2004, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Zix Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2003.
Dallas, Texas /s/ Ernst & Young LLP March 15, 2004 |
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John A. Ryan, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Zix Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2004 /s/ JOHN A. RYAN -------------------------------------- John A. Ryan Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Steve M. York, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Zix Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2004 /s/ STEVE M. YORK --------------------------------------- Steve M. York Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Zix Corporation (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John A. Ryan, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify to the best of my knowledge and in my capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
Date: March 15, 2004 /s/John A. Ryan ------------------------------------ John A. Ryan Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Zix Corporation (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Steve M. York, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify to the best of my knowledge and in my capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
Date: March 15, 2004 /s/Steve M. York --------------------------------------- Steve M. York Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer |